Vegetable Production Guide for Commercial Growers, 2014-15 Ricardo Bessin University of Kentucky, Ric.Bessin@Uky.Edu

University of Kentucky UKnowledge

Agriculture and Natural Resources Publications Cooperative Extension Service

10-2013 Vegetable Production Guide for Commercial Growers, 2014-15 Ricardo Bessin University of Kentucky, [email protected]

Kenneth W. Seebold University of Kentucky, [email protected]

Shubin Saha University of Kentucky, [email protected]

Shawn Wright University of Kentucky, [email protected]

John Strang University of Kentucky, [email protected] Right click to open a feedback form in a new tab to let us know how this document benefits oy u.

Follow this and additional works at: https://uknowledge.uky.edu/anr_reports Part of the Agriculture Commons

Repository Citation Bessin, Ricardo; Seebold, Kenneth W.; Saha, Shubin; Wright, Shawn; and Strang, John, "Vegetable Production Guide for Commercial Growers, 2014-15" (2013). Agriculture and Natural Resources Publications. 83. https://uknowledge.uky.edu/anr_reports/83

This Report is brought to you for free and open access by the Cooperative Extension Service at UKnowledge. It has been accepted for inclusion in Agriculture and Natural Resources Publications by an authorized administrator of UKnowledge. For more information, please contact [email protected]. COOPERATIVE EXTENSION SERVICE UNIVERSITY OF KENTUCKY COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE, FOOD AND ENVIRONMENT, LEXINGTON, KY, 40546

ID-36 Vegetable Production Guide for Commercial Growers, 2014-15

Agriculture and Natural Resources • Family and Consumer Sciences • 4-H Youth Development • Community and Economic Development EXTENSION

2014-15 Vegetable Production Guide for Commercial Growers

Ric Bessin, Extension Entomologist, Editor Kenny Seebold, Extension Plant Pathologist Shubin Saha, Shawn Wright and John Strang, Extension Horticulturists

Trade names are used to simplify information in this publication. No endorsement is intended, nor is criticism implied of similar products that are not named.

This guide is for reference only: The most recent product label is the final authority concerning application rates, precautions, harvest intervals, and other relevant information.

Contact your county Cooperative Extension Service agent if you need assistance.

Contents

Introduction...... 4 General Production Considerations...... 5 Insect Management...... 7 Weed Management...... 9 Disease Management...... 12

Asparagus...... 20 Beans...... 22 Cole Crops...... 28 Sweet Corn...... 35 Eggplant...... 41 Greens...... 45 Okra ...... 54 Onions...... 56 Peas ...... 60 Peppers...... 63 Potatoes...... 70 Rhubarb...... 76 Root Crops...... 78 Southernpeas (Cowpeas)...... 83 Sweetpotatoes...... 86 Tomatoes...... 88 Vining Crops (Cucurbits)...... 100

Appendices A: Production and Marketing Information Online...... 119 B: Secondary Nutrients and Micronutrients...... 120 C: Conversion Table for Use of Pesticides on Small Areas...... 121 D: English Measurement Units...... 121 E: Generic Insecticides...... 122 F: Generic Fungicides...... 123 G: Sprayer Calibration...... 124 H: Organic Manures and Fertilizers...... 125 I: Earliest and Latest Vegetable Crop Planting Dates...... 127 J: Disinfection and Treatment of Vegetable Seeds...... 128

Relative Efficacy of Insecticides Against Common Arthropod Pests of Vegetable Crops in the Southeastern United States ...... inside back cover

Cover photo: Watermelons grown in western Kentucky, 2012. Ric Bessin, Department of Entomology. Introduction Fruit and Vegetable erage, large time commitments, and em- involvement, knowing that they are help- Production and Marketing ployees with friendly, courteous attitudes. ing support local agriculture. Successful vegetable production gen- Pick-Your-Own, or “U-Pick” Sales. This Produce Auctions. Produce auctions erally requires the grower to make daily type of direct marketing appears to be have been popular for small growers in decisions regarding pest management, declining nationally because consumers some parts of Kentucky. Growers bring irrigation, and cultural practices. Would- have less time and energy available for produce to the auction facility, where it be growers unwilling to make serious harvesting produce. U-picks eliminate is sold to the highest bidder. The auction investments of time (and money) should some of the harvesting, transportation, company (sometimes a growers’ organiza- not attempt to expand beyond a space at and marketing costs for growers but may tion) charges a flat commission of about the farmers’ market. It is important for veg- require additional management, supervi- 10 to 15 percent. Both large and small lots etable growers to have a market outlet for sion, and liability insurance coverage. are accommodated at some auctions. At their product before they choose to start Local Town, County, or Community the large auctions, some of the bidders production. Good marketing plans start Farmers’ Markets. The number of reg- are operators of medium-to-large retail with the customer and work backward to istered farmers’ markets has continued produce markets and stands. production. Potential growers should first to grow in Kentucky. According to the Marketing Cooperatives. A marketing determine exactly what buyers want, how Kentucky Department of Agriculture, over cooperative is just one form of indirect they want it, and when they want it. They 147 markets were operating in Kentucky marketing in which the producer deals then must determine how these crops in 2013, representing over 2,500 different with an intermediary rather than the should be grown. Even selecting varieties vendors. Markets located in larger met- final consumer. Although most forms of and determining planting times are basic ropolitan areas tend to generate greater indirect marketing require less time of marketing decisions. Kentucky growers overall sales as well as greater per-vendor individual growers, they usually demand should pay particular attention to com- sales. These markets are probably the more product uniformity, quality, and parisons of marketing time required, com- easiest way for new growers to sell small post-harvest care. patibility with off-farm employment, and volumes of produce. Less marketing time Grower-owned cooperatives or mar- compatibility with tobacco production. is required, and individual growers do not keting associations are able to assemble Individual situations vary, and producers usually bear all advertising and promotion truckloads of produce required by large often must learn about their particular costs. Farmers should check with their customers, which would not be possible markets by starting small and getting a local county agents to determine what for small growers acting individually. For- foot in the door. rules and regulations each market may mally organized cooperatives also may have. Those producers wanting to market provide technical assistance to growers Marketing Options a processed food product should also and help secure seed, boxes, and other Direct Marketing. Marketing directly check with the Departments of Agriculture needed supplies. In some cases, special- to consumers includes sales at local farm- and Public Health about the regulations ized equipment is shared by growers. ers’ markets, on-farm markets, roadside governing the sale of processed food. In Co-ops usually own and operate fa- stands, farm festival markets, pick-your- addition, the Kentucky Department of cilities with some combination of grading, own sites, or any combination of these Agriculture has printed a farmers’ market packing, cooling, and storage equipment methods. Direct marketing of vegetables manual. An electronic version of this man- for their members. Members typically has expanded considerably in Kentucky in ual can be found at kyagr.com/marketing/ employ a manager to oversee the co- recent years. Growers have gravitated to farmmarket. op’s daily operations. There are several direct marketing because they have the Community Supported Agriculture small growers’ cooperatives with grading, flexibility to determine how much or little (CSA). Though the concept of community packing, and cooling facilities in Kentucky. they wish to grow and, because they can supported agriculture (CSA) began in Eu- Co-ops can offer good marketing opportu- often charge retail prices for their product, rope as early as the 1960s, it is still relatively nities for new growers in counties near the their per-acre revenue may be higher. new to many regions of the United States. co-op facilities. For long-term success it is On-Farm or Roadside (Tailgate) Mar- Basically, a CSA consists of “shareholders” advisable that rules requiring minimum kets. These markets need not be elabo- who pay a set fee to a grower or group standards for quality be set. Poor quality rate but do need to be highly visible and of growers for a weekly supply of fresh produce that is allowed into the co-op located close to high-traffic areas for suc- vegetables during the growing season. can depress profits for all those involved. cess. Direct marketing can also succeed Because the members of a CSA pay for Local Wholesalers, Grocers, and Res- in more remote locations but will require their “subscription” at the beginning of taurants. Many potential buyers can be more advertising and promotion. a growing season, they share some of found among local wholesalers, grocery Many consumers in urban centers now the risk with the farmer. As part of their stores, and restaurants. Most metropoli- consider visits to on-farm or farmers’ agreement with the grower, members tan areas have produce wholesalers who markets recreational activities because acknowledge that a poor harvest due to can be dependable buyers of moderate people enjoy seeing farms and talking unfavorable weather or pests means their volumes. Local grocery stores (and some with farmers. Some growers have devel- shares may be smaller than usual. By direct chain stores) are sometimes willing to buy oped seasonal festival days and markets to sales to community members, growers re- directly from growers through direct store satisfy this demand. Such “entertainment ceive better prices for their crops and can deliveries (DSDs). DSDs often are possible farming” and some other forms of direct gain some financial security. Shareholders with smaller grocery stores or chains but marketing require liability insurance cov- often have a greater sense of community are discouraged by many larger chains.

4 Many restaurants buy from local or the mailing list for the annual meeting regional wholesalers. However, more program and registration form. The KVGA and more of them (usually upscale estab- Web site is kyvga.org. lishments) are promoting locally grown Kentucky Department of Agriculture and seasonal items on their menus, so (KDA). The Kentucky Department of Ag- individual growers may be able to sell to growing riculture Division for Value-Added Hor- them. Like most other forms of produce marketing ticulture and Aquaculture maintains a marketing, restaurant sales are based on directory of Kentucky vegetable growers, good relationships developed over time. marketing cooperatives, and produce Regional Wholesalers, Chain Store Dis- markets and is working to develop sev- tribution Centers, and Brokers. Marketing eral new programs linking vegetable Vegetable marketing and production plans need to to regional wholesalers or large chain- be developed simultaneously; the most successful producers and buyers. The department store distribution centers requires consis- growers put equal emphasis on growing and mar- also supplies the “Kentucky Proud” logo tent quality, often significant volumes, and keting their products. to qualified growers and marketers and in some cases, year-round supplies. These administers the Kentucky organic certifi- buyers often have specific and demand- cation program. See Appendix A for KDA ing requirements for product uniformity, now located in California and a handful of Web site addresses. types of containers, cooling, transporta- northern states. No traditional vegetable tion, and delivery of fresh produce. In processing companies are left in Kentucky. some cases, especially when supplies are Several fresh-cut processors exist in the The Kentucky Depart- state and have indicated a desire to buy ment of Agriculture plentiful, produce quality must exceed Office of Agricul- USDA grading standards. Increasingly, more products from within Kentucky. It tural Marketing and grower-shippers also are being asked to is unlikely, however, that fresh-cut and Product Promotion supply produce to their supermarket chain other forms of processing will represent a supplies this logo to significant market for Kentucky produce qualified growers and buyers with price-lookup (PLU) stickers marketers. already applied. in the near future. Larger buyers look for quality and con- Getting Help sistency. They need good incentives to A number of organizations are working Kentucky Farm Bureau. The Kentucky interrupt year-round supplies from other to create new marketing opportunities for Farm Bureau’s Certified Roadside/Farm parts of the country to buy more local Kentucky vegetable growers: Market Program can put your farm market produce. Some chain store buyers will pay Cooperative Extension Service. Many on the map. Attractive brochures with a premium for top-quality local produce. county Extension agents know the pro- your market location, featured products, Some growers use brokers to market duction and marketing opportunities in and other details are made available at produce. The brokers negotiate either their counties. They can provide vegetable the state’s welcome centers, at some state purchases on behalf of the buyer or pro- production information and access to tourist attractions, and on the Internet. duce sales on behalf of the seller. Unlike marketing and production specialists. In Contact your local Kentucky Farm Bureau wholesalers, brokers do not take delivery addition, county Extension offices can office or see Appendix A for the Web site nor assume ownership (title) of the pro- obtain information from produce industry address. duce. Brokers usually never see what they directories such as The Red Book or The The Internet. A wide variety of informa- are quoting for sale or negotiating to buy. Blue Book. These publications list produce tion on vegetable production and market- Brokers charge a percentage commission buyers by city and state and also include ing is available on the Internet. Internet on all sales or a flat rate for each carton of ratings for promptness of payment and resources include Extension publications produce sold. other pertinent information. on how best to grow, harvest, cool, grade, Processors. Nationwide consumption Kentucky Vegetable Growers Associa- and pack vegetable crops. Wholesale pric- and demand for most canned and frozen tion. This organization sponsors annual es are also posted from markets around vegetable products have been flat or de- educational meetings (usually during the the country along with situation reports clining. Much consolidation of production first week of January) that include special for certain crops. For some of the best Web and processing vegetables has occurred sessions on produce marketing. Ask your sites for commercial vegetable growers, in recent years, with most of the industry county Extension agent to put you on see Appendix A. General Production Considerations Variety Selection ity. Most of the varieties also have been that the recommendations that are listed Most of the varieties listed in this guide selected based on having some level of are simply that—recommendations. This have been selected through extensive disease resistance. Judicious selection of means that these varieties have proven trialing at the University of Kentucky and resistant varieties can help growers re- themselves have reliable performance, on farms across the Commonwealth. The duce pesticide costs and increase profits. and should do well for those who grow varieties have been selected because they However, for many farmers selling direct them. However, the omission of a variety have shown the ability to produce high retail, the absolute highest yield may not does not mean it is necessarily a bad va- yields while maintaining a uniform qual- be as important as a particular quality at- riety, just that we may not have enough tribute such as flavor or color. Keep in mind information to recommend it.

5 Water Resources Plant Spacing DRIP IRRIGATION COSTS: The plant spacings listed throughout Water savings with drip are substan- (for up to 5-acre system) this guide reflect the optimum growing tial—roughly half as much water can do Item...... Cost (2013) conditions to produce maximum commer- the same or better job than a sprinkler 2 in. centrifugal pump on 6.5 HP engine...... $790 cial yields of a given crop. However, many system. A constant water source is essen- Filter, sand* (100 gpm)...... 700 vegetable growers in Kentucky produce tial. Even with water-saving drip, there are Single filter backflush valve...... 135 Fertilizer Injector...... 180 a wide variety of crops. Therefore, you cases of water supplies drying up or being Layflat, 2” (300 ft. roll)...... 115 may find yourself planting on a slightly cut off in a drought year. County water Suction hose and strainer...... 100 different spacing than is recommended has been used successfully by a number Fittings, valves, gauges, etc...... 100 simply to make the crops you are growing of growers in the state; it has been profit- Total (5-7 yrs. reusable)...... $2,120 fit better into your production system. The able in nearly all cases where it has been Annual per-acre expenses “Plant Populations” table below lists the used. Other growers use streams, lakes, • 8-10 mil drip tape and black plastic mulch (1 mil, 4 ft wide): $0.05/ft x 7,260 linear ft ~ $400 plant populations required per acre for a springs, or farm ponds. Several growers • depreciation/rental costs on mulch layer and given row and in-row spacing. have constructed large farm ponds specifi- waterwheel setter cally for drip irrigation on vegetables. The *If using 2 sand filters a dual flush manifold Drip Irrigation for Vegetable Crops size of the pond is critical, because some adds $170 over a single flush manifold. A good guideline for commercial veg- vegetable crops use enormous volumes etable production is “if you can’t irrigate of water (see “Tomato Crop Water Usage” it, don’t plant it.” Droughts are not uncom- graphic on page 7). mon in Kentucky; the drought of 1999 was worse than severe droughts that oc- Installation and Equipment Costs age have found these bed shapers/layers curred in 1988, 1954, and 1930. The high Contrary to popular opinion, drip irriga- to be a better choice than traditional bed temperatures and dry conditions during tion is a relatively cheap and easy technol- shapers. The waterwheel setter that is the summer of 2010 meant the entire ogy. It does not require an engineering commonly used for transplanting through state was considered to be under “severe degree or years of experience to install plastic mulch costs about $1,900-$2,300. or extreme” drought conditions. No one and operate a typical small-farm system. Mulch layers that also form raised beds will should consider commercial vegetable Costs for reusable equipment and com- require considerably more tractor horse- production without 1) access to water for ponents, together with annual disposable power. Raised beds may not be necessary irrigation and 2) access to a good high- supplies, are about $2,550 (see box above) on well-drained ground where standing pressure sprayer for disease control (see for a one-acre system, with an additional water does not occur. the “Disease Management” section). Drip $400 per-acre expense for each additional To help introduce the technology and irrigation makes sense for many vegetable acre for systems up to about 10 acres in reduce costs, many counties have bought crops grown in Kentucky. It has become size. The $400 per-acre annual costs are machinery to rent or loan to local farmers. standard practice for growers wanting for disposable drip irrigation tube (often In addition, UK Horticulture Department to participate in wholesale vegetable called drip “tape”) and embossed black Extension associates and county Exten- markets and cooperatives. High yields plastic mulch. sion offices conduct annual on-farm dem- from drip irrigation help keep growers The most costly piece of farm equip- onstrations that help new growers install in business during years when produce ment required is the plastic layer/bed small farm drip systems. supplies are plentiful and margins are shaper; this machine costs from around Setting up a small, low-pressure drip lower than usual. Those able to increase $1,200 for a flatbed layer to about $5,000 system involves more plumbing than yields with drip can often achieve good for a plastic layer plus bed shaper with engineering. Although most growers will returns in spite of lower prices. Results hydraulic counter-sway. Plastic layers are need some experienced help with the ini- from numerous on-farm demonstrations now also for lower horsepower tractors. tial layout and design specifications (pump at the University of Kentucky and Kentucky These smaller plastic layers require only sizes, filter, delivery line size, field zoning, State University have shown that yields are 30 hp to be pulled and do a fine job. Most etc.), actual installation and maintenance usually doubled (sometimes tripled) with growers who are farming a limited acre- are very easy. drip compared to non-irrigated, rain-fed production. 1 Although drip is best used together PLANT POPULATIONS PER ACRE FOR A GIVEN ROW AND IN-ROW SPACING Row-spacing: In-row spacing (inches)2 with plastic mulch on crops such as toma- center to center toes, peppers, melons, and squash, even (inches) 6 9 12 15 18 24 30 36 42 48 bare-ground plantings can benefit from 30 34,848 23,232 17,424 13,939 11,616 8,712 6,970 5,808 4,978 4,356 drip irrigation. Some Kentucky growers 36 29,040 19,360 14,520 11,616 9,680 7,260 5,808 4,840 4,149 3,630 42 24,891 16,594 12,446 9,956 8,297 6,223 4,978 4,149 3,556 3,111 have rolled out drip tube on bare-ground 48 21,780 14,520 10,890 8,712 7,260 5,445 4,356 3,630 3,111 2,723 plantings of cabbage, sweet corn, and 54 19,360 12,907 9,680 7,744 6,453 4,840 3,872 3,227 2,766 2,420 pumpkins. This practice has often made 60 17,424 11,616 8,712 6,970 5,808 4,356 3,485 2,904 2,489 2,178 the difference between having a crop and 66 15,840 10,560 7,920 6,336 5,280 3,960 3,168 2,640 2,263 1,980 not having one. 72 14,510 9,673 7,255 5,804 4,837 3,628 2,902 2,418 2,073 1,814 78 13,403 8,935 6,702 5,361 4,468 3,351 2,681 2,234 1,915 1,675 84 12,437 8,291 6,219 4,975 4,146 3,109 2,487 2,073 1,777 1,555 90 11,616 7,744 5,808 4,646 3,872 2,904 2,323 1,936 1,659 1,452 96 10,890 7,260 5,445 4,356 3,630 2,723 2,178 1,815 1,556 1,361 1 Assuming an entire acre is planted, drive rows are not accounted for. 2 Assumes a single row

6 System Components publication. We recommend TOMATO CROP WATER USAGE A small drip system consists of: not fertigating phosphorus and Thousands of gallons harvest • Water source potassium on medium-textured per day (per acre) soils in Kentucky. All the soil test- rst 4.8 5.1 5.1 • Pump at the water source fruit 4.4 • Check valve and/or backflow prevention recommended potassium should rst 3.9 valve1 (for city water) be applied prior to planting on owers 2.9 • Fertilizer injector some soils, but additional potas- 2.1 sium applied through the ferti- 1.4 • Filter 0.9 1.1 • Pressure regulator and gauge gation system may help reduce 0.5 0.7 • Intake and delivery lines blotchy ripening in tomatoes • Drip tubes (drip tape) (see the “Tomato” chapter for 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1Growers using city water are required by law to details). Phosphorus and potas- Weeks after transplanting install a more sophisticated backflow prevention sium should be broadcast with device rather than a simple check valve. Most of the items listed are available from dealers in Ken- rates determined by soil test results prior use ammonium, calcium, or potassium tucky. See your county Extension agent for a list to laying plastic. nitrate, usually dissolved in water prior to of irrigation dealers in the state. Although all of the crop’s nitrogen (N) fertigating. Although many fertilizers are Fertigation requirement can be applied prior to lay- easily soluble together, care must be taken not to mix fertilizers that may precipitate Fertigation is the application of watering plastic, most growers prefer to split when together. This can lead to clogs at soluble fertilizer through the drip system N applications between a preplant dose emitters, resulting in inadequate irriga- using an injector that feeds the solution and sidedressings applied at intervals tion. Often, high-phosphorous fertilizers into the drip lines. Our fertigation recom- through the drip system. Apply about can precipitate when mixed with sufficient mendations are relatively simple and are half to two-thirds the N requirement pre- concentrations of calcium. found under the individual crops in this plant and dividing the remaining amount into weekly fertigations. Most growers Insect Management

Proper early identification of insect possible. Destroy or plow under crop • If possible, buy pesticides in quantities problems is essential in achieving satis- residues immediately after the crop is small enough to use up during the grow- factory control. The following guidelines harvested to reduce overwintering pest ing season. should aid in avoiding economic damage populations. Stimulate plant growth by • Select insecticides that do not require to vegetable crops from insect pests. proper irrigation and fertilization. Control a long waiting period from application Although insecticides are important weeds in and around crop fields. Weeds to harvest so you are not hampered in tools, successful management of insect can be attractive to pest insects and may harvesting when the crop is ready. and mite pests relies primarily on cultural serve as hosts to insect-vectored diseases. Insecticides used to control vegetable practices. Proper cultural practices can The following suggestions primarily are insect pests come in several different minimize the chance for initiation and preventive methods rather than controls, forms. Dusts, baits, and granules are dry buildup of infestations. Early detection and most should be carried out far in ad- forms used as purchased. Baits are for- and diagnosis are key to pest manage- vance of the insect’s appearance: mulated with a pest attractant; dusts ment, as are the proper choice and proper • Always properly identify and evaluate and granules include an inert carrier. Dry application of pesticides when they are your insect problem. flowables (DF), emulsifiable concentrates required. Vegetable producers should rec- • Learn to identify and conserve beneficial (EC), flowables (F), liquids (L), soluble pow- ognize and understand which pests have and harmless insects. ders (SP), suspension concentrates (SC), caused problems on their farms in the past • Scout your fields on a regular basis to water-dispersable granules (WDG), and and use nonchemical, preventive methods monitor insect activity and possible wettable powders (WP) are formulations to help manage these pests when pos- damage. of insecticides that disperse when mixed sible. Producers should regularly monitor • Use IPM guidelines and treatment in water. The latter are all used as sprays. insect and mite pests known to be prob- thresholds—available for most veg- For best results when applying dusts lems in their areas and on the crops they etable crops—to help you determine and sprays, thoroughly cover surfaces of are growing. Integrated pest management what level of damage can be tolerated infested plants. (IPM) guidelines for several commercial before economic losses occur and treat- vegetable crops (cabbage, sweet corn, ment is required. Greenhouse Insect and peppers, pumpkins) have been published • If an insecticide is needed, select one Mite Management by the University of Kentucky and are that best fits your situation. The warm, humid conditions and abun- available through your county Extension • Select an insecticide that is labeled for a dant food in the greenhouse are ideal for office or on the Internet (see Appendix A). wide variety of crops; this will minimize pest buildup. Problems can be chronic Use crop rotation as a means of con- the chance of accidentally treating a unless recognized and corrected. Many trolling certain insects such as corn root- crop that should not be treated with that insecticides used on vegetables in the field worms in sweet corn. Grow varieties that insecticide and will reduce the number are prohibited in the greenhouse (see the are resistant to insects and disease when of products that must be purchased and “Relative Efficacy of Insecticides” table on stored. the inside back cover).

7 Cultural Controls BIOLOGICAL PRODUCTS FOR INSECT CONTROL IN GREENHOUSES Pests may enter the greenhouse in the Insects and Mites summer when the ventilators are open. Biocontrol Agent to be Controlled Comments Encarsia formosa Greenhouse whitefly Minute wasp that is a parasitoid of white- Others may be brought into the green- flies immatures (3rd and 4th instars). Not house on new plant material or in soil. effective against silverleaf whiteflies. Eretmocerus eremicus, Eretmo- Silverleaf whitefly Minute wasp that is a parasitoid of white- Many are able to survive short periods of cerus mundus flies immatures (3rd and 4th instars). Will time between harvest or plant removal also attack greenhouse whitefly. and production of the next crop. Cultural Delphastus catalinae Whiteflies, both A tiny predatory beetle that feeds on the greenhouse and silverleaf eggs and nymphs. controls are the primary defense against Verticillium lecanii Whiteflies, thrips and A white entopathogenic fungus that at- infestation. spider mites tacks insects, killing them in 7 to 10 days. More effective on whiteflies than the The following are proper cultural prac- other pests. tices that will help prevent pest infesta- Amblyseius swirskii, Hypoaspis Immature thrips and Small predatory mites that hunt for in- tions: miles, Neoseiulus cucumeris whiteflies sect prey. Often found under leaves near • Maintain a clean, closely mowed area the main vein. Mesoseiulus longipes, Neoseiulus Spider mites Small predatory mites that hunt for around the greenhouse to reduce pests californicus, Phytoseiulus persimilis, spider mites. Will feed on pollen in the that develop in rank growth. Galendromus occidentalis absence of prey. Minute pirate bugs: Orius in- Thrips, and to a less Tiny predatory bugs that can be used • Remove all plants or any plant debris, sidiosus, Orius laevigatus, Orius extent aphids, and other against thrips. and clean the greenhouse thoroughly strigicollis insect eggs. after each production cycle. Green lacewings: Chrysoperla Aphids, but will also feed Both the larvae are predatory on these carnea on thrips, whiteflies and greenhouse pests. Sold as eggs or larvae. • Keep doors, screens, and ventilators in moth eggs. good repair; use insect-proof netting Lady beetles: Adalia bipunctata, Various species of aphids when possible. (The extremely fine net- Hippodamia convergens Aphidius colemani, Aphidius ervi, Various species of aphids These minute wasps are parasitoids of ting for thrip exclusion has been shown Aphidius matricariae, Aphelinus aphids and aphids will form mummies to limit air movement and may nega- abdominalis when attacked. Different species has a preference to different aphid hosts. tively impact disease management.) Aphidoletes aphidimyza Various species of aphids A predatory midge that feeds on aphids. • Use clean or sterile soils or ground media, tools, flats, and other equipment. • Inspect new plants thoroughly to pre- whitefly, leafminer, and fungus gnat detec- are extremely hazardous to honey bees, vent introduction of insect or disease- tion and management. but damage can be minimized if the pes- infested material into the greenhouse. ticide user and the beekeeper cooperate • Watch for leaks or pooled water that can Protecting Honey Bees and each takes the proper precautions. lead to fungus gnat infestations. from Pesticides • If possible, allow the greenhouse to Many valuable crops cannot be eco- Crops Pollinated by Honey Bees freeze in winter to eliminate tender nomically produced unless adequate Some of the crops that require bee pol- insects such as whiteflies. numbers of honey bees are present to lination are cucumber, squash, pumpkin, • Avoid wearing yellow clothing, which is pollinate them. In addition, honey bees watermelon, and muskmelon. Honey-bee attractive to many insect pests. produce more than $50 million in honey colonies can be rented in many areas. • Eliminate infestations by discarding or and beeswax annually. Many pesticides One or two good hives of bees per acre removing heavily infested material.

Monitoring INSECTICIDE RESISTANCE ACTION COMMITTEE (IRAC) GROUPINGS Early detection and diagnosis of pest These insecticide groupings now appear on many labels. The groupings are based on mode of action infestations will allow you to make pest of the insecticides. The codes allow users to determine if different insecticides share the same mode of action. This information should be used by growers to prevent/delay the development of resistance by control decisions before the problem gets not overusing products with the same mode of action. out of hand. It is good practice, therefore, Insecticide Grouping Insecticide Grouping Insecticide Grouping to make weekly inspections of plants in all Acramite 25 Diazinon 1B Mustang Max 3 sections of the greenhouse. Actara 4A Dibrom 1B Novodor 11C Insect monitoring devices are also avail- Admire 4A Dicofol 20 Oberon 23 able. Yellow sticky cards (PT Insect Monitor- Agri-Mek 6 Dimethoate 1B Penncap-M 1B Asana XL 3 Dimilin 15 Platinum 4A ing Cards, or Gempler’s—gemplers.com) Assail 4A Di-Syston 1B Pounce 3 are highly attractive to winged aphids, Avaunt 22 Durivo 4A, 28 Proaxis 3 leafminer adults, whiteflies, leafhoppers, Aztec 1B, 3 Endigo 3, 4A Proclaim 6 thrips (blue cards can also be used with Battalion 3 Endosulfan 2A Provado 4A thrips), various flies, and other insects. Baythroid 3 Force 3 Radiant 5 Belay 4A Fortress 1B Renounce 3 These cards can be used to alert you to the Beleaf 9C Fulfill 9B Rimon 15 presence of a pest and identify hot spots Belt 28 Hero 3 Sevin 1A in the greenhouse. One to three cards per Brigade 3 Intrepid 18 Synapse 28 1,000 square feet in the greenhouse is rec- Bt kurstaki 11B2 Knack 7C Thimet 1B ommended; the cards should be changed Closer 4C Lannate 1A Trigard 17 Concur 4A Larvin 1A Venom 4A weekly. If you cannot identify a trapped in- Confirm 18 Latitude 4A Voliam Flexi 4A, 28 sect, contact your county Extension agent Coragen 28 Lorsban 1B Voliam Xpress 3, 28 for assistance. Mass trapping products such Counter 1B Malathion 1B Vydate 1A as sticky tapes also are available for thrips, Courier 16 Mocap 1B Warrior 3 Danitol 3 Movento 23

8 is suggested to ensure a good yield of COMMONLY USED PESTICIDES AND THEIR RELATIVE HAZARDS TO HONEY BEES1 high quality fruit, particularly now that Group 1. Group 2. Group 3. parasitic mites are killing many of the wild Hazardous Moderately Hazardous Relatively Nonhazardous honey bees. abamectin (Agri-Mek) disulfoton (Di-Syston) azadirachtin (Align, Neem) acephate (Orthene) DSMA Bacillus thuringiensis The Pesticide User’s Role bifenthrin (Brigade, Capture) endosulfan (Thionex) Bordeaux mixture carbaryl (Sevin) MSMA bromoxynil • Use pesticides only when needed and chlorethoxyfos (Fortress) oxamyl (Vydate) cyromazine (Trigard) only at the rates recommended on the chlorpyrifos (Lorsban) paraquat (Gramoxone) captan label. clothianidin (Belay) phorate (Thimet) copper oxychloride sulfate • If possible, select one of the least hazard- cyfluthrin (Baythroid) pyriproxifen (Esteem, Knack) copper 8-quinlinolate deltamethrin (Decis) spinosad (Entrust, Tracer) copper sulfate (Monohydrated) ous pesticides from the list that follows, diazinon spinetorim (Radiant) dazomet (Basamid) especially for use on flowering plants dimethoate (Cygon) thiodicarb (Larvin) dicamba (Banvel D) that attract bees. emamectin benzoate (Proclaim) diflubenzuron (Dimilin) • Use the least hazardous method of appli- esfenvalerate (Asana) dinocap (Karathane) cation. Granules are generally harmless fenropathrin (Danitol) diquat gamma-cyhalothrin (Proaxis) dodine (Cyprex) to honey bees. Sprays result in less drift imidacloprid (Admire) endothall than dusts and are less likely to kill bees indoxacarb (Avaunt) EPTC (Eptam) in nearby areas. Ground-equipment ap- lambda-cyhalothrin (Warrior) kaolin (Surround) plications result in less drift than airplane malathion mancozeb applications. methomyl (Lannate) MCPA methylparathion (Penncap M) nicotine sulfate • Do not apply pesticides when honey naled (Dibrom) pyrethrins bees are active in the field. Applications permethrin (Ambush, Pounce) simazine (Princep) late in the afternoon or at night are least phosmet (Imidan) sulfur likely to damage bees. Do not apply thiamethoxam (Platinum, Actara) thiram pesticides when plants are in flower zeta-cypermethrin (Mustang) Zineb Ziram unless absolutely necessary. 2,4-D • Avoid pesticide drift into apiaries or areas 2,4-DB where crops or wild plants are flowering. 1 Adapted from E-53, “Protecting Honey Bees from Pesticides,” G. Hunt, R. Edwards, R. Foster, Purdue Univer- Plant crops that require heavy pesticide sity Cooperative Extension Service. applications in nonsensitive areas if possible. • Notify nearby beekeepers several days used in your area, and be prepared to the plastic is exposed to the sun, and before you apply a pesticide. confine or remove your bees if notified it must be removed. Wet burlap can be that a pesticide will be applied. Com- used for periods of a day or more. This The Beekeeper’s Role monly used pesticides, grouped accord- may be impractical for large numbers of • Locate colonies away from areas of heavy ing to hazard, are listed above. A plastic hives. pesticide use when practical. sheet can be used at night or in the early • Relocate colonies that are in danger • Post your name, address, and phone morning to confine bees and protect of repeated contact with pesticides in number conspicuously at your apiary, them from short-residual pesticides. Group 1 in the table “Commonly Used and tell neighboring farmers where your However, heat builds up rapidly once Pesticides,” above. colonies are located. • Know what pesticides are commonly Weed Management

The use of herbicides suggested in this costs of different brands that may have ing the law, using too much material may publication is based on research at the the same active ingredient. Herbicide and damage the crop and make it unsafe for University of Kentucky and elsewhere in other pesticide labels may change after consumption. The EPA is authorized to the region. We have compiled lists of the the printing of this publication, so growers seize any raw agricultural commodity most effective herbicides with their rates must always consult the label for the final moving in interstate commerce that car- and times of application with selected word on crops covered, precautions, rates, ries a pesticide residue in excess of the information on the use and precautions of and application methods. established tolerance. Note that residues each pesticide. It is not possible to include Carefully follow the precautions stated of unlabeled chemicals detected on fresh every comment and suggestion in the lim- on the bag or container label. The use of produce can be traced back to your farm. ited space allowed in this publication, and herbicides for purposes other than those Apply herbicides only at times speci- growers are encouraged to obtain a copy specified on the approved label is a viola- fied on the label and observe the recom- of the label and read it carefully. In addition of federal law. Such applications can mended intervals between the time of tion, keep in mind that most herbicides are be hazardous to the environment and to treatment and time of planting or harvest- now manufactured by many companies people and can severely injure crops. Use ing the crop. Guard against possible drift under different trade names. Only one herbicides only on crops for which they injury to nearby susceptible crops. Finally, representative trade name is presented are approved and recommended on the the use of herbicides should supplement in this publication for each active ingredi- label. Use only recommended amounts. other good weed-management practices. ent. Growers are encouraged to compare In addition to wasting money and violat-

9 HERBICIDE LABEL RESTRICTIONS* ON VEGETABLE CROP ROTATIONS Types of Herbicide Formulations Snap Sweet Cole Herbicides are formulated as solutions Herbicide Tomato1 Pepper Bean Corn Pumpkin Melon2 Crops3 (L), emulsifiable concentrates (EC), micro- Soybean or Tobacco Herbicides encapsulated (ME), wettable powders Canopy 10-B 18-B 18-B 18-B 18-B 18-B 18-B Classic 10-B 30-B 12-B 18-B 18-B 18-B 18-B (WP), flowables (F), wettable dispersible Command 9-124 NR 9 9 NR 9 12 granules (WDG), and granules (G), to Dual4 2 2 NR NR 2 12 2 name a few. Most herbicides are added TriCor 4-10 18 18 18 18 18 18 to water and applied as solutions. Most Prowl AH AH AH AH AH AH AH spray mixtures require constant agitation Pursuit 18 18 NR 18 30 18 30 Reflex 18 18 NR 18 18 18 18 to prevent the herbicides from settling to Roundup NR NR NR NR NR NR NR the bottom of the tank. On the other hand, Scepter 18 18 11 18 18 18 18 granular herbicides are applied dry. Do not Spartan 12 12 12 18 12 12 66 mix different granular pesticides or mix Blazer or Status AH AH AH AH AH AH AH them with fertilizers. Some herbicides are Corn Herbicides labeled for application through a center Aatrex SY SY SY NR SY SY SY Accent 105 105 105 10 105 10 105 pivot irrigation system, others as fertilizer Beacon 18 18 18 8 18 18 18 mixtures. Fumigants such as metam so- Bicep 24 24 24 NR 24 24 24 dium can also be used to kill weed seeds Callisto 18 18 18 NR 18 18 18 in the soil and reduce weed pressure. Soil Lightning 40 40 9.5 18 40 40 40 fumigants are often used for disease con- Permit 8 10 9 3 9 9 15-18 Princep SY SY SY NR SY SY SY trol in high-value crops, but they also help Roundup NR NR NR NR NR NR NR control weeds. Growers producing plants Spirit 10 18 10 8 18 18 106 in transplant beds may consider fumiga- * Waiting period (number of months after application) before the vegetable crop can be planted. tion as a method to improve weed control. 1 Transplanted tomatoes only. 2 Muskmelons and watermelons. 3 Broccoli, cabbage, and cauliflower. COMMON/TRADE NAMES OF HERBICIDES 4 Depends on rate applied; consult label. 5 18 months with a soil pH of greater than or equal to 6.5. Common Name Trade Name 6 Cabbage only. 2,4-D amine Several names B: Field or soil bioassay should be conducted before planting the crop; consult label. acetochlor Surpass NR: No rotation restriction exists or herbicide labeled for the crop. alachlor Micro-Tech, Partner AH: After harvest—can be planted in fall or spring following application. SY: The crop cannot be planted until the second year after application (cannot be planted the year follow- atrazine Aatrex ing application). bensulide Prefar WARNING: This information is for preliminary planning only! Follow manufacturer’s instructions on product bentazon Basagran labels to determine the most up-to-date rotation restrictions and other special conditions that may apply. bromoxynil Buctril carfentrazone Aim clethodim Select clomazone Command clopyralid Stinger, Clopyr Ag RELATIVE RESPONSE OF WEEDS TO HERBICIDES* DCPA Dacthal dicamba Clarity dimethenamid-P Outlook diquat Reglone diuron Karmex EPTC Eptam, Eradicane ethalfluralin Curbit, Sonalan Cocklebur Crabgrass Panicum Fall Foxtail Galinsoga Jimsonweed Johnsongrass (seedlings) Lambsquarters Morningglory Nutsedge, Yellow Pigweed Purslane Ragweed, Common Giant Ragweed, Smartweed Velvetleaf Black Nightshade fluazifop-p Fusilade DX Preplant Incorporated flumioxazin Chateau Command P G G G G P F G P N P E G P G G P fluroxypyr Starane Devrinol N G G G P N F F N P F G F N N P P fomesafen Reflex Eptam P G G G F N G P N G F P P P P P N glufosinate Rely Prefar P G G G P P P G P N G P P P N F P glyphosate Roundup Treflan N G G G P N G F N N G F P N N N N halosulfuron Permit, Sandea Pre-emergence imazamox Raptor Atrazine G P P F G G N G G P G G G G G G G imazethapyr Pursuit Curbit N G G G P N G G N N G G N N N N N linuron Lorox Dual N G G G G N F F N G G G P P F N G mesotrione Callisto Goal N F F F G F N F N N G G G G G G G metolachlor Dual Magnum Micro-Tech N G G G G N F F N G G G P P F N G metribuzin Tricor Sandea G N N N P P N F F G G N G G G G N napropamide Devrinol Sencor F P P P G G P G F N G G G F G F P nicosulfuron Accent Lorox F F F F G F P G F N G G G F F F P norflurazon Solicam Prowl N G G G F N F F N N G F P P F F P oxyfluorfen Goal paraquat Gramoxone Post-emergence pendimethalin Prowl Basagran G N N N G G N G G N F G G F G G G pronamide Kerb Fusilade N G G G N N G N N N N N N N N N N quizalofop Assure II Poast N G G G N N G N N N N N N N N N N rimsulfuron Matrix G = Good F = Fair P = Poor N = None sethoxydim Poast * This table should be used only as a guide for comparing the relative effectiveness of herbicides to a par- terbacil Sinbar ticular weed. The response listed is based on using the maximum recommended rates for a particular herbicide under adequate and good growing conditions. If growers are getting satisfactory results under their topramezone Impact conditions, they should not necessarily change products as a result of the information in this table. trifluralin Treflan

10 Method and Time of Treatment WEED SUSCEPTIBILITY OF SELECTED HERBICIDES LABELED FOR USE IN VEGETABLE CROPS Herbicides are applied in the following Weeds Controlled ways: Herbicide Grasses Broadleaves • Preplant incorporated: incorporated Basagran (ben- yellow nutsedge Canada thistle, purslane, lambsquar- tazon) ters, ragweed, galinsoga, jimsonweed, into the soil prior to planting the crop smartweed, velvetleaf, wild mustard, • Pre-emergence: on the soil after plant- cocklebur Buctril (bromoxynil) mustard, cocklebur, pennycress, jimson- ing but before crop or weeds emerge weed, annual morningglory, nightshade, • Post-transplant: on the soil after crop lambsquarters, smartweed, pigweed is transplanted either before weeds Command barnyardgrass, crabgrass, fall panicum, purslane, ragweed, jimsonweed, lambs- (clomazone) foxtail, goosegrass, seedling johnson- quarters, smartweed, velvetleaf emerge or after clean cultivation grass • Post-emergence: on weeds after both Curbit annual bluegrass, crabgrass, barnyard- wild buckwheat, carpetweed, chick- weeds and the crop have emerged (ethalfluralin) grass, foxtail, goosegrass, fall panicum, weed, lambsquarters, pigweed, night- seeding johnsongrass, shattercane, shade, purslane • Directed post-emergence: as a directed witchgrass or shielded post-emergence on small 2,4-D amine carpetweed, dandelion, dock, galinsoga, pigweed, jimsonweed, lambsquarters, weeds in rows of taller crops or in row morningglory, plantain, ragweed, smart- middles. When using a post-emergence weed, thistle, wild mustard herbicide, the entire weed must be cov- Devrinol barnyardgrass, crabgrass, goxtail, chickweed, purslane, common ground- (napropamide) goosegrass, seedling johnsongrass, sel, prostrate knotweed, lambsquarters, ered for maximum control. panicum, annual bluegrass pigweed, prickly lettuce Dual II Magnum barnyardgrass, crabgrass, fall panicum, nightshade, carpetweed, galinsoga, Follow specified gallonages and pres- (s-metolachlor) foxtail, goosegrass, witchgrass, yellow pigweed sures on the label in order to achieve nutsedge Eptam (EPTC) annual bluegrass, crabgrass, barnyard- annual morningglory, carpetweed, complete coverage. grass, foxtail, goosegrass, shattercane, chickweed, lambsquarters, nightshade, witchgrass purslane Tank Mixtures Fusilade DX bermudagrass, goosegrass, johnson- For broad-spectrum weed control, more (fluazifop-P) grass, wild proso millet, barnyardgrass, fall panicum, foxtail, crabgrass, witch- than one herbicide may be necessary. It is grass, volunteer cereals quite common to tank-mix two or more Goal 2XL barnyardgrass, weedy brome, crabgrass, evening primrose, pigweed, common (oxyfluorfen) foxtail, goosegrass, seedling johnson- groundsel, purslane, black nightshade, pre-emergent herbicides to obtain ad- grass shepherdspurse equate weed control in vegetable crops. Gramoxone Inteon most annual grasses most annual broadleaves In this publication, we have included only (paraquat) Karmex, others barnyardgrass, crabgrass, annual blue- pigweed, purslane, ragweed, chickweed, labeled combinations or tank mixes. Fur- (diuron) grass, foxtail mustard, pennycress, velvetleaf thermore, due to space limitations, only Kerb (pronamide) barnyardgrass, brome, annual bluegrass, carpetweed, chickweed, henbit, knot- a fraction of the allowable tank mixes are panicum, foxtail, goosegrass, volunteer weed, purslane, lambsquarters, night- small grains shade, morningglory listed. Look on the label for a complete list. Tricor (metribuzin) downy brome, crabgrass, foxtail, seed- pigweed, purslane, ragweed, chickweed, ling johnsongrass jimsonweed, lambsquarters, pepper- Crop Rotation weed, shepherdspurse, smartweed, Because soil residual activity varies prickly sida Lorox (linuron) barnyardgrass, crabgrass, fall panicum, annual morningglory, carpetweed, considerably among different herbicides, goosegrass groundsel, lambsquarters, mustard, follow the directions closely for crop rota- cocklebur, pigweed, prickly sida, purs- tion on the labels of all products used. See lane, smartweed, velvetleaf Micro-Tech barnyardgrass, crabgrass, foxtail, goose- carpetweed, pigweed, galinsoga, night- the “Herbicide Label Restrictions” table (alachlor) grass, fall panicum, witchgrass shade, purslane on page 10 for restrictions on planting Poast (sethoxydim) bermudagrass, goosegrass, johnsongrass, quackgrass, wild proso millet, vegetables after using specific herbicides. barnyardgrass, fall panicum, foxtail, crabgrass, witchgrass, volunteer cereals Herbicide Sprayers Prefar (bensulide) crabgrass, foxtail, fall panicum, goose- Even distribution of herbicides at the grass Prowl barnyardgrass, crabgrass, fall panicum, carpetweed, lambsquarters, pigweed, proper rate is essential to good weed (pendimethalin) foxtail purslane control. A small variation in the rate of Pursuit nightshade, pigweed, kochia, wild mus- application of some herbicides may result (imazethapyr) tard Roundup most annual and perennial grasses; see most annual broadleaves; see discussion in failure to control weeds, or it may cause (glyphosate) discussion of reduced tillage systems of reduced tillage systems crop injury. For spray applications of her- Sandea yellow nutsedge cocklebur, common lambsquarters, com- bicides, a low-pressure sprayer that accu- (halosulfuron) mon ragweed, honeyvine milkweed, kochia, morningglory, nutsedge, pigweed, rately sprays between 15 to 50 pounds per smartweed, velvetweed, wild mustard square inch is the most suitable either for Sinbar (terbacil) crabgrass, foxtail, seedling johnson- chickweed, lambsquarters, wild mustard, broadcast or band spraying. Hand sprayers grass, barnyardgrass, annual bluegrass pepperweed, shepherdspurse, dandelion, knotweed, pigweed, purslane, plan- of 3- or 4-gallon capacity are suitable for tain, ragweed, henbit, jimsonweed small areas or for spot spraying. Tractor- Treflan (trifluralin) annual bluegrass, crabgrass, barnyard- carpetweed, chickweed, knotweed, grass, foxtail, seedling johnsongrass, lambsquarters, pigweed, purslane mounted sprayers, pump-driven from goosegrass the power takeoff, are quite satisfactory for field spraying. A good herbicide sprayer should: • Have a boom equipped with nozzles mend 16- to 20-inch spacings between • Have a pump that is easily replaced, be with replaceable tips. Nozzle spacing will nozzles on the boom. resistant to wear and chemical oxidation, depend on many factors, such as your • Have mesh screens for the suction line and have a capacity of 8 to 15 gallons per crop and your equipment. For broadcast and nozzles and a gauge that measures minute. spraying, many manufacturers recom- pressure accurately from 0 to 100 pounds

11 per square inch. Mesh screen size may hand sprayer previously, it is a good idea to • 4 pounds trisodium phosphate cleaner vary with the herbicide used. For most practice using the sprayer with water the • 2 ½ pounds sal soda (washing soda/ herbicides, a 50-mesh size is quite ad- first time. Accurately measure the amount sodium carbonate) equate. of herbicide that is to be added to the • 2 pounds activated charcoal (leave in • Have a mechanical or jet agitator to sprayer. See Appendix C for converting sprayer and lines 10 minutes) keep the spray solution well mixed and rates per acre to rates for small areas. NOTE: To remove traces of oil-based prevent the herbicide from settling to herbicides such as ester formulations of the bottom of the tank. Cleaning Sprayers Herbicide sprayers should be thorough- 2,4-D, rinse the sprayer with kerosene be- Hand Sprayers ly cleaned after each use. For many prod- fore rinsing it with water and the cleaners To spray herbicides on small areas, the ucts, the screens and filters should also listed above. For specific cleaning direc- most reliable method of application is the be taken apart and cleaned. For example, tions, refer to the label. 1- to 3-gallons compressed-air sprayer. residues of triazine products can adhere to Herbicide sprayers should not be used These sprayers are simple to operate but screens and will injure nontarget, sensitive to apply other pesticides on vegetable require careful calibration to assure even crops. Flushing tanks, lines, booms, and crops. In addition to the potential hazard distribution of the herbicide over the nozzles with water is usually sufficient for to the crop from traces of herbicides left sprayed area. A general rule is to use 1 sprayers used only with pre-emergence in the system, pressures used in herbicide gallon of the herbicide mixture for every herbicides. For most other herbicides, the sprayers are inadequate for spraying insec- 400 square feet of soil surface. This volume sprayer should first be rinsed with water, ticides and fungicides. When an enterprise should be sprayed evenly over the 400 then cleaned with one of the following in requires two herbicide sprayers, use only square feet. Do not guess distances or 50 gallons of water: growth regulator type herbicides (2,4-D) areas to be sprayed. If you have not used a • A half-gallon of household ammonia (let in one sprayer and use the other for other stand in sprayer overnight) vegetable herbicides. Disease Management

All vegetable crops grown in Kentucky huge influences on the development vectors or in weeds. Timely weed or are affected by one or more diseases, of plant diseases. We can’t change the insect pest control is critical in these and these diseases cause economic loss weather, but we can implement cultural cases. Classic examples are bacterial by reducing the quality and quantity of practices that allow for good air move- wilt of cucurbits and cucumber beetle produce harvested. Managing diseases ment (and less leaf wetness) and soil control and mosaic virus of corn and also adds to a grower’s input costs, thereby drainage. Johnson grass control. cutting into potential profits. Disease • Employ sound sanitary practices in management programs are a necessity for your vegetable operation. Locate cull Timely Diagnosis of Plant Diseases most vegetables, allowing for economic piles off the farm or as far as possible from Accurate and timely diagnosis of veg- control of problems while maximizing production fields. Keep greenhouses etable diseases and disorders is a critical yield and quality. clean and weed-free. Removing, disking, step in disease management. It is next The practices and products that we or chopping crop residues immediately to impossible to apply the appropriate use to manage plant diseases generally after harvest followed by tillage rapidly management practice if the problem has work best in a preventative program. The reduces populations of pathogens that not been identified properly. Application explosive nature of plant diseases makes can overwinter in plant debris. of the wrong fungicide or other tool can them difficult, if not impossible, to control • Delay the onset of disease. This prin- result in poor disease control and may once they become established. To develop ciple is key in disease management and cause a serious loss of yield. an effective management strategy for any is accomplished through sound cultural The following guidelines will help in vegetable crop, it is important to under- practices and careful use of agricultural obtaining a timely and accurate diagnosis: stand the diseases that may affect that chemicals. Stopping epidemics early in • Scout vegetable plantings frequently crop and also the environmental factors the season is especially important. Once and regularly. Make a field-by-field re- that favor disease development. well established and developing rapidly cord of what was found. under favorable weather conditions, • Pay careful attention to patterns of af- General Principles for many diseases are nearly impossible fected plants in the field or greenhouse. Managing Plant Diseases to control. This is particularly true with This information can be extremely help- When developing a plan for disease bacterial diseases—antibiotics, for the ful in obtaining a timely and accurate management, consider the following: most part, are not available to control diagnosis. • Use disease-resistant varieties when- bacterial diseases in plants as they are • Know what pesticides were used and ever possible. Planting resistant variet- for bacterial diseases in humans and when they were applied. ies, where available, can significantly animals. • Examine the plant carefully for symp- reduce pesticide use and the cost as- • Buy or produce disease-free seeds and toms (including roots and soil). Collect sociated with fungicides. transplants. (by digging, not by pulling) several • Keep the environment around your • Control weeds and insects. Certain whole plants representing a range of crops as unfavorable as possible for diseases are spread by insects and may stages of the disease or disorder. Also pathogens. Environmental factors are survive between crops in their insect collect at least one healthy plant. Why

12 the healthy plant? This plant may not be will not impact many airborne diseases lihood of developing resistance to these as healthy as it appears, and poor health that come in from outside the field. In types of compounds is much greater than can predispose plants to certain other addition, root and bulb crops—though for broad spectrum materials such as chlo- problems. often not related botanically—are sus- rothalonil, copper, or mancozeb. • Rule out soil nutrient problems—both ceptible to many of the same soil pests; Water quality is an important factor is deficiencies and toxicities. Soil test avoid other root crops and botanically fungicide performance, particularly the results and records of fertilizers used related plants in the rotation. Many unre- pH of the water source. Some products should be made available to the person lated vegetable crops can act as hosts to undergo a chemical degradation called making the diagnosis. root knot nematodes, so major changes alkaline hydrolysis when the pH is above • Know the variety that has been planted. in rotational patterns are needed where 7. Likewise, there are fungicides that de- • Take the plant samples and all the infor- nematodes become a problem. grade in acid water; these include most mation available to the county Extension Grasses (cool- or warm-season grasses, copper materials. Have water tested to office. cereals, corn, sweet corn, and sorghum) avoid such problems, especially when are excellent crops to use in rotation with using water from wells or ponds. Spray Crop Rotation and Tillage— The most vegetables. Since sweet corn is an adjuvants or surfactants should be used Foundation of a Good Disease important crop in many Kentucky veg- if the product label recommends them to Management Program etable operations, fields to be planted to ensure uniform coverage. Do not use these General Considerations. Crop rotation corn should be chosen carefully to obtain materials unless the label indicates they is a powerful tool for managing diseases of full benefit from its disease-control value. are needed. Surfactants are most valuable vegetables. When coupled with resistant in cole crops and peppers because of waxy varieties, fumigants, or fungicides, rota- Application of Fungicides leaf surfaces on these crops. tion will usually improve or extend control Timing fungicide applications relative Consideration should be given to the of most plant diseases. to when the disease develops is very im- time of day applications are made. When The idea behind rotation for plant dis- portant. For protectant fungicides, appli- possible, applications should be made ease control is to force the pathogen pop- cations must be made before the disease when the air is still. With high pressure and ulation to survive without its host so that begins. These materials stop development tiny droplets, drift can be significant. In future crops encounter lower populations by preventing spore germination and by some cases, crop damage may result from of that pathogen. This practice slows the preventing subsequent infections—not fungicide applications made during very buildup of pathogens in fields routinely by eradicating the pathogen after it is hot and humid parts of the day. used for vegetables, even for pathogens already inside the plant. whose populations do not decline during All fungicides are subject to weathering Sprayer Configurations rotation. and must be applied early in the disease for Fungicides Short rotations can be used to reduce cycle and reapplied at regular intervals. A properly equipped and calibrated disease pressure in fields after a serious This practice keeps plants adequately cov- spray rig is a part of any disease control disease outbreak, although longer inter- ered due to new growth and weathering program. Accurate delivery translates vals between susceptible crops are usually of the pesticides. Follow all label direc- to good coverage, and good coverage recommended. Unfortunately, rotation is tions concerning alternating and mixing is essential for fungicides to perform to not effective against all diseases. Where fungicides. The Fungicide Resistance Ac- their maximum potential. The chemical effective, it is an invaluable and environ- tion Committee (FRAC) has classified the must therefore be applied precisely to mentally safe disease management tool. active ingredients found in fungicides by reach and cover all microscopic surfaces In rotating vegetable crops, avoid plant- their mode of action (target site) and as- of the foliage during spore germination ing the same crop species or closely re- signed them a group number, called the Only with systemic fungicides is coverage lated species in the same place more than “FRAC code.” Fungicides with the same sometimes less demanding. once every three years. Crops grouped FRAC code have the same mode of action, Ground-operated spray equipment together below are subject to the same even if they belong to different chemical should be set to deliver 40 to 150 gal- disease and insect problems: classes. Fungicides that are at risk for de- lons per acre at 70 to 400 psi to ensure • Corn, sorghum, small grains, grasses velopment of resistance will contain the thorough coverage of plant surfaces. For • Chives, garlic, leeks, onions, shallots FRAC code along with specific resistance protective fungicide applications, piston • Beets, Swiss chard, spinach management guidelines. pumps and diaphragm pumps are best, • Cabbage, cauliflower, kale, collards, Brus- It is not necessary to memorize modes although some roller pumps are also suit- sels sprouts, broccoli, kohlrabi, turnips, of action for each fungicide used; use the able. Lower volumes and pressures usually rutabaga, Chinese cabbage, mustard product’s FRAC code to decide how each are not as effective. • Peas, snap beans, Lima beans, soybeans, fits in a season-long spray program. Care- Hollow-cone or twin-jet nozzles are clover, alfalfa ful adherence to resistance-management preferred for fungicide applications. Two- • Carrots, parsley, celery, celeriac, parsnips guidelines will go a long way toward piece cone nozzles (consisting of core and • Pumpkins, squash, watermelons, cucum- delaying or preventing the development whirl plate-orifice disc) are best used with bers, muskmelons of resistance. Refer to the “FRAC Code” high pressures. The core is a fan-shaped • Endive, salsify, lettuce table on the next page for a complete list insert that shapes the spray pattern; the • Potatoes, eggplant, tomatoes, peppers, of fungicides, their modes of action, FRAC orifice uses a small hole in a disc to control tobacco. codes, and chemical classes. the volume that passes through at a given A good resistance-management prac- pressure. These components come in dif- Some problems (especially nematodes tice is to avoid back-to-back applica- ferent sizes that can be used in different and Phytophthora root rots) will cross over tions of fungicides that have very specific combinations to greatly impact delivery among these groups. Also, crop rotation modes of action (such as strobilurins or and coverage. sterol biosynthesis inhibitors), as the like-

13 FUNGICIDE RESISTANCE ACTION COMMITTEE (FRAC) CODES FRAC CODES (continued) FRAC FRAC Product Code Active Ingredient Chemical Group Product Code Active Ingredient Chemical Group Actigard P acibenzolar-S-methyl SAR inducer Kentan DF M copper hydroxide inorganic Aftershock 11 fluoxastrobin QoI fungicide Kocide 2000 Agri-Mycin 17 25 streptomycin antibiotic Kocide 3000 Aliette WDG 33 fosetyl-Al phosphonate Kocide 4.5 LF Amtide Propiconazole 3 propiconazole DMI fungicide Kocide DF Aproach 11 picoxystrobin QoI fungicide Koverall M mancozeb dithiocarbamate Avaris 3/11 propiconazole + DMI + QoI Luna Experience 7/3 fluopyram + carboxamide + azoxystrobin tebuconazole DMI fungicide Badge SC M copper hydroxide + inorganic Luna Tranquility 7/9 fluopyram + carboxamide + Badge X2 copper oxychloride pyrimethanil anilinopyrimidine Basic Copper 53 M basic copper sulfate inorganic ManKocide M copper hydroxide + inorganic + Blocker 4F 14 PCNB aromatic mancozeb dithiocarbamate Blocker Flowable hydrocarbon Manzate Flowable M mancozeb dithiocarbamate Botran 75 W 14 dicloran aromatic Manzate Pro-Stick Botran 5F hydrocarbon Manzate Max Mastercop M copper sulfate inorganic Bravo Ultrex M chlorothalonil chloronitrile pentahydrate Bravo WeatherStik Maxim 4 FS 12 fludioxonil phenylpyrrole Bravo ZN M chlorothalonil + zinc chloronitrile Maxim MZ 12/M fludioxonil phenylpyrrole + Bumper 41.8 EC 3 propiconazole DMI fungicide dithiocarbamate Cabrio 11 pyraclostrobin QoI fungicide Maxim Potato Seed 12 fludioxonil phenylpyrrole Cabrio Plus 11/M pyraclostrobin + QoI fungicide + Protectant metiram dithiocarbamate Mertect 340 F 1 thiabendazole benzimidazole Cannonball WP 12 fludioxonil phenylpyrrole MetaStar 2E AG 4 metalaxyl phenylamide Catamaran M/33 chlorothalonil + chloronitrile + Meteor 2 iprodione dicarboximide potassium phosphite phosphonate Moncut 70 DF 7 flutolanil carboxamide Champ DP M copper hydroxide inorganic Monsoon 3 tebuconazole DMI fungicide Champ Formula 2 FL Nevado 4F 2 iprodione dicarboximide Champ WG Nordox 75 WG M cuprous oxide inorganic Chloronil 720 M chlorothalonil chloronitrile Nu-Cop 3 L M copper hydroxide inorganic Chlorothalonil 720 SC Nu-Cop 50 DF COC DF M copper oxychloride inorganic Nu-Cop 50 WP COC WP Nu-Cop 50 HB M cupric hydroxide inorganic C-O-C-S WDG M copper oxychloride + inorganic basic copper sulfate Nufarm T-Methyl 4.5F 1 thiophanate-methyl thiophanate Copper-Count-N M copper-ammonium inorganic Nufarm T-Methyl 70 complex WSB Cueva M copper octanoate inorganic Omega 29 fluazinam 2,6-dinitroaniline Cuprofix Ultra 40 Dis- M basic copper sulfate inorganic Orius 3.6F 3 tebuconazole DMI fungicide perss Onset 3.6F Cuprofix MZ Disperss M basic copper sulfate inorganic + Penncozeb 75 DF M mancozeb dithiocarbamate + mancozeb dithiocarbamate Penncozeb 80 WP Curzate 60 DF 27 cymoxanil cyanoacetamide- Polyram 80 DF M metiram dithiocarbamate oxime Presidio 43 fluopicolide benzamide Decree 50 WDG 17 fenhexamid hydroxyanilide Previcur Flex 28 propamocarb carbamate Dithane F-45 Rainshield M mancozeb dithiocarbamate Priaxor 7/11 fluxapyroxad + carboxamide + Dithane M-45 pyraclostrobin QoI inhibitor Echo 720 M chlorothalonil chloronitrile Pristine 7/11 pyraclostrobin + QoI fungicide + Echo 90 DF M chlorothalonil chloronitrile boscalid carboxamide Endura 7 boscalid carboxamide Procure 480SC 3 triflumizole DMI fungicide Equus 720 SST M chlorothalonil chloronitrile Proline 480 SC 3 prothioconazole DMI fungicide Equus DF Propimax EC 3 propiconazole DMI fungicide Evito 480 SC 11 fluoxastrobin QoI fungicide Propi-Star EC Evito T 3/11 tebuconazole + DMI + Prosaro 3 prothioconazole + DMI fungicide fluoxastrobin QoI fungicide tebuconazle Fitness 3 propiconazole DMI fungicide Quadris 11 azoxystrobin QoI fungicide Flint 11 trifloxystrobin DMI fungicide Quadris Opti 11/M azoxystrobin + QoI fungicide + Folicur 3.6F 3 tebuconazole DMI fungicide chlorothalonil chloronitrile Quadris Top 11/3 azoxystrobin + QoI fungicide + Fontelis 7 penthiopyrad carboxamide difenoconazole DMI fungicide Forum SC 40 dimethomorph cinnamic acid Quash 3 metconazole DMI fungicide Fracture n/a BLAD n/a Quilt 3/11 azoxystrobin + QoI fungicide + Gavel 75 DF 22/M zoxamide + benzamide + propiconazole DMI fungicide mancozeb dithiocarbamate Quilt Xcel 11/3 azoxystrobin + QoI fungicide + Gem 11 trifloxystrobin QoI fungicide difenoconazole DMI fungicide Harbour 25 streptomycin antibiotic Quintec 13 quinoxyfen quinolene Headline 11 pyraclostrobin QoI fungicide Rally 40 WSP 3 myclobutanil DMI fungicide Headline SC Ranman SC 21 cyazofamid QiI fungicide Headline AMP 11/2 pyraclostrobin + QoI + Reason 500 SC 11 fenamidone QoI fungicide metconazole DMI Revus 40 mandipropamid mandelic acid Incognito 1 thiophanate-methyl thiophanate Revus Top 40/3 mandipropamid + mandelic acid + Initiate 720 M chlorothalonil chloronitrile difenoconazole DMI fungicide Inspire Super 3/9 difenoconazole + DMI + Ridomil Gold Bravo SC 4/M mefenoxam + phenylamide + cyprodinil anilinopyrimidine chlorothalonil chloronitrile Iprodione 4L AG 2 iprodione dicarboximide Ridomil Gold Copper 4/M mefenoxam + phenylamide + copper hydroxide inorganic Ridomil Gold GR 4 mefenoxam phenylamide Ridomil Gold MZ 4/M mefenoxam + phenylamide + mancozeb dithiocarbamate

14 FRAC CODES (continued) FRAC CODES (continued) FRAC FRAC Product Code Active Ingredient Chemical Group Product Code Active Ingredient Chemical Group Ridomil Gold PC GR 4/M mefenoxam + phenylamide + Terramaster 14 etridiazole aromatic PCNB aromatic hydrocarbon hydrocarbon Thiophanate-Methyl 1 thiophanate-methyl thiophanate Ridomil Gold SL 4 mefenoxam phenylamide 85 WDG Rovral 4 Flowable 2 iprodione dicarboximide Tilt 3 propiconazole DMI fungicide Scala 9 pyrimethanil anilinopyrimidine Toledo 3 tebuconazole DMI fungicide Shar-Shield PPZ 3 propiconazole DMI fungicide Topaz 3 propiconazole DMI fungicide Stratego 3/11 propiconazole + DMI fungicide + Topsin 4.5 FL 1 thiophanate-methyl thiophanate trifloxystrobin QoI fungicide Topsin M 70 WP Stratego YLD 3/11 prothioconazole + DMI fungicide + Topsin M WSB trifloxystrobin QoI fungicide Torino U6 cyflufenamid phenyl-acetamide Sulfur M sulfur inorganic Ultra Flourish 4 mefenoxam phenylamide Switch 9/12 fludioxonil + phenylpyrrole + Vertisan 7 penthiopyrad carboxamide cyprodinil anilinopyrimidine Zampro 45/40 ametoctradin + QxI inhibitor + Tanos 11/27 cymoxanil + cyanoacetamide- dimethomorph cinnamic acid famoxadone oxime + QoI fungicide Ziram M ziram dithiocarbamate Tebu-Crop 3.6F 3 tebuconazole DMI fungicide Tebustar 3.6L Tebuzol 3.6F

Spray nozzles are made from brass, Vegetable Seed Treatments Nematode Control stainless steel, polymers, and ceramic. Quality of seed is important to a veg- Nematodes are problematic for Ken- Brass nozzles are relatively inexpensive etable grower’s success. Planting high- tucky vegetable producers mainly in but wear out quickly, requiring frequent quality seeds that have been treated with sandy or rocky soils. The root-knot nema- replacement and re-calibration of the rig. fungicides will help achieve the best con- tode tends to be the one found most Ceramic nozzles have the longest life but trol of seedling diseases. This is truly the commonly, and usually in warm and dry can be expensive. Keep in mind that these first step in producing quality, disease-free summers. Soybean cyst nematode can be nozzles won’t need to be replaced as often transplants for the field. Seed should not a problem with bean crops, and special as brass nozzles and will hold calibration be saved from a previous crop. Purchase consideration is needed where soybeans longer because of reduced wear. Stain- fresh seed from reputable dealers. Most and other bean crops are grown on the less steel nozzles are less expensive than commercially available vegetable seeds same farm. ceramic nozzles and provide long service come treated with one or more fungi- Nematodes are microscopic round- life as well. cides and possibly an insecticide. Check worms that feed mainly on plant roots. The type of spray boom needed varies the product packaging or check with the They cause damage by reducing root greatly from crop to crop. Ground crops seed dealer to find out what treatments health, reducing the quality of root crops, such as melons and most crops early in have been applied. Most seed companies and increasing susceptibility to other the season can be sprayed effectively also sell untreated seed for use by organic diseases—especially the vascular wilts. with a broadcast boom sprayer. Sprayers growers or those who wish to apply their Poor uptake of nutrients and water usually used on upright crops such as staked to- own seed treatments. contribute to the most common symp- matoes and peppers, however, should be See Appendix J for specific information toms. Unthrifty, stunted, or wilting plants modified with drops and multiple nozzles on disinfection of vegetable seeds. In the should be examined for nematodes when to achieve success. During application, case of fungicide seed treatments, many symptoms are noticed. Root galling and nozzles should be turned about 15 to 20 registrations have been cancelled over the irregular root enlargement are usually degrees towards the direction of travel years, although some have been restored, present if root-knot nematode is involved, (front) to achieve a more vigorous spray so check and follow labels carefully. The although these symptoms may not be action and improve coverage. The change majority of labeled seed treatments are obvious with all crops. in angle reduces immediate contact with restricted to commercial treatment only. Management of plant parasitic nema- leaves (which block delivery) and increases This is due in part to concerns about ap- todes hinges on correct diagnosis of the the stirring of leaves/foliage (at high pres- plicator exposure during seed treatment problem and knowledge about the popu- sure). This aids in the coverage of the un- and handling. Captan WP, available at lation level of the nematode(s). Samples dersides of leaves and areas of leaf overlap. many farm supply stores, can be applied should be collected during the growing Air-blast sprayers and motorized back- by end-users. Many vegetable seeds are season while symptoms are present. The pack sprayers can be used successfully treated prior to sale with both fungicides sample of affected plants should include for many vegetable crops. They are usu- and insecticides. Be sure to check seed- tops with roots attached plus a composite ally not as effective as properly equipped package labels to avoid double treatment soil sample collected from 10 areas of the broadcast boom sprayers for most com- and to ensure your own safety. If in doubt field. In addition, healthy plants and a mercial vegetables, except where each about how seed has been treated, ask for separate soil sample from areas of the field row is being sprayed from both sides. specifics from your seed company repre- not affected should be included. A num- Finally, all types of sprayers should be sentative or from company headquarters. ber of nonchemical and chemical tools are properly calibrated. Because of nozzle Never use chemically treated seed for food available for management of nematodes. wear, this needs to be done often when or feed. Crop rotation to non-host or poor-host fungicides are used (see Appendix F). plants, such as grasses or small grains, is the key to keeping populations low once they are present. Yield losses can

15 usually be minimized in most Kentucky descriptions indicates resistance to root- Sites that are to be fumigated must soils through proper nutrition, irriga- knot nematode. Resistance does not solve be prepared properly. Debris from the tion, and reduction of plant stress where all root-knot nematode problems on previous crop should be removed, the populations are low. This approach still tomatoes in Kentucky, however. The gene soil should be free of clods and stones, allows nematode numbers to build; other involved confers resistance to most, but and soil moisture must be adequate to controls will be needed to avoid serious not all, species of root-knot nematode. The permit activation and movement of fumi- damage to later plantings. Plants can tol- northern root-knot nematode (Meloido- gant materials. If the soil is inadequately erate much higher nematode levels in our gyne hapla) is not controlled by this gene. prepared, fumigation will not be effective heavier and cooler soils than they can in Since the northern root-knot nematode because the fumigant will not penetrate the lighter and warmer soils to the south, is native to Kentucky soils, problems can the clods and large debris—it will flow especially when irrigation is being used. still occur with commercial tomato variet- around them, following the path of least Spread of nematodes must be pre- ies labeled VFN on sites where rotation is resistance. Irrigate the site, if necessary, vented. Nematodes are easily moved on not practiced. several days in advance to revive dormant infested soil or on infested plant material soil organisms. If the site is too wet, how- Soil Fumigants for Control of through human activities. Take steps to ever, soil pores will be filled with water and Nematodes and Soilborne Diseases limit field-to-field spread of nematode- fumigant movement in soil will be reduced infested soil; clean equipment, vehicles, When proper rotation is not an option, (along with efficacy). Soil temperature at and shoes thoroughly after working in- or when populations of soilborne fungi the 4- to 6-inch depth should be between fested fields. and nematodes have reached damaging 50°F and 80°F; cooler temperatures slow Prompt and proper crop destruction levels, soil fumigants should be con- fumigant movement in soil, and higher after harvest followed by replanting with sidered. These materials have a broad temperatures allow for the gases to escape a non-host cover crop prevents further spectrum of activity and can be relatively too rapidly. increases in the nematode population. expensive. Their use tends to be limited to Fumigant materials trapped in soil can Non-host cover crops suppress nematodes high-value crops such as staked tomatoes. cause plant injury when crops are trans- by starving them and preventing repro- Fumigation of soils will, if properly done, planted. Following fumigation, soil must duction. Antagonistic crops (French mari- reduce soil pathogen populations early in be sealed by irrigation or tarping to maxi- golds or certain rapeseed crops) suppress the season, alleviating plants from patho- mize pathogen kill. Allow sufficient time through direct toxic effects to nematodes. gen stress and allowing for increased for residues to dissipate so as to avoid crop Cover crops that are nematode hosts productivity. However, pest populations injury; the plant-back period for these ma- can be used to trap and reduce nematode at the end of the season may be equal to terials varies by product, soil temperature, populations by destroying the host plant or greater than that prior to fumigation. and moisture. (cover crops) before the nematode can Materials available for general fumiga- Nematicides. Telone II and Telone EC reach a reproductive life stage (from which tion and nematode control on most veg- (1,3-dichloropropene) are fumigant nema- it can survive to the next crop). Timing etable crops are described in this section. ticides labeled for most vegetables. These with trap crops is critical because even Follow labels carefully for application products can be applied broadcast or in more serious problems exist when crop methods, waiting intervals before plant- beds, using chisels (shanks) spaced up to destruction is delayed until after nema- ing, and all safety precautions. Most soil 12 inches apart and set to a 8 to 10 inch todes have reproduced. fumigants are extremely dangerous to depth. Strictly a nematicide, 1,3-dichloro- The introduction of large amounts of people and animals; specialized equip- propene has little effect on fungi or weeds. organic matter in the soil is suppressive ment is required to apply these materials Multipurpose Fumigants. A mixture of to plant parasitic nematodes. Maximum properly. Regulations governing the appli- methyl bromide plus chloropicrin (67/33%) benefit is achieved when large amounts of cation of soil fumigants have become very is a biocidal mixture that will reduce organic matter are incorporated as green stringent (caes.uga.edu/commodities/ nematodes, weeds, and soilborne fungi. manure; however, sufficient time must be fruits/veg/fumigant.html). Growers who This material is labeled for most vegetable allowed for adequate decomposition to wish to apply soil fumigants must receive crops and must be tarped after applica- avoid crop damage from organic matter training on these new regulations, and fail- tion. The production of methyl bromide toxicity and other problems. ure to comply with fumigation regulations was significantly reduced in the United Nematode-resistant varieties are avail- could result in significant fines. Because States in compliance with the Montreal able in only a few crops. For example, of these issues, growers should consider Protocol, with only specific critical uses the N in ‘VFN’-resistant tomato variety hiring a licensed applicator to put out soil being permitted. Existing stocks, however, fumigants. can be used.

FUMIGANTS FOR VEGETABLE CROPS Rate/A Timing Restricted Re-Entry Trade Name Common Name (gal) Target Pests (Plant-back)1 Use Interval Chloropicrin chloropicrin (99.5%) 10.9 to 12.8 nematodes, soilborne diseases 2 to 3 weeks Yes K-Pam HL metam-potassium (54%) 15 to 62 weeds, nematodes, soilborne 2 to 3 weeks Yes 5 days diseases Telone II 1,3-dichloropropene (97.5%) 9 to 12 nematodes 1 to 2 weeks Yes 5 days Telone C-17 1,3-dichloropropene (81.2%) + chloropicrin (16.5%) 10.8 to 17.1 nematodes, soilborne diseases 1 to 2 weeks Yes 5 days Telone C-35 1,3-dichloropropene (63.4%) + chloropicrin (34.7%) 13 to 26 2 to 3 weeks 5 days Vapam HL or metam-sodium (42%) 37.5 to 75 weeds, nematodes, soilborne 2 to 3 weeks Yes 5 days Sectagon-42 diseases 1 Dissipation of fumigants will be slower in cool, wet, or heavy soils. Under these conditions, allow more time for materials to escape soil, and aerate by tillage before planting. Failure to aerate fully can result in severe plant injury or death. If no fumigant odor is detected, aeration is generally sufficient.

16 Metam sodium, chloropicrin, and mix- tend to be scattered or limited to just the lists alternative products and provides tures of 1,3-dichloropropene plus chloro- crop. The most sensitive crops to ozone some general information on these new picrin (Telone C-17, Telone C-25, InLine) are include beans, cucurbits, potatoes, and materials but does not constitute a recom- multipurpose soil fumigants that are la- tomatoes. Much less ozone damage occurs mendation. Growers interested in these beled on many vegetables for controlling in some of these crops if mancozeb was in products should first test them in small- nematode and fungal diseases. All can be the spray program before the air pollution scale trials before dropping or changing injected into soil as fumigants, and metam event occurred. from a recommended spray program. sodium, chloropicrin, and InLine can be Injury from PAN (peroxyacetyl nitrate) Many are approved for greenhouse use; applied through irrigation systems. Me- also occurs, although much less frequently check product labels. tam sodium also can be sprayed onto soil than ozone injury in Kentucky. It, too, af- surfaces and incorporated. The plant-back fects mainly the newly matured leaves. Post-Harvest Decays period ranges from three to four weeks or Symptoms include bronzing or glazing Vegetable crops are subject to great longer, which requires careful planning. of the leaf undersides, with some areas losses after harvest because of environ- Where erosion controls will allow, fall of complete tissue collapse appearing in mental conditions and microbes. Bacteria applications are an option, especially for diffuse bands across the width of the leaf and fungi are present in wounds and on early plantings. The table “Fumigants for (tissues of the same age are affected). The surfaces of fresh produce. Many post-har- Vegetable Crops” on page 16 summarizes most sensitive plants are lettuce, mustard, vest pathogens cannot invade the plant fumigant materials that can be used on Swiss chard, beets, and cantaloupes. unless a wound is present. Significant many vegetable crops grown in Kentucky. Damage from other localized air pol- losses occur as these pathogens spread Check product labels for specific crop list- lution events is occasionally observed in and increase due to improper harvesting, ings, application instructions, and safety Kentucky. These include sulfur-dioxide poor handling, and improper cooling. precautions. damage following scrubbing operations at Proper post-harvest handling, precooling, Non-fumigant Nematicides. Several power plants and damage from ammonia storage, and packaging procedures are all non-fumigant materials can be applied and chlorine associated with local spills. disease-control practices that are essen- pre- and post-planting to suppress nema- tial to successful commercial vegetable todes in a number of vegetable crops. Biopesticides production. Most are insecticidal as well, and all are A number of products derived from Chlorination of water bath washes or extremely dangerous. The table “Non-fu- plants, microorganisms, or from GRAS sprays is an important practice to reduce migant Nematicides” below lists products (Generally Recognized as Safe) chemistries pathogen numbers and spread and to im- registered in Kentucky. Consult product are labeled for disease control in vegetable prove shelf life. The wash-water tempera- labels for rates on specific crops and for crops (see “Biopesticides” table on page ture should be about 10°F warmer than application types permitted on each crop. 18). Some of these products are effective the internal temperature of the product under certain conditions, and others have being washed. This avoids microbes being Air Pollution Injury in Vegetables very limited disease-control potential. drawn into the tissues, which occurs when Ozone injury is the most common air Most are not as effective as the recom- colder water is used. pollution problem diagnosed in Kentucky mended conventional pesticide labeled Although chlorine can be added to vegetable crops. It results from high ozone for the disease in question. The EPA looks wash water in several forms, the water levels during midsummer stagnation only at safety issues during the labeling pH must be adjusted so that chlorine events. It appears as small stipple- to fleck- process and does not test the efficacy of remains available and active. Wash water like lesions visible on upper leaf surfaces. the product. Some of these “soft” chemi- pH should always be 6.5 to 7.5 to ensure Lesion color varies with the crop, ranging cals are also not EPA-registered because that adequate chlorine is available. The from white to dark. The most susceptible they do not specifically claim to be pesti- following forms of chlorine are used in tissues are those leaves that recently cidal. These alternative products include post-harvest water baths: matured at the time of the pollution epi- living microorganisms (bacteria, viruses, • Sodium hypochlorite 5.25 percent sode; very young and very old foliage are fungi, nematodes, and protozoa), “natural (household bleach)—use 13 to 17 fluid normally resistant. In some crops the le- chemicals,” plant extracts, etc. Our goal is ounces per 100 gallons of water. The sions are more common toward the tips to help commercial growers integrate all label covers most vegetables as a dip and margins of the leaf. When ozone is available tools in a manner that provides and rinse. involved, many plant species in the area effective disease control with minimal • Calcium hypochlorite (Magnum 65%)— will have been affected; other problems risk to producers, consumers, and the use 1 ounce per 100 gallons of water; for which ozone injury can be confused environment. The “Biopesticides” table labeled for most vegetables as a dip and rinse.

NON-FUMIGANT NEMATICIDES Restricted Re-Entry Product Product Amt/A Application Method/Timing Crops Use Interval (hrs) Mocap 15G 13 to 80 lb preplant broadcast or banded at-plant beans (succulent), cabbage, cucumber, irish Yes 48 potato, sweet corn, sweetpotato Mocap EC 2.4 to 6.9 fl oz/ preplant broadcast or banded at-plant cabbage, irish potato, sweetpotato Yes 48 1,000 row-feet Nemacur 3 2.33 qt at-plant banded eggplant Yes 48 Vydate L 2 to 8 pt preplant in-furrow, post-emergence (drip carrot, cucurbits, eggplant, pepper, irish Yes 48 irrigation and foliar) potato, sweetpotato, tomato

17 For detailed information regarding ing disease-favorable environments are populations of many pathogens. This post-harvest handling, storage, and care the most important control measures in treatment will not penetrate soil much of fresh produce, including chlorination greenhouses. more than ½ inch, nor will it control to- procedures, see the “Post-harvest” section Sanitation is extremely important. Ev- bacco mosaic virus. Deeper penetration of Appendix A. erything that goes in the greenhouse can be obtained in areas covered with should be new or sanitized to a like-new Disease Control in Greenhouse clear plastic near the soil. Remove all condition to prevent problems with damp- heat-sensitive materials and clean out all Vegetable Crops ing-off and root and stem diseases. The debris before solarizing. Keep the system Sanitation and moisture control are two wetter the production system, the more moist to encourage microbe activity dur- important strategies for disease control critical is the sanitation program. ing this solarization period; this will make in the greenhouse. Few fungicides are Solarize the greenhouse by closing it microbes more sensitive to being killed labeled for use in greenhouses, and a tightly for several weeks during the hot by heat. limited number of resistant varieties is and sunny parts of summer so that air Steaming at 180°F for 30 minutes is an available. Excluding pathogens and reduc- temperatures reach 140°F. This will reduce effective sanitizer on any material that can

BIOPESTICIDES FOR VEGETABLE DISEASE MANAGEMENT Green- Active house Ingredient Product Crops Target Diseases/Pests Use Comments Acibenzolar-S- Actigard chili pepper, cucurbits, bacterial blights, downy mil- No Do not apply to plants stressed by heat, cold, methyl lettuce, onion, spinach, dew, powdery mildew; crop or moisture extremes. tomato dependent—refer to label Bacillus pumilus Ballad Plus, Sonata cole crops, cucurbits, le- early blight, late blight, downy Yes OMRI-listed. Ballad Plus can be used on sweet QST2808 gumes, bulb vegetables, mildew, powdery mildew, leaf corn only. root crops, pepper, tomato, blights, rust sweet corn Bacillus subtilis Companion most vegetables root diseases Yes OMRI-listed. GB03 (see label) Bacillus subtilis Subtilex NG cucurbits, eggplant, pepper, root diseases, powdery mil- Yes Apply to soil or potting medium; use as a fo- MBI 600 tomato dew liar spray for powdery mildew. Bacillus subtilis Cease, Serenade cole crops, leafy vegetables, downy mildew, powdery mil- Yes OMRI-listed. QST713 Max, Serenade ASO, legumes, cucurbits, pepper, dew, leaf blights Serenade Optimum, tomato Serenade Soil Coniothyrium Contans WG most vegetables Sclerotinia sclerotiorum Yes OMRI-listed. Apply to soil or potting medium. minitans (see label) (white mold, timber rot, drop) Gliocladium PreStop Biofungicide most vegetables seed rots, root diseases, Yes - cantenulatum (see label) Botrytis stem canker Gliocladium SoilGard 12G most vegetables seed rots, root diseases Yes OMRI-listed. Do not apply in conjunction with virens GL-21 (see label) chemical fungicides. Harpin protein ProAct, Messenger most vegetables (see label) foliar diseases n/a - Hydrogen Oxidate, Terracide most vegetables root diseases, leaf blights Yes OxiDate is OMRI-listed. peroxide (see label) Myrothecium DiTera DF cole crops, cucurbits, egg- nematodes Yes OMRI-listed. verrucaria plant, leafy vegetables, legumes, pepper, root and tuber vegetables, tomato Neem oil Trilogy most vegetables (see label) foliar diseases Yes OMRI-listed. May cause leaf burn; test a small number of plants before spraying entire crop. Oil (cottonseed, Mildew Cure pepper, tomato bacterial spot, speck Yes May cause leaf burn; test a small number of corn, and garlic) plants before spraying entire crop. Oil (clove, Sporatec most vegetables powdery mildew, fungal leaf Yes OMRI-listed. Addition of a spray adjuvant rosemary, thyme) (see label) blights (spreader or penetrant) is recommended. Oil (soybean) Oleotrol-M most vegetables Botrytis gray bold, downy mil- Yes OMRI-listed. Tank-mix with a spreader-sticker. (see label) dew, powdery mildew Paecilomyces MeloCon WG most vegetables nematodes Yes OMRI-listed. lilacinus (see label) Phage AgriPhage most vegetables (see label) bacterial spot, speck Yes - Phosphorous Alude, Fosphite, most vegetables downy mildew, powdery mil- Yes - compounds Fungi-Phite, Phostrol, (see label) dew, leaf blights ProPhyt, Rampart Potassium Armicarb, Kaligreen, most vegetables powdery mildew, fungal leaf Yes Kaligreen and Milstop are OMRI-listed. pH of bicarbonate Milstop (see label) blights spray solution should not be below 7.0. Potassium salts M-Pede most vegetables powdery mildew Yes Do not mix with surfactants or apply to of fatty acids (see label) stressed plants to avoid plant injury. Potassium Sil-MATRIX most vegetables powdery mildew, Botrytis Yes OMRI-listed. Tank-mix with a non-ionic surfac- silicate (see label) gray mold tant for best results. Pseudomonas Ateze most vegetables stem, root diseases Yes Greenhouse use only. chloroaphis (see label) Reynoutria Regalia most vegetables powdery mildew, fungal leaf Yes OMRI-listed. First application should be made sachalinensis (see label) blights before symptoms appear. Streptomyces Mycostop most vegetables seedling, root, and stem rots Yes OMRI-listed. Can be added to potting mix or griseoviridis (see label) applied in-furrow to field soil. Streptomyces Actinovate AG most vegetables seedling, root, and stem rots; Yes OMRI-listed. Can be used as a soil or foliar lydicus (see label) foliar blights treatment. Trichoderma T-22, RootShield, cole crops, eggplant, leafy seedling, root, and stem rots Yes OMRI-listed. Can be added to potting mix or harzianum PlantShield vegetables, pepper, tomato applied in-furrow to field soil. Trichoderma Binab most vegetables (see label) seedling, root, and stem rots Yes - viride

18 tolerate it. Lower temperatures are helpful Foliar diseases in most greenhouse transplants in greenhouses together with but not as effective. Chloropicrin may be crops can be suppressed if relative humid- ornamental plants. used for fumigating soil beds and soils ity is kept below 90 percent. Manage the The table below summarizes the fun- where nematodes and soilborne fungi heat and temperature and keep the air gicides and bactericides registered for are present. Read and follow the labels circulating with fans and tubes. Consult a use on greenhouse-grown vegetables for all products carefully, as these are ex- greenhouse specialist for more informa- (including transplants). Consult product tremely poisonous materials, especially in tion on how to best manage the green- labels for crops covered by each material enclosed areas. house environment. To avoid virus disease and for application instructions. problems, do not produce vegetable

FUNGICIDES AND BACTERICIDES FOR GREENHOUSE-GROWN VEGETABLES Preharvest Green- FRAC Interval house Product Code (days) Use2 Crops Target Diseases Comments Agri-Mycin 17 25 n/a NP pepper and tomato bacterial leaf spot OMRI-listed. Transplant production only. Blocker Flowable 14 n/a L beans, broccoli, Brussels Rhizoctonia root and stem rots, Transplant production only. Apply as a sprouts, cabbage, damping-off drench to seedlings in beds or contain- cauliflower, pepper, tomato ers. Botran 75 W 14 10 L cucumber, lettuce (leaf), Botrytis blight and gray mold; Tomato: direct spray at stems; cucum- tomato white mold (cucumber) ber and lettuce: apply to foliage. Rates and application restrictions are crop- specific; see label. Catamaran M 0-31 L cole crops, cucurbits, foliar blights Rates and preharvest intervals are crop- pepper, tomato dependent; refer to label. Copper fungicides3 M 0 L most vegetables bacterial diseases, foliar blights, - (see label) powdery mildew Curzate 60DF 27 3 cucurbits, lettuce, tomato downy mildew, late blight - Decree 50 WDG 17 0-31 L cucumber, leafy greens Botrytis gray mold Do not make more than 2 consecutive (except spinach), pepper, applications. tomato Fontelis 7 0-11 L cucurbits, tomato Alternaria diseases, Botrytis - gray mold, powdery mildew, Sclerotinia diseases, Septoria diseases Gavel M/22 5 NP cucurbits, tomato downy mildew, late blight - Inspire Super 3/9 0 NP cole crops, cucurbits, Alternaria diseases, Botrytis - pepper, tomato gray mold, leaf mold, powdery mildew Mancozeb (Dithane, M 5-101 L most vegetables foliar blights, bacterial diseases - Manzate, Penncozeb) (see label) (+ fixed copper) ManKocide M 5-101 NP most vegetables foliar blights, bacterial diseases - (see label) (+ fixed copper) Micora 40 n/a L cole crops, leafy downy mildew, late blight Use only on transplants grown for retail vegetables, pepper, sale. tomato Pageant Intrinsic 11/7 0 L tomato Botrytis gray mold, fungal leaf - spots Previcur Flex 28 2 L cucurbits, lettuce (leaf), damping-off and root rot - pepper, tomato (Pythium spp. and Phytophthora spp.) Procure 3 0-11 L cole crops, cucurbits, leafy powdery mildew - greens Quadris Top 11/3 0-11 NP cole crops, cucurbits, leaf mold, powdery mildew, Do not use for transplant production tomato Alternaria diseases Ranman n/a L tomato Pythium damping-off Transplant production only. Only 1 application is permitted during growing cycle. Treat no later than 1 week before transplanting. Revus 40 1 NP tomato late blight - Revus Top 3/40 1 NP tomato late blight, fungal leaf spots - Scala SC 9 1 L tomato early blight and Botrytis gray Must be tank-mixed with another early mold blight or Botrytis fungicide. Ventilate greenhouse for a minimum of 2 hours after application to avoid plant injury. Sulfur M 0 NP cole crops, cucurbits, powdery mildew and fungal - pepper, tomato leaf spots Switch 9/12 0-71 L cole crops, cucurbits, foliar diseases including early Do not apply to cherry or grape toma- pepper, tomato blight, Botrytis gray mold, and toes. powdery mildew Tanos 11/27 3 NP cucurbits, tomato downy mildew, late blight Must be tank-mixed with mancozeb or copper fungicide. Terramaster 4EC 14 3 L tomato Pythium and Phytophthora Apply in drip irrigation or as a drench. root rots Torino U6 0 NP cucurbits powdery mildew - 1 Crop dependent, see label. 2 L = Labeled; NP = Not prohibited Pesticides may be used in greenhouses and high tunnels if the product label clearly states that greenhouse use is permitted (labeled) for a particular crop. Pesti- cides whose labels do not explicitly allow or prohibit greenhouse use may also be used as long as that particular pesticide is labeled for the crop to be treated and label instructions are followed—even though clear instructions for greenhouse use do not appear on the label. 3 Greenhouse-approved copper fungicides include Badge X2, Champ DP, Champ Formula 2, Champ WG, Copper-Count-N, Cueva, Cuprofix, Kentan DF, Kocide 2000, Kocide 3000, Kocide DF, Mastercop, Nordox, Nu-Cop 50DF, and Nu-Cop HB. Badge X2, Champ WG, Cueva, Nordox, and Nu-Cop HB are approved for use in organic systems (OMRI-listed). 19 Asparagus Lily family (Liliaceae): Asparagus officinalis

Planting and Culture VARIETIES: Asparagus 2.3 pounds per 100 feet of row at a 5-foot New asparagus plantings can be started UC 157 Jersey Knight spacing and 2.8 pounds per 100 feet of row as crowns or transplants. Fields to be Jersey Giant Jersey Supreme at a 6-foot row spacing. This application planted with asparagus should be well Purple Passion is in addition to the phosphorus applied drained, fairly level, free from rocks, and based on the soil test. Topdress an annual relatively weed-free. One-year-old crowns should be planted application of 70 to 75 pounds of nitrogen Using 10- to 12-week-old transplants in furrows with the buds up and 6 inches about two weeks before the end of the that have been started in the greenhouse below the soil surface. Cover crowns with harvest season. Soil magnesium should be is a good method for establishing a new 1 ½ to 2 inches of soil at the time of plant- checked before planting and every three planting. One-year-old crowns purchased ing. Furrows gradually are filled in as the to four years after establishment. from a plant producer is the traditional spears begin growing. Harvest method of planting. Direct seeding into Space crowns or transplants 14 to 18 Harvest only five to six spears per plant the field is not recommended. Furrows 5 inches apart in the furrow. Furrows should if any the first year. After two years of to 6 inches deep are prepared for crowns be 5 to 6 feet apart. You will need 5,808 growth, harvest for about 6 to 8 weeks in or transplants. Problems associated with plants per acre at 5-foot row spacing and the spring in order to allow fern growth to heavy rains filling in the furrows and 4,840 plants per acre at a 6-foot spacing. develop for the rest of the season. Harvest smothering small transplants or direct- Crowns should be planted in March or spears when 5 to 10 inches long. Harvest seeded plants make 1-year-old crowns the early April (see Appendix I). Transplanting during early morning hours and place in most reliable method. should be done in late April or early May. a cool place as soon as possible. See Commercial Asparagus Production (HO- Cut asparagus spears to uniform length, FERTILIZER: Asparagus 66) for additional information. tie in 2- to 2 ½-pound bunches and pack Fertilizer them in pyramid crates for the wholesale Soil Test Results (lb/A) Needed (lb/A) Fertilizing Apply fertilizer based on soil test results. market. Immerse spears in ice water (hy- Phosphorus Phosphate (P2O5) drocool) to preserve quality, but do not Low <31 121-240 Broadcast and disk in before establishing a new planting. Continue to apply fertilizer store cut spears in water. Dipping spears Medium 31-60 61-120 in ice water for approximately two min- High 61-80 21-60 each year if needed. Apply animal manure Very High >80 0-20 or plow under a green manure cover crop utes can lower the temperature by about half. Store spears at 32° to 36°F at 90 to 95 Potassium Potash (K2O) before planting. Apply lime if needed to percent relative humidity. Low <201 201-300 bring the soil pH to 6.5 to 6.8 and to supply Medium 201-300 101-200 Ferning out—feathering of the head calcium, deeply incorporating it prior to High 301-450 51-100 of the asparagus spear—indicates poor planting. Asparagus does not tolerate acid Very High >450 0-50 quality with high fiber content. High tem- soils. Apply 200 pounds per acre of triple Nitrogen N peratures will cause the tips of shoots to superphosphate (0-46-0) in the bottom 75 fern out at a shorter height. of the trench just before planting. This is

PESTICIDE SAFETY: Asparagus INSECT CONTROL: Asparagus1 Re-entry Harvest 1 Seasonal Signal (hrs) (days) Insecticide Product Amt/A Limit/A Comments and Other Restrictions Insecticides Spear Treatments Bt products C 12 0 Coragen 1.67 SC - 4 1 Armyworms Dimethoate 4 W 48 180 Bt products See labels - - Fulfill 50 WDG C 12 170 Coragen 1.67 SC 3.5 to 5 fl oz 15.4 fl oz - Radiant SC C 4 60 Sevin XLR 1 to 2 qt 5 applications Limit 3 applications before harvest. Sevin XLR C 12 1 Asparagus Beetles: Only the common asparagus beetle (blue and brown with white spots) injures the plants. Monitor plants in the early afternoon when beetles are active. Treat when 10% of the plants Restricted Use are infested with the beetles. Lannate 90 SP DP 48 1 Pounce 3.2 EC 2 to 4 fl oz 16 fl oz - Permethrin 3.2 EC C 12 1 Sevin XLR 1 to 2 qt 5 applications Limit 3 applications before harvest. Fungicides Quadris C 4 100 Cutworms chlorothalonil2 C 12 190 Pounce 3.2 EC 2 to 4 fl oz 16 fl oz - Flint C 12 180 Sevin XLR 1 to 2 qt 5 applications Limit 3 applications before harvest. Mancozeb2 C 24 180 Fern Treatments MetaStar 2EC AG W 48 1 Asparagus Beetles Rally 40 WSP W 24 180 Dimethoate 4 1 pt 5 applications - Ridomil Gold SL C 48 1 Pounce 3.2 EC 4 fl oz 16 fl oz Controls Japanese beetle. Sulfur2 C 24 0 Radiant SC 4 to 8 fl oz 24 fl oz For post-harvest use only. Tebuconazole2 C 12 180 Sevin XLR 2 to 4 qt 5 applications Controls Japanese beetle. UltraFlourish W 48 1 1 Generic products available (Appendix E). 1 W: Warning, C: Caution, D: Danger; P: Poison 2 Several formulations are marketed. See the general introduction for more details on fungicides.

20 After Harvest management tools. Jersey hybrids have Rust and Cercospora leaf blight. Burn- After the final harvest, herbicides can be some tolerance, although none are com- ing of old ferns during the winter to applied to help keep fern growth free from pletely resistant. Select well-drained sites help reduce overwintering inoculum of weed competition late in the season. It is that have not been previously planted in these pathogens is recommended, or important to keep the plants growing well asparagus. Alternatively, use a site rotated cut or mow stubble and remove it from after harvest until frost. The tops can then out of asparagus for eight or more years. the planting. Rust-resistant varieties are be mowed down with a rotary mower in Use disease-free crowns or transplants available but are only partially effective; the late winter or early spring before spear produced from bleach-treated seed. preventive fungicide sprays are usually emergence. Phytophthora crown and spear rot. needed in commercial plantings. The Jer- Phytophthora diseases are favored by sey hybrids, because of their vigorous Common Diseases/Management standing water and a high soil pH. Avoid dense growth, appear to be very suscep- Fusarium root and crown rot. Site selec- planting in poorly drained sites, and take tible to Cercospora leaf blight. tion and cultural practices are important steps to improve surface and internal drainage.

WEED CONTROL: Asparagus Product Amt/A Lb A.I./A Comments Established Beds Only 3.0-7.7 oz 0.09-0.24 Apply prior to spear emergence in spring or post-harvest or both. Can be applied broadcast in spring before spear Callisto mesotrione emergence or banded post-harvest. Do not apply more than 7.7 fl oz/A per season. Use a NIS at 0.25% v/v if weeds are already emerged. Use of an adjuvant post-harvest may cause crop injury. 6.0 oz 0.19 For pre-emergence control of weeds in dormant asparagus. Apply at least 2 weeks prior to asparagus emergence in Chateau WDG Flumioxazin spring or unacceptable crop injury will result. Apply no more than 6 oz/A for the entire season. 8-16 fl oz 0.25-0.5 For control of broadleaf weeds. Do not cultivate within 7 days after application. Apply to actively growing weeds in Clarity dicamba 40 to 60 gal water immediately after a harvest but at least 24 hours before the next harvest. Use high rate for perennial weeds. Can be used in tank-mix with 2,4-D or Roundup for control of Canada thistle or field bindweed. Discard crooked spears after harvest. Maximum of 1 pt/A per year. 8 lb 4 For control of annual grasses and broadleaves. Apply as a surface applied or incorporated treatment in 10 to 50 gal Devrinol 50 DF napropamide water/A to stands established at least 1 season. Do not allow contact with crop foliage. Apply before crop emergence in the spring and incorporate 1 to 2 inches. Rainfall or irrigation may be used for incorporation. 1.5-2 qt 1.38-1.84 For selective post-emergence control of broadleaf weeds only. Apply in 60 gal water/A to actively growing weeds, Formula 40 3.67L 2,4-D usually in April or May. If spears are present, treat immediately after cutting. Make no more than 2 applications (spaced at least 1 month apart) during harvest season. For post-harvest application, use drop nozzles to avoid spraying the fern. 2-4 lb 1.6-3.2 For pre-emergence control of annual grasses and broadleaf weeds. Apply 1 to 2 lb per acre on light sandy soils and Karmex XP diuron 2 to 4 lb per acre on heavier soils. Apply after disking or chopping fern in the spring at least 4 weeks before spears emerge. A second application may be made at the end of the harvest season if rainfall is expected. Max. rate of 6 lb/A per year. 6 to 8 weeks of residual activity. 1.5-2 pt 0.38-0.5 For non-selective contact kill of annual grasses and broadleaf weeds and top-kill of perennial weeds. Apply as a pre- Reglone diquat plant or as a directed spray on non-bearing asparagus only in min. 15 gal water/A. Do not use for food or feed for 1 year after application. 16-22 fl oz 0.56-0.77 For non-selective post-emergence control of annual and perennial grasses and broadleaf weeds. Use only AMS 1 Roundup glyphosate-salt to 2% v/v. Adding a non-ionic surfactant can reduce weed control effectiveness. Solicam + Roundup tank-mix has WeatherMax been very effective against a broad spectrum of weed species. PHI = 14 days. Min. 30 days before replanting with any non-labeled crop. May be applied following final spring harvest, when all asparagus is cut to ground level over the entire planting, to help control both annual and perennial weeds. 1.5 lb 1.2-1.6 For control of annual grasses and broadleaf weeds. Apply before spear emergence. Can be applied immediately Sinbar 80 WP terbacil after clean cutting. 2.5-5 lb 3-4 For control of annual grasses and broadleaf weeds and suppression of yellow nutsedge. Allow newly planted fields Solicam DF norflurazon to become established for 1 season before 1st application. Apply as broadcast pre-emergent in min. 20 gal water/A. Apply in fall after chopping fern or in spring before fern emergence. Use low rate on sandy soils. PHI = 14 days. Ap- ply only once per season. 3-4 pt 1.5-2 For control of annual grasses and broadleaf weeds. Can be applied to dormant asparagus after fern has been re- Treflan HFP 4 E trifluralin moved or after last harvest. For split application, use 1.5 to 2 lb/A each time. 1.33-2.67 lb 1-2 For control of annual grasses and broadleaf weeds. Apply in 10 to 40 gal water/A before spear emergence. Do not TriCor DF metribuzin use on young plants during the first growing season. Can also be applied as a split application of pre-emergence (0.67 to 1.33 lb/A) and after final harvest (1.33 to 2.0 lb/A) with a max. rate of 2.67 lb/A per season. PHI = 14 days. Established Beds and New Plantings 1-1½ pt 0.25-0.38 For selective post-emergence control of annual grasses and suppression of perennial grasses. Include 1% v/v crop Fusilade DX fluazifop-p oil or 0.25% v/v non-ionic surfactant/A. PHI = 1 day. Repeat applications must be at least 14 days apart. Max. rate is 48 fl oz/A per season and 24 fl oz/application. 2-4 pt 0.69-1.38 For non-selective contact kill of annual grasses and broadleaf weeds and top-kill of perennial weeds. Apply as a Gramoxone Inteon paraquat salt band treatment over the row or as broadcast pre-emergence in min. 10 gal water/A. In new seedlings apply before, during, or after planting but before emergence of the crop. In plantings established at least 2 years, apply min. 6 days before crop emergence or after last harvest. Use with non-ionic surfactant 0.25% v/v. Max. 3 applications/ season. 1-2 lb 0.5-1 For control of annual grasses and broadleaves. Make 1 application pre-emergence at least 1 day before harvest. Lorox 50 DF linuron If used post-emergence, make 1 to 3 applications of 1 to 2 lb/A on weeds <4 inches tall. At the fern stage, apply 1 application of 4 lb/A as a directed spray to base of ferns. For newly planted crowns, use as pre-emergence application of 2 to 4 lb/A after planting. Activated charcoal as a band over the planted row is needed for protection of the newly planted crowns. For post-emergence, use 1 to 2 applications of 1 to 2 lb/A when ferns are 6 to 18 inches tall and weeds <4 inches tall. Do not exceed 4 lb/A per year. 0.5-2.5 pt 0.09-0.49 For control of actively growing grasses only. Use high rate on johnsongrass. Apply over the top of bearing aspara- Poast sethoxydim gus with min. 1 day before harvest. Max. rate of 2.5 pt/application and 5 pt/season. 16-22 fl oz 0.69-0.94 For non-selective post-emergence control of annual and perennial grasses and broadleaf weeds. Use only AMS 1 Roundup glyphosate-salt to 2% v/v. Adding a non-ionic surfactant can reduce weed control effectiveness. Solicam + Roundup tank-mix has WeatherMax 5.5L been very effective against a broad spectrum of weed species. PHI = 14 days. Min. 30 days before replanting with any non-labeled crop. (continued on next page)

21 WEED CONTROL: Asparagus (continued) Product Amt/A Lb A.I./A Comments 0.5-1 oz 0.023-0.047 For weed control of broadleaf weeds and yellow nutsedge. May be applied post-emergence broadcast during the Sandea 75 DF halosulfuron harvesting season in at least 15 gal water/A. After harvest, direct application below the ferns for complete weed coverage and avoid contact with the fern. Max. 2 applications/season and 2 oz/A per season. PHI = 1 day. For first- year transplants, apply at least 6 weeks after fern emergence. 9-16 fl oz 0.07-0.14 Apply to actively growing grasses. Use NIS at 0.25% v/v. PHI = 1 day. Do not apply more than 16 fl oz/A in a single Select Max clethodim application and no more than 64 fl oz/A (0.5 lb ai/A) per season. Apply in a volume of at least 10 and no more than 40 gal/A. For repeat applications make on a minimum of a 14-day interval.

DISEASE CONTROL: Asparagus FRAC Seasonal Product Code1 Amt/A Limits/A Comments Cercospora Blight, Rust Chlorothalonil3 Apply after harvest of spears. Apply every 14 to 28 days when symptoms are first observed or Bravo Ultrex M 1.8 to 3.6 lb 11 lb when conditions favor disease. Bravo WeatherStik M 2 to 4 pt 12 pt Mancozeb3 Products include Dithane, Koverall, Manzate, Penncozeb. Dry formulations M 2 lb 8-8.5 lb Apply after harvest of spears. Apply every 10 days when symptoms are first observed or when Liquid formulations M 1.6 qt 6.4 qt conditions favor disease. Rally 40 WSP 3 5 oz 6 apps Rust. Apply after harvest of spears. Apply with a spray adjuvant. Treat every 7 to 14 days when symptoms are first observed or when conditions favor disease. Sulfur3 M Rust. Apply after harvest of spears. Apply every 7 to 10 days when symptoms are first observed or when conditions favor disease. Phytotoxicity may occur when sulfur is applied when temperatures exceed 90ºF. Tebuconazole3 Rust. Apply after harvest of spears. Treat every 14 days when symptoms are first observed or Folicur 3.6F 3 4 to 6 fl oz 3 apps when conditions favor disease. Fusarium Root Rot chlorine bleach 10% vol:vol n/a Soak seed for 40 min in bleach solution with continuous agitation. Dry seed immediately after treatment and plant promptly. Fusarium Crown Rot Mancozeb3 Products include Dithane, Koverall, Manzate, Penncozeb. Dry formulations M 2 lb2 Wash crowns before treatment. Pack crowns loosely in a burlap bag and dip in mancozeb solu- Liquid formulations M 1.6 qt2 tion for 5 min, agitating gently and continuously. Drain and plant immediately. Phytophthora Crown/Spear Rot MetaStar 2E AG 4 4 pt 2 apps Cutting beds. Apply as a broadcast spray over beds in 10 gal/A of water. Make first application Ridomil Gold SL 4 1 pt 30 to 60 days before first cutting; make a second application, if necessary, just before harvest. Ultra Flourish 4 2 pt New plantings. Apply immediately after planting seedlings or covering 1-year crowns. See label for plantback restrictions. Stemphylium Purple Spot Flint 11 3 to 4 oz4 3 apps Apply before disease onset, continue every 14 days. Quadris 11 6.0 to 15.5 fl oz4 4 apps Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 to 14 days. 1 Products with numerical FRAC codes must be alternated or tank-mixed with products that have a different FRAC code to discourage resistance development. See product label for maximum number of consecutive applications allowed. Refer to the table on page 14 for more information on FRAC codes. 2 Per 100 gallons of water. 3 Generic products available (Appendix F). Amounts and seasonal limits per acre are product dependent. 4 Use higher rate when pressure is severe. Beans Pea family (Fabaceae): Phaseolus vulgarus—snap bean, P. lunatus—Lima bean, Glycine max—soybean

Planting and Culture Pole Beans. Plant seed in rows and thin FERTILIZER: Beans Begin first plantings after danger of frost plants to 6 to 8 inches apart in the row. Fertilizer Soil Test Results (lb/A) Needed (lb/A) and once soil has warmed to 60 to 65° F Sow seed 1 to 2 inches deep. Space rows (see Appendix I). Successive plantings of 5 feet apart, and prepare a wire trellis for Phosphorus Phosphate (P2O5) plants to grow on. Low <31 51-95 bush snap beans at two- to three-week Medium 31-60 1-50 intervals may be desirable for roadside Dry Beans (pea-beans). Plant seed in High >60 0 rows 28 inches apart with seed spaced markets, U-pick, farmers’ markets, and Potassium Potash (K2O) shipping. 2 to 3 inches apart in the row and 1 inch Low <201 51-150 Bush Beans. Plant in rows 24 to 30 deep. The first plantings should be made Medium 201-300 1-50 inches apart. Plant seeds 2 to 3 inches after danger of the last killing frost in the High >300 0 apart in the row and 1 ½ inches deep in a spring. Beans will not withstand frost and Nitrogen N well-prepared seedbed. See also “Produc- do not do well when planted in cold soils, Poor soils 50 Heavily fertilized soils 20-30 tion with Plasticulture” on the next page. which make them more susceptible to Lima Beans. Plant in rows 24 to 30 rotting and slow growth. A seed treatment inches apart for bush lima beans and 5 feet is highly recommended. Successive plant- apart for pole lima beans. Space seeds 3 ings of bush beans at two- to three-week to 5 inches in the row, 1 to 2 inches deep. intervals can be made until August 15. 22 VARIETIES: Beans PESTICIDE SAFETY: Beans Use 1 Signal Re-entry (hrs) Harvest (days) Insecticides Variety Fresh Market Canning Shipping Seed Color Maturity (days) Comments Acramite 4SC C 12 3 Snap Beans, Bush Plant Type Admire Pro C 12 7/213 Jade X X X LGr 53 High quality, high yielding bean Assail 30 SG C 12 7 Bronco X X X W 53 Round, 5.5 inches long, dark green pods, high yield 3 potential, resistance to mosaic and seed transmission Belt 4 SC C 12 1/14 of bean common mosaic virus. Bt products C 12 0 Pony Express X X X W 53 Very high yields, upright plant, resistant to bean com- Coragen 1.67 SC - 4 1 mon mosaic and bean curly top viruses. Courier 40 SC C 12 14 Hialeah X X X W 53 Round; high yield and recovery for machine harvested, Dibrom 8 D 24 1 fresh market beans. Dimethoate 4 E W 48 0 Tema X X DBr 53 Round pods, resistance to mosaic and seed transmis- Intrepid 2F C 4 7 sion of bean common mosaic virus. Kanemite 15 SC C 12 7 Tenderette X X X W 53 Round pods; concentrated set; tolerant to bean mosaic. Knack 0.83 EC C 12 7 Hickok X X 54 Upright plant; high quality and straight pods; has grown well in both northern and southern U.S. Some Malathion 8 C 12 1 resistance to Bean Common Mosaic Virus, Rust, and Movento 2 SC C 24 1 Bean Curly Top Virus. Orthene 75 S C 24 1/143 Magnum X X LBr 55 Flat, medium light green, 6.9 inches long pods, resis- Radiant SC C 4 3/283 tance to mosaic and seed transmission of bean com- Rimon 0.83 EC W 12 1 mon mosaic virus. Sevin XLR C 12 3 Lewis X X X W 53 Resistant to bean common mosaic and curly top vi- Trigard 75 WP C 12 7 ruses rust, halo blight, bacterial brown spot. Caprice X X W 60 Round pods, 6 inches, dark green, resistant to bean Restricted Use common mosaic virus, anthracnose, halo blight, com- Agri-Mek 0.15 EC W 12 73 mon blight, with some resistance to bacterial brown Asana XL W 12 3/213 spot Baythroid XL W 12 3/73 Snap Beans, Pole Type Brigade 2 EC W 12 3 Kentucky Blue X X X W 58 Round, medium green pod, 7 to 10 inches long, excel- Brigadier 2 W 12 7 lent flavor; resistant to bean common mosaic virus, rust. Diazinon 50 W C 24 7 White Kentucky X X X W 65 Round pod; rust resistant. Hero 1.24 EC C 12 3 Wonder 191 Lannate 90 SP DP 48 1/143 State Half Runner X X W 60 Some tolerance to common bean mosaic; beans have Leverage 2.7 W 12 71 strings, poor set in heat Mustang Max W 12 1/213 Volunteer Half X X W 60 Resistant to common bean mosaic, intermediate resis- Proaxis 0.5 EC C 24 7/213 Runner tance to rust, sets better than others in heat Renounce 20 WP C 12 7 Other Thimet 20 G DP 48 60 Royal Burgundy X B 55 Deep purple snap beans on bush plants. Voliam Xpress W 24 7/123 Roma II (snap X W 58 Resistant to common bean mosaic and NY15 mosaic. Warrior II W 24 7/213 bush Romano) Flat pods. Fungicides3 Maxibel X T/B 60 Long, thin, stringless 7 to 8 inches “French beans.” Quadris C 4 0 Goldkist (bush) X W 55 Round, yellow wax bean; resistant to bean common Chlorothalonil2 W 12 7/143 mosaic virus, NY15 mosaic, bacterial spot, rust, 5 to 6 inches long, excellent flavor. Cannonball WP C 12 7 3 Fordhook 242 X X G 78 Large pod; sets blossom under adverse weather condi- Endura W 12 7/21 (Lima, bush) tions. Fixed coppers2 W 12/243 0 Capitol (Navy, dry X X W 92 30-inch high plants; large seeded. Fontelis C 12 0 bean) Headline W 12 7/303 Vegetable Soybeans MetaStar 2EC AG W 48 0 Envy X Y/G 75 Earliest vegetable bean; 2 foot tall plant PCNB2 W 12 0 BeSweet 292 X Y/G 85 Top commercial variety; powdery mildew resistant. Priaxor C 12 7/213 1 W = white, DBr = dark brown, LBr = light brown, T/B = tan/brown, Y = yellow, G = greenish Ridomil Gold SL C 48 0 Ridomil Gold PC GR W 48 0 Rovral 4 Flowable C 24 0 Seeding rate is partly determined by va- Production with Plasticulture Iprodione 4L AG C 24 0 Nevado 4F C 24 0 riety. Small-seeded varieties require fewer Some Kentucky growers producing for Sulfur2 C 24 0 pounds of seed per acre than large-seeded roadside stands or farmers’ markets have Switch C 12 7 varieties. The average amount of seed to obtained extremely high yields and a clean- Tebuconazole2 C 12 7/143 plant is about 80 pounds per acre. er harvest of bush beans and half runners Thiophanate-methyl2 C 12 14/283 There are no known detrimental effects using trellises and black plastic on raised Tilt W 12 7 on plant growth associated with inoculat- beds with drip irrigation. Holes are punched Snap beans only ing seed with Rhizobium prior to planting. Botran 75 W C 12 2 in the plastic by hand or with a waterwheel Botran 5F C 12 2 However, there are many different strains setter, and two to three seeds are planted in Rally 40 WSP W 24 0 of Rhizobium, and many factors are in- each hole. Two rows about 15 inches apart Dry beans only volved in determining if it will increase are planted on each bed with a spacing of Quadris Opti W 12 14 nitrogen fixation and help your crop. There 12 inches between planting holes in the Proline 480 SC C 48 7 will be no effect if the field has a recent row. A simple trellis can be constructed by 1 W: Warning, C: Caution, D: Danger; P: Poison history of being planted with beans, be- 2 Several formulations are marketed. See the gen- stringing horizontal rows of twine between eral introduction for more details on fungicides. cause a large population of Rhizobium will tomato stakes spaced about 8 to 10 feet 3 Dependent on formulation, type of bean, and already be present in the field. application rate; there are specific restrictions on apart. Horizontal stringing is followed by feeding and grazing, so see label. weaving twine vertically between the top and bottom horizontal lines.

23 Pole beans require sturdier trellises. INSECT CONTROL: Beans1 High-tensile wires are strung at 6 inches Seasonal and at 5 feet above the ground. Jute twine Insecticide Product Amt/A Limit/A Comments and Other Restrictions is then woven vertically between these Preplant Incorporated two wires. Cutworms: Eliminate weeds from field margins and plow fields at least 2 weeks before planting to destroy cutworm food sources and egg laying sites. Fertilizing and Pollination Diazinon AG 500 2 to 4 qt Incorporate immediately. At Planting Snap-bean fertilizer trials in Kentucky Aphids, Leafhoppers, Seedcorn Maggots: Seedcorn maggots damage newly planted seeds by feed- indicate that 50 pounds of actual nitrogen ing on seed contents. Shallow planting in well-prepared seedbeds and adequate soil temperature to per acre and a pH of 6.2 to 6.5 is adequate for promote rapid germination will aid in reducing problems. Heavy cover crops or manure should be good yields. For beans grown on plastic with plowed early to render fields less attractive for egg laying. Admire Pro 7 to 10.5 fl oz 10.5 fl oz See label for application methods. drip irrigation, 8 to 10 pounds of ammonium Thimet 20 G 4.5 to 7 oz/ - Place band on each side of furrow. nitrate per acre can be fertigated weekly. 1,000 row-feet Zinc deficiency has been a limiting Foliar Treatments factor in some areas of the state. Where Grasshoppers zinc levels are known to be low, up to 20 Asana XL 5.8 to 9.6 fl oz 38.4 fl oz Do not feed to livestock. Not for use on Lima beans. Baythroid XL 2.4 to 3.2 fl oz 6.4 fl oz Limit 3.2 fl oz per 14-day period. For shelled beans pounds of elemental zinc or 55 pounds per only. acre of zinc sulfate should be broadcast Brigade 2 EC 1.6 to 6.4 fl oz 19.2 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. Dried beans prior to seeding (see Appendix B). only. If air temperature rises above 90°F Dimethoate 4 E 8 to 16 fl oz 32 fl oz Allow 14 days between applications. Mustang Max 3.2 to 4 fl oz 24 fl oz Allow 5 days between applications. during the pollination period, pollen Aphids, Leafhoppers production and growth can be reduced. Admire Pro 1.2 fl oz 3.7 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. Unpollinated blossoms will drop off. Blos- Asana XL 2.9 to 9.6 fl oz 38.4 fl oz Do not feed to livestock. Not for use on Lima beans. som drop can be reduced by maintaining For leafhoppers only. Assail 30 SG 2.5 to 5.3 oz 16 oz Limit 3 applications. Allow 7 days between applica- adequate soil moisture and by keeping tions. Not for dried beans. good leaf growth on the vines. Poor pol- Baythroid XL 0.8 to 1.6 fl oz 6.4 fl oz Limit 3.2 fl oz per 14-day period. For shelled beans lination also can cause pods to be mis- only. Brigade 2 EC 1.6 to 6.4 fl oz 19.2 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. Dried beans shapen. Irrigation at the time of bloom will only. help ensure good pod set if soils are dry. Dimethoate 4 E 8 to 16 fl oz 32 fl oz Do not spray during bloom. Allow 14 days between applications. Harvesting and Storage Lannate 90 SP 0.5 to 1 lb 5 lb Limit 10 applications. For the best eating quality, harvest green Malathion 8 1.5 pt - - snap beans and pole beans when the bean Movento 2 SC 4 to 5 fl oz 10 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. Mustang Max 2.72 to 4 fl oz 24 fl oz Allow 5 days between applications. seed is about one-third developed. Many Orthene 75 S 0.67 to 1.33 lb 2.67 lb - snap beans are mechanically harvested Proaxis 0.5 EC 2.56 to 3.84 fl oz 15.36 fl oz Allow 5 days between applications. (once-over harvest). Varieties that produce Sevin XLR 1 qt 6 qt Leafhoppers only. Limit 4 applications, allow 7 days a concentrated set of pods should be grown between sprays. Warrior II 1.28 to 1.92 fl oz 7.68 fl oz Allow 5 days between applications. where mechanical harvesters are used. Green beans for the fresh wholesale market Corn Earworms Asana XL 5.8 to 9.6 fl oz 38.4 fl oz Do not feed to livestock. Not for use on Lima beans. are packed in bushel baskets or cartons. Baythroid XL 2.4 to 3.2 fl oz 6.4 fl oz Limit 3.2 fl oz per 14-day period. For shelled beans Vegetable soybeans (edamame) are only. picked when the pods are nearly fully Belt 4 SC 2 to 3 fl oz 6 fl oz Allow 5 days between applications. Brigade 2 EC 2.1 to 6.4 fl oz 19.2 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. Dried beans grown but before they begin to turn yel- only. low. Shelling is made easier by dropping Coragen 1.67 SC 3.5 to 5 fl oz 15.4 fl oz Allow 3 days between applications. the pods in a pot of boiling water for 15 Intrepid 2 F 10 to 16 fl oz 64 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. to 20 minutes. Mustang Max 2.72 to 4 fl oz 24 fl oz Allow 5 days between applications. Navy and kidney beans should be har- Orthene 75 S 1 to 1.33 lb 2.67 lb - Proaxis 0.5 EC 2.56 to 3.84 fl oz 15.36 fl oz Allow 5 days between applications. vested and handled at the 17 to 18 percent Radiant SC 4 to 8 fl oz 12 fl oz Allow 4 days between applications. moisture level to prevent splitting and Sevin XLR 0.5 to 1.5 qt 6 qt Limit 4 applications. Allow 7 days between applica- seed-coat damage. Pinto beans should be tions. harvested at around 14 percent moisture. Warrior II 1.28 to 1.92 fl oz 7.68 fl oz Allow 5 days between applications. Green beans are stored at 40° to 45°F Cutworms Baythroid XL 0.8 to 1.6 fl oz 6.4 fl oz Limit 3.2 fl oz per 14-day period. For shelled beans and 90 to 95 percent relative humidity. only. Belt 4 SC 2 to 3 fl oz 6 fl oz Allow 5 days between applications. Common Diseases/Management Mustang Max 1.28 to 4 fl oz 24 fl oz Allow 5 days between applications. Seedling disease and seed rots. Seed Orthene 75 S 0.67 to 1.33 lb 2.67 lb - planted when soil temperatures are below Proaxis 0.5 EC 1.92 to 3.2 fl oz 15.36 fl oz Allow 5 days between applications. 65°F need a fungicide treatment. Those Warrior II 0.96 to 1.6 fl oz 7.68 fl oz Allow 5 days between applications. who buy untreated seed should apply Japanese Beetles Baythroid XL 2.4 to 3.2 fl oz 6.4 fl oz Limit 3.2 fl oz per 14-day period. For shelled beans Captan 40W. At-planting (in-furrow) ap- only. plication of fungicides can reduce losses Brigade 2 EC 2.1 to 6.4 fl oz 19.2 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. Dried beans to seedling disease. only. Anthracnose. In most situations, control Mustang Max 2.72 to 4 fl oz 24 fl oz Allow 5 days between applications. Proaxis 0.5 EC 2.56 to 3.84 fl oz 15.36 fl oz Allow 5 days between applications. measures consist of rotating for two years Sevin XLR 0.5 to 1 qt 6 qt Blister beetles and flea beetles also. Limit 4 applica- or longer to non-legume crops and plant- tions. Allow 7 days between applications. Warrior II 1.28 to 1.92 fl oz 7.68 fl oz Allow 5 days between applications. (continued on next page) 24 ing disease-free seed. Deeply incorporate INSECT CONTROL: Beans1 (continued) bean stubble promptly after harvest to Seasonal limit pathogen survival. Do not work crops Insecticide Product Amt/A Limit/A Comments and Other Restrictions while foliage is wet, especially pole beans. Mexican Bean Beetles, Bean Leaf Beetles: Treat for Mexican bean beetle if populations exceed 0.5 adults per plant or if egg mass number is greater than 1 per foot of row. Fungicides can be an important part of an Asana XL 2.9 to 5.8 fl oz 38.4 fl oz Do not feed to livestock. Not for use on Lima beans. integrated management plan. Bean leaf beetle only. Bacterial blights (halo blight, common Assail 30 SG 2.5 to 5.3 oz 16 fl oz Limit 3 applications. Allow 7 days between applications. Not for dried beans. blight, and brown spot). Plant certified, Baythroid XL 2.4 to 3.2 fl oz 6.4 fl oz Limit 3.2 fl oz per 14-day period. For shelled beans disease-free seed and rotate two to three only. years to non-leguminous crops. Do not Brigade 2 EC 2.1 to 6.4 fl oz 19.2 fl oz Bean leaf beetle only. Allow 7 days between applications. Dried beans only. work while plants are wet. Purchase seed Dimethoate 4 E 8 to 16 fl oz 2 pt Allow 14 days between applications. that has been treated with streptomycin. Malathion 8 1.5 pt - - Practice sanitation between fields. Plow Mustang Max 2.72 to 4 fl oz 24 fl oz Allow 5 days between applications. under bean stubble immediately after Orthene 75 S 0.67 to 1.33 lb 2.67 lb - harvest to encourage rapid decline in Proaxis 0.5 EC 1.92 to 3.2 fl oz 15.36 fl oz Allow 5 days between applications. Rimon 0.83 EC 9 to 12 fl oz 36 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. bacterial populations. Fixed coppers may Warrior II 0.96 to 1.92 fl oz 7.68 fl oz Allow 5 days between applications. provide some control of these diseases. Spider Mites Nematodes. Root-knot, soybean cyst, Acramite 4 SC 12 to 16 fl oz 2 applications Allow 14 days between applications. and lesion nematodes are common to Agri-Mek 0.15 EC 8 to 16 fl oz 48 fl oz Allow 6 days between applications. Dry beans only. Kentucky. Rotate at least two to three Brigade 2 EC 5.12 to 6.4 fl oz 19.2 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. Dried beans years with grasses (corn, fescue, small only. Dimethoate 4 E 8 to 16 fl oz 2 pt Allow 14 days between applications. grains), and control weeds. Do not rotate Kanemite 15 SC 31 fl oz 62 fl oz Allow 14 days between applications. with alfalfa, soybeans, tomatoes, tobacco, Stink Bugs or other hosts of any of these nematodes. Baythroid XL 1.6 to 2.4 fl oz 6.4 fl oz Limit 3.2 fl oz per 14-day period. For shelled beans Nematicides are available, but thresholds only. Brigade 2 EC 2.1 to 6.4 fl oz 19.2 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. Dried beans for their use have not been established in only. Kentucky. See “Soil Fumigants for Control Mustang Max 3.2 to 4 fl oz 24 fl oz Allow 5 days between applications. of Nematodes and Soilborne Diseases” Proaxis 0.5 EC 2.56 to 3.84 fl oz 15.36 fl oz Allow 5 days between applications. on page 16. Warrior II 1.28 to 1.92 fl oz 7.68 fl oz Allow 5 days between applications. Root rots. Several fungi, including Py- Thrips, Whiteflies: Thrips damage to small seedlings is uncommon and plants usually recover without thium, Fusarium, Rhizoctonia, and Thielavi- treatment. Although whiteflies are common in beans, they are not usually a serious problem. Assail 30 SG 4.5 to 5.3 oz 16 oz Limit 3 applications. Allow 7 days between applica- opsis, cause root diseases in Kentucky. Seed tions. Not for dried beans. treatments reduce losses, but at-planting Brigade 2 EC 2.1 to 6.4 fl oz 19.2 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. Dried beans applications of fungicide may be warranted only. Courier 40 SC 8.7 fl oz 17.4 fl oz Apply before bloom. Allow 5 days between applica- in some situations. A band or furrow treat- tions. For whiteflies on snap beans only. ment at seeding time with fungicides can Knack 0.83 EC 8 to 10 fl oz 20 fl oz Allow 14 days between applications. For eggs and be helpful. Sod and/or cover crops should immature stages of whiteflies only. Movento 2 SC 4 to 5 fl oz 10 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. For whiteflies. be incorporated early to promote thorough Orthene 75 S 0.67 to 1.33 lb 2.67 lb For thrips. decomposition before planting. Soil tem- 1 Generic products available (Appendix E). peratures at planting should be at least 65°F. Rust. Rust-resistant varieties are available, including ‘Dade,’ ‘Kentucky Wonder,’ will escape high aphid activity; however, pole beans are highly sensitive to some of ‘Opus,’ ‘Roma,’ and ‘Spurt.’ Fungicide sequential plantings can also harbor vi- these viruses. sprays can be especially valuable with fall ruses. Increasing the seeding rate can help White mold, gray mold. Avoid fields plantings. sustain yields when a high incidence of with a history of white mold. Deep-turning Viruses (Mosaic). Avoid planting near viruses occurs early. Reflective mulches infested fields will encourage decompo- weedy borders, clover, or other legumes, may disturb aphid flights and reduce virus sition of survival structures (sclerotia). including older bean plantings, and con- transmission. Use varieties resistant to Rotate two to three years with grass crops; trol weeds in the field. Use certified dis- bean common mosaic and bean yellow avoid canola, potatoes, tomatoes, and ease-free seed. Staggered seeding dates mosaic. Bush varieties include ‘Bronco,’ cabbage. No-till beans have increased po- increase the chances that some plantings ‘Bush Blue Lake 274,’ ‘Embassy,’ ‘Provider,’ tential for white and gray mold. Fungicides and ‘Valentino.’ In general, half runner and are available.

WEED CONTROL: Beans Product Amt/A Lb A.I./A Comments Lima, Snap Beans 0.5-1.6 fl oz 0.008-0.025 For contact post-emergence control of annual broadleaf weeds and suppression of annual grasses. Can be applied Aim 1.9 EW carfentrazone as a preplant, pre-transplant burndown, or before crop emerges to actively growing weeds up to 4 inches tall. Can also be applied post-emergence as a directed hooded application between crop rows. Use min. 10 gal water/A and crop oil 1% v/v. Max. rate 6.1 fl oz/A. PHI = 0 days. 1-2 pt 0.5-1 Use post-emergence for control of annual broadleaves and suppression of yellow nutsedge. Do not apply until the Basagran 4S bentazon first trifoliate bean leaf is fully expanded. Some injury may occur but plants will grow out of it. Do not apply more than 4 pt/A per year. PHI = 30 days. 0.4-0.67 pt 0.15-0.25 Use pre-emergence for suppression of annual grasses and broadleaf weeds. Apply once in min. 10 gal water/A. PHI Command 3ME clomazone = 45 days. 1.3-1.7 pt 1.3-1.6 For control of most annual grasses and certain broadleaves. Apply preplant surface or incorporated or pre-emer- Dual II Magnum s-metolachlor gence. Small grains may be planted 4½ months following this treatment. See label for other rotational crops. (continued on next page) 25 WEED CONTROL: Beans (continued) Product Amt/A Lb A.I./A Comments 2-4 pt 0.69-1.38 For non-selective contact kill of annual grasses and broadleaf weeds and top-kill of perennial weeds. Gramoxone Inteon paraquat salt 2.5-3 qt 2.5-3 Lima (green) beans only. For control of annual grasses and broadleaf weeds and yellow nutsedge. Max. 1 applica- Micro-Tech 4 E alachlor tion/year or 3 qt/A. Apply preplant incorporated within 7 days before planting or surface application before or after planting. 0.5-2.5 pt 0.09-0.49 For control of actively growing grasses only. Use high rate on johnsongrass. PHI = 15 days. Max. rate of 2.5 pt/ap- Poast sethoxydim plication and 4 pt/season. 1.8-3.6 pt 0.74-1.49 For control of annual grasses and broadleaf weeds. Apply before planting and incorporate 1 to 2 inches up to 60 Prowl 3.3 EC pendimethalin days before planting and incorporate within 7 days of application. Do not apply surface pre-emergence or serious crop injury can result. 0.75-1.5 pt 0.18-0.36 For post-emergence control of broadleaves and suppression of grasses, apply broadcast to actively growing weeds. Reflex 2 EC fomesafen Use COC as adjuvant 0.5-1% v/v. Max rate is 1.5 pt/A per season. Do not use hay or straw for animal feed or bedding. Check label for plantback restrictions. Timely cultivation 1 to 3 weeks after applying Reflex may assist weed control. PHI = 45 days. 16-22 fl oz 0.69-0.94 For non-selective post-emergence control of annual and perennial grasses and broadleaf weeds. Use only AMS 1 Roundup glyphosate-salt to 2% v/v. Adding a non-ionic surfactant can reduce weed control effectiveness. Min. 30 days before planting any WeatherMax non-labeled crop. 0.5-1 oz 0.023-0.047 For control of broadleaf weeds and yellow nutsedge. Apply after planting but before cracking in min. 15 gal Sandea 75 DF halosulfuron water/A. PHI = 30 days. Max. 1 oz/A/crop and 2 oz/A per season. 0.5-1 oz 0.023-0.047 For control of broadleaf weeds, grasses, and yellow nutsedge. Apply and incorporate to a depth of ½ to 2 inches Sandea DF + halosulfuron + just before planting. Max. rate 1 oz Sandea/season and 7 pt Eptam/season. Do not use Eptam on flat-podded beans 3.5-4.5 pt 3-4 except Romano. Eptam 7 E EPTC 9-16 fl oz 0.07-0.13 For selected post-emergent control of some grasses. For use on succulent shelled beans only. PHI = 21 days. Use a Select Max clethodim NIS 0.25% v/v for added control. Limit one application per season. 1-1.5 pt 0.5-0.75 For control of annual grasses and broadleaf weeds. Apply and incorporate in spring before planting or in fall in ad- Treflan HFP 4 E trifluralin vance of spring planting. Dry Beans 5-12 fl oz 0.033-0.08 For selective post-emergence control of annual grasses and suppression of perennial grasses. Apply to actively Assure II 0.88L quizalofop growing grasses in 10 to 15 gal water/A. Include 1% v/v crop oil concentrate or 0.25% v/v non-ionic surfactant. Snap beans: 15-day pre-harvest interval and maximum of 14 oz/A per season. Dry beans: 30-day pre-harvest interval and maximum of 28 oz/A per season. 1-2 pt 0.5-1 Use post-emergence for control of annual broadleaves and suppression of yellow nutsedge. Do not apply until the Basagran bentazon first trifoliate bean leaf is fully expanded. Some injury may occur but plants will grow out of it. Do not apply more than 4 pt/A per year. 3.5 pt 3 For control of annual grasses and broadleaf weeds and suppression of yellow nutsedge. Apply before planting and Eptam 7 E EPTC incorporate into soil 2 to 4 inches immediately. Can be applied as a directed lay-by application to soil at the base of the plants before pods start to form. Gives good nutsedge suppression. Do not use on flat podded beans except for Romano beans. 1.2-2.0 pt 0.4-0.67 For non-selective contact kill of annual grasses and broadleaf weeds and top-kill of perennial weeds. Apply as a leaf Gramoxone paraquat salt desiccant in min. 20 gal water/A. Apply when crop is mature or at least 80% pods are yellowing and mostly ripe. Inteon Use with non-ionic surfactant 0.25% v/v. Max. 2 applications/season. PHI = 7 days. 14-18 fl oz 0.65-0.84 For control of annual grasses and broadleaf weeds and suppression of seedling johnsongrass. Can be applied pre- Outlook 6 E dimethenamid-P plant surface or incorporated, pre-emergence or post-emergence to dry beans at 1-3 trifoliate stage. PHI = 70 days. 0.5-2.5 pt 0.09-0.49 For control of actively growing grasses only. Use high rate on johnsongrass. PHI = 30 days. Max. rate of 2.5 pt/ap- Poast sethoxydim plication and 4 pt/season. 1.8-3.6 pt 1-2 For control of annual grasses and broadleaf weeds. Apply before planting and incorporate 1 to 2 inches up to 60 Prowl 3.3 EC pendimethalin days before planting and incorporate within 7 days of application. Do not apply surface pre-emergence, or serious crop injury can result. 4 fl oz 0.031 For control of annual grasses and broadleaf weeds. Some varieties are sensitive and injury can occur. Apply post- Raptor 1EC imazamox emergence to actively growing dry beans with at least 1 fully expanded trifoliate leaf. Max. 1 application/season. 0.75-1.5 pt 0.18-0.36 For post-emergence control of broadleaves and suppression of grasses, apply broadcast to actively growing weeds. Reflex 2 EC fomesafen Use COC as adjuvant 0.5-1% v/v. Max rate is 1.5 pt/A per season. Do not use hay or straw for animal feed or bedding. Check label for plantback restrictions. Timely cultivation 1 to 3 weeks after applying Reflex may assist weed control. PHI = 45 days. 16-22 fl oz 0.69-0.94 For non-selective post-emergence control of annual and perennial grasses and broadleaf weeds. Use only AMS 1 Roundup glyphosate-salt to 2% v/v. Adding a non-ionic surfactant can reduce weed control effectiveness. Min. 30 days before planting any WeatherMax 5.5L non-labeled crop. 0.5-0.66 oz 0.023-0.031 For control of broadleaf weeds and yellow nutsedge. Apply broadcast after planting but before cracking in min. 15 Permit 75 DF halosulfuron gal water/A. PHI = 30 days. Max. of 0.66 oz/A per crop and 2 oz/A per season. 0.5-2⁄3 oz 0.023-0.03 For control of broadleaf weeds, grasses, and yellow nutsedge. Apply and incorporate to a depth of ½ to 2 inches Permit DF + halosulfuron + just before planting. Max. rate 2⁄3 oz Permit/season and 7 pt Eptam/season. Do not use Eptam on flat-podded beans 3.5-4.5 pt 3-4 except Romano. Eptam 7 E EPTC 9-32 fl oz 0.07-0.24 For selected post-emergent control of some grasses. For use on succulent shelled beans only. PHI = 30 days. Use a Select Max clethodim NIS 0.25% v/v for added control. Limit 64 fl oz per season. 7.5-11.5 lb 0.75-1.15 For pre-emergence control of annual grasses and broadleaves. Apply and incorporate before planting. Sonalan 10G ethalfluralin 1-2 pt 0.5-1 For control of annual grasses and broadleaf weeds. Apply and incorporate in spring before planting or in fall in ad- Treflan HFP 4 E trifluralin vance of spring planting.

DISEASE CONTROL: Beans FRAC Seasonal Product Code1 Amt/A Limits/A Comments Anthracnose Aproach 11 6 to 12 fl oz4 24 fl oz Dry beans only. Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 to 14 days. Chlorothalonil3 Dry beans only. Apply at disease onset, repeat every 7 to 10 days. PHI is 14 days. Bravo Ultrex M 1.25 to 1.8 lb 7.3 lb Bravo WeatherStik M 1.375 to 2 pt 8 pt (continued on next page)

26 DISEASE CONTROL: Beans (continued) FRAC Seasonal Product Code1 Amt/A Limits/A Comments Fixed coppers Apply every 5 to 10 or 7 to 14 days, depending on product and conditions. See label for mixing instructions and tank-mix precautions. Badge SC M 1 to 2 pt - Badge X2 M 0.5 to 1.25 lb OMRI-listed. Basic Copper 53 M 2 to 4 lb OMRI-listed. C-O-C-S WDG M 2 to 4 lb - COC DF M 2 to 4 lb - COC WP M 2 to 4 lb OMRI-listed. Cueva M 0.2 to 2 gal OMRI-listed. Mix in 100 gallons of water, use 50 to 100 gal/A of solution. Kentan DF M 1 to 2 lb - Nordox 75 WG M 0.66 to 2.5 lb OMRI-listed. Fontelis 7 14 to 30 fl oz4 72 fl oz Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 to 14 days. Headline 11 6 to 9 fl oz4 2 apps Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 to 14 days. Priaxor 7/11 4 to 8 fl oz4 2 apps Apply every 7 to 14 days. Quadris 11 6 to 15.5 fl oz4 4 foliar Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 to 14 days. Quadris Opti 11/M 1.6 to 2.4 pt see comments Dry beans only. Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 to 14 days. Quilt 11/3 14 fl oz 42 fl oz Premix of azoxystrobin and propiconazole. Make up to three applications every 7 to 14 Quilt Xcel 11/3 10.5 to 14 fl oz days. Thiophanate-methyl3 Apply when 10 to 30% of plants have at least one open bloom OR when conditions fa- Topsin 4.5 FL 1 20 to 40 fl oz 80 fl oz vor disease, continue every 4 to 7 days (no later than peak bloom). Topsin M 70 WP 1 1 to 2 lb 4 lb Topsin M WSB 1 Tilt 3 4 fl oz 12 fl oz Make up to three applications every 7 to 14 days. May cause leaf crinkling or increased greening of leaves. Bacterial Blights (i.e. Halo Blight, Common Blight, Brown Spot) Fixed coppers Apply every 5 to 10 or 7 to 14 days, depending upon product and conditions. See label for mixing instructions and tank-mix precautions. Badge SC M 1 to 2 pt - Badge X2 M 0.5 to 1.25 lb OMRI-listed. Basic Copper 53 M 2 to 4 lb OMRI-listed. C-O-C-S WDG M 2 to 4 lb - Champ DP M 0.67 to 2 lb - Champ Formula 2 FL M 0.67 to 2 pt - Champ WG M 1 to 3 lb OMRI-listed. COC DF M 2 to 4 lb - COC WP M 2 to 4 lb OMRI-listed. Copper-Count-N M 2 to 6 pt - Cueva M 0.2 to 2 gal OMRI-listed. Mix in 100 gallons of water, use 50 to 100 gal/A of solution. Cuprofix Ultra 40 M 0.75 to 2 lb - Disperss Kentan DF M 1 to 2 lb - Kocide 2000 M 0.75 to 2.25 lb - Kocide 3000 M 0.5 to 1.25 lb - Kocide DF M 1 to 3 lb - Nordox 75 WG M 0.66 to 2.5 lb OMRI-listed. Nu-Cop HB M 0.5 to 1.5 lb - Nu-Cop 50 WP M 1 to 3 lb OMRI-listed. Nu-Cop 3 L M 0.66 to 4 pt - Nu-Cop 50 DF M 1 to 3 lb OMRI-listed. Gray Mold, White Mold Aproach 11 8 to 12 fl oz4 24 fl oz Dry beans only. Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 to 14 days. Botran 75 W 14 2.25 to 4 lb n/a Snap beans only for control of white mold. Use low rate for bush varieties, high Botran 5F 14 1.33 to 1.6 qt 5.2 qt rate for pole varieties. Apply when conditions favor disease and continue every 7 days during favorable periods. Cannonball WP 12 7 oz 28 oz For white mold, make first application at 10-20% bloom. Chlorothalonil3 Snap beans only. Apply at early bloom or when conditions favor disease. PHI is 7 days. Bravo Ultrex M 2.7 lb 10.9 lb Bravo WeatherStik M 3 pt 12 pt Cueva M 0.5 to 2 gal n/a OMRI-listed. Mix in 100 gallons of water, use 50 to 100 gal/A of solution. Apply before 25% bloom for white mold. Endura 7 8 to 11 oz 2 apps Apply at the beginning of flowering or before disease onset. PHI is 7 days for snap (succulent) beans, 21 days for dry beans. Fontelis 7 14 to 30 fl oz4 72 fl oz Apply at beginning bloom and 7 to 10 days later at full bloom. Omega 500F 29 0.5 to 0.85 pt 1.75 pt Make first application at 10-30% bloom, make a second application 7 to 10 days later if needed. Priaxor 7/11 6 to 8 fl oz4 2 apps Apply every 7 to 14 days. Proline 480 SC 3 4.3 to 5.7 fl oz 3 apps Dry beans only for control of white mold. Apply at the first sign of disease, continue every 5 to 14 days if conditions remain favorable for disease. Use the highest rate for severe disease pressure. Iprodione3 Apply when 1 to 10% of plants have at least one bloom; make a second application (if Rovral 4 Flowable 2 1.5 to 2 pt 2 apps necessary) 5 to 7 days later, but no later than full bloom. Switch 62.5WG 9/12 11 to 14 oz 56 oz Apply prior to or at the onset of disease, repeat applications every 7 days if needed. For white mold, beginning at 10-20% bloom. (continued on next page)

27 DISEASE CONTROL: Beans (continued) FRAC Seasonal Product Code1 Amt/A Limits/A Comments Thiophanate-methyl3 Apply when 10 to 30% of plants have at least one open bloom OR when conditions fa- Topsin 4.5 FL 1 20 to 40 fl oz 80 fl oz vor disease, continue every 4 to 7 days (no later than peak bloom). Topsin M 70 WP 1 1 to 2 lb 4 lb Topsin M WSB 1 Rhizoctonia Web Blight, Pod Rot Quadris 11 6 to 15.5 fl oz4 4 foliar apps Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 to 14 days. Quadris Opti 11/M 1.6 to 2.4 pt see comments Dry beans. Quilt 11/3 14 fl oz 42 fl oz Premix of azoxystrobin and propiconazole. Make up to three applications every 7 to 14 Quilt Xcel 11/3 10.5 to 14 fl oz days. Rally 40 WSP 3 4 to 5 oz 1.25 lb Snap beans only, Rhizoctonia pod rot. Apply as pods begin to develop; continue every 7 to 10 days. Tilt 3 4 fl oz 12 fl oz Make up to three applications every 7 to 14 days. May cause leaf crinkling or increased greening of leaves. Rust Aproach 11 6 to 12 fl oz4 24 fl oz Dry beans only. Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 to 14 days. Chlorothalonil3 May be used on snap or dry beans for rust. Apply at early bloom or when conditions favor disease. Bravo Ultrex M 1.25 to 1.8 lb 4 apps Dry beans. Bravo WeatherStik M 1.375 to 2 pt 8 pt Bravo Ultrex M 1.25 to 2.7 lb 10.9 lb Snap beans. Bravo WeatherStik M 1.375 to 3 pt 12 pt Fontelis 7 14 to 30 fl oz4 72 fl oz Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 to 14 days. Headline 11 6 to 9 fl oz4 2 apps Use 5.5 to 8 fl oz for dry beans. Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 to 14 days as needed. Priaxor 7/11 4 to 8 fl oz4 2 apps Apply every 7 to 14 days. Proline 480 SC 3 5.7 fl oz 3 apps Dry beans only. Apply at the first sign of disease, continue every 5 to 14 days if conditions remain favorable for disease. Quadris 11 6 fl oz4 4 foliar apps Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 to 14 days. Quadris Opti 11/M 1.6 to 2.4 pt see comments Dry beans. Quilt 11/3 14 fl oz 42 fl oz Premix of azoxystrobin and propiconazole. Make up to three applications every 7 to 14 Quilt Xcel 11/3 10.5 to 14 fl oz days. Rally 40 WSP 3 4 to 5 oz 1.25 lb Apply when rust is first observed; continue every 7 to 10 days as needed. Sulfur3 M Apply when rust is first observed; continue every 7 to 14 days as needed. Phytotoxicity may occur if applications are made when temperatures exceed 90ºF. Tebuconazole3 Apply preventively when conditions favor disease; continue every 14 days as needed. Folicur 3.6F 3 4 to 6 fl oz 12 fl oz (dry) 24 fl oz (snap) Tilt 3 4 fl oz 12 fl oz Make up to three applications every 7 to 14 days. May cause leaf crinkling or increased greening of leaves. Pythium Damping-off, Seedling Diseases, Root Rot Ridomil Gold SL 4 0.5 to 1 pt 1 app Apply pre- or post-planting as a broadcast or banded spray (7-inch band) in sufficient MetaStar 2E AG 4 2 to 4 pt water to provide uniform coverage. Incorporate into the upper 2 inches of soil mechani- Ultra Flourish 4 1 to 2 pt cally or by rainfall/irrigation. Can be tank-mixed with azoxystrobin or Blocker to provide additional protection against Rhizoctonia. Ridomil Gold PC GR 4/M 12 oz2 1 app For preplant application only. Adjust equipment so that granules are mixed with soil before covering seed. Also provides control of Rhizoctonia. Rhizoctonia Damping-off, Seedling Diseases, Stem/Root Rot Headline 11 0.1 to 0.8 fl oz2 1 app Use as an In-furrow spray at planting; see label for directions. Quadris 11 0.4 to 0.8 fl oz2 1 app Use as an In-furrow spray at planting, or postemergence; see label for directions. Blocker 4F 14 2.2 to 3.3 fl oz2 1 app Use as an In-furrow spray at planting. Actual rate is dependent on row spacing; see label for directions. 1 Products with numerical FRAC codes must be alternated or tank-mixed with products that have a different FRAC code to discourage resistance development. See product label for maximum number of consecutive applications allowed. Refer to the table on page 14 for more information on FRAC codes. 2 Per 1,000 row-feet. 3 Generic products available (Appendix F). Amounts and seasonal limits per acre are product dependent. 4 Use higher rate when pressure is severe. Cole Crops Mustard family (Brassicaceae): Brassica (broccoli, Brussels sprouts, cabbage, cauliflower, Chinese cabbage, kohlrabi)

Planting and Culture fields. A good firm seedbed should be whereas broccoli can be transplanted as The ground for spring cole crops should prepared by disking. Cole crops do well on late as mid-August. Growers may want to be plowed in the fall in order to have ground that has been in tobacco. Fescue select shorter maturing varieties for late crops ready for the early market. Cabbage sod ground is also good if plowed early in summer plantings. Be aware that days- should be transplanted to the field by mid- the fall and allowed to decompose. to-maturity for most cole crops is based March in most parts of Kentucky; broccoli Cauliflower does not do well as a spring on days from transplant. Cauliflower does and Brussels sprouts should be in the field crop in Kentucky. Cabbage, broccoli, and well when transplanted around July 15 to by the middle of April for the spring crop cauliflower all do well as fall crops. Cab- 20 for a fall crop. Irrigation is often critical (see Appendix I). Avoid poorly drained bage and cauliflower should be trans- for establishing the fall crop. planted by early August at the latest,

28 VARIETIES: Broccoli, Brussels Sprouts, Cauliflower VARIETIES: Cabbage1 Note: see “Greens” chapter for broccoli raab varieties. 2 4

Variety Maturity (days) Size Head (lb) Yellows Resistant Black Rot Tolerant Tipburn Tolerant

(all are hybrids) Maturity (days) Comments Green Broccoli1 Artost 68 4 X Packman 48 Early, production, good for spring and early fall. Blue Vantage 72 4 X X X Everest 51 Good for bunching, refined head with good extension; downy mildew resistant. Atlantis 72 4 X X Windsor 53 Large heads for crown cuts; large stems; downy mildew resistant. Blue Dynasty 75 4 X X X Gypsy 59 Large, medium green heads; downy mildew resistant. Bronco 78 4 X X Green Magic 60 Large, blue-green heads; downy mildew tolerant. Cecile 80 3.5 X X X Premium Crop 65 Medium head, tight bead, for farmers market sales. Ramada 83 4 X X X GreenBelt 67 For fall crop, large head, shorter stalk, slow maturing; small bead size, good for Cheers 85 5 X X bunching. Red Arcadia 70 Spring or fall crop; large, blue-green tight-beaded heads; downy mildew toler- Red Dynasty 72 3.5 X X ant. Super Red 80 83 3.5 X Marathon 75 Large blue-green heads; excellent for bunching or crown cuts; downy mildew tolerant. Savoy 2 Savoy Ace 73 3.5 X Brussels Sprouts Improved Jade Cross, E 85 Plants grow to about 2 feet tall; medium sized sprouts. Strain 1 Capitata group (all are hybrids) 2 Cauliflower3 When transplanted Majestic 55 Early maturing, medium-compact plants, attractive heads. Snow Crown 55 Early maturing; very uniform head development; Up to 8 inch diameter heads. VARIETIES: Pak Choi, Chinese Cabbage, Kohlrabi Fremont 67 Heat tolerant, wrapper leaves. White Sails 75 Excellent fall crop, attractive. Candid Charm 75 Excellent fall crop, OK in spring, heat tolerant; large wrapper leaves. Heads up to 4 3 lb.

Violet Queen 65 Purple heads, used fresh, will turn a deep green when cooked. Maturity (days) Comments 1 Italica group Pak Choi1 2 Gemmifera group Joi-choi 47 Slow bolting, very uniform. 3 Botrytis group (hybrid) 4 Days to maturity when transplanted. Chinese Cabbage2 Blues 57 Excellent for spring or fall, tolerant to virus, downy mildew, white Use transplants for early market. Sort boron is recommended where cabbage is spot, Alternaria leaf spot and plants by size to have uniformity in the to be planted (see Appendix B). bacterial soft rot—Napa type. field. This is helpful at harvest time. A Yuki 62 Early slow bolting similar to China Cold Tolerance, Harvesting, Express—Napa type. tobacco setter can be used to transplant. Jade 65 Excellent for spring crop—Michili Space cabbage plants 12 to 14 inches in and Storage Pagoda type. Slow bolting. The cold tolerance of cole crops varies (hybrid) the row with rows spaced 36 inches apart. Kohlrabi3 A plant population of 14,000 plants per somewhat with the weather conditions Winner 45 Early maturing; slow to lose fine acre is desirable. Brussels sprouts and preceding the cold period. These mini- (hybrid) texture. cauliflower should be spaced 18 to 20 mum temperatures are usually tolerated 1 B. rapa, Chinensis group by cole crops in the fall: 2 B. rapa, Pekinensis group inches apart in the row with rows 36 inches 3 B. oleracea, Gongylodes group 4 apart. Broccoli should be spaced 12 to 14 Broccoli 22-23°F Days to maturity from seeding. inches apart to keep heads from becoming sometimes damaged at 25°F Brussels Sprouts 20°F too large. A 10-inch spacing and double FERTILIZER: Cole Crops rows 20 inches apart are used for smaller, Cabbage 17-18°F Cauliflower 22-24°F Fertilizer bunching-size broccoli heads. Soil Test Results (lb/A) Needed (lb/A) A starter fertilizer dissolved in water Phosphorus Phosphate (P2O5) and applied around the root system dur- Broccoli heads should be cut before any Low <31 121-180 ing transplanting is recommended. Use 3 yellow petals show. Cut the heads with 6 Medium 31-60 61-120 pounds of starter in 50 gallons of water, to 8 inches of the stem attached. Later High 61-80 31-60 and apply half a pint per plant. Some maturing lateral stalks should be cut in Very High >80 0-30 insecticides can be added to starter so- a similar manner. Broccoli is sold to the Potassium Potash (K2O) wholesale fresh market in cartons hold- Low <201 101-150 lution to control soil insects (see “Insect Medium 201-300 51-100 Control” table). ing 14 bunches with two to three heads High 301-450 1-50 to the bunch. Very High >450 0 Fertilizing Brussels sprouts should be harvested Nitrogen N Get a soil test and follow the recommen- when they are 1 to 1 ¼ inches in diameter. Broadcast and plow under 50 lb N. Sidedress with dations. Lime should be applied if needed The lower leaves of the plant should first 50 lb N when heads begin forming. A second sidedressing of 50 lb of N two weeks later should to bring the pH to around 6.5. Cole crops be broken away and the sprouts cut off also be applied. Alternatively begin fertigating are heavy users of sulfur; soils prone to close to the stem with a sharp knife. when heads begin forming with 10 to 15 lb of nitrogen per acre weekly using a total of 100 lb deficiencies can be amended by using one Fresh market cabbage should be of nitrogen. Delaying N application may cause of the many sulfur-containing fertilizers to cut when heads are firm. Cut 2 ½- to cabbage heads to burst. Too high levels of N may result in greater internal tipburn of cabbage. Cal- supply 10 to 20 pounds actual sulfur per 3 ½-pound heads low enough to leave two cium nitrate should be used where tipburn has acre. Boron deficiencies have appeared to three loose wrapper leaves. Cabbage been a problem. High nitrogen levels cause hol- in cabbage in several Kentucky counties. low stem in broccoli. Usually 100 lb total nitrogen is usually marketed in 50-pound boxes or is sufficient for broccoli. The addition of 2 pounds per acre of actual bags with 16 to 18 heads per bag. Allow 3

29 PESTICIDE SAFETY: Cole Crops PESTICIDE SAFETY: Cole Crops PESTICIDE SAFETY: Cole Crops Re-entry Harvest Re-entry Harvest Re-entry Harvest Signal1 (hrs) (days) Signal1 (hrs) (days) Signal1 (hrs) (days) Insecticides Brigade 2 EC W 12 7 Presidio C 12 2 Actara 25 WP C 12 0 Brigadier 2 W 12 7 Procure 480 SC C 12 1 Admire Pro C 12 7/215 Capture LFR W 12 AP2 Quadris C 4 0 Assail 30 SG C 12 7 Danitol 2.4 EC W 24 7 Quadris Top C 12 1 Avaunt 30 DG C 12 3 Diazinon AG500 C 24 7/10/215 Ranman C 12 0 Belay 2.13 SC C 12 21 Diazinon 50 W C 24 7/10/215 Reason 500 SC C 12 2 Beleaf 50 SG C 12 0 Endigo ZC W 24 1 Revus C 4 1 Belt 2 SC C 12 8 Hero 1.24 EC C 12 7 Ridomil Gold Bravo W 48 7 Bt products C 12 0 Lannate 90 SP DP 48 1/3/105 SC Confirm 2 F C 4 7/105 Lorsban 4 E W 48 AP2 Ridomil Gold SL C 48 0 Coragen 1.67 SC - 4 3 Mustang Max W 12 1 Rovral 4 Flowable W 12 0 Courier 40 SC W 12 1 Permethrin 3.2 EC C 12 1 Iprodione 4L AG W 12 0 Dimethoate 4 E W 48 7 Proaxis 0.5 EC C 24 1 Meteor W 12 0 Durivo 1.67 SC - 12 30 Proclaim 5 WDG C 48 7 Nevado 4F W 12 0 Fulfill 50 WDG C 12 7 Renounce 75 WP C 12 0 MetaStar 2E AG W 48 0 Intrepid 2 F C 4 1 Voliam xpress W 24 3 Sulfur4 C 24 0 Larvin 3.2 F W 12 7 Warrior II W 24 1 Switch 62.5 WG C 12 7 Lorsban 15 G C 12 AP2 Fungicides3 Terraclor W 12 0 Malathion 8 C 12 3/75 Actigard 50 WG C 12 7 UltraFlourish W 48 0 Movento 2 SC C 24 1 Aliette WDG6 C 24 3 Zampro C 12 0 Oberon 2 SC C 12 7 Blocker C 12 0 1 W: Warning, C: Caution, D: Danger; P: Poison Platinum 2 SC C 12 30 Flowable/4F 2 AP: At planting. 3 Radiant SC C 4 1 Cabrio EG C 12 0 None of these fungicides is labeled on all cole Chlorothalonil4 D 48 7 crops, so check labels carefully. Requiem 25 EC C 4 0 4 Several formulations are marketed. See the gen- Rimon 0.83 EC W 12 7 Endura W 12 0 eral introduction for more details on fungicides. Sevin XLR W 12 3/145 Fixed coppers4 D 12/24 0 5 PHI depends on crop type and application method. Venom 70 SG C 12 1/215 Fontelis C 12 0 6 The use of Aliette in the following Kentucky coun- Vetica 2.66 C 12 1 Forum SC C 12 7 ties has certain restrictions to protect endangered Inspire Super C 12 7 freshwater mollusks and their habitat, so read Restricted Use labels carefully: Campbell, Green, Hart, Kenton, Manzate Pro-Stick C 24 7 Asana XL W 12 3 Logan, Marshall, Rockcastle, Todd, Warren, and Omega 500F W 48 50 Baythroid XL W 12 0 Wayne. to 4 extra pounds for shrinkage. For the INSECT CONTROL: Cole Crops1,2,3 slaw market cabbage, cut 4- to 8-pound Seasonal heads, remove wrapper leaves, and put Insecticide Product Amt/A Limit/A Comments and Other Restrictions in 20-bushel bins. To prevent or reduce insect problems, destroy crop remnants immediately after harvest. When growing both spring and fall cole crops, allow for a 2- to 3-week period during midsummer without a cole Cauliflower should have the leaves crop. Always use a spreader/sticker to increase coverage on cole crops. pulled around the developing curd when Preplant Incorporated the curd is about the size of a quarter. Cutworms, Root Maggots: Eliminate weeds from field margins and plow fields at least 2 weeks before The head will then be ready to harvest planting to destroy cutworm food sources and egg laying sites. in about a week to 10 days. When tying Capture LFR 3.4 to 6.8 fl oz - Apply as a band over the furrow or in-furrow. Diazinon 50 W 4 to 6 lb - Incorporate immediately. the curds, use rubber bands of different Lorsban 15 G 4.6 to 9.2 oz/ - Root maggots. colors to represent different tying dates. 1,000 row-feet Tie high enough so there is adequate air Lorsban 4 E 1.6 to 2.4 oz/ - Root maggots. circulation around the heads, which will 1,000 row-feet Transplant Water help reduce “riciness” and molding of Root Maggots the head. Tying the leaves up around the Diazinon AG 500 0.25 to 0.5 pt/50 - - developing curd results in a white head. gal Heads should be cut before they become Soil Application “ricy” in appearance. High temperatures Aphids: Do not use a foliar spray of Actara, Belay, Venom, Provado, or Assail following a soil applica- may cause riciness to the head, with very tion of Admire, Belay, Platinum, or Venom. Admire Pro 4.4 to 10.5 fl oz 10.5 fl oz Use as a 2 inch band during bedding, an poor quality. in-furrow spray, a post-seeding drench, or a Cauliflower is packed in cartons contain- sidedress after plants are established. ing nine to 12 firmly wrapped heads. Belay 2.13 SC 9 to 12 fl oz 12 fl oz - Store cole crops at 32 F and 90 to 95 Platinum 2 SC 5 to 11 fl oz 11 fl oz See label for soil application methods. ° Vemon 70 SG 5 to 6 oz 12 fl oz - percent relative humidity. Foliar Treatments Common Diseases/Management Aphids, Harlequin Bugs, Stink Bugs, Flea Beetles Actara 25 W 1.5 to 3 oz 11 oz Allow 7 days between applications. Alternaria, Cercospora, and Cerco- Admire Pro 1.3 fl oz 2.7 fl oz Allow 5 days between applications. For sporella leaf spots. To avoid introduction aphids and flea beetles. of these pathogens, use hot-water seed Assail 30 SG 2 to 3 oz 20 oz Limit 5 applications. Allow 7 days between applications treatments. To reduce severity, avoid cru- Belay 2.13 SC 3 to 4 fl oz 12 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. ciferous (cabbage-related) crops in two- to Beleaf 50 SG 2 to 2.8 oz 8.4 oz Allow 7 days between applications. For four-year (or longer) rotations. Apply pro- aphids only. tective fungicides, starting in seedbeds or Brigade 2 EC 2.1 to 6.4 fl oz 32 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. Danitol 2.4 EC 10.67 to 16 fl oz 42.6 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. For stink shortly after transplanting in wet seasons. bugs. (continued on next page) 30 Black leg. Control centers on using INSECT CONTROL: Cole Crops1,2,3 (continued) disease-free seed/transplants and crop Seasonal rotation. Hot-water seed treatment (see Insecticide Product Amt/A Limit/A Comments and Other Restrictions Dimethoate 4 E 0.5 to 1 pt 3 pt Aphids only. Not for use on Chinese cabbage Appendix J) will improve control but will or Brussels sprouts. reduce seed germination and vigor. Pur- Fulfill 50 WDG 2.75 oz 5.5 oz Aphids only. Allow 7 days between applica- chase transplants from certified, disease- tions. Malathion 8 1.25 pt 2 applications Aphids and flea beetles only. Allow 7 days free sources, or produce them from clean between applications. seed. A crop rotation period of four years Movento 2 SC 4 to 5 fl oz 10 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. For or more away from all cruciferous crops aphids only. Sevin XLR 0.5 to 1 qt 4 applications Not for aphids. Allow 7 days between applica- and related weeds is recommended for tions. Use within 30 days of transplanting. sites having a history of black leg. Read Vemon 70 SG 1 to 4 oz 6 oz Allow 7 days between sprays. Aphids only. product labels carefully as some products Warrior II 1.28 to 1.92 fl oz 15.36 fl oz Stink bugs and flea beetles only. may not be labeled for all cole crops. Beet Armyworms: These are infrequent but serious pests of cole crops in Kentucky. Black rot. The causal agent is seed- Belt 4 SC 2 to 2.4 fl oz 7.2 fl oz Allow 5 days between applications. Coragen 1.67 SC 3.5 to 5 fl oz 15.4 fl oz Soil and foliar applications possible, see label borne, so start with certified, disease-free for limitations. seed and transplants. Hot-water seed Intrepid 2 F 4 to 10 fl oz 64 fl oz - treatment can reduce severity in infested Larvin 3.2 F 16 to 32 fl oz 6 applications For broccoli, cabbage, and cauliflower only. seed lots. Plant into land that has been Proclaim 5 WDG 2.4 to 4.8 oz 28.8 oz Allow 7 days between applications. away from cole crops for three to four Rimon 0.83 EC 6 to 12 fl oz 24 fl oz Target small larvae. Vetica 2.66 11 to 13 fl oz 26 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. years, and avoid planting late crops in Cabbage Loopers: Treat when 20% of the plants are infested with looper larvae during the cotyledon fields adjacent to earlier plantings of cole stage, when 15% of the plants are infested up to the cupping stage, and when 5% of the plants are crops. Some cabbage and broccoli vari- infested from cupping until harvest. eties have partial resistance to black rot Asana XL 5.8 to 9.6 fl oz 76.8 fl oz Not for use on Brussels sprouts. that can greatly reduce losses. Spread of Avaunt 30 DG 2.5 to 3.5 oz 14 oz Allow 3 days between applications. Baythroid XL 1.6 to 2.4 fl oz 12.8 fl oz Limit 3.2 fl oz per 7-day period. disease within the field can be slowed by Belt 4 SC 2 to 2.4 fl oz 7.2 fl oz Allow 5 days between applications. removing infected plants and applications Brigade 2 EC 2.1 to 6.4 fl oz 32 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. of fixed coppers (begin at first sign of dis- Bt products See labels - - ease and continue on a regular schedule). Coragen 1.67 SC 3.5 to 5 fl oz 15.4 fl oz Soil and foliar applications possible, see label for limitations. Club root. Avoid poorly drained fields Danitol 2.4 EC 10.67 to 16 fl oz 42.6 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. and those with a history of club root; be Intrepid 2 F 4 to 10 fl oz 64 fl oz - sure to have suspected cases confirmed Mustang Max 3.2 to 4 fl oz 24 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. through the county Extension office. Avoid Permethrin 3.2 EC 2 to 4 fl oz 32 fl oz For broccoli, cauliflower, Brussels sprouts, and Chinese broccoli. introduction onto the farm by using only 2 to 8 fl oz 40 fl oz For cabbage and Chinese cabbage only. disease-free transplants. Maintain a high Proclaim 5 WDG 3.2 to 4.8 oz 28.8 oz Allow 7 days between applications. soil pH of 7.2 to 7.5, and use a seven-year Radiant SC 5 to 10 fl oz 34 fl oz - rotation away from related crops. Fungi- Rimon 0.83 EC 6 to 12 fl oz 24 fl oz Target small larvae. Vetica 2.66 11 to 13 fl oz 26 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. cides are also available to manage club Warrior II 0.96 to 1.6 fl oz 15.36 fl oz - root. Cross-Striped Cabbageworms, Imported Cabbageworms: Treat when 20% of the plants are infest- Downy mildew. Crop rotation with ed with any of these larvae during the cotyledon stage, when 15% of the plants are infested up to the non-cruciferous plants and control of cru- cupping stage, and when 5% of the plants are infested from cupping until harvest. ciferous weeds is recommended. Spring Asana XL 2.9 to 5.8 fl oz 76.8 fl oz Not for use on Brussels sprouts. Avaunt 30 DG 2.5 to 3.5 oz 14 oz Allow 3 days between applications. plantings of cole crops should be de- Baythroid XL 1.6 to 2.4 fl oz 12.8 fl oz Limit 3.2 fl oz per 7-day period. stroyed promptly to prevent them from Belt 4 SC 2 to 2.4 fl oz 7.2 fl oz Allow 5 days between applications. serving as inoculum sources for fall crops. Brigade 2 EC 2.1 to 6.4 fl oz 32 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. Resistant varieties are an option for some Bt products See labels - - Coragen 1.67 SC 3.5 to 5 fl oz 15.4 fl oz Soil and foliar applications possible, see label cole crops. Regular applications of fungi- for limitations. cides should provide adequate control. Danitol 2.4 EC 10.67 to 16 fl oz 42.6 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. Fusarium yellows (wilt). Resistant variet- Intrepid 2 F 4 to 10 fl oz 64 fl oz - ies should be planted in sites with a history Malathion 8 1.25 pt 2 applications Allow 7 days between applications. of Fusarium yellows, or follow a long-term Mustang Max 3.2 to 4 fl oz 24 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. Permethrin 3.2 EC 2 to 4 fl oz 32 fl oz For broccoli, cauliflower, Brussels sprouts, and rotation (7-plus years). Avoid introduction Chinese broccoli. of the disease with transplants. Preplant 2 to 8 fl oz 40 fl oz For cabbage and Chinese cabbage only. fumigation of other crops in the rotation Proaxis 0.5 EC 1.92 to 3.2 fl oz 30.72 fl oz - (staked tomatoes, for example) can aid Proclaim 5 WDG 2.4 to 4.8 oz 28.8 oz Allow 7 days between applications. Radiant SC 5 to 10 fl oz 34 fl oz - greatly in controlling this disease. Rimon 0.83 EC 6 to 12 fl oz 24 fl oz Target small larvae. Bacterial soft rot and bacterial head rot. Sevin XLR 1 to 2 qt 4 applications Allow 7 days between applications. Use Horticultural characteristics and produc- within 30 days of transplanting. tion methods that lead to a tight head Vetica 2.66 11 to 13 fl oz 26 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. Warrior II 0.96 to 1.6 fl oz 15.36 fl oz - with a dome are important considerations Cutworms: Eliminate weeds from field margins and plow fields at least 2 weeks before planting to de- in reducing losses. Broccoli varieties such stroy cutworm food sources and egg laying sites. as ‘Green Defender,’ ‘Pirate,’ and ‘Shogun’ Asana XL 5.8 to 9.6 fl oz 76.8 fl oz Not for use on Brussels sprouts. have tight and domed heads and gener- Baythroid XL 0.8 to 1.6 fl oz 12.8 fl oz Limit 3.2 fl oz per 7-day period. ally have less disease. Reducing injuries Belt 4 SC 2 to 2.4 fl oz 7.2 fl oz Allow 5 days between applications. Mustang Max 2.24 to 4 fl oz 24 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. and controlling insects, downy mildews, Proaxis 0.5 EC 1.92 to 3.2 fl oz 30.72 fl oz - (continued on next page) 31 and foliage diseases are very important. INSECT CONTROL: Cole Crops1,2,3 (continued) Avoid working fields when plants are Seasonal wet, and limit irrigation prior to harvest. Insecticide Product Amt/A Limit/A Comments and Other Restrictions Vetica 2.66 11 to 13 fl oz 26 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. A two-year rotation away from cole crops Warrior II 0.96 to 1.6 fl oz 15.36 fl oz - should be used in fields with a history of Diamondback Moth Larvae: Diamondback moth larvae are able to rapidly develop resistance to bacterial head rot. Fixed coppers applied most major classes of insecticides. Do not tank-mix insecticides with the same mode of action and fre- for control of black rot may also reduce quently rotate among insecticides with different modes of action to discourage resistance. Treat when 20% of the plants are infested with diamondback larvae during the cotyledon stage, when 15% of the incidence of head rots. plants are infested up to the cupping stage, and when 5% of the plants are infested from cupping until Nonpathogenic physiological disor- harvest. IRAC Codes: Insecticides followed by the same number share the same mode of action. ders. Cole crops suffer from non-patho- Avaunt 30 DG (22) 2.5 to 3.5 oz 14 oz Allow 3 days between applications. Baythroid XL (3) 2.4 to 3.2 fl oz 12.8 fl oz Limit 3.2 fl oz per 7-day period. genic disorders that can be confused Belt 4 SC 2 to 2.4 fl oz 7.2 fl oz Allow 5 days between applications. with infectious diseases, including the Brigade 2 EC (3) 2.1 to 6.4 fl oz 32 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. following: Bt products (11B2) See labels - - • Tipburn in cabbage is caused by inad- Coragen 1.67 SC (28) 3.5 to 5 fl oz 15.4 fl oz Soil and foliar applications possible, see label for limitations. equate supply of calcium at the time of Mustang Max (3) 2.24 to 4 fl oz 24 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. leaf formation. Maintain uniform soil Permethrin 3.2 EC (3) 2 to 4 fl oz 32 fl oz For broccoli, cauliflower, Brussels sprouts, and moisture so that calcium is supplied Chinese broccoli. continuously to the plant. 2 to 8 fl oz 40 fl oz For cabbage and Chinese cabbage only. Proaxis 0.5 EC (3) 2.56 to 3.84 fl oz 30.72 fl oz - • Black petiole/stem in cabbage is asso- Proclaim 5 WDG (6) 2.4 to 4.8 oz 28.8 oz Allow 7 days between applications. ciated with poor fertility management, Radiant SC (5) 5 to 10 fl oz 34 fl oz - occurring in soils with very high phos- Rimon 0.83 EC (15) 6 to 12 fl oz 24 fl oz Target small larvae. phorus levels and low potassium levels. Sevin XLR (1A) 1 to 2 qt 4 applications Allow 7 days between applications. Use within 30 days of transplanting. • Black speck/pepper spot appears to Vetica 2.66 11 to 13 fl oz 26 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. be caused by excessive fertilization, Warrior II (3) 1.28 to 1.92 fl oz 15.36 fl oz - especially during temperature swings. Root Maggots Infectious diseases such as bacterial Diazinon 50 W 1 to 1.5 lb per - Direct spray at base of plants. May result in soft rot and Alternaria often occur on 200 to 300 gal stand reduction due to stress at transplant- water ing. tissues damaged by these physiological 1 See Kentucky Cabbage Insect Pest Management Scout Manual (IPM-11) for additional information on disorders. cabbage pests and their control. • Bolting is the development of flower 2 See An IPM Scouting Guide for Common Problems of Cole Crops in Kentucky (ID-216) for photos of pests. 3 stalks, which can occur in most cole Generic products available (Appendix E). crops if they are exposed to long periods of warm weather early in their develop- thora root rot. Suppression of this disease damping-off and stem rots caused by ment. Transplant management is critical. can be obtained by applying mefenoxam Pythium and Rhizoctonia. Phytophthora root rot and basal stem (Ridomil Gold or Ultra Flourish) or Presidio Wire stem and bottom rot (Rhizoctonia rot. Phytophthora root rot is a newly prior to or at planting. solani). Raise seedlings in fumigated soils reported problem in Kentucky and has Sclerotinia stem rot, white mold (raisin and use fungicides in the field as recom- caused significant losses under conditions head). Rotate with grass or grain crops mended in the “Disease Control” table. that are ideal for the pathogen (warm, for three years (control broadleaf weeds Cover crops and sod should be plowed saturated soils). Control efforts should during the rotation); avoid canola, green early enough to ensure they are well rot- focus on managing soil moisture to avoid beans, tomatoes, and potatoes; and deep ted before transplanting. Shallow setting a saturated environment. Improve drain- plow to bury fungal sclerotia. Chemical of plants has been shown to reduce the age where possible, and plant into raised control options are limited. incidence of this disease. beds. Crop rotation and burial of crop Seedling damping-off. Always start Virus diseases. Timely destruction of residues at season’s end can be effective plants in beds that have been sterilized old crops and weeds is recommended. management tools; avoid planting cole with either steam or fumigation, and prac- Maintain a weed-free border around fields. crops in fields with a history of Phytoph- tice good sanitation around the beds and In cases where plants have been infected greenhouses. At transplanting, application prior to transplanting, aphid control in of fungicides can reduce post-transplant transplant production is also important. WEED CONTROL: Cole Crops Product Amt/A Lb A.I./A Comments 0.5-1.6 fl oz 0.008-0.025 For contact post-emergence control of annual broadleaf weeds and suppression of annual grasses. Can be applied Aim 1.9 EW carfentrazone as a preplant, pre-transplant burndown, or before crop emerges to actively growing weeds up to 4 inches tall. Can also be applied post-emergence as a directed hooded application between crop rows. Use min. 10 gal water/A and crop oil 1% v/v. Max. rate 6.1 fl oz/A. PHI = 0 days. 0.67-1.3 pt 0.25-0.5 Cabbage only—not labeled on chinese vegetables. Apply before transplanting and incorporate to a depth of 1 Command 3ME clomazone inch. Use a min. 10 gal water/A. Do not replant treated field with any crops inconsistent with rotational guidelines. PHI = 45 days. 6-14 lb 4.5-10.5 For pre-emergence control of annual grasses and broadleaves. Apply at seeding or transplanting. Can be broadcast Dacthal W-75 DCPA over transplants. Can be preplant incorporated. 2-4 lb 1-2 Not labeled on chinese vegetables. For control of annual grasses and broadleaf weeds. Apply to weed-free soil and Devrinol 50 DF napropamide incorporate 1 inch before seeding or transplanting or irrigate within 24 hours of application to soak soil to a depth of 2 to 4 inches. Do not plant rotational crops that are not specified on the label until 12 months after last Devrinol application. Most effective in combination with Goal. 1-2 pt 0.25-0.5 For pre-emergence and post-emergence control of certain annual grasses and most broadleaves. Apply to soil af- Goal 2XL oxyfluorfen ter final tillage but before transplanting. Do not use on direct seeded cole crops. If plants contact treated soil, some foliar burn may occur but plants generally outgrow symptoms. Do not use post-transplant. Do not use on Brussels sprouts. Max. rate is 2 pt/A. (continued on next page) 32 WEED CONTROL: Cole Crops (continued) Product Amt/A Lb A.I./A Comments 2.0-4.0 pt 0.69-1.38 For non-selective contact kill of annual grasses and broadleaf weeds and top-kill of perennial weeds. Apply pre- Gramoxone paraquat salt plant, pre-emergence, or before transplanting in min. 10 gal water/A. Apply banded or broadcast. Use higher rate Inteon for heavy weed infestations. Use non-ionic surfactant 0.25% v/v. 5-6 qt 5-6 For control of grasses and broadleaf weeds. Apply preplant and incorporate to 1 to 2 inch depth. Apply pre-emer- Prefar 4 E bensulide gence only if it can be watered in within 36 hours. Max. rate of 6 qt/season. 0.5-1.5 pt 0.09-0.28 For control of actively growing grasses only. Rate for Chinese Brassica vegetables is 0.5 to 1.5 pt. Use higher rate on Poast sethoxydim johnsongrass. PHI = 30 days. Max. rate of 1.5 pt/application and 3 pt/season. 16-22 fl oz 0.69-0.94 For non-selective post-emergence control of annual and perennial grasses and broadleaf weeds. Use only AMS 1 Roundup glyphosate-salt to 2% v/v. Adding a non-ionic surfactant can reduce weed control effectiveness. Min. 30 days before planting any WeatherMax 5.5L non-labeled crop. 9-16 fl oz 0.07-0.12 For selective post-emergence of actively growing annual grasses and suppression of perennial grasses. Add crop Select Max clethodim oil 1% v/v. Max. 16 fl oz/application. Min. 14 days between applications. PHI = 30 days. 3.0-12.0 fl oz 0.09-0.38 Processing and transplanted cabbage only. Apply 60 days prior to transplanting and allow rain to move into soil for Spartan 4F sulfentrazone early preplant application. For preplant incorporation apply as a broadcast and incorporate to depths no greater than 2 inches. May be applied in row middles only of transplanted cabbage up to 72 hours after transplant. 1.25-2 pt 0.6-1 For control of annual grasses and broadleaf weeds. Apply and incorporate in spring before transplanting. Check Treflan HFP 4 E trifluralin label for direct seeded cole crops. Rate for Chinese Brassica vegetables is 1 to 1.5 pt.

DISEASE CONTROL: Cole Crops FRAC Seasonal Product Code1 Amt/A Limits/A Comments Alternaria Leaf Spot Cabrio 11 12 to 16 oz4 4 apps Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 to 14 days. Chlorothalonil3 Apply after transplanting or when conditions favor disease. Bravo Ultrex M 1.4 lb 14.5 lb Bravo WeatherStik M 1.5 pt 11.7 pt Endura 7 6 to 9 oz 2 apps Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 to 14 days. Fixed coppers Apply every 7 to 10 days after transplanting or when conditions favor disease. See label for mixing instructions and tank-mix precautions. Badge SC M 1 to 1.8 pt - Badge X2 M 0.5 to 0.75 lb OMRI-listed. Basic Copper 53 M 1 to 3 lb OMRI-listed. Champ DP M 0.33 to 0.67 - Champ Formula 2 FL M 0.33 to 0.67 pt - Champ WG M 1 to 2 lb OMRI-listed. Cueva M 0.5 to 2 gal OMRI-listed. Mix in 100 gallons of water, use 50 to 100 gal/A of solution. Cuprofix Ultra 40 Disperss M 0.75 to 1.25 lb - Kentan DF M 1 to 1.3 lb - Kocide 2000 M 0.75 to 1.5 lb - Kocide 3000 M 0.5 to 0.75 lb - Kocide DF M 1 to 2 lb - Mastercop M 0.5 to 1 pt May cause flecking of cabbage wrapper leaves and reddening of older leaves on broccoli. Nordox 75 WG M 0.66 to 2 lb OMRI-listed. Nu-Cop 3L M 0.66 to 1.33 pt - Nu-Cop 50 WP M 2 lb OMRI-listed. Nu-Cop 50 DF M 1 to 2 lb OMRI-listed. Nu-Cop HB M 0.5 to 1 lb - Fontelis 7 14 to 30 fl oz4 72 fl oz Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 to 14 days. Inspire Super 3/9 16 to 20 fl oz 80 fl oz Apply every 7 to 10 days. Koverall M 1.6 to 2.1 lb 12.8 lb Apply every 7 to 10 days when conditions favor disease. ManKocide M 1 to 3 lb 8.8 lb Broccoli & cabbage only. Apply every 7 to 10 days when conditions favor disease. Manzate Pro-Stick M 1.6 to 2.1 lb 12.8 lb Apply every 7 to 10 days when conditions favor disease. Procure 480 SC 3 6 to 8 fl oz4 18 fl oz Apply every 14 days. Quadris 11 6 to 15.5 fl oz4 3 foliar apps Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 to 14 days. Quadris Top 11/3 12 to 14 fl oz4 56 fl oz Reason 500 SC 11 8.2 fl oz 24.6 fl oz Apply before disease onset, continue every 5 to 10 days. Switch 62.5 WG 9/12 11 to 14 oz 56 oz Apply every 7 to 10 days. Black Leg Cabrio 11 12 to 16 oz4 4 apps Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 to 14 days. Iprodione3 Broccoli only. Apply after thinning (2-4 leaf stage) as a directed spray targeting the Rovral 4 Flowable 2 2 pt 2 apps base of the plant and adjacent soil surface; make a 2nd application (if necessary) no later than the day of harvest. Black Rot Actigard P 0.5 to 1 oz 4 apps Suppression only. Apply 7 to 10 days after thinning and make up to three additional applications every 7 days. Apply in a minimum of 20 gal/A of water. May cause phytotoxicity and yield reduction. Do not apply to stressed or injured plants. Fixed coppers Apply every 7 to 10 days after transplanting or when conditions favor disease. See label for mixing instructions and tank-mix precautions. Badge SC M 0.9 to 1.8 pt - Badge X2 M 0.5 to 0.75 lb OMRI-listed. Basic Copper 53 M 1 to 3 lb OMRI-listed. C-O-C-S WDG M 3 to 4 lb - Champ DP M 0.33 to 0.67 lb - (continued on next page)

33 DISEASE CONTROL: Cole Crops (continued) FRAC Seasonal Product Code1 Amt/A Limits/A Comments Champ Formula 2 FL M 0.33 to 0.67 pt - Champ WG M 1 to 2 lb OMRI-listed. Copper-Count-N M 2 to 6 pt - Cueva M 0.5 to 2 gal OMRI-listed. Mix in 100 gallons of water, use 50 to 100 gal/A of solution. Cuprofix Ultra 40 Disperss M 0.75 to 1.25 lb - Kentan DF M 1 to 1.3 lb - Kocide 2000 M 0.75 to 1.5 lb - Kocide 3000 M 0.5 to 0.75 lb - Kocide DF M 1 to 2 lb - Mastercop M 0.5 to 1 pt May cause flecking of cabbage wrapper leaves and reddening of older leaves on broccoli. Nordox 75 WG M 0.33 to 2 lb OMRI-listed. Nu-Cop 3L M 0.66 to 1.33 pt - Nu-Cop 50 WP M 2 lb OMRI-listed. Nu-Cop 50 DF M 1 to 2 lb OMRI-listed. Nu-Cop HB M 0.5 to 1 - Clubroot Omega 500F 29 6.45 oz2 1 app Apply 3.4 fl oz per plant in transplant water. 2.6 pt Apply in a 9 inch band & incorporate to 6 to 8 inches depth before planting, or apply broadcast prior to bed formation. Blocker (Flowable & 4F) 14 3 pt2 1 app Apply 0.5 pt of solution/plant at transplanting. Agitate continuously to keep material in suspension. 5.6 gal Spray in a 12- to 15-inch band centered over the row before planting; incorporate to a depth of 4 to 6 inches. 7.5 gal Apply broadcast before planting and incorporate thoroughly to a depth of 4 to 6 inches with suitable equipment. Ranman 21 12.9 to 25.75 1 app Drench seedlings after transplanting with 1.7 fl oz of solution. fl oz2 20 fl oz Apply in a band (9 inches or greater) before planting and incorporate thoroughly to a depth of 6 to 8 inches with suitable equipment. Damping-off (Rhizoctonia), Wirestem Blocker 4F 14 2.8 to 3.8 gal 1 app May be applied as a plant drench or banded spray. See label for specific applications Blocker Flowable 14 instructions. Damping-off (Pythium) Presidio 43 3 to 4 fl oz 12 fl oz Can be applied as a drench or through drip irrigation at planting; soil-directed applications can be made during the season. Ranman 21 2.75 fl oz 1 app Prior to planting, apply as a banded spray followed by incorporation. Can be applied as a drench at planting or in transplant water; see label for instructions. Ridomil Gold SL 4 0.25 to 0.5 pt 1 app Preplant. Apply to soil as a broadcast spray or in a 7-inch band; incorporate into the upper 2 inches of soil. Can be applied by drip irrigation. 1 to 2 pt At-planting. Apply to soil as a broadcast spray or in a 7-inch band; incorporate into the upper 2 inches of soil with irrigation/rainfall. Can be applied by drip irrigation. Ultra Flourish 4 0.5 to 1 pt 1 app Preplant. See Ridomil Gold. 2 to 4 pt At planting. See Ridomil Gold. MetaStar 2E AG 4 1 to 2 pt 1 app Preplant. See Ridomil Gold. 2 to 4 pt At planting. See Ridomil Gold. Downy Mildew Actigard P 0.5 to 1 oz 4 apps Apply 7 to 10 days after thinning and make up to three additional applications every 7 days. Apply in a minimum of 20 gal/A of water. May cause phytotoxicity and yield reduction. Do not apply to stressed or injured plants. Aliette WDG 33 2 to 5 lb 7 apps Apply when conditions favor disease and continue every 7 to 21 days. Do not tank- mix with copper compounds. Cabrio 11 12 to 16 oz4 4 apps Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 to 14 days. Chlorothalonil3 Apply after transplanting or when conditions favor disease. Bravo Ultrex M 1.4 lb 14.5 lb Bravo WeatherStik M 1.5 pt 16 pt Fixed coppers Apply every 7 to 10 days after transplanting or when conditions favor disease. See label for mixing instructions and tank-mix precautions. Basic Copper 53 M 1 to 3 lb OMRI-listed. Badge SC M 0.9 to 1.8 pt - Badge X2 M 0.5 to 0.75 lb OMRI-listed. C-O-C-S WDG M 3 to 4 lb - Champ DP M 0.33 to 0.67 lb - Champ WG M 0.5 to 1 lb OMRI-listed. Champ Formula 2 FL M 0.33 to 0.67 pt - Copper-Count-N M 1 to 2 pt - Cueva M 0.5 to 2 gal OMRI-listed. Mix in 100 gallons of water, use 50 to 100 gal/A of solution. Cuprofix Ultra 40 Disperss M 0.75 to 1.25 lb - Kentan DF M 1 to 1.3 lb - Kocide 2000 M 0.75 to 1.5 lb - Kocide 3000 M 0.5 to 0.75 lb - Kocide DF M 1 to 2 lb - Mastercop M 0.5 to 1 pt May cause flecking of cabbage wrapper leaves and reddening of older leaves on broccoli. Nordox 75 WG M 0.33 to 0.66 lb OMRI-listed. (continued on next page)

34 DISEASE CONTROL: Cole Crops (continued) FRAC Seasonal Product Code1 Amt/A Limits/A Comments Nu-Cop 50 WP M 0.5 to 1 lb OMRI-listed. Nu-Cop 50 HB M 0.5 to 1 lb - Nu-Cop 3 L M 0.33 to 1.33 pt - Nu-Cop 50 DF M 1 to 2 lb OMRI-listed. Forum SC 40 6 fl oz 30 fl oz Tank-mix with another fungicide NOT in FRAC Group 40. Koverall M 1.6 to 2.1 lb 12.8 lb Apply every 7 to 10 days when conditions favor disease. Manzate Pro-Stick M 1.6 to 2.1 lb 12.8 lb Broccoli and cabbage only. Apply when disease threatens and continue every 7 to 10 days. Presidio 43 3 to 4 fl oz 4 apps Apply every 7 to 14 days. Tank-mix with another fungicide NOT in FRAC Group 43. Quadris 11 6 to 15.5 fl oz4 3 foliar apps Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 to 14 days. Ranman 21 2.75 fl oz 5 apps Treat every 7 to 10 days. Tank-mix with an organosilicone surfactant. Reason 500 SC 11 5.5 to 8.2 fl oz 24.6 fl oz Apply before disease onset, continue every 5 to 10 days. Revus 40 8 fl oz 32 fl oz Apply every 7 to 10 days. Use a spreader/penetrant surfactant. Tank-mix with another fungicide NOT in FRAC Group 40. Ridomil Gold Bravo SC 4/M 1.5 pt 4 apps Apply before disease onset, continue every 14 days. Do not apply to loosehead Chi- nese cabbage. Observe seasonal limits for chorothalonil. Ridomil Gold SL 4 0.25 to 0.5 pt 1 pt Apply before disease onset, continue every 14 days. Tank-mix Ridomil Gold EC or SL with another fungicide labeled for downy mildew. Zampro 40/45 14 fl oz 3 apps Apply before disease onset, treat every 7 days. Phytophthora Root Rot, Basal Stem Rot Presidio 43 3 to 4 fl oz 12 fl oz Can be applied as a drench or through drip irrigation at planting; soil-directed applications can be made during the season. Ridomil Gold SL 4 1 to 2 pt 1 app Preplant. Apply to soil as a broadcast spray or in a 7-inch band; incorporate into the Ultra Flourish 4 2 to 4 pt upper 2 inches of soil. Can be applied by drip irrigation. Do not use in transplanter MetaStar 2E AG 4 4 to 8 pt water. At-planting. Apply to soil as a broadcast spray or in a 7-inch band; incorporate into the upper 2 inches of soil with irrigation/rainfall. Can be applied by drip irrigation. Do not use in transplanter water. Sclerotinia Stem Rot Cueva M 0.5 to 2 gal n/a OMRI-listed. Mix in 100 gallons of water, use 50 to 100 gal/A of solution. Endura 7 6 to 9 oz 2 apps Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 to 14 days. Fontelis 7 16 to 30 fl oz4 72 fl oz Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 to 14 days. 1 Products with numerical FRAC codes must be alternated or tank-mixed with products that have a different FRAC code to discourage resistance development. See product label for maximum number of consecutive applications allowed. Refer to the table on page 14 for more information on FRAC codes. 2 Per 100 gal of water. 3 Generic products available (Appendix F). Amounts and seasonal limits per acre are product dependent. 4 Use higher rate when pressure is severe. Sweet Corn Grass family (Poaceae): Zea mays subsp. mays

Types and Isolation Requirements VARIETIES: Sweet Corn and Ornamental Corn An array of high-sugar sweet corn types Maturity Variety (days) Color1 Comments are found in the most recent seed company Standard Sweet Corn (su) catalogs. Varieties are often grouped under Merit 80 Y Rust and northern corn leaf blight resistance, long ears. abbreviations for the types of genes they Silver Queen 95 W Rust resistant, one of the most popular sweet corn varieties. carry for sweetness (su, se, sh2, etc.) or under Sugar Enhanced (se) and Synergistics (seq) various trade names (TripleSweet™, Xtra Frisky 65 BC Earliest synergistic Tender™, Sweet Generation™, etc.) that con- Temptation 72 BC Good for early spring plantings, good yields. Charisma 74 BC Resistance to rust and Stewart’s wilt and northern corn leaf tribute to the confusion. Various types of blight sweet corn are strikingly different in terms Kristine 75 BC Resistance to rust and southern corn leaf blight of sweetness, eating quality, and suitability Synergy 76 BC Uniform, good resistance to rust and Stewart’s wilt for mechanical harvest and shipping. Con- Montauk 79 BC Resistance to Stewart’s wilt and northern corn leaf blight Providence 80 BC Good strong mid-season variety, rust resistant sider carefully which types are best suited Lancelot 80 BC Rust, Stewart’s wilt, and northern corn leaf blight resistance, to your marketing situation. Different types good tip fill, and appearance. also have different isolation requirements. Bodacious RM 72 Y Resistance to rust and Stewart’s wilt, early type with good flavor. Regardless of the type, the variety Honey Select 79 Y Resistance to Stewart’s wilt, AAS winner, high sugars, good for should have a tight husk cover over the farmers market ear tip to help keep out birds, sap beetles, Incredible 80 Y Resistant to Stewart’s wilt, rust and northern corn leaf blight, good husk coverage, excellent flavor. and corn earworms. Kandy Korn 89 Y Some resistant to Stewart’s wilt, good flavor, farmers market. Traditional or standard sweet corn Whiteout 74 W Stewart’s wilt and northern corn leaf blight resistance. (su) varieties are characterized by their Sweet Ice 74 W Attractive ear, good flavor, husk snaps off easily. creamy corn flavor and mild sugars; these Avalon 82 W Excellent husk cover and tip fill; high yielding and tolerant to leaf spots/blight. sugars quickly convert to starch so these Argent 83 W Resistance to rust, Stewart’s wilt and northern corn leaf blight varieties are best consumed soon after (continued on next page) harvest. Obviously, they are most suitable for local sales.

35 VARIETIES: Sweet Corn and Ornamental Corn (continued) Augmented supersweets are new and Maturity improved supersweet varieties that have 1 Variety (days) Color Comments tender kernels like se varieties while retain- Supersweets (sh2 and augmented supersweets) ing the added sweetness and longer shelf Mirai 308 BC 71 BC Good early maturing type, plant in warm soil, 1.25 inches deep). life of supersweets. Ears of these varieties Triumph 75 BC Good main season type, tall plant with 7 to 8 inch ears. contain only a single type of kernel. These Summer Sweet 75 BC Resistance to rust, Stewart’s wilt, northern corn leaf blight, varieties are sold under several trade 7221R excellent husk cover, large flags, very creamy. Awesome 76 BC Resistance to Stewart’s wilt, good early type for shipping and names (‘Xtra Tender™,’ ‘Gourmet Sweet™,’ farmers markets. ‘MultiSweet™,’ ‘HQ,’ ‘shQ,’ etc.). Marquette 76 BC Resistance to northern corn leaf blight and southern corn leaf Synergistic varieties are sold under sev- blight. Obsession 79 BC Resistance to rust, Stewart’s wilt, and northern corn leaf blight, eral trade names, including ‘TripleSweet™,’ excellent husk cover, tip fill, and yield. ‘Sweet Generation™,’ ‘Sweet Breed™,’ Polaris 81 BC Resistance to rust, Stewart’s wilt and Maize dwarf mosaic virus. ‘Table Sweet™,’ and ‘seQ.’ Ideally, they have Vision 75 Y Resistance to Stewart’s wilt, good eating quality, average yields, excellent tip fill. the seed vigor of standard varieties, the Garrison 79 Y Resistance to rust, Stewart’s wilt and northern and southern flavor and eating quality of se varieties, and corn leaf blight. the high sugar and long shelf life of sh2 Sentinel 83 Y Resistance to rust, Stewart’s wilt, southern corn leaf blight and Maize dwarf mosaic virus. varieties. Most synergistics combine the Xtra-tender 372A 72 W Resistance to Stewart’s wilt and southern corn leaf blight, best characteristics of sugary enhanced good emergence and tip fill, early white variety. and supersweet varieties with seed vigor Summer Sweet 81 W Attractive ear and husk, excellent flavor. 8101R that is most similar to se types. What Genetically Modified2 distinguishes this group is that different BC 0805 (se) 83 BC Resistance to rust, Attribute® insect protection. types of kernels occur on the same ear; that BC 0822 (se) 77 BC Resistance to Stewart’s wilt, rust, northern and southern corn is, most of these varieties have ears with 3/4 leaf blights, Attribute® insect protection. sugary enhanced (se) type kernels and WH 0809 (se) 80 W Resistance to rust and southern corn leaf blight, Attribute® 1 insect protection. supersweet (sh2) kernels. These varieties Obsession II (sh2) 79 BC Resistance to rust, Stewart’s wilt, and northern corn leaf blight, may not have as long a shelf life as true excellent husk cover, tip fill, and yield, Performance Series hybrid tolerant to Roundup brand herbicides with above and supersweets and may not be suitable for below ground insect control. mechanical harvest. The genetic combina- BSS 0977 (sh2) 79 BC Resistance to rust, Stewart’s wilt and northern corn leaf blight, tions in these varieties differ widely, and Attribute® insect protection. GSS 0966 (sh2) 79 Y growers should try them on a small scale Passion II (sh2) 80 Y Resistance to rust, Stewart’s wilt and northern corn leaf blight, Performance Series hybrid tolerant to Roundup brand herbi- prior to growing large acreages. cides with above and below ground insect control. Genetically modified or transgenic WSS 0987 (sh2) 78 W Resistance to rust and northern corn leaf blight Attribute® insect protection. sweet corn varieties are available that Ornamental Corn3 express a toxin from the insect-killing Earth Tones Dent 90 Colors are soft earth tones, 8 to 10 inch ears. bacteria Bacillus thuringiensis (Bt). Bt toxins Green and Gold 95-100 Bright yellow and green kernels, 8 to 10 inch ears. help control worms feeding on sweet corn Dent Miniature Blue, 100 Shiny blue kernels, 2 to 4 inch ears, good stalks, popcorn. and can result in considerable reductions Little Boy Blue, in pesticide usage, especially late in the Cutie Blues season. Any of the previously described Miniature Pink, 100 Shiny pink kernels, 2 to 4 inch ears, good stalks, popcorn. Little Bow Peep, sweet corn types can be modified in Cutie Pink, Little this way. Current transgenic sweet corn Miss Muffet varieties are sold under the trade name Autumn Explo- 102 Multicolored flint corn, 8 to 9 inch ears, 25% red husks. sion ‘Attribute™.’ While Bt toxins are harmless Indian Fingers 110 Multicolored, 3 1 inch ears, small shiny kernels. to humans, some wholesale and retail buy- Pod Corn 110 Highly ornamental and variable with husks around each ker- ers will not accept transgenic products. nel. Transgenic varieties also are not allowed in 1 Y = yellow; W = white; BC = bicolor 2 Growers should check current regulations for marketing and labeling of transgenic or “genetically modi- organic production. fied” crops before planting; “Attribute” sweet corn seed may also have minimum purchase requirements. 3 See HO-81, Ornamental Corn Production in Kentucky, for production and more detailed variety informa- Isolation Requirements tion. All sweet corn types must be isolated from field corn or popcorn to prevent Sugary enhanced (se) varieties have sugar to starch. This means they will re- cross pollination and loss of sweetness. A tender kernels and a creamy texture like main sweeter much longer than other corn separation (isolation) distance of 700 feet standard varieties but have up to twice types. Supersweets also have kernels that will give complete isolation of white, yel- as much sugar. Consequently, they will hold up much better when mechanically low, or high-sugar varieties but may be im- remain sweet longer than standard sweet harvested; however, these tougher kernels practical. A distance of 250 feet will result corn. Sugary enhanced varieties are very do not have the creamy texture and flavor in some contamination but not enough popular at farmers’ markets and for local of standard or sugary enhanced corn va- to affect quality. Isolation can also be sales. rieties. Most sweet corn varieties sold for maintained by a 10- to 14-day difference Supersweet or shrunken-2 varieties processing and through wholesale market in maturities of different types, although (sh or sh2) all have shrunken, wrinkled/ channels are supersweets. isolation by distance is more effective. shriveled seeds. They have a high sugar The different types of sweet corn de- content as well as slower conversion of scribed in the “Varieties” table can be placed in either of two major groups in

36 terms of their isolation requirements. Seed-germination percentages of some PESTICIDE SAFETY: Sweet Corn While each type within one of these supersweet varieties (or other varieties Re-entry Harvest Signal1 (hrs) (days)2 groups may benefit from isolation from with shrunken seed) can be poor to fair, Insecticides other types in the same group, the result- particularly under cold soil conditions. Avaunt 30 DG C 12 3 ing cross pollination will not produce field Make sure the soil is warmer than 60°F Belt SC C 12 1 corn kernels. Cross pollination between the before planting these varieties. The ger- Bt products C 12 0 two groups, however, will produce a percent- mination of sugary enhanced corn is Concur C 24 ST Coragen 1.67 SC - 4 1 age of unacceptable kernels. These lists may much better than that of shrunken types Intrepid 2 F C 4 3 not include all the trade names currently but not quite as good as standard sweet Larvin 3.2 F W 12 0 available. corn. At present, use standard varieties Latitude C 24 ST for very early plantings intended for early Lorsban 15 G C 24 35 SWEET CORN ISOLATION GROUPS markets. Most high sugar corn varieties Lorsban 75 WP W 48 35 Malathion 8 C 12 5 Group 1 Standard varieties (su) are also more attractive to insects, birds, Oberon 2 SC C 12 5 Sugary enhanced (se) groundhogs, and raccoons and more Radiant SC C 4 1 Synergistics susceptible to heat and drought stresses Sevin XLR W 12 2 Sweet Breed Table Sweet than standard sweet corn. Restricted Use TripleSweet Irrigation is usually required to ensure Asana XL W 12 1 seQ, HQ high quality in both standard and high- Aztec 4.67 G W 48 AP Battalion 1.5 EC DP 12 1 Group 2 Supersweets (sh-2) sugar corn types. While solid set sprinkler Baythroid XL W 12 0 Augmented supersweets systems and traveling guns are still in use, Brigade 2 EC W 12 1/304 Crisp N Sweet it is also relatively easy to irrigate (and Cobalt 2.545 EC DP 24 21 Gourmet Sweet fertigate) sweet corn simply by running Counter 15 G DP 48 AP MultiSweet drip irrigation lines down the rows on bare Diazinon AG500 C 24 7 SummerSweet Force 3 G C 0 AP Xtra Tender ground with lines placed no more than Fortress 5 G DP 48 AP shQ about 4 inches from the plants. Furadan 4 F DP 48 AP Hero 1.24 EC C 12 3 Production with Plasticulture Lannate 90 SP DP 48 0 Planting and Culture A number of Kentucky growers have Lorsban 4 E W 24 35 Sweet corn will do well in all areas of successfully grown transplanted sweet Mocap 15 G W 48 AP Kentucky, but well-drained soils are es- corn on plastic mulch with drip irriga- Mustang Max W 12 3 sential for good results. Fescue sod is ideal Penncap-M W 96 4 tion. This system enables earlier harvests, Permethrin 3.2 EC C 12 1 prior to sweet corn production. Sweet corn resulting in considerably higher market Pounce 1.5 G C 12 1 makes a good rotational crop for other prices. Typically seeds are sown in 128 cell Proaxis 0.5 EC C 24 1 vegetable crops. A well-prepared seedbed trays with two seeds per cell. Transplants Renounce 20 WP C 12 0 is critical for successful seed germination should be planted between 14 and 18 days Thimet 20 G DP 48 AP and good stands. Disking the soil three Voliam Xpress W 24 1 after seeding. It is critical that corn trans- Warrior II W 24 1 to four times before planting will help plants not be held over too long in the Fungicides in preparing a good seedbed. Plowing greenhouse, as this results in permanent Aftershock C 12 7 should be done several weeks in advance stunting of the plants in the field. Also, Aproach C 12 7 of planting to allow the ground to settle do not use early-maturing varieties (earlier Avaris W 12 14 and the grass to decompose. Ten to 15 Evito 480/Evito T C 12 7 than 75 days) as these will tend to tassel Fixed coppers3 D 12/245 0 pounds of seed will usually be required prematurely, resulting in stunted plants with Headline W 12 7 to plant an acre. Plant seed in rows 30 to non-marketable ears. Growers may want to Headline SC W 12 7 40 inches apart with plants spaced 8 to consider multiple seeding times in case Headline AMP W 12 7 3 10 inches apart in the row. If plants are unfavorable weather prevents transplant- Mancozeb C 24 7 spaced closer, thin to 8 inches within row Priaxor C 12 7 ing in a timely fashion. Typically seed is Propiconazole3 W 24 14 spacing. Ears will be smaller if planted too inexpensive compared to the cost of using Prosaro C 12 7 close together. the plasticulture system. Quadris C 4 7 For best results, sweet corn seed should Black plastic mulch on raised beds is Quilt C 24 14 be planted after the soil temperature has most often used for transplanted corn. Quilt Xcel W 12 14 reached 60 F. In most parts of Kentucky, Stratego W 12 14 ° One popular system uses double rows Stratego YLD C 48 0 the earliest plantings can be made from (two rows per bed) with 12 inches be- Tebuconazole3 W 19 days 7 April 20 to May 1 (see Appendix I). The tween transplants in the row and about 18 Vertisan W 12 7 harvest period for sweet corn can be to 20 inches between the two rows. In the Fresh market only extended by planting early, midseason, latter system two seeds are sown in each Chlorothalonil3 D 48 14 and late-maturing varieties or by making cell of the plug trays; therefore, each hill 1 W: Warning, C: Caution, D: Danger; P: Poison successive plantings at weekly intervals. 2 AP: At planting, ST: Seed treatment. will contain two plants in the field. Some 3 Several formulations are marketed. See the gen- Late-planted sweet corn will have more growers have also direct seeded sweet eral introduction for more details on fungicides. insect and disease problems. Cultivars 4 Dependent on application type, see label. corn under clear plastic and then cut the 5 Re-entry period varies by product. See label for with tolerance or resistance to leaf blights plastic open after the seedlings emerged. more information. and viruses should be selected when Using clear plastic, however, has resulted planting in June, especially in river bot- in problems with weed seed germination toms and humid areas in the state (see under the plastic. “Varieties” table).

37 Fertilizing INSECT CONTROL: Sweet Corn1,2,3 Make all lime and fertilizer applications Seasonal Insecticide Product Amt/A Limit/A Comments and Other Restrictions based on soil test results. Sweet corn toler- Preplant Incorporated ates some soil acidity and can be grown in Wireworms: Wireworms can be a potential problem where sweet corn follows grass or grass-legume soils ranging in pH from 5.5 to 6.8; however, sod. lime should be applied to bring the pH to Lorsban 15 G 13.5 lb - - 6.5 for best results. Where sweet corn is Cutworms: Eliminate weeds from field margins and plow fields at least 2 weeks before planting to de- planted on sod ground, apply at least half stroy cutworm food sources and egg laying sites. of the fertilizer broadcast and plow down. Lorsban 15 G 6.75 to 13.7 lb - - The remaining fertilizer can be applied Planting Time Seedcorn Maggots, Rootworms, Seedcorn Beetles: Corn rootworms are a potential pest where corn broadcast just before planting and disked is grown year after year in the same field. in. If banding equipment is available, fertil- Aztec 2.1 G 6.7 oz/ Band, T-band or furrow. izer may be banded 2 to 3 inches to the side 1,000 row-feet of seed and 2 to 3 inches deeper than the Aztec 4.67 G 3 oz/1,000 row-feet Band, T-band or furrow. Brigade 2 EC 0.3 fl oz/ Spray as T-band over open furrow. seed. The total amount of fertilizer that is 1,000 row-feet banded should not exceed 45 pounds per Counter 15 G 8 oz/1,000 row-feet Band or furrow. acre (total of N and K, to avoid root burn Force 3 G 4 to 5 oz/ T-band controls cutworms as well. 1,000 row-feet from salts). Sidedress with 50 pounds of Fortress 5 G 3 oz/1,000 row-feet T-band or furrow. actual nitrogen (N) when plants are about Lorsban 15 G 8 oz/1,000 row-feet Band or furrow. knee high. High-sugar varieties (super- Mocap 10 G 12 oz/ Band only. Rootworm control. sweets, sugary enhanced, and others) 1,000 row-feet Thimet 20 G 6 oz/1,000 row-feet Band only. Rootworm control. benefit from an additional late sidedressing Planter Box of nitrogen to keep the husks dark green. Seedcorn Maggots: Seed treatments are recommended for fields that do not receive a soil insecticide With plasticulture systems, apply all at planting time. Seedcorn maggots can be damaging to fields planted early. P and K and half to two-thirds of the ni- Concur 1.5 oz/42 lb Imidacloprid-Metalaxyl trogen prior to planting. The remaining Latitude 1.5 oz/42 lb Imidacloprid-Metalaxyl-Carboxin nitrogen requirement can be divided up Foliar Treatments into equal doses and fertigated weekly. Armyworms Sweet corn grown on high pH soils that Asana XL 5.8 to 9.6 fl oz 96 fl oz - Battalion 1.5 EC 1.5 to 2.4 fl oz 38.4 fl oz - are also very high in available phosphorus Baythroid XL 1.6 to 2.8 fl oz 28 fl oz Limit 2.8 fl oz per 2-day interval. may show zinc deficiency in some years. Belt SC 2 to 3 fl oz 12 fl oz Limit 3 fl oz per 3-day interval. Limit 4 ap- However, many other factors, including plications. weather conditions and cool soil tempera- Brigade 2 EC 2.1 to 6.4 fl oz 12.8 fl oz Do not graze livestock for 1 day. Intrepid 2 F 4 to 8 fl oz 64 fl oz - tures, affect availability of soil zinc, making Lannate 90 SP 0.25 to 0.5 lb 8 lb - it difficult to predict a response to added Mustang Max 2.8 to 4 fl oz 24 fl oz Allow 3 to 5 days between applications. zinc for a specific growing season. Zinc Radiant SC 3 to 6 fl oz 36 fl oz Allow 2 days between applications. should be broadcast at 30 pounds per acre Sevin XLR 1 to 2 qt 8 applications Allow 3 days between applications. (90 pounds of zinc sulfate) or banded at 6 Warrior II 1.28 to 1.92 fl oz 30.7 fl oz - Corn Earworms: Corn earworm is often the key insect pest attacking sweet corn. Egg laying occurs pounds per acre (17 pounds of zinc sulfate). only while silks are still green, and sprays need to be repeated at 2- to 7-day intervals while silks are A broadcast application should last from green. Time of planting, intensity of moth flight, and temperature will affect spray intervals. Phero- four to six years, whereas a band applica- mone traps are available for monitoring this pest and determining spray intervals. Pyrethroid insecticides are not as effective as in the past when used later in the sweet corn season. tion should be made annually for six to Asana XL 5.8 to 9.6 fl oz 96 fl oz - eight years (see Appendix B). Battalion 1.5 EC 1.5 to 2.4 fl oz 38.4 fl oz - Baythroid XL 1.6 to 2.8 fl oz 28 fl oz Limit 2.8 fl oz per 2-day interval. Harvesting and Handling Belt SC 2 to 3 fl oz 12 fl oz Limit 3 fl oz per 3-day interval. Limit 4 ap- Corn should be harvested at the milk plications. Brigade 2 EC 2.1 to 6.4 fl oz 12.8 fl oz Do not graze livestock for 1 day. stage of maturity for best quality. Sweet Coragen 1.67 SC 3.5 to 5 fl oz 15.4 fl oz Limit 4 applications. corn is usually marketed as five dozen Lannate 90 SP 0.25 to 0.5 lb 8 lb - Mustang Max 2.8 to 4 fl oz 24 fl oz Allow 3 to 5 days between applications. Permethrin 3.2 EC 4 to 8 fl oz 48 fl oz - FERTILIZER: Sweet Corn Proaxis 0.5 EC 2.56 to 3.84 fl oz 15.36 fl oz - Radiant SC 3 to 6 fl oz 36 fl oz Allow 4 days between applications. Fertilizer Warrior II 1.28 to 1.92 fl oz 30.7 fl oz - Soil Test Results (lb/A) Needed (lb/A) Corn Leaf Aphids Phosphorus Phosphate (P2O5) Asana XL 5.8 to 9.6 fl oz 96 fl oz - Low <31 121-180 Malathion 8 1 pt 2 applications Allow 5 days between applications. Medium 31-60 61-120 High 61-80 1-60 Cutworms: Eliminate weeds from field margins and plow fields at least 2 weeks before planting to destroy cutworm food sources and egg laying sites. Very High >80 0 Asana XL 5.8 to 9.6 fl oz 96 fl oz - Potassium Potash (K2O) Battalion 1.5 EC 1 to 2.4 fl oz 38.4 fl oz - Low <201 151-200 Baythroid XL 0.8 to 1.6 fl oz 28 fl oz Limit 2.8 fl oz per 2-day interval. Medium 201-300 101-150 Belt SC 2 to 3 fl oz 12 fl oz Limit 3 fl oz per 3-day interval. Limit 4 ap- High >300 100 plications. Nitrogen N Brigade 2 EC 2.1 to 6.4 fl oz 12.8 fl oz Do not graze livestock for 1 day. Apply 80 to 100 lb actual nitrogen (N)/A preplant; Lorsban 4 E 2 to 3 pt 6 pt Limit 3 applications. Allow 10 days between apply at least 40 to 50 lb N/A as sidedressing applications. when plants are knee high. (continued on next page)

38 ear units in bags or crates. Harvest in the INSECT CONTROL: Sweet Corn1,2,3 (continued) early morning while the air is still cool. If Seasonal the temperature of the ears is high when Insecticide Product Amt/A Limit/A Comments and Other Restrictions Mustang Max 2.24 to 4 fl oz 24 fl oz Allow 3 to 5 days between applications. harvested, field heat should be removed Permethrin 3.2 EC 4 to 8 fl oz 48 fl oz - by plunging them in ice water. To maintain Proaxis 0.5 EC 2.56 to 3.84 fl oz 15.36 fl oz - top quality, sweet corn must be cooled to Warrior II 1.28 to 1.92 fl oz 30.7 fl oz - as near to 32°F as possible. This prevents European Corn Borer, Southwestern Corn Borer: Treat if more than 15% of the whorls are infested sugars from changing to starch. Crated with live larvae. Pheromone traps are available to monitor this pest. Corn borer control is frequently necessary when tassels begin to emerge from the whorl. corn can be cooled in ice water from about Asana XL 5.8 to 9.6 fl oz 96 fl oz - 86°F to around 41°F in about 80 minutes. Avaunt 30 DG 2.5 to 3.5 oz 14 oz Allow 3 days between applications. Until tas- Hydrocoolers are often used by larger pro- sel push only. ducers for this purpose. Vacuum cooling is Battalion 1.5 EC 1.5 to 2.4 fl oz 38.4 fl oz - Baythroid XL 1.6 to 2.8 fl oz 28 fl oz Limit 2.8 fl oz per 2-day interval. a much faster procedure but involves more Bt products See labels - expensive equipment. Store sweet corn at Belt SC 2 to 3 fl oz 12 fl oz Limit 3 fl oz per 3-day interval. Limit 4 ap- 32°F and 90 to 95 percent relative humid- plications. ity. The type of sweet corn grown also has Brigade 2 EC 2.1 to 6.4 fl oz 12.8 fl oz Do not graze livestock for 1 day. Coragen 1.67 SC 3.5 to 5 fl oz 15.4 fl oz Limit 4 applications. a great impact on sweetness and shelf life. Intrepid 2 F 4 to 8 fl oz 64 fl oz - Lannate 90 SP 0.25 to 0.5 lb 8 lb - Common Diseases/Management Mustang Max 2.8 to 4 fl oz 24 fl oz Allow 3 to 5 days between applications. Stewart’s wilt, bacterial wilt. The causal Permethrin 3.2 EC 4 to 8 fl oz 48 fl oz - agent (a bacterium) overwinters in and Proaxis 0.5 EC 2.56 to 3.84 fl oz 15.36 fl oz - is spread by adult flea beetles. Control Radiant SC 3 to 6 fl oz 36 fl oz Allow 4 days between applications. is based on using either tolerant plants or Warrior II 1.28 to 1.92 fl oz 30.7 fl oz - Fall Armyworms: Usually a serious pest only of sweet corn planted after June 1. Treat if more than management of the adult flea beetles with 10% of the whorls are infested with live larvae. Pheromone traps are available to monitor this pest. insecticides (see “Insect Control” table). Avaunt 30 DG 2.5 to 3.5 oz 14 oz Allow 3 days between applications. Until tas- Where possible, use wilt-resistant hybrids sel push only. (see “Varieties” table). Bt products See labels - - Belt SC 2 to 3 fl oz 12 fl oz Limit 3 fl oz per 3-day interval. Limit 4 ap- Damping-off, seed rot. Plant seed that plications. has been commercially treated with fun- Coragen 1.67 SC 3.5 to 5 fl oz 15.4 fl oz Limit 4 applications. gicides, or apply Captan 50 W at 1 tea- Lannate 90 SP 0.25 to 0.5 lb 8 lb - spoon per pound of seed if you purchase Radiant SC 3 to 6 fl oz 36 fl oz Allow 4 days between applications. untreated seed. Plant at a shallow depth Flea Beetles in warm, well-drained soils; raised beds Asana XL 5.8 to 9.6 fl oz 96 fl oz - Battalion 1.5 EC 1 to 2.4 fl oz 38.4 fl oz - improve drainage and help reduce losses. Brigade 2 EC 2.1 to 6.4 fl oz 12.8 fl oz Do not graze livestock for 1 day. Avoid using float systems, if possible, in Mustang Max 2.24 to 4 fl oz 24 fl oz Allow 3 to 5 days between applications. the production of transplants. Permethrin 3.2 EC 4 to 8 fl oz 48 fl oz - Leaf blights (gray leaf spot, Helmintho- Proaxis 0.5 EC 2.56 to 3.84 fl oz 15.36 fl oz - sporium, and Anthracnose), rust. Crop Sevin XLR 1 to 2 qt 8 applications Allow 3 days between applications. Warrior II 1.28 to 1.92 fl oz 30.7 fl oz - rotation on a two- to three-year schedule, Grasshoppers along with clean tillage, helps to reduce Asana XL 5.8 to 9.6 fl oz 96 fl oz - pathogen levels. Fungicides treatments Battalion 1.5 EC 1 to 2.4 fl oz 38.4 fl oz - may be necessary during rainy seasons, Baythroid XL 2 to 2.8 fl oz 28 fl oz Limit 2.8 fl oz per 2-day interval. in foggy sites, and in late plantings (espe- Brigade 2 EC 2.1 to 6.4 fl oz 12.8 fl oz Do not graze livestock for 1 day. Lorsban 4 E 0.5 to 1 pt 6 pt Limit 3 applications. Allow 10 days between cially with corn following corn or in small applications. plantings near older corn). Rust fungicides Mustang Max 2.8 to 4 fl oz 24 fl oz Allow 3 to 5 days between applications. may be warranted when the disease is Proaxis 0.5 EC 2.56 to 3.84 fl oz 15.36 fl oz - active before the whorl stage of plant Sevin XLR 0.5 to 1.5 qt 8 applications Allow 3 days between applications. development; labeled materials are listed Warrior II 1.28 to 1.92 fl oz 30.7 fl oz - in the “Disease Control” table. Several rust- Corn Rootworm Beetles, Japanese Beetle, Sap Beetle: Select sweet corn cultivars with good tip coverage. Treat when necessary. resistant cultivars are available. Consider Asana XL 5.8 to 9.6 fl oz 96 fl oz - planting resistant cultivars for fall crops. Battalion 1.5 EC 1.5 to 2.4 fl oz 38.4 fl oz - Smut. No fungicides are available, and Baythroid XL 1.6 to 2.8 fl oz 28 fl oz Limit 2.8 fl oz per 2-day interval. there are only a few tolerant hybrids. Rota- Brigade 2 EC 2.1 to 6.4 fl oz 12.8 fl oz Do not graze livestock for 1 day. Mustang Max 2.24 to 4 fl oz 24 fl oz Allow 3 to 5 days between applications. tion is the recommended control practice. Permethrin 3.2 EC 4 to 8 fl oz 48 fl oz - Virus complex. Maize Dwarf Mosaic Proaxis 0.5 EC 2.56 to 3.84 fl oz 15.36 fl oz - Virus and Maize Chlorotic Dwarf Virus are Sevin XLR 1 to 2 qt 8 applications Allow 3 days between applications. the most common viruses of sweet corn in Warrior II 1.28 to 1.92 fl oz 30.7 fl oz - Kentucky. Infected corn crops and grassy Stink bugs weeds serve as hosts of the viruses/my- Baythroid XL 1.6 to 2.8 fl oz 28 fl oz Limit 2.8 fl oz per 2-day interval. coplasmas. Control Johnson grass within Brigade 2 EC 2.1 to 6.4 fl oz 12.8 fl oz Do not graze livestock for 1 day. Penncap-M 1 to 3 pt 12 pt - and adjacent to sweet corn fields. Partial 1 See also Kentucky Insect Integrated Pest Management Scout Manual (IPM-10) for more information on resistance to virus diseases is available in sweet corn pests and their control. some cultivars; see list. 2 See An IPM Scouting Guide for Common Problems of Sweet Corn in Kentucky (ID-184) for photos of pests. 3 Generic products available (Appendix E).

39 WEED CONTROL: Sweet Corn Product Amt/A Lb A.I./A Comments 2-4 pt 1-2 For control of annual grasses and broadleaf weeds. Apply after planting but before weeds are 1 inch tall. Best in Aatrex 4L atrazine combination with alachlor or s-metolachlor. Do not plant any crop but corn for 18 months if using 1 lb or more atrazine because of residual injury. Do not use atrazine exclusively because resistance has occurred in certain weed species. Restricted use pesticide. 0.33-1.33 oz 0.015-0.06 For post-emergence control of grasses and broadleaves. Apply broadcast or with drop nozzles (post-direct) when Accent 75 DF nicosulfuron corn up to 12 inches tall or V5 leaf stage. For corn 12 to 18 inches tall, apply only as post-direct. Max. 1 application/ season. 0.5-1.6 fl oz 0.008-0.025 For contact post-emergence control of annual broadleaf weeds and suppression of annual grasses. Can be applied Aim 1.9 EW carfentrazone as a preplant, pre-transplant burndown, or before crop emerges to actively growing weeds up to 4 inches tall. Can also be applied post-emergence as a directed hooded application between crop rows to corn with 8 to 14 leaf collars stage. Use min. 10 gal water/A and crop oil 1% v/v. Max. rate 2 fl oz/A. 1-2 pt 0.5-1 Use post-emergence for control of annual broadleaves and suppression of yellow nutsedge. Use 2 applications for Basagran bentazon nutsedge control. Best if tank-mixed with other corn herbicides. Do not graze treated corn before 12 days after application. 2.1-2.58 qt 1.6-2 Apply preplant or pre-emergence for control of most annual grasses and broadleaves. Do not use if small grains are Bicep II Magnum atrazine + to be planted the same year or if vegetable crops or tobacco are to be planted the following year. Conduct a soil 1.2-1.56 test analysis for atrazine residue before the second year planting. May be applied at 1.3 to 2.58 qt/A in min. 15 gal s-metolachlor water as a post-emergence directed treatment on weeds < 2 leaf stage. 3-3.75 qt 3-3.75 For control of many annual grasses and broadleaves. Apply to soil surface immediately after planting. See label for Bullet 4 F or alachlor + further directions and restrictions. Max. rate is 6.4 qt/A per year or 2 applications/year. Lariat 4 F atrazine 3-7.7 fl oz 0.09-0.24 For pre-emergence (6 to 7.7 fl oz/A) and post-emergence (3 fl oz/A) control of annual broadleaves. Rainfall within 7 Callisto 4L mesotrione to 10 days is needed for activation. If no rain, a rotary hoe is suggested. Do not cultivate 7 days before or after application. Do not tank-mix with organophosphate or carbamate insecticide or with a grass herbicide. 4 pt 1.84 For pre-emergence control of annual grasses and broadleaves. Camix may be applied up to 14 days before planting Camix 3.67 E s-metolachlor + or as a broadcast application before corn emerges. mesotrione 12-20 oz 0.45-0.75 For pre-emergent control of many annual grasses and some broadleaf weeds. May be applied preplant surface or Define DF Flufenacet incorporated or early post-emergence. 1.3-1.7 pt 1.3-1.6 For control of most annual grasses and certain broadleaf weeds and suppression of yellow nutsedge. Apply pre- Dual II Magnum s-metolachlor plant surface or incorporated, pre-emergence, post-emergence, or lay-by. See label for specific rates. Better control 7.6 E of seedling johnsongrass with higher rates. Small grains may be planted 4½ months following treatment. See label for other rotational crop restrictions. 6-7.5 pt 6-10 For pre-emergence control of grasses and broadleaves. Good coverage is essential for best results. Sprinkler irrigate Expert 9.45 E atrazine + a minimum of 2 hours after, but within 2 days of application. Apply ½ to 1 inch of water. If irrigation is not possible s-metolachlor + and rain does not occur within 2 days after application, weed control may be decreased. glyphosate 5.4-6.6 pt 2.7-3.3 For pre-emergence control of grasses and broadleaves. Apply preplant, pre-emergence incorporated or non-incor- Fultime 4 E acetochlor + porated. Max. 1 application/season. 0.5 inch water can be used to incorporate the herbicide. atrazine 2.0-4.0 pt 0.69-1.38 For non-selective contact kill of annual grasses and broadleaf weeds and top-kill of perennial weeds. Apply before, Gramoxone paraquat salt during, or after planting but before crop emergence banded or broadcast. Use higher rate for heavy weed infesta- Inteon tions. Add non-ionic surfactant 0.25% v/v. Can be applied post-emergence as a directed spray at 1.0 to 2.0 pt/A on corn at least 10 inches tall with nozzles arranged to spray the bottom 3 inches of the stalk. Shorter corn plants may be injured. 3-4 pt 1.24-1.65 Apply preplant surface or incorporated, pre-emergence, or post-emergence for control of most annual grasses and Guardsman Max atrazine + many broadleaf weeds and suppression of nutsedge. Preplant applications for use in min. tillage or no-tillage (15 to 5 EC 0.64-0.84 45 days). If incorporated, apply min. 2 weeks before planting. For pre-emergence, rainfall or irrigation is needed for dimethenamid-P activation. For early post-emergence, apply to corn up to 12 inches tall. 1.5-3 pt 1.3-2.6 For pre-emergence control of some grasses and broadleaves. Tank-mix with other herbicides for adequate weed Harness acetochlor control. 0.75 fl oz 0.016 For post-emergence control of broadleaves and grasses. Use MSO at 1 to 1.5% v/v. Max. 1 application/season. PHI = Impact 2.8 E topramezone 45 days. 6 pt 2.7 For pre-emergence control of broadleaves and grasses. Apply preplant or pre-emergence without incorporation. Lexar 3.7 E atrazine + May be applied up to 14 days before planting. Max. 3.5 qt/season. Irrigation or rainfall is needed within 7 days for s-metolachlor + best results. PHI = 60 days. mesotrione 2.5-3 qt 2.3-4 For control of many annual grasses and broadleaves. Apply as preplant or pre-emergence. Use higher rate for con- Micro-Tech 4ME or alachlor trol of lambsquarters, black nightshade, nutsedge, and seedling johnsongrass. Restricted use pesticide. Max. 1 ap- 3.8-4.5 lb plication/year and 4 qt/A per year. Partner 65 WDG 1.5-1.75 oz 0.09-0.11 For post-emergence control of grasses and broadleaves in sweet corn. Mixing with organophosphate insecticides Option foramsulfuron may cause plant injury. 14-18 fl oz 0.65-0.84 For control of annual grasses and broadleaf weeds and suppression of seedling johnsongrass. Can be applied Outlook 6 E dimethenamid-P preplant surface or incorporated, pre-emergence or post-emergence to corn up to 12 inches tall. Outlook can be applied through chemigation or mixed with bulk dry fertilizer. Check label for exact rate for your soil type. PHI = 50 days. Max. rate is 21 fl oz/season. 0.67 oz 0.031-0.046 For annual broadleaves and yellow nutsedge control. Apply post-emergence broadcast from the spike to lay-by Permit 75 WG or halosulfuron stage. Avoid cultivation within 7days of application. Apply again as directed spray if needed and avoid spraying the 0.66-1 oz plant whorl. Include 0.5% v/v non-ionic surfactant. Not all corn varieties are tested, so use Permit with caution on Sandea 75 DF newly released varieties. Do not apply to ‘Jubilee’ sweet corn or any corn under stress. Do not use with soil-applied organophosphate insecticides and do not apply any organophosphate insecticide within 7 days before or 3 days after Permit application. 1 oz 0.04 For pre-emergence and post-emergence control of broadleaves. Apply post-emergence to actively growing weeds. Priority 62W carfentrazone + Multiple applications are allowed, with no time restrictions between applications. halosulfuron 4 pt 2 For pre-emergence control of broadleaves and grasses. Apply preplant or pre-emergence with or without incorpo- Princep 4 L simazine ration. Read label for rotation restrictions. Max. 1 application/season. 2.4-3.6 pt 1-1.49 For control of annual grasses and broadleaf weeds. For use in conventional tillage only. Plant corn at least 1.5 inches Prowl 3.3 E pendimethalin deep. Apply pre-emergence after planting but before crop or weeds emerge. Apply post-emergence to corn 20 to 24 inches tall or when it has 8 visible collars (V8). Max. 1 application/season. 16-22 fl oz 0.69-0.94 For non-selective post-emergence control of annual and perennial grasses and broadleaf weeds. Use only AMS 1 to Roundup glyphosate-salt 2% v/v. Adding a non-ionic surfactant can reduce weed control effectiveness. Corn must be at least 12 inches tall. WeatherMax 5.5L Application with hooded sprayers is allowed. Min. 30 days before planting any non-labeled crop. (continued on next page)

40 WEED CONTROL: Sweet Corn (continued) Product Amt/A Lb A.I./A Comments 0.6-1.3 pt 0.11-0.22 For post-emergence control of broadleaf weeds. Apply broadcast or band to corn up to 4 leaf collars (V4). After V4 Starane 1.5L fluroxypyr stage, apply only as a directed treatment with drop nozzles. Max. 2 applications or 1.3 pt/A per season. PHI = 31 days. See label for control of volunteer potato vine. 1.5-2.5 pt 1.2-2 For pre-emergence control of broadleaves and grasses and yellow nutsedge. Apply and incorporate up to 2 weeks Surpass 6.4 E acetochlor preplant or anytime from 14 to 30 days prior to planting or after planting but prior to corn emergence. 1.6-4.0 oz 0.075-0.19 Pre-emergent control of grasses and broadleaves, tank-mix with other herbicides for adequate weed control. See TriCor DF metribuzin label for mix options. 1-3 pt 0.5-1.5 For selective post-emergence control of broadleaf weeds. Apply 7 to 14 days preplant at 1 to 2 pt/A. Apply 3 to 5 Weedar 64 4L 2,4-D amine salt days after planting but before corn emerges at 2 to 3 pt/A. Apply on small weeds when corn is 8 inches tall using drop nozzle at 0.5 to 1.5 pt/A. Avoid drift to other crops. 2,4-D may injure some supersweet (sh2, SE) cultivars.

DISEASE CONTROL: Sweet Corn FRAC Seasonal Product Code1 Amt/A Limits/A Comments Leaf Blights, Gray Leaf Spot, Rust Aftershock 11 2 to 3.8 fl oz 4 apps Apply every 7 to 14 days. Aproach 11 3 to 12 fl oz3 36 fl oz Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 to 14 days. Avaris 11/3 7 to 14 fl oz 56 fl oz Premix of azoxystrobin and propiconazole. Use higher rates for rust and gray leaf spot. Apply before disease onset; continue every 7 to 14 days. Do not rotate with azoxystrobin or propiconazole. Chlorothalonil2 Not for processing sweet corn. Apply when conditions favor disease; continue every 7 Bravo Ultrex M 0.7 to 1.8 lb 10.9 lb days as needed. Limit 9 lb ai/A per season. Bravo WeatherStik M 0.75 to 2 pt 12 pt Copper-Count-N 4 pt n/a Leaf blights only. Apply when conditions favor disease and repeat every 7 days as needed. Cueva M 0.5 to 2 gal n/a OMRI-listed. Mix in 100 gallons of water, use 50 to 100 gal/A of solution. Evito 480 SC 11 2 to 3.8 fl oz 15.2 fl oz Apply every 14 days. Evito T 11/3 4 to 9 fl oz 2 apps Apply every 14 days. Headline 11 6 to 12 fl oz 72 fl oz Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 to 14 days as needed. Use lower rates for rust and gray leaf spot. Headline SC 11 6 to 12 fl oz 72 fl oz Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 to 14 days as needed. Use lower rates for rust and gray leaf spot. Headline AMP 11/3 10 to 14.4 fl oz 57.6 fl oz Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 to 14 days as needed. Mancozeb2 Products include Dithane, Koverall, Manzate, Penncozeb. Dry formulations M 1 to 1.5 lb 22.5-24 lb Apply when disease appears and continue every 4 to 7 days as needed. Limit 18 lb ai/A Liquid formulations M 1.6 to 2.4 pt 36 pt per season. Propiconazole2 Use higher rates for rust. Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 to 14 days. Tilt 3 2 to 4 fl oz 16 fl oz Priaxor 7/11 4 to 8 fl oz 16 fl oz Apply prior to development of disease, continue every 7 to 10 days. Prosaro 421SC 3 6.5 fl oz 26 fl oz Apply when disease appears and continue every 5 to 14 days while conditions favor disease. Quadris 11 6 to 15.5 fl oz 6 apps Use lower rates for rust. Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 to 14 days. Quilt 11/3 7 to 14 fl oz 56 fl oz Apply before disease onset and continue every 7 to 14 days. Quilt Xcel 11/3 10.5 to 14 fl oz 56 fl oz Stratego 11/3 10 fl oz 30 fl oz Apply when disease appears and continue every 7 to 14 days as needed. Stratego YLD 11/3 4 to 5 fl oz 20 fl oz Tebuconazole2 0.675 lb ai Apply every 7 to 14 days; tank-mix with the lowest labeled rate of a surfactant. Folicur 3.6F 3 4 to 6 fl oz 24 fl oz Vertisan 7 10 to 24 fl oz 48 fl oz Apply every 7 to 14 days. 1 Products with numerical FRAC codes must be alternated or tank-mixed with products that have a different FRAC code to discourage resistance development. See product label for maximum number of consecutive applications allowed. Refer to the table on page 14 for more information on FRAC codes. 2 Generic products available (Appendix F). Amounts and seasonal limits per acre are product dependent. 3 Use higher rate when pressure is severe. Eggplant Nightshade family (Solanaceae): Solanum melongena

Planting and Culture izer by mixing 3 pounds of 10-52-17 or Eggplants are most productive on black Eggplants need warm soil and warm similar analysis water-soluble fertilizer in plastic with trickle irrigation. Mulched air temperatures to yield well. After the 50 gallons of water. Immediately follow- beds are usually spaced 5 to 6 feet apart danger of frost is past (see Appendix I), ing transplanting, flea beetles must be with individual plants spaced 18 to 24 transplant into rows 36 to 42 inches apart carefully monitored and treated if neces- inches apart within the row. The recom- with plants 18 to 24 inches apart in the sary. Yields of large-fruited varieties are mendations in the “Fertigation” table rows. Plant on a well-drained loam soil in the range of 12 to 15 tons per acre of are based on a plant population of 4,356 for best results. Apply 1 pint of starter marketable fruit. Eggplant benefits from plants per acre (beds on 5-foot centers fertilizer solution to each plant when irrigation at flowering and fruit set if soil and 24 inches between plants within transplanting. Prepare the starter fertil- moisture is low. rows). Fertigation should begin about two

41 weeks after transplanting and continue VARIETIES: Eggplant throughout the season. Growers may Maturity need to modify these guidelines slightly Variety (days) Comments depending on soil type, previous crop, etc. Traditional Italian Nadia 62 Medium, teardrop shaped fruit, deep purple-black skin, soft spines; will set Eggplants may benefit from staking similar fruit in cool weather. to that used in tomatoes. Staking helps Epic 64 Good yield, strong upright plant; medium teardrop shaped fruit, deep prevent late-forming fruit from pulling the purple/black, few spines. Irene 65 Large broad fruit, high yield, purple/black, sharp spines. branches over to the ground. Night Shadow 68 Medium sized, teardrop shaped, glossy purple/black, few soft spines. Belen 70 Oval, medium sized purple/black, spineless. Fertilizing Santana 80 Elongated oval shape, glossy purple/black, high yielding, green calyx, fewer Lime the soil if needed to obtain a soil spines. pH of 6.0 to 6.8. Too much early nitrogen Asian Type results in large plants, delayed maturity, Orient Express 58 Elongated Oriental eggplant, sets fruit in cool and hot weather. Dairyu 60 Long slim, purple/black fruit, few soft spines, Ichiban replacement. and stem breakage. For eggplants grown Specialty using plastic mulch and drip irrigation, Fairy Tale 55 Mini purple fruit with white strips, AAS winner. apply all phosphorus and potassium and a Tango 60 White skinned, small, cylindrical, few spines. portion of the total nitrogen requirement Megal 60 Long tapered purple/black attractive fruit, few soft spines prior to laying plastic. The remaining N Kermit 60 Small, round eggplant, green skinned Nubia 64 Medium size, broad teardrop shape, dark wine streaks over cream back- requirement can be fertigated in weekly ground, sharp spines, very attractive doses (see “Fertigation” table). Little Fingers 66 Mini slender purple/black 6-inch long fruit; borne in clusters of 4 to 6 fruits. Ghostbuster 80 White skinned, excellent flavor. Harvesting The time required from flowering to marketable fruit size is about three weeks. FERTIGATION: Eggplant1 Large fruit should weigh in the range of Actual N/week: 6 lb/A Total amount/season: 120 lb/A three quarters to 1 pound. Oriental type Ammonium 18 lb/A Preplant amount: 60 lb/A Nitrate 4 lb/1,000 plants Fertigated amount: 60 lb/A Growing season: 10 weeks fruit should weigh one third to of half of a Calcium 38 lb 11 oz/A pound. The principal market container is Nitrate 8 lb 14 oz/1,000 plants Fertigation can begin 10 to 14 days after transplanting. a 1 1⁄9 bushel fiberboard carton, 18 to 21 The doses listed for 1,000 plants are based on a plant popu- fruit per box. lation of 4,356 plants/A (i.e., rows on 5 foot centers and Harvest fruit when they reach a dark, plants 24 inches apart). For seasons extending beyond 10 weeks from transplant- glossy, uniform, purple-black color. They ing, a maintenance dose of 1 to 1.5 lb N/week (3 to 4.5 lb should be firm (non-wrinkled). Wipe fruit ammonium nitrate) is adequate. clean or wash. Frequent pickings will result 1 All recommendations assume starter fertilizer was used. in higher yields. Cut the stem from the plant. The calyx and stem should be fresh green in color. INSECT CONTROL: Eggplant1,2 For transit and storage, hold eggplants Seasonal at a temperature of 45° to 50°F and 90 to Insecticide Product Amt/A Limit/A Comments and Other Restrictions 95 percent relative humidity. Handle fruit At Planting carefully, as they bruise easily. Aphids, Flea Beetles, Whiteflies, Colorado Potato Beetle: Do not use a foliar spray of Actara, Assail, Belay, Provado, or Venom following a soil application of Admire, Belay, Platinum, or Venom. Admire Pro 7 to 10.5 fl oz 10.5 fl oz Systemic control. See label for applications methods. FERTILIZER: Eggplant Belay 2.13 SC 9 to 12 fl oz 12 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. At plant- Fertilizer ing only. Soil Test Results (lb/A) Needed (lb/A) Platinum 2 SC 5 to 8 fl oz 8 fl oz Systemic control. See label for applications methods. Phosphorus Phosphate (P2O5) Low <31 181-240 Venom 70 SG 5 to 6 lb 12 oz (soil) For soil applications. Medium 31-60 121-180 Foliar Treatments High 61-80 61-120 Aphids, Whiteflies Very High >80 0-60 Admire Pro 1.3 to 2.2 fl oz 6.7 fl oz Allow 5 days between applications. Not during bloom. Potassium Potash (K O) 2 Actara 25 W 2 to 5.5 oz 11 oz Allow 5 days between applications. Low <201 101-150 Assail 30 SG 2 to 4 oz 16 oz Limit 4 applications. Allow 7 days between Medium 201-300 51-100 applications. High 301-450 1-50 Beleaf 50 SG 2 to 2.8 oz 8.4 oz Allow 7 days between applications. Use high Very High >450 0 rate for whiteflies. Nitrogen N Brigade 2 EC 2.1 to 6.4 fl oz 12.8 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. Apply 75 lb nitrogen (N)/A before transplant- Courier 40 SC 9 to 13.6 fl oz 2 applications Allow 5 days between applications. For white- ing. Broadcast and disk well with other fertilizer. flies only. Sidedress plants with 35 to 40 lb of nitrogen (N) Fulfill 50 WDG 2.75 oz 5.5 oz Allow 7 days between applications. when first fruit appear. Too much N can delay Knack 0.83 EC 8 to 10 fl oz 20 fl oz Allow 14 days between applications. White- fruiting and lead to large plants that fall over. See flies only. “Fertigation” table for N recommendations using Lannate 90 SP 0.25 to 1 lb 5 lb - plastic mulch and drip irrigation. Movento SC 4 to 5 fl oz 10 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. Malathion 8 0.75 to 3.5 pt 4 applications Aphids only. Allow 5 days between treatments. Requiem 25 EC 2 to 3 qt - - Venom 70 SG 1 to 4 oz 6 oz Allow 7 days between applications. (continued on next page)

42 INSECT CONTROL: Eggplant (continued) PESTICIDE SAFETY: Eggplant Re-entry Harvest Seasonal 1 Insecticide Product Amt/A Limit/A Comments and Other Restrictions Signal (hrs) (days) Insecticides Colorado Potato Beetle: This is the key insect pest of eggplant. This pest has the ability to develop resistance to all major classes of insecticides. Do not tank mix insecticides with the same mode of ac- Acramite 50 WS C 12 3 tion and frequently rotate among insecticides with different modes of action to discourage resistance. Actara 25 W C 12 0 Treat when an average of more than 1 larva/adult is found per plant on plants less than 6 inches tall Admire Pro C 12 0/213 or when 2 or more larvae/adults are found on larger plants. IRAC Codes: Insecticides followed by the Assail 30 SG C 12 7 same number share the same mode of action. Avaunt 30 DG C 12 3 Actara 25 W (4A) 2 to 3 oz 11 oz Allow 5 days between applications. Not dur- Belay 2.13 SC C 12 21 ing bloom. Beleaf 50 SG C 12 0 Agri-Mek 0.15 EC (6) 8 to 16 fl oz 48 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. Belt SC C 12 1 Assail 30 SG (4A) 1.5 to 2.5 oz 16 oz Limit 4 applications. Allow 7 days between applications. Confirm 2 F C 4 7 Asana XL (3) 5.8 to 9.6 fl oz 67.2 fl oz - Coragen 1.67 SC - 4 1 Battalion 1.5 EC (3) 1.5 to 2.4 fl oz 14.4 fl oz - Courier 40 SC W 12 1 Belay 2.13 SC (4A) 3 to 4 fl oz 12 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. Not dur- Durivo 1.67 SC - 12 30 ing bloom. Fulfill 50 WDG C 12 0 Brigade 2 EC (3) 2.1 to 6.4 fl oz 12.8 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. Intrepid 2 F C 4 1 Coragen 1.67 SC (28) 3.5 to 5 fl oz 15.4 fl oz Drip and foliar application possible. See label Kanemite 15 SC C 12 1 for limitations. Knack 0.86 EC C 12 14 Mustang Max (3) 2.24 to 4 fl oz 24 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. Malathion 8 C 12 3 Permethrin 3.2 EC (3) 8 fl oz 80 fl oz - Movento 2 SC C 24 1 Proaxis 0.5 EC (3) 2.56 to 3.84 fl oz 46 fl oz - Oberon 2 SC C 12 7 Radiant SC (5) 5 to 10 fl oz 34 fl oz Allow 4 days between applications. Platinum 2 SC C 12 30 Rimon 0.83 EC (15) 9 to 12 fl oz 36 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. For imma- Portal 0.4 EC W 12 1 ture stages only. Radiant SC C 4 1 Sevin XLR (1A) 1 to 2 qt 8 qt Limit 7 applications. Allow 7 days between Requiem 25 EC C 4 0 applications. Rimon 0.83 EC W 12 1 Venom 70 SG (4A) 1 to 4 oz 6 oz Allow 7 days between applications. Sevin XLR W 12 3 Warrior II (3) 1.28 to 1.92 fl oz 23 fl oz - Venom 70 SG C 12 1/213 Cutworms: Eliminate weeds from field margins and plow fields at least 2 weeks before planting to de- Vetica 2.66 C 12 1 stroy cutworm food sources and egg laying sites. Voliam flexi 40 WDG C 12 1 Battalion 1.5 EC 1.5 to 2.4 fl oz 14.4 fl oz - Zeal 72 WDG C 12 7 Belt 4 SC 1.5 fl oz 4.5 fl oz Allow 3 days between applications. Brigade 2 EC 2.1 to 6.4 fl oz 12.8 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. Restricted Use Mustang Max 2.24 to 4 fl oz 24 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. Agri-Mek 0.15 EC W 12 7 Proaxis 0.5 EC 1.92 to 3.2 fl oz 46 fl oz - Asana XL W 12 7 Sevin 80 S 2.5 lb 7 applications Allow 7 days between applications. Battalion 1.5 EC DP 21 1 Vetica 2.66 12 to 17 fl oz 38 fl oz Allow 5 days between applications. Baythroid XL W 12 7 Warrior II 0.96 to 1.6 fl oz 23 fl oz - Brigade 2 EC W 12 7 Brigadier 2 W 12 7 Flea Beetles: Monitor for flea beetles after setting plants. Treat when an average of 2 or more beetles Danitol 2.4 EC W 24 3 are found on plants less than 3 inches, 4 or more beetles on plants that are 3 to 6 inches tall, or 8 or more beetles on plants larger than 6 inches. Endigo ZC W 24 5 Actara 25 W 2 to 3 oz 11 oz Allow 5 days between applications. Not dur- Hero 1.24 EC C 12 7 ing bloom. Lannate 90 SP DP 48 5 Asana XL 5.8 to 9.6 fl oz 67.2 fl oz - Leverage 2.7 W 12 7 Battalion 1.5 EC 1.5 to 2.4 fl oz 14.4 fl oz - Mustang Max W 12 1 Baythroid XL 2.8 fl oz 16.8 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. Permethrin 3.2 EC C 12 3 Belay 2.13 SC 3 to 4 fl oz 12 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. Not dur- Proaxis 0.5 EC C 24 5 ing bloom. Proclaim 5 WDG W 48 7 Brigade 2 EC 2.1 to 6.4 fl oz 12.8 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. Renounce 20 WP C 12 0 Mustang Max 2.24 to 4 fl oz 24 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. Vydate L DP 48 1/73 Permethrin 3.2 EC 4 to 8 fl oz 80 fl oz - Voliam xpress W 24 5 Proaxis 0.5 EC 2.56 to 3.84 fl oz 46 fl oz - Warrior II W 24 5 Sevin XLR 0.5 to 1 qt 8 qt Limit 7 applications. Allow 7 days between Fungicides applications. Fontelis C 12 0 Venom 70 SG 1 to 4 oz 6 oz Allow 7 days between applications. Forum SC C 12 0 Warrior II 1.28 to 1.92 fl oz 23 fl oz - Cabrio EG C 12 0 Mites Endura W 12 0 Acramite 50 WS 0.75 to 1 lb 1 application - Evito 480 SC C 12 3 Agri-Mek 0.15 EC 8 to 16 fl oz 48 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. Fixed coppers2 D 12/244 0 Brigade 2 EC 5.12 to 6.4 fl oz 12.8 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. For end of Flint C 12 3 season control. Inspire Super C 12 0 Danitol 2.4 EC 10.67 fl oz 42.67 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. For end of MetaStar 2EC AG W 48 7 season control. Presidio C 12 2 Kanemite 15 SC 31 fl oz 62 fl oz Allow 21 days between applications. Priaxor C 12 7 Oberon 2 SC 7.0 to 8.5 fl oz 25.5 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. Quadris C 4 0 Portal 0.4 EC 2 pt 4 pt Limit 2 applications. Quadris Top C 12 0 Zeal 72 WP 2 to 3 oz 3 oz Limit 1 application. Rally 40 WSP W 24 0 Stink bugs Ranman C 12 0 Actara 25 W 3 to 5.5 oz 11 oz Allow 5 days between applications. Not dur- Reason 500 SC C 12 14 ing bloom. Ridomil Gold SL W 12 7 Battalion 1.5 EC 1.5 to 2.4 fl oz 14.4 fl oz - Ultra Flourish W 12 7 Baythroid XL 1.6 to 2.8 fl oz 16.8 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. Zampro C 12 4 Belay 2.13 SC 3 to 4 fl oz 12 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. Not dur- 1 W: Warning, C: Caution, D: Danger; P: Poison ing bloom. 2 Several formulations are marketed. See the gen- Brigade 2 EC 2.1 to 6.4 fl oz 12.8 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. eral introduction for more details on fungicides. Mustang Max 3.2 to 4 fl oz 24 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. 3 PHI varies by type of application. 4 Varies by formulation, so check label carefully. (continued on next page) 43 INSECT CONTROL: Eggplant (continued) Tomato spotted wilt. The key control is Seasonal prevention. Use virus-free transplants. Do Insecticide Product Amt/A Limit/A Comments and Other Restrictions not produce transplants in greenhouses Proaxis 0.5 EC 2.56 to 3.84 fl oz 46 fl oz - Rimon 0.83 EC 12 fl oz 36 fl oz For immatures only. Allow 7 days between containing ornamental plants. Control applications. thrips in the greenhouse. Venom 70 SG 1 to 4 oz 6 oz Allow 7 days between applications. Verticillium and Fusarium wilts. Use Warrior II 1.28 to 1.92 fl oz 23 fl oz - hot-water seed treatment to reduce seed- 1 See An IPM Scouting Guide for Common Problems of Solanaceous Crops in Kentucky (ID-172) for photos borne introduction (see Appendix J). Toler- of pests. 2 Generic products available (Appendix E). ance to Verticillium wilt has been reported in the following varieties: ‘Black Pride,’ ‘Epic,’ ‘Classic,’ ‘Early Bird,’ ‘Elondo,’ ‘Irene,’ Common Diseases/Management potatoes, tobacco) to help control these ‘Vernal,’ and ‘Viserba.’ Avoid fields with a Damping-off and seed-borne diseases. diseases. Practice good weed control both history of the disease, or use a general Hot-water seed treatment at 122° F for 25 during crop rotation and during crops of soil fumigant. Rotate with small grains or minutes is helpful in reducing seed-borne eggplant. Fungicides applied on a seven- other grasses to prevent rapid buildup of diseases (see Appendix J). Treat seed with to 14-day schedule can be effective. the pathogen in soil. Crop rotation does Captan WP at 1 teaspoon per pound of Phytophthora blight. Phytophthora not significantly reduce populations of this seed. Transplant into raised beds. Ridomil blight affects stems and fruit of eggplant. fungus after it has become established. Gold and Ultra Flourish applied preplant See the “Phytophthora Blight” section in Once a significant population exists, soil incorporated are effective. the “Peppers” chapter for information on fumigation under plastic is needed to re- Fruit rots, leaf spots (Anthracnose, control. Fungicide options are limited. duce the population. See “Soil Fumigants Alternaria early blight, Cercospora, and Powdery mildew. Powdery mildew for Control of Nematodes and Soilborne Phomopsis). Use crop rotations of three has generally been a minor problem in Diseases” on page 16 for details. years to grasses or crops not related to Kentucky, mainly found very late in the the nightshade family (tomatoes, peppers, season. Several fungicides are registered.

WEED CONTROL: Eggplant Product Amt/A Lb A.I./A Comments 0.5-1.6 fl oz 0.008-0.025 For contact post-emergence control of annual broadleaf weeds and suppression of annual grasses. Can be ap- Aim 1.9 EW carfentrazone plied as a preplant, pre-transplant burndown, or before crop emerges to actively growing weeds up to 4 inches tall. Can also be applied post-emergence as a directed hooded application between crop rows. Use min. 10 gal water/A and crop oil 1% v/v. Max. rate 6.1 fl oz/A. PHI = 0 days. 6-14 lb 4.5-10.5 For pre-emergence control of annual grasses and small-seeded broadleaves. Over-the-top application 4 to 6 Dacthal W-75 DCPA weeks after transplanting is safe to plants. Plants should be well established. 2-4 lb 1-2 For control of annual grasses and broadleaf weeds. For use with transplants only. Apply before transplanting Devrinol 50 DF napropamide and incorporate 1 to 2 inches. See incorporation directions on label. To avoid injury to crops not specified on the label, do not replant within 12 months if using the 4-lb rate. The low rate is for coarse sandy soil and the high rate for heavy clay soil. 2.0-4.0 pt 0.69-1.38 For non-selective contact kill of annual grasses and broadleaf weeds and top-kill of perennial weeds. Apply Gramoxone paraquat salt preplant, pre-emergence, or before transplanting in min. 10 gal water/A. Apply banded or broadcast. Use higher Inteon rate for heavy weed infestations. Use non-ionic surfactant 0.25% v/v. 0.5-1.5 pt 0.09-0.28 For control of actively growing grasses only. Use high rate on johnsongrass. PHI = 20 days. Max. rate of 1.5 pt/ Poast sethoxydim application and 4.5 pt/season. 5-6 qt 5-6 For control of grasses and broadleaf weeds. Apply preplant and incorporate to 1 to 2 inch depth. Apply pre- Prefar 4 E bensulide emergence only if it can be watered in within 36 hours. Max. rate of 6 qt/season. 16-22 fl oz 0.69-0.94 For non-selective post-emergence control of annual and perennial grasses and broadleaf weeds. Use only AMS Roundup glyphosate-salt 1 to 2% v/v. Adding a non-ionic surfactant can reduce weed control effectiveness. Min. 3 days before seeding WeatherMax 5.5L and min. 30 days before planting any non-labeled crop. 0.5-1 oz 0.023-0.047 For control of annual broadleaf weeds and yellow nutsedge. Can be applied in row middles of direct-seeded or Sandea 75 DF halosulfuron transplanted eggplant. Avoid contact with the crop or with plastic if plastic mulch is used. Max. 2 applications/ crop and 2 oz/A per season. 9-16 fl oz 0.06-0.12 For selective post-emergence of actively growing annual grasses and suppression of perennial grasses. Add Select Max clethodim crop oil 1% v/v. Max. 16 fl oz/application. Min. 14 days between applications. PHI = 20 days. 1-1.5 pt 0.5-0.75 For pre-emergence control of annual grasses and broadleaf weeds. Apply and incorporate before transplanting. Treflan HFP 4 E trifluralin Can also be applied post-transplant as a directed spray between rows and beneath plants and incorporate. Egg- plant tolerance is marginal.

DISEASE CONTROL: Eggplant FRAC Seasonal Product Code1 Amt/A Limits/A Comments Alternaria, Anthracnose, Leaf Blights, Powdery Mildew, Phomopsis Fruit Rot Cabrio 11 8 to 12 oz 6 apps Anthracnose, early blight, leaf blights. Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 to 14 days. Endura 7 2.5 to 3.5 oz 6 apps Early blight. Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 to 14 days. Evito 480 SC 11 3.8 to 5.7 fl oz 4 apps Early blight. Apply before disease onset and continue every 7 to 10 days. Fixed coppers Apply before disease onset, continue every 5 to 10 days, depending upon product and conditions. See label for mixing instructions and tank-mix precautions. Basic Copper 53 M 3 to 4 lb OMRI-listed. Badge SC M 1.5 pt - Badge X2 M 0.5 lb OMRI-listed. C-O-C-S WDG M 2 to 4 lb - (continued on next page)

44 DISEASE CONTROL: Eggplant (continued) FRAC Seasonal Product Code1 Amt/A Limits/A Comments Champ DP M 1.33 lb - Champ Formula 2 FL M 1.33 pt - Champ WG M 2 lb OMRI-listed. COC DF M 3 to 4 lb - COC WP M 3 to 4 lb - Copper-Count-N M 4 pt - Cueva M 0.5 to 2 gal OMRI-listed. Mix in 100 gallons of water, use 50 to 100 gal/A of solution. Cuprofix Ultra 40 Disperss M 1.25 lb - Kentan DF M 2 lb - Kocide 2000 M 1.5 lb - Kocide 3000 M 0.75 lb - Kocide DF M 2 lb - Mastercop M 0.5 to 1.5 pt - Nordox 75 WG M 1.25 to 2.5 lb OMRI-listed. Nu-Cop 50 WP M 2 lb OMRI-listed. Nu-Cop 3 L M 1.33 pt - Nu-Cop 50 DF M 2 lb OMRI-listed. Nu-Cop HB M 1 lb - Flint 11 2 to 4 oz 5 apps Anthracnose, early blight, leaf blights. Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 to 14 days. Fontelis 7 16 to 24 fl oz 72 fl oz Anthracnose, early blight, leaf blights. Apply every 7 to 14 days. Inspire Super 3/9 16 to 20 fl oz 47 fl oz Anthracnose, early blight, leaf blights. Apply every 7 to 10 days. Priaxor 7/11 4 to 8 fl oz 24 fl oz Anthracnose, early blight, leaf blights. Apply every 7 to 10 days. Rally 40 WSP 3 2.5 to 5 oz 4 apps Powdery mildew. Apply every 10 to 14 days when conditions favor disease. Quadris 11 6 to 15.5 fl oz 4 apps Anthracnose. Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 to 14 days. Quadris Top 11/3 8 to 14 fl oz 55.3 fl oz Reason 500 SC 11 5.5 to 8.2 fl oz 24.6 fl oz Early blight. Apply before disease onset, continue every 5 to 10 days. Sulfur2 M Apply every 7 to 10 days, beginning when symptoms are first observed or when conditions favor disease. Phytotoxicity may occur when sulfur is applied when temperatures exceed 90ºF. Some products are OMRI-listed (see labels). Phytophthora Blight Forum SC 40 6 fl oz 30 fl oz Must be tank-mixed with another Phytophthora fungicide NOT in FRAC Group 40. Apply before disease onset, continue every 5 to 10 days. Presidio 43 3 to 4 fl oz 12 fl oz Apply every 7 to 14 days. Must be tank-mixed with a fungicide NOT in FRAC Group 43. Ranman 21 2.75 fl oz 16.5 fl oz Apply to base of plants at transplanting or in transplant water. Make additional applications every 7 to 10 days. Alternate with a fungicide with a different mode of action. Ridomil Gold SL 4 1 pt 3 pt Surface application (preplant or at planting): Apply to soil as a broadcast spray or Ultra Flourish 4 2 pt 6 pt in a 12- to 16-inch band; incorporate mechanically before planting into the upper 2 MetaStar 2E AG 4 4 to 8 pt 12 pt inches of soil or at planting with 0.5 to 1 inch of irrigation if rainfall is not expected within 24 hours. Make two additional 1 pt/A applications at 30-day intervals, direct- ing spray at the base of plants and surrounding soil. Drip application: Apply 1 pt/A at planting; inject into irrigation system. Make up to two additional applications at 1 pt/A at 30-day intervals after initial application. Zampro 40/45 14 fl oz 3 apps Apply at planting as a drench or by drip irrigation; make supplemental applications every 5 to 7 days. Pythium Damping-off Ridomil Gold SL 4 1 pt 1 app See comments for Phytophthora blight. Ultra Flourish 4 2 pt MetaStar 2E AG 4 4 to 8 pt 1 Products with numerical FRAC codes must be alternated or tank-mixed with products that have a different FRAC code to discourage resistance development. See product label for maximum number of consecutive applications allowed. Refer to the table on page 14 for more information on FRAC codes. 2 Generic products available (Appendix F). Amounts and seasonal limits per acre are product dependent. Greens Collards, Kale, Lettuces, Mustards, Spinach, Swiss Chard, Turnip, and Others

Leafy greens or salad greens are con- VARIETIES: Greens sumed daily by most Americans, and nearly all types can be grown profitably 1 in Kentucky. In fact, Kentucky was once known throughout the country for its Variety Maturity (days) Comments “bibb” or “limestone” lettuce, named Collards2 Top Bunch 70 Uniform hybrid that is 5 to 10 days earlier than Vates. after Major John (Jack) Bibb, who, after Flash 73 Vigorous uniform hybrid (Vates type); slow bolting. fighting in the War of 1812, grew it in his Vates 75 Blue-green leaves; compact and uniform. garden in Frankfort. The large group of Champion 76 Slow bolting, good hardiness. vegetable crops included under the broad Georgia/Southern 80 Blue-green leaves; produces under adverse temperatures. term “greens” includes crops from sev- (continued on next page)

45 eral families: lettuces (romaine, leaf, bibb/ VARIETIES: Greens (continued) Boston, iceberg, etc.); mustards (mustard greens, arugula, turnip greens); crucifers 1 (collards, kale, broccoli raab, flowering or Chinese kale); spinach (flat leaf and savoy); Variety Maturity (days) Comments composites (endive, escarole, radicchio, Kale2 Winterbor 50-55 Hybrid, finely curled dark green leaves; frost tolerant. chicory, dandelion); and others including Darkibor 50-55 Hybrid, finely curled, blue-green leaves, slow bolting. Swiss chard and beet greens. Various mix- Redbor 55 For garnish not eating, hybrid, finely curled, dark red and taller version tures of green leafy vegetables (“mesclun”) of Winterbor. and immature “baby greens” are also very Red Russian 50 Purple stems, green, flat “oak-leaf” pattern leaves; used in salad mixes. Blue Curled Vates 57 Dark blue-green finely curled leaves; 15 to 20 inches tall. popular. Production guidelines for cole White Russian 55-60 Flat dissected leaves with white stems, very tender, has done well in crops such as cabbage, broccoli, and some organic trials of the Asian vegetables are found in the Mustard2 chapter on “Cole Crops.” Savannah 35 Very early maturing, drought tolerant. Tendergreen 40 Large, thick but tender leaves; cold resistant, mild flavor. Most greens are cool-season crops that Southern Giant 45 Large plants, bright green leaves with crumpled frilled edges; for spring do best in the spring and fall, but heat- and fall. tolerant varieties for summer plantings Green Wave 45 Large plants, deeply frilled and finely cut leaves; heat tolerant and slow bolting. are also available for some types. Many Florida Broadleaf 50 Large plants, spreading oval, serrated dark green leaves. types of greens have also been success- Turnips/Turnip Greens2 fully grown in Kentucky from September Alamo 33 Broad leaved greens, short petiole, slow bolting; for greens until June in unheated greenhouses or All Top 35 Thick tender leaves, quick regrowth, slow bolting; for greens high tunnels (see Appendix I). Southern Green 40 Hybrid, very dark green, upright leaves, slow bolting. Broccoli Raab (rapini)2 Production Systems Spring Raab 42 Versatile variety for spring and summer harvests. Production systems for this group are as Zamboni 60 Large flower buds and uniform bud set, spring. Lettuce3 varied as the crops themselves. Although greens have traditionally been grown as Leaf/Looseleaf Grand Rapids 43 Early, old standard open-pollinated variety; light green leaves. row crops at wide spacing in Kentucky, Red Sails 45-55 AAS winner; ruffled and fringed red leaves with green background; slow many growers are now planting at higher bolting and tipburn tolerant. densities using raised beds with multiple Tango 45 Pointed, deeply cut leaves (like endive), used in salad mixes. Black-seeded 46 Early, old standard open-pollinated variety; light green leaves. rows per bed. Many of the crops in this Simpson group are most productive using raised Salad Bowl 46 Oak-leaf type; light green, deeply lobed leaves; heat tolerant. beds with plastic mulch and drip irriga- New Red Fire 48 Dark red, wavy, ruffled leaf margins; slow to bolt. tion. Greens are also grown on raised beds Green Vision 52 Dark green, “blistered” leaf type; heat and tipburn tolerant. Simpson Elite 53 More ruffled and slower to bolt than Black-seeded Simpson. without plastic; however, weed control Royal Green 55 Medium green, broad, smooth leaves, tipburn tolerant. with hand/mechanical cultivation or with Bibb/Butterhead/Boston herbicides is critical when plastic mulch Dancine 43 For trial for indoor tunnel production. is not used. Black plastic mulch is used Buttercrunch 44 Dark green, slow bolting, commonly grown for spring plantings, and white mulch Rex 50 For indoor hydroponic production, slow bolting, not for outdoor pro- can be used for late summer plantings. duction Nancy 52 Medium green leaves, large “heart;” mildew and virus resistant. Bed-shaping machines commonly used Bennett 60 Firm-headed, fast growing, slow bolting. in Kentucky will form a 6-inch-high raised Romaine/Cos bed 30 to 32 inches wide at the top with Coastal Star 65-70 Large heavy heads, sell as full head or heart, very heat tolerant 5 to 6 feet between centers of the beds. Parris Island 28 (58) Commonly grown for baby romaine (28 days) or for mature heads (58), Depending on the crop and the between- dark green, good flavor. row spacing, two to three rows can be Green Forest 66 Dark green leaves, short core length Ideal/Ideal Cos 73 Dark green leaves smoother and heavier than Parris Island Cos. used per bed. Growers in the Northeast Green Towers 74 Dark green, lightly savoyed leaves. make wider (4 ½ to 5 ½ feet), lower (4 to 5 Endive/Escarole3 inches high) beds on bare ground using a Neos 45 Extra frilly, deep hearted, medium-sized heads; self blanching; for spring “meeker harrow” or roller and plant four to and fall. six rows of greens per bed, depending on Lorca 90 Large, deep, blanched heads, tipburn resistant. Natacha 48 Replaces ‘Nataly’; very large heads; slow bolting, tipburn and bottom rot the crop. This system relies heavily on the tolerant. use of herbicides and overhead irrigation; Spinach4 similar systems are used in California but Flat Leaf with drip irrigation. Space 40 For trial, hybrid; smooth, dark green leaves; downy mildew resistant, Greens are either direct seeded and slow to bolt. Savoy thinned or transplanted into either bare Tyee 42 Hybrid; dark green, semi-savoy type; downy mildew resistant; heat tol- ground or plastic-mulched beds with erant and slower bolting than ‘Spinner.’ drip irrigation. Pelleted seed is normally Bloomsdale Long 43 Open-pollinated; very hardy; savoyed dark green leaves; slow bolting. used for direct seeding, using a simple Standing Samish 45 For trial, hybrid, good cold hardiness, may be good for tunnels in winter. “Planet Jr.”-type seeder or vacuum seeder. Melody 45 Hybrid; deep green, semi-savoy type; downy mildew and mosaic toler- Transplanting will usually result in an ear- ant, slow to bolt. lier crop less exposed to insect damage, (continued on next page) drought, or other early-season stresses.

46 VARIETIES: Greens (continued) FERTILIZER: Greens Fertilizer

1 Soil Test Results (lb/A) Needed (lb/A)

Phosphorus Phosphate (P2O5)

Variety Maturity (days) Comments Low <31 121-180 Medium 31-60 1-120 Swiss Chard4 High >60 0 Bright Lights 55 All America Selections winner; stalks of various colors. Fordhook Giant 55 Very tall; dark green savoyed leaves with white stems/veins; heat toler- Potassium Potash (K2O) ant. Low <201 101-150 Ruby Red 55 Deep green savoyed leaves with bright red rhubarb-like stems. Medium 201-300 51-100 Silverado 60 Compact plants; dark green, deeply savoyed leaves with broad white High 301-450 1-50 stems. Very High >450 0 1 From seeding. Days to maturity vary widely in seed catalog descriptions making comparisons difficult. Nitrogen N 2 (Brassicaceae)—mustard family Apply 100 to 150 lb of actual nitrogen (N)/A. 3 (Asteraceae)—sunflower family 4 Apply 25 to 50% broadcast with other fertilizer (Chenopodiaceae)—goosefoot family before seeding or transplanting and disk in well. The remainder can be divided up into one or more sidedressings. Some Kentucky growers have also pro- Fertilizing and Cover Crops duced leafy greens in tobacco “float beds” A soil test should be made in the fall in the same way that tobacco transplants or early spring prior to planting. Soil pH from rain or irrigation. In these cases the are grown. Keep in mind that few chemi- should be in the 6.0 to 6.8 range. Lime supply of calcium (which moves with the cals are available to manage diseases of applications should be made in the fall if flow of water in plants) cannot keep up greens grown in this manner. Going a step necessary. Manure is often beneficial (5 to with the needs of rapidly growing new further, growers can produce high-quality 10 tons per acre) and should be incorpo- plant tissue. The calcium-deficient tissue bibb lettuce and other greens in tradi- rated in the fall prior to the next season’s collapses and turns brown, resulting in an tional greenhouses using a hydroponic plantings. E. coli contamination of greens unmarketable product. production system. is a very serious health and legal concern, Liming according to soil test results will If transplants are used, crops are seeded and manure use should be very carefully help reduce the risk of tipburn as will any in 128- to 288-cell plug trays in the green- regulated. practice which ensures a regular moisture house four to six weeks prior to going Cover crops add organic matter and supply to plant roots. As is the case with to the field. Harden the transplants by reduce weed pressure. Legume cover or blossom end rot, tipburn is more the moving them outside the greenhouse for green manure crops can also provide sig- result of lack of water or adverse weather a few days prior to transplanting. Most nificant amounts of nitrogen. Winter cover conditions than a soil calcium deficiency. greens are transplanted by hand or with crops include winter rye, wheat, ryegrass, Excess application of ammonium nitrate a waterwheel setter onto raised beds with or a mixture of winter rye and hairy vetch. can damage roots and cause tipburn as plastic mulch. One Kentucky grower has Although this practice can delay planting, will deep cultivation, flooding, or drought. fabricated a three-row/bed waterwheel hairy vetch plowed under at 50 percent Plastic or organic mulches with drip irriga- for this setter (8 inches within-row and 10 flowering in the spring (mid to late May) tion also help reduce the risk of tipburn. inches between rows) which has worked provides up to 80 pounds per acre of avail- Lastly, some varieties are less susceptible well for mustard and turnip greens. It able nitrogen (140 to 160 pounds per acre to the problem (see “Varieties” table). should also be possible to use this wheel total) to the following crop. Sudan grass or Bolting is the formation of a flower for leaf or bibb lettuce. See the following sorghum-Sudan grass hybrids (“Sudex”) stalk while the plant is still small or im- table for plant spacing used in the field for are used as summer cover crops on oth- mature. Any stresses that slow vegetative different types of greens. erwise fallow land. growth can cause young plants to begin Apply all phosphorus and potassium flowering. Generally for cool-season crops such as lettuce, favorable cool spring OPTIMUM IN-ROW AND according to soil test report recommenda- BETWEEN-ROW SPACINGS: Greens tions prior to planting. Leafy vegetables temperatures followed by periods of Most crops can be transplanted to 2 rows/bed using hot weather will lead to bolting. Lettuce a waterwheel setter, using two wheels for 9- or 12- require quick, continuous growth for best inch spacings. quality. Greens are high users of nitrogen, should be harvested as soon as possible In-row Between- No. rows/ and most crops require a total of 100 to in spring crops to avoid excess heat and Crop (in.)1 row (in.) bed2 150 pounds of nitrogen per acre. Apply subsequent bolting. Seedlings subjected Collards 12-18 15-36 1-2 50 percent of the nitrogen together with to low temperatures or water stress in the Kale 9-12 12-24 2 greenhouse prior to transplanting also are Mustard 9-15 12-15 2 phosphorus and potassium prior to plant- Turnip ing. The remaining nitrogen is applied in susceptible to bolting, as are transplants for roots 3-4 12-18 2 two sidedressings on bare ground or is which are too old. Some growers have for leaves 0.5-3 12-18 2 reported difficulty producing field-grown Brocolli raab 6-12 15-18 2 divided up and fertigated (injected) in equal weekly doses for plastic-mulched, fall lettuce in Kentucky due to bolting. Lettuce The practices discussed to reduce tipburn leaf/bibb 9-12 12-18 2 drip-irrigated crops. romaine 9-12 12-18 2 also will help reduce the risk of premature Endive/escarole 12-18 15-18 2 Tipburn and Bolting bolting. Variety selection is also important. Spinach 3-6 9-18 3-4 Tipburn is a common and serious prob- Harvesting and Handling Swiss chard 6 18-24 2 lem in lettuce and cole crops. Symptoms 1 Final spacing after thinning or transplanting. are brown leaf margins on the youngest All fresh market leafy greens are hand 2 Raised beds formed by Rainflo or similar bed harvested in Kentucky. Multiple harvests shaper. leaves (sometimes concealed within the heads). It most often occurs during periods are possible from most types of greens. of drought followed by abundant moisture Baby greens are grown at closer spacings

47 and are ready for market in a little more lettuce with intact roots and market the corrugated cardboard boxes or wooden than half the time required to produce product in clear clamshell containers. crates. Greens have high respiration rates mature greens. Turnip, mustard, collards, Harvesting hydroponic lettuce with roots and should be washed, packed, and sold and kale are harvested when stalks are intact can improve shelf-life. Turnip, mus- as quickly as possible. Vacuum cooling fairly young and tender. Rubber bands tard, collards, and kale are bunched with to 34ºF is the preferred method of pre- can be used to bunch loose greens but three to five stalks per bunch. Lower leaves cooling, although forced air cooling is also larger wholesale buyers may require labels that are discolored or dying are removed possible. Greens are not usually stored or bands with price-lookup (PLU) codes. when bunching. Lettuces and spinach are for very long, although lettuce and other Hydroponic producers routinely harvest often packed in cello bags. Greens can crops can be stored for two weeks at 32ºF. be field packed and top iced in waxed,

PESTICIDE SAFETY: Greens PESTICIDE SAFETY: Greens PESTICIDE SAFETY: Greens Harvest Interval (days) 3 3 3 Signal Re-entry (hrs) Collards Kale Lettuce Mustard Spinach Turnips Signal Re-entry (hrs) Harvest (days) Signal Re-entry (hrs) Harvest (days) Insecticides Fungicides Meteor C 24 14 Actara 25 WP C 12 7 7 7 7 7 - Mustard, Turnips, Collards, Kale Presidio C 12 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 Admire Pro C 12 7/21 7/21 7/21 7/21 7/21 7/21 Actigard 50 WG C 12 7 Previcur Flex C 12 6 Assail 30 SG C 12 7 7 7 7 7 - Aliette WDG4 C 12 3 Quadris C 4 0 Avaunt 30 DG C 12 3 3 3 3 3 3 Cabrio EG C 12 3 Ranman C 12 0 Belay 2.13 SC C 12 21 21 7 21 7 21 Endura W 12 14 Reason 500 SC C 12 2 Beleaf 50 SG C 12 0 0 0 0 0 0 Fixed coppers2 D 12/241 0 Revus C 4 1 Belt SC C 12 1 1 1 1 1 1 Fontelis C 12 0 Ridomil Gold SL/GR C 48 0 Bt products C 12 0 0 0 0 0 0 Rovral 4 FL C 24 14 Forum SC C 12 0 2 Confirm 2 F C 4 7 7 7 7 7 7 Ridomil Gold EC/SL C 48 0 Sulfur C 24 0 Coragen 1.67 SC - 4 3 3 1 3 1 - Rovral 4 F C 24 14 Switch 62.6 WG C 12 0 Courier 40 SC C 12 - - 7 - 7 - Inspire Super C 12 7 Tanos C 12 3 Dimethoate 4 E W 48 14 14 14 14 14 14 Iprodione 4L AG C 12 7 Zampro C 12 0 Durivo 1.67 SC - 12 7 7 7 7 7 7 Meteor C 12 7 Spinach Fulfill 50 DF C 12 7 7 7 7 7 7 Nevado 4F C 12 7 Actigard 50 WG C 12 7 Intrepid 2 F C 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 PCNB2 C 12 0 Aliette WDG4 C 12 3 Knack 0.86 EC C 12 7 7 - 7 - - Presidio C 12 2 Cabrio EG C 12 0 Lorsban 75 WP W 24 21 21 - - - - Procure 480 SC C 12 1 Fontelis C 12 3 Malathion 8 C 24 7 7 14 7 7 - Quadris C 4 0 MetaStar 2EC AG W 48 21 Movento 2 SC C 24 1 1 3 1 3 - Quadris Top C 12 1 Presidio C 12 0 Oberon 2 SC C 12 - 7 7 7 7 - Ranman C 12 0 Quadris C 4 0 Platinum 2 SC C 12 30 30 30 30 30 - Reason 500 SC C 12 2 Ranman C 12 0 Pyrethrin C 12 0 0 0 0 0 0 Revus C 4 1 Revus C 4 1 Radiant SC C 4 1 1 1 1 1 3 Sulfur C 12 0 Ridomil Gold SL/GR C 48 21 Requiem 25 EC C 12 - - 0 - - - Switch 62.6 WG C 12 7 Ridomil Gold Cop- D 48 21 Sevin XLR W 12 14 14 14 14 14 - Tebuconazole2 C 12 7 per Trigard 75 WP C 12 7 7 7 7 7 7 Ultra Flourish C 48 0 Sulfur2 C 24 0 1 1 Venom 70 SG C 12 - - 7/21 - 7/21 - Zampro C 12 0 Tanos C 12 1 Vetica 2.66 C 12 - - 7 - 7 - Fixed coppers2 D 12/241 0 Voliam flexi C 12 7 7 7 7 7 - Lettuce Ultra Flourish W 48 21 Actigard 50 WG C 12 7 Zampro C 12 0 Restricted Use Aliette WDG4 C 12 3 Agrimek 0.15 EC W 12 - - 7 - 7 - Botran 75 W C 12 14 1 Varies by formulation. Check labels Asana XL W 12 7 - - 7 - - carefully. Botran 5F C 12 14 2 Baythroid XL W 12 - - 0 0 0 0 Several formulations are marketed. Cabrio EG C 12 0 See the general introduction for more Brigade 2 EC W 12 7 7 7 7 40 7 Cannonball WP C 12 0 details on fungicides. 2 Brigadier 2 W 12 7 7 7 7 7 - Curzate 60 DF W 12 3 3 W: Warning, C: Caution, D: Danger, P: Daizinon AG500 C 24 10 10 14 10 14/21 - Endura W 12 14 Poison 4 The use of Aliette in the following Ken- Diazinon 50 W C 24 4 4 14 4 3 - Fixed coppers2 D 12/241 1 Dimilin 2L C 12 7 7 - 7 - 7 tucky counties has certain restrictions Fontelis C 12 3 to protect endangered freshwater Disyston 8 E DP 48 - - 60 - - - Forum SC C 12 0 mollusks and their habitat, so read la- Endigo ZC W 24 - - 7 - - - Mancozeb2 C 24 10 bels carefully: Campbell, Green, Hart, Hero 1.24 EC C 12 - - 7 - - - MetaStar 2EC AG W 48 0 Kenton, Logan, Marshall, Rockcastle, Lannate 90 SP DP 48 10 10 10 10 7 10 Todd, Warren, and Wayne. Larvin 3.2 F W 48 - - 14 - 14 - Leverage 2.7 SE W 12 7 7 7 7 7 7 Mustang Max W 12 1 1 5 1 1 - Permethrin 3.2 EC C 12 1 - 1 - 1 1 Proaxis 0.5 EC C 24 - - 1 - - - Proclaim 5 WDG C 48 14 14 7 14 7 14 Renounce 20 WP C 12 0 0 0 0 0 - Voliam xpress W 24 - - 1 - - - Warrior II W 24 - - 1 - - - - Indicates crop does not appear on label. 1 PHI depends on the method of application. 2 Head only. 3 W: Warning, C: Caution, D: Danger, P: Poison

48 Common Diseases/Management INSECT CONTROL: Greens1 Mustard, Turnips, Collards, Kale Seasonal Insecticide Product Amt/A Limit/A Comments and Other Restrictions Anthracnose, downy mildew, powdery Preplant Incorporated mildew, leaf spots, and blights. Cultural Cutworms, Wireworms: Eliminate weeds from field margins and plow fields at least 2 weeks before practices are especially important in dis- planting to destroy cutworm food sources and egg laying sites. Wireworms can be a potential problem ease control of cole crops. Reduce the where greens follow grass or grass-legume sod. length of time the foliage is wet by select- Diazinon AG 500 4 to 8 pt - Incorporate immediately. ing sites for good air movement and by Soil Application Aphids, Whiteflies: Do not use a foliar spray of Actara, Assail, Belay Provado or Venom following a soil using open plantings (wider spacings and/ application of Admire, Belay, Platinum, or Venom. or thinner stand). Maintain timely harvests. Admire Pro 4.4 to 10.5 fl oz 10.5 fl oz Systemic control. See label for various applica- Avoid overhead irrigation late in the day tion methods. or at night. Rotate away from related crops Belay 2.13 SC 9 to 12 fl oz 12 fl oz At planting only. Platinum 2 SC 5 to 11 fl oz 11 fl oz - for three years. Some fungicides may not Venom 70 SG 5 to 6 oz 12 oz - be registered for all crops in this group— Foliar Treatments read labels carefully. Aphids: Excessive nitrogen application favors increased aphid reproduction. Use no more nitrogen Botrytis gray mold. Increase plant or than is necessary. Eliminate remnants of fall crops to reduce numbers of overwintering eggs. row spacings to improve light penetration Actara 25 W 1.5 to 3 oz 11 oz Allow 7 days between applications. Not during bloom. and aid drying. Two fungicides, Endura Admire Pro 1.3 fl oz 6.7 fl oz Allow 5 days between applications. Not during and Fontelis, are labeled for control of bloom. gray mold. Assail 30 SG 2 to 3 oz 20 oz Limit 5 applications. Allow 7 days between applications. Damping-off. Purchase fungicide-treat- Belay 2.13 SC 3 to 4 fl oz 12 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. Not during ed seed or treat seed with Captan 40WP bloom. (see labels). Mefenoxam (Ridomil Gold, Beleaf 50 SG 2 to 2.8 oz 8.4 oz Allow 7 days between applications. Ultra Flourish), metalaxyl (MetaStar 2E), Dimethoate 4 E 8 fl oz 8 fl oz Allow 3 to 15 days between treatments. Fulfill 50 DF 2.75 oz 5.5 oz Limit 5.5 oz/A. Allow 7 days between applica- and Presidio are labeled for soil treatment tions. for control of Pythium damping-off on Lannate 90 SP 0.5 to 1 lb 4 lb For spinach only. certain cole crops. 10 lb For lettuce only. Viruses. Destroy earlier crops as soon Malathion 8 1.5 to 2.5 pt 2 applications Allow 6 days between applications. 2 pt 2 applications Lettuce and spinach only. as possible after harvest has been com- Venom 70 SG 1 to 3 oz 6 oz Allow 7 days between applications. pleted; control weeds and maintain a Flea Beetles weed-free border around crops. Belay 2.13 SC 3 to 4 fl oz 12 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. Not during bloom. Lettuce Brigade 2 EC 2.1 to 6.4 fl oz 25.6 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. Bottom rot. Cultural practices and rota- 32 fl oz For lettuce only. Allow 7 days between application are important tools to manage this tions. Mustang Max 2.24 to 4 fl oz 24 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. disease. Do not plant lettuce after beans, Proaxis 0.5 EC 2.56 to 3.84 fl oz 38.4 fl oz - and turn under grass and other crops Sevin XLR 0.5 to 1 qt 4 applications Allow 7 days between applications. Apply early to ensure thorough rotting before within 30 days of planting. planting. Avoid wet sites, and plant on Warrior II 1.28 to 1.92 fl oz 19.2 fl oz - well-shaped, raised beds to improve air Grasshoppers, Leafhoppers, Leafminers Dimethoate 4 E 8 fl oz 8 fl oz Allow 3 to 15 days between treatments. circulation and drainage. Shallow seeding Lannate 90 SP 0.5 to 1 lb 4 lb For spinach only. will also reduce severity of bottom rot. 10 lb For lettuce only. Fungicides are available. Mustang Max 2.24 to 4 fl oz 24 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. Leafhop- Downy mildew. Fungicides are effective pers only. Permethrin 3.2 EC 2 to 8 fl oz 40 fl oz - for management of downy mildew. Proaxis 0.5 EC 2.56 to 3.84 fl oz 38.4 fl oz - Drop, gray mold. Fungicides are regis- Sevin XLR 0.5 to 1 qt 4 applications Leafhoppers only. Allow 7 days between appli- tered for both field and greenhouse use. cations. Apply within 30 days of planting. Trigard 75 WP 2.66 oz 6 applications Allow 7 days between applications. Leafminers Seed rot, damping-off. Purchase treat- only. ed seed or dust with Captan at 1 teaspoon Warrior II 1.28 to 1.92 fl oz 19.2 fl oz - per pound of seed. Mefenoxam, metalaxyl, Whiteflies and Ranman are labeled as soil treatments Actara 25 W 3 to 5.5 oz 11 oz Allow 7 days between applications. for damping-off due to Pythium. Assail 30 SG 3 to 4 oz 20 oz Limit 5 applications. Allow 7 days between ap- Virus complex, aster yellows. Avoid plications. Belay 2.13 SC 3 to 4 fl oz 12 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. transplant production in greenhouses Beleaf 50 SG 2.8 oz 8.4 oz Allow 7 days between applications. Green- with ornamental plants. Take steps to house whitefly only. control aphids, leafhoppers, and thrips, Courier 40 SC 9 to 13.6 fl oz 2 applications Allow 7 days between applications. especially early in the season. Do not place Knack 0.86 EC 8 to 10 fl oz 20 fl oz Allow 14 days between applications. Oberon 2 SC 7 to 8.5 fl oz 25.5 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. later plantings near older plantings. Main- Requiem 25 EC 2 to 3 qt - - tain strict weed control around plantings, Venom 70 SG 1 to 3 oz 6 oz Allow 7 days between applications. and destroy older plantings immediately 1 Generic products available (Appendix E). after harvesting is complete.

49 Spinach Downy mildew, white rust. Resistance Virus complex. CMV-resistant varieties Damping-off, seed rot. Treat seed with is available in spinach cultivars. A preplant are available. If a series of plantings is used, Captan at 1 teaspoon per pound of seed. soil application of mefenoxam or metalax- place the first planting downwind from For excellent control of Pythium in this yl listed previously for damping-off control the later ones to reduce aphid movement complex, apply mefenoxam, metalaxyl, will provide early-season control for 21 to from the older plantings into the others. or Ranman preplant or at planting. This 60 days, depending on the weather. Control broadleaf weeds within 200 feet treatment will also aid with control of Leaf spots. Fungicides applied regularly of the planting. white rust. are effective tools.

WEED CONTROL: Greens1 Product Amt/A Lb A.I./A Comments 0.5-1.6 fl oz 0.008-0.025 For contact post-emergence control of annual broadleaf weeds and suppression of annual grasses. Can be ap- Aim 1.9 EW carfentrazone plied as a preplant, pre-transplant burndown, or before crop emerges to actively growing weeds up to 4 inches tall. Can also be applied post-emergence as a directed hooded application between crop rows. Use min. 10 gal water/A and crop oil 1% v/v. Max. rate 6.1 fl oz/A. PHI = 0 days. 6-14 lb 4.5-10.5 For pre-emergence control of annual grasses and small-seeded broadleaves. Apply at seeding. Can be preplant Dacthal 75W DCPA incorporated. 1-2 pt 0.25-0.5 NOT LABELED ON TURNIP GREENS. For pre-emergence and post-emergence control of certain annual grasses Goal 2XL oxyfluorfen and most broadleaves. For fallow bed preparation only. Best if used with glyphosate for control of winter annual broadleaf weeds. Min. 90 days at 1 pt/A and 120 days at 2 pt/A between application and seeding. 2.0-4.0 pt 0.67-1.35 ONLY LABELED FOR COLLARDS, CHINESE CABBAGE AND LETTUCE. For non-selective contact kill of annual grass- Gramoxone paraquat salt es and broadleaf weeds and top-kill of perennial weeds. Apply preplant, pre-emergence, or before transplanting Inteon in min. 10 gal water/A. Apply banded or broadcast. Use higher rate for heavy weed infestations. Use non-ionic surfactant 0.25% v/v. 2-4 lb 1-2 lb LABELED ON LETTUCE ONLY. For control of grasses and certain broadleaf weeds. Apply before or after seeding Kerb 50 WP pronamide but before crop and weeds emerge. Moisture is necessary to activate. Label rates vary depending on variety, rainfall, and soil texture. Can be incorporated or watered in. 0.5-1.5 pt 0.09-0.27 For control of actively growing grasses only. Use high rate on johnsongrass. PHI = 30 days. Max. rate of 1.5 pt/ Poast sethoxydim application and 3 pt/season. 5-6 qt 5-6 NOT LABELED ON SPINACH. For control of grasses and broadleaf weeds. Apply preplant and incorporate to 1 to Prefar 4 E bensulide 2 inch depth. Apply pre-emergence only if it can be watered in within 36 hours. Max. rate of 6 qt/season. 16-22 fl oz 0.69-0.94 For non-selective post-emergence control of annual and perennial grasses and broadleaf weeds. Use only AMS Roundup glyphosate-salt 1 to 2% v/v. Adding a non-ionic surfactant can reduce weed control effectiveness. Min. 3 days before seeding WeatherMax 5.5L and min. 30 days before planting any non-labeled crop. 9-16 fl oz 0.06-0.12 For selective post-emergence of actively growing annual grasses and suppression of perennial grasses. Add Select Max clethodim crop oil 1% v/v. Max. 16 fl oz/application. Min. 14 days between applications. PHI = 14 days for leafy greens but PHI = 30 days for leaf petioles (ie. Swiss Chard) 1.5 pt 0.75 NOT LABELED ON SPINACH AND LETTUCE. For control of annual grasses and broadleaf weeds. Use on turnip Treflan HFP 4 E trifluralin greens used for processing only. Apply as a preplant soil incorporated treatment. 1 Due to the wide range of crops grown under the title "Greens" growers should carefully read labels before applying herbicides.

DISEASE CONTROL: Greens FRAC Seasonal Product Code1 Amt/A Limits/A Comments Mustard, Turnip, Collards, Kale Alternaria, Cercospora, Cercosporella Leaf Spots Cabrio 11 8 to 12 oz 64 oz Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 to 14 days. (48 oz for turnip) Endura 7 6 to 9 oz 2 apps Not for turnip greens. Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 to 14 days. Fixed coppers Products are crop-specific—check labels for list of registered crops in this subgroup. Apply every 7 to 10 days after seeding/transplanting or when conditions favor disease. See label for mixing instructions and tank-mix precautions. Badge SC M 1 to 1.8 pt - Badge X2 M 0.5 to 0.75 lb OMRI-listed. Champ DP M 0.33 to 0.67 lb - Champ Formula 2 FL M 0.33 to 0.67 pt - Champ WG M 1 to 2 lb OMRI-listed. Cueva M 0.5 to 2 gal OMRI-listed. Mix in 100 gallons of water, use 50 to 100 gal/A of solution. Cuprofix Ultra 40 Disperss M 0.75 to 1.25 lb - Kentan DF M 1 to 1.3 lb - Kocide 2000 M 0.75 to 1.5 lb - Kocide 3000 M 0.5 to 0.75 lb - Kocide DF M 1 to 2 lb - Mastercop M 0.5 to 1 pt - Nordox 75 WG M 0.66 to 2 lb OMRI-listed. Nu-Cop 50 DF M 1 to 2 lb OMRI-listed. Nu-Cop 50 HB M 0.5 to 1 lb - Nu-Cop 50 WP M 2 lb OMRI-listed. Fontelis 7 14 to 30 fl oz 72 fl oz Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 to 14 days. Inspire Super 3/9 16 to 20 fl oz 80 fl oz Apply every 7 to 10 days. Tebuconazole3 Apply preventively; can be tank-mixed with the lowest labeled rate of a surfactant. Folicur 3.6F 3 3 to 4 fl oz 12 fl oz Quadris 11 6 to 15.5 fl oz 4 foliar apps Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 to 14 days. Use higher rates for Cerco- spora. (continued on next page)

50 DISEASE CONTROL: Greens (continued) FRAC Seasonal Product Code1 Amt/A Limits/A Comments Quadris Top 11/3 12 to 14 fl oz 56 fl oz Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 to 14 days. Reason 500 SC 11 8.2 fl oz 24.6 fl oz Apply before disease onset, continue every 5 to 10 days. Switch 62.5WG 9/12 11 to 14 oz 56 oz Apply every 7 to 10 days. Black Rot Actigard P 0.5 to 1 oz 4 apps Not for turnip greens, suppression only. Apply 7 to 10 days after thinning and make up to three additional applications every 7 days. Apply in a min of 20 gal/A of water. May cause phytotoxicity and yield reduction. Do not apply to stressed or injured plants. Fixed coppers Products are crop-specific—check labels for list of registered crops in this subgroup. Apply every 7 to 10 days after seeding/transplanting or when conditions favor disease. See label for mixing instructions and tank-mix precautions. Badge SC M 1 to 1.8 pt - Badge X2 M 0.5 to 0.75 lb OMRI-listed. Champ DP M 0.33 to 0.67 lb - Champ Formula 2 FL M 0.33 to 0.67 pt - Champ WG M 1 to 2 lb OMRI-listed. Copper-Count-N M 2 to 6 pt - Cueva M 0.5 to 2 gal OMRI-listed. Mix in 100 gallons of water, use 50 to 100 gal/A of solution. Cuprofix Ultra 40 Disperss M 0.75 to 1.25 lb - Kentan DF M 1 to 1.3 lb - Kocide 2000 M 0.75 to 1.5 lb - Kocide 3000 M 0.5 to 0.75 lb - Kocide DF M 1 to 2 lb - Mastercop M 0.5 to 1 pt - Nordox 75 WG M 0.66 to 2 lb OMRI-listed. Nu-Cop 50 DF M 1 to 2 lb OMRI-listed. Nu-Cop 50 HB M 0.5 to 1 lb - Nu-Cop 50 WP M 2 lb OMRI-listed. Basal Stem Rot, Root Rot, Wirestem (Rhizoctonia) Quadris 11 0.4 to 0.8 fl oz2 4 apps Banded applications. Counts as a foliar application. Apply before disease onset, (3 foliar) continue every 7 to 14 days. May be applied in a 7-inch band with spray directed at lower stems and surrounding soil. In-furrow. Apply in 5 to 15 gal/A, with nozzle directed to spray in-furrow just before seed are covered. Does not count as a foliar application. Damping-off (Pythium) Presidio 43 3 to 4 fl oz 12 fl oz Apply every 10 days. Must be tank-mixed with a fungicide NOT in FRAC Group 43. Can be applied by drip-irrigation. Ranman 21 2.75 fl oz 1 app Prior to planting, apply as a banded spray followed by incorporation. Can be applied as a drench at planting or in transplant water; see label for instructions. Ridomil Gold SL 4 0.25 to 0.5 pt 1 app Preplant. Apply to soil as a broadcast spray or in a 7-in band; incorporate into the Ultra Flourish 4 1 to 1.5 pt upper 2 inches of soil mechanically or with irrigation if rainfall is not expected within 24 hrs of treatment. Downy Mildew Actigard P 0.5 to 1 oz 4 apps Not for turnip greens. Make first application 7 to 10 days after thinning and make up to three additional applications every 7 days. Apply in a minimum of 20 gal/A of water. May cause phytotoxicity and yield reduction. Do not apply to stressed or injured plants. Aliette WDG 33 2 to 5 lb 7 apps Not for turnip greens. Apply when conditions favor disease and continue every 7 to 21 days. Do not tank-mix with copper compounds. Cabrio 11 12 to 16 oz 4 apps Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 to 14 days. Fixed coppers Products are crop-specific—check labels for list of registered crops in this subgroup. Apply every 7 to 10 days after seeding/transplanting or when conditions favor disease. See label for mixing instructions and tank-mix precautions. Badge SC M 1 to 1.8 pt - Badge X2 M 0.5 to 0.75 lb OMRI-listed. Champ DP M 0.33 to 0.67 lb - Champ Formula 2 FL M 0.33 to 0.67 pt - Champ WG M 1 to 2 lb OMRI-listed. Copper-Count-N M 1 to 2 pt - Cueva M 0.5 to 2 gal OMRI-listed. Mix in 100 gallons of water, use 50 to 100 gal/A of solution. Cuprofix Ultra 40 Disperss M 0.75 to 1.25 lb - Kentan DF M 1 to 1.3 lb - Kocide 2000 M 0.75 to 1.5 lb - Kocide 3000 M 0.5 to 0.75 lb - Kocide DF M 1 to 2 lb - Mastercop M 0.5 to 1 pt - Nordox 75 WG M 0.66 to 2 lb OMRI-listed. Nu-Cop 50 WP M 0.5 to 1 lb OMRI-listed. Nu-Cop 3 L M 0.33 to 1.33 pt - Nu-Cop 50 DF M 1 to 2 lb OMRI-listed. Nu-Cop 50 WP M 2 lb OMRI-listed. Forum SC 40 6 fl oz 30 fl oz Must be tank-mixed with another downy mildew product NOT in FRAC Group 40. Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 days. Presidio 43 3 to 4 fl oz 12 fl oz Apply every 10 days. Must be tank-mixed with a fungicide NOT in FRAC Group 43. Ranman 21 2.75 fl oz 39.5 fl oz Apply every 7 to 10 day schedule when conditions favor disease. Tank-mix with an organosilcone or non-ionic surfactant. (continued on next page)

51 DISEASE CONTROL: Greens (continued) FRAC Seasonal Product Code1 Amt/A Limits/A Comments Reason 500 SC 11 5.5 to 8.2 fl oz 24.6 fl oz Apply before disease onset, continue every 5 to 10 days. Revus 40 8 fl oz 32 fl oz Apply every 7 to 10 days. Use a spreader/penetrant surfactant. Must be tank-mixed with a fungicide NOT in FRAC Group 40. Zampro 40/45 14 fl oz 3 apps Apply before disease onset, treat every 7 days. Powdery Mildew Cabrio 11 8 to 16 oz 4 apps Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 to 14 days. Use 8 to 12 oz on turnip greens, 12 to 16 oz on other leafy Brassica greens. Endura 7 6 to 9 oz 2 apps Not for turnip greens. Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 to 14 days. Fontelis 7 14 to 30 fl oz 72 fl oz Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 to 14 days. Inspire Super 3/9 16 to 20 fl oz 80 fl oz Apply every 7 to 10 days. Procure 480SC 3 6 to 8 fl oz4 18 fl oz Apply every 14 days. Quadris 11 9 to 15.5 fl oz 3 apps Turnip greens only. Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 to 14 days. Quadris Top 11/3 12 to 14 fl oz 56 fl oz Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 to 14 days. Tebuconazole3 Apply preventively. Use lowest listed rate of surfactant to improve coverage. Folicur 3.6F 3 3 to 4 fl oz 16 fl oz Sulfur3 M Apply every 14 days, beginning when symptoms are first observed or when conditions favor disease. Phytotoxicity may occur when sulfur is applied when temperatures exceed 90ºF. Switch 62.5WG 9/12 10 to 12 oz 56 oz Rate is 11 to 14 oz for turnip greens. Apply every 7 to 10 days. Sclerotinia Stem Rot Cabrio 11 12 to 16 oz 4 apps Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 to 14 days. Endura 7 6 to 9 oz 2 apps Not for turnip greens. Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 to 14 days. Fontelis 7 16 to 30 fl oz 72 fl oz Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 to 14 days. Lettuce Bottom Rot (Rhizoctonia) Cueva M 0.5 to 2 gal OMRI-listed. Mix in 100 gallons of water, use 50 to 100 gal/A of solution. Endura 7 8 to 11 oz 2 apps Apply immediately after emergence/transplanting or before disease onset. Quadris 11 0.4 to 0.8 fl oz2 1 app (soil) In-furrow. Apply in 5 to 15 gal/A, with nozzle directed to spray in-furrow just before seed are covered. In-furrow treatment does not count as a foliar application. Iprodione3 Make first application from planting to just after thinning. Repeat applications can Rovral 4 Flowable 2 1.5 to 2 pt 3 apps be made every 10 days. Damping-off (Pythium) Previcur Flex 28 2 pt 8 pt Apply after transplanting or plant emergence using nozzles directed to the lower portion of plants and surrounding soil. Previcur may be applied by drip or sprinkler irrigation. Approved for greenhouse use. Ranman 21 2.75 fl oz 1 app Prior to planting, apply as a banded spray followed by incorporation. Can be applied as a drench at planting or in transplant water; see label for instructions. Ridomil Gold SL 4 1 to 2 pt 1 app Apply to soil as a broadcast spray or in a 7-inch band; incorporate into the upper 2 Ultra Flourish 4 2 to 4 pt inches of soil mechanically (preplant) or with irrigation (pre- and at-planting) if rain- MetaStar 2EC AG 4 4 to 8 pt fall is not expected within 24 hours of treatment. Ridomil Gold EC or SL, MetaStar, and Ultra Flourish can be applied through drip irrigation. Ridomil Gold GR 4 20 to 40 lb 1 app Must be incorporated after application (broadcast); can also be applied at planting using in-furrow equipment. See label. Downy Mildew Actigard P 07.5 to 1 oz 4 apps Apply after thinning and make up to three additional applications every 7 days. Ap- ply in a min of 20 gal/A of water. May cause phytotoxicity—see label. Do not apply to stressed or injured plants. Aliette WDG 33 2 to 5 oz 7 apps Apply when conditions favor disease and continue every 7 to 21 days. Do not tank- mix with copper compounds. Cabrio 11 16 oz 4 apps Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 to 14 days. Curzate 60 DF 27 3.2 to 5 oz 30 oz Head lettuce only. Apply every 5 to 7 days when conditions favor disease. Must be tank-mixed with a protectant fungicide such as mancozeb. Fixed coppers Apply every 3 to 10 days after seeding/transplanting or when conditions favor disease. See label for mixing instructions and tank-mix precautions. Some products are approved for greenhouse use—refer to label. Basic Copper 53 M 1 to 3 lb OMRI-listed. Badge X2 M 1.75 to 3.5 lb OMRI-listed. C-O-C-S WDG M 1 to 3 lb - Champ DP M 0.67 to 1.33 lb - Champ Formula 2 FL M 0.67 to 1.33 pt - Cueva M 0.5 to 2 gal OMRI-listed. Mix in 100 gallons of water, use 50 to 100 gal/A of solution. Kentan DF M 1.2 to 2.5 lb - Kocide 3000 M 0.75 to 1.5 lb - Nordox 75 WG M 0.66 to 1.25 lb OMRI-listed. Nu-Cop 50 WP M 1 to 2 lb - Nu-Cop 3 L M 0.66 to 2.66 pt - Nu-Cop 50 DF M 1 to 2 lb OMRI-listed. Nu-Cop 50 HB M 0.5 to 1 lb - Forum SC 40 6 fl oz 5 apps Must be tank-mixed with another downy mildew product. Apply before disease onset, continue every 5 to 10 days. Koverall M 2 lb 12.8 lb Apply every 7 to 10 days when conditions favor disease. ManKocide M 1 to 2 lb 26 lb Manzate Flowable M 2.4 to 3.4 pt 19.2 pt Manzate Pro-Stick M 1.6 to 2.1 lb 12.8 lb Presidio 43 3 to 4 fl oz 12 fl oz Apply every 10 days. Must be tank-mixed with a fungicide NOT in FRAC Group 43. (continued on next page)

52 DISEASE CONTROL: Greens (continued) FRAC Seasonal Product Code1 Amt/A Limits/A Comments Previcur Flex 28 1.33 to 2 pt 8 pt Apply when disease threatens and continue every 7 to 10 days. Approved for greenhouse use. Quadris 11 12 to 15.5 fl oz 4 apps Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 to 14 days. Reason 500 SC 11 5.5 to 8.2 fl oz 24.6 fl oz Apply before disease onset, continue every 5 to 10 days. Revus 40 8 fl oz 32 fl oz Apply every 7 to 10 days. Use a spreader/penetrant surfactant. Must be tank-mixed with a fungicide NOT in FRAC Group 40. Tanos 11/27 8 oz 3 apps Tanos must be tank-mixed with a fungicide from FRAC Group M appropriate for the target disease. Apply before disease onset, continue every 5 to 7 days. Zampro 40/45 14 fl oz 3 apps Apply before disease onset, treat every 7 days. Drop, Gray Mold Botran 75 W 14 2 to 5.33 lb 5.33 lb Rates are timing dependent (pre-emergence, thinning, and post-thinning). See label Botran 5F 14 1.2 to 6.4 pt 6.4 pt for application instructions. Approved for greenhouse use. Cannonball WP 12 7 oz 28 oz Begin prior to disease onset and apply every 7 to 10 days while conditions favor disease. Endura 7 8 to 11 oz 2 apps Apply immediately after emergence/transplanting or before disease onset. Fontelis 7 16 to 24 fl oz 72 fl oz Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 to 14 days. Iprodione3 Not labeled for gray mold. Apply from planting to just after thinning. Repeat appli- Rovral 4 Flowable 2 1.5 to 2 pt 3 apps cations can be made every 10 days. Switch 62.5WG 9/12 11 to 14 oz 56 oz Apply every 7 to 10 days. Spinach Damping-off (Pythium) Ranman 21 2.75 fl oz 1 app Prior to planting, apply as a banded spray followed by incorporation. Can be applied as a drench at planting or in transplant water; see label for instructions. Ridomil Gold SL 4 1 to 2 pt 1 app Apply to soil as a broadcast spray or in a 7-inch band; incorporate into the upper 2 Ultra Flourish 4 2 to 4 pt inches of soil mechanically (preplant) or with irrigation (pre- and at-planting) if rain- MetaStar 2EC AG 4 4 to 8 pt fall is not expected within 24 hours of treatment. Ridomil Gold GR 4 20 to 40 lb 1 app Must be incorporated after application (broadcast); can also be applied at planting using in-furrow equipment. See label. Downy Mildew, White Rust Actigard P 0.5 to 0.75 oz 3 apps Apply after thinning and make up to two additional applications every 7 to 10 days. Apply in a minimum of 20 gal/A of water. Do not apply to stressed or injured plants. Aliette WDG 33 2 to 5 lb 7 apps Apply when conditions favor disease and continue every 7 to 21 days. Do not tank- mix with copper compounds. Cabrio 11 8 to 16 oz 4 apps Use highest rate for downy mildew. Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 to 14 days. Fixed coppers Apply every 7 to 10 days after seeding/transplanting or when conditions favor disease. See label for mixing instructions and tank-mix precautions. Badge SC M 1.8 to 2.8 pt White rust only. Badge X2 M 0.75 to 1.25 lb OMRI-listed. Basic Copper 53 M 2 to 4 lb OMRI-listed. White rust and downy mildew. C-O-C-S WDG M 1 to 3 lb Downy mildew only. Champ Formula 2 FL M 1.33 to 2.67 pt White rust and downy mildew. Champ DP M 1.33 to 2.66 lb - Champ WG M 1 to 2 lb OMRI-listed Copper-Count-N M 3 pt Downy mildew only. Cueva M 0.5 to 2 gal OMRI-listed. Mix in 100 gallons of water, use 50 to 100 gal/A of solution. Cuprofix Ultra 40 Disperss M 1.25 to 2 lb White rust only. Kentan DF M 2 lb - Kocide 2000 M 1.5 to 2.25 lb - Kocide 3000 M 0.75 to 1.25 lb - Kocide DF M 2 to 3 lb - Mastercop M 0.5 to 1 pt - Nordox 75 WG M 1.25 to 2 lb OMRI-listed. Nu-Cop 50 WP M 2 to 4 lb OMRI-listed. Nu-Cop 3 L M 1.33 to 2.67 pt - Nu-Cop 50 DF M 2 to 3 lb OMRI-listed. White rust only. Nu-Cop 50 HB M 1 to 1.5 lb - Presidio 43 3 to 4 fl oz 12 fl oz Apply every 7 to 14 days. Must be tank-mixed with a fungicide NOT in FRAC Group 43. Quadris 11 6 to 15.5 fl oz 4 apps Use higher rates for downy mildew. Apply before disease onset, continue every 5 to 7 days (downy mildew), 7 to 14 days for white rust. Ranman 21 2.1 to 2.75 fl oz 13.75 fl oz Apply every 7 to 10 day schedule when conditions favor disease. Tank-mix with an organosilcone or non-ionic surfactant. Revus 40 8 fl oz 32 fl oz Apply every 7 to 10 days. Use a spreader/penetrant surfactant. Must be tank-mixed with a fungicide NOT in FRAC Group 40. Ridomil Gold SL 4 0.25 pt 3 apps Not for foliar application. Post-plant sidedress application. See label for instructions. Ultra Flourish 4 0.5 pt Ridomil Gold GR 4 5 lb 3 apps Can be applied preplant; see label. MetaStar 2EC AG 4 1 pt Ridomil Gold Copper 4/M 2.5 lb 2 apps Apply 21 days after at-planting treatment with Ridomil Gold EC or GR and continue every 14 days. Avoid late-season applications. Tanos 11/27 8 to 10 oz 84 oz Tank-mix with fixed copper, apply every 5 to 7 days. Zampro 40/45 14 fl oz 3 apps Downy mildew. Apply before disease onset, treat every 7 days. (continued on next page)

53 DISEASE CONTROL: Greens (continued) FRAC Seasonal Product Code1 Amt/A Limits/A Comments Leaf Spots (Anthracnose, Cercospora) Cabrio 11 12 to 16 oz 4 apps Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 to 14 days. Fixed coppers Apply every 7 to 10 days after seeding/transplanting or when conditions favor disease. See label for mixing instructions and tank-mix precautions. Basic Copper 53 M 2 to 4 lb OMRI-listed. Badge SC M 1 to 2.5 pt - Badge X2 M 0.75 to 1.25 lb OMRI-listed. C-O-C-S WDG M 1 to 3 lb - Champ Formula 2 FL M 1.33 to 2.67 pt - Champ DP M 1.33 to 2.66 lb - Champ WG M 1 to 2 lb OMRI-listed Copper-Count-N M 3 pt - Cueva M 0.5 to 2 gal OMRI-listed. Mix in 100 gallons of water, use 50 to 100 gal/A of solution. Kentan DF M 2 lb - Cuprofix Ultra 40 Disperss M 1.25 to 2 lb - Kocide 2000 M 1.5 to 2.25 lb - Kocide 3000 M 0.75 to 1.25 lb - Kocide DF M 2 to 3 lb - Mastercop M 0.5 to 1 pt - Nordox 75 WG M 1.25 to 2 lb OMRI-listed. Nu-Cop 50 WP M 2 to 4 lb OMRI-listed. Nu-Cop 3 L M 1.33 to 2.67 pt - Nu-Cop 50 DF M 2 to 3 lb OMRI-listed. Nu-Cop 50 HB M 1 to 1.5 lb - Fontelis 7 16 to 24 fl oz 72 fl oz Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 to 14 days. Quadris 11 6 to 15.5 fl oz 4 apps Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 to 14 days. 1 Products with numerical FRAC codes must be alternated or tank-mixed with products that have a different FRAC code to discourage resistance development. See product label for maximum number of consecutive applications allowed. Refer to the table on page 14 for more information on FRAC codes. 2 Per 1,000 row-feet. 3 Generic products available (Appendix F). Amounts and seasonal limits per acre are product dependent. 4 Use higher rate when pressure is severe. Okra Mallow family (Malvaceae): Abelmoschus esculentus

Planting and Culture VARIETIES: Okra Well-drained, fertile, silt loam soils are Days to Maturity Variety From Seeding Comments most desirable; however, okra will grow Annie Oakley II 48 Hybrid; medium green, ridged; remain tender up to 4.5 on a wide range of soil types. Prepare a inch, smaller plants. firm, friable seedbed as for other veg- Cajun Delight 49 Hybrid; tender to 5 inches, 1997 All American selection. etable crops. Clemson Spineless 55 Heavy yields—almost spineless pods. Seed okra only after the soil has warmed up (65°F) in the spring to allow good seed FERTILIZER: Okra germination (see Appendix I). Plant four to Harvesting and Handling Harvesting under favorable conditions Fertilizer six seeds per foot in rows 28 to 36 inches Soil Test Results (lb/A) Needed (lb/A) apart; thin plants to 10 to 18 inches apart in should start about six days after flowering. Harvesting of the pods should be done on Phosphorus Phosphate (P2O5) rows. Ten to 12 pounds of seed is required Low <31 181-240 to plant an acre. Seed should be planted a regular basis (about every two days) so Medium 31-60 91-180 1 1 to 2 inches deep. Planet Jr.-type plant- that the pods do not become over-mature. High 61-80 1-90 ers work well for direct seeding. In addi- Regular picking increases yield. Old pods Very High >80 0 tion, very high yields have been obtained should be removed and discarded, be- Potassium Potash (K2O) with transplanted okra using black plastic cause mature ones retard future pod set. Low <201 151-200 The pods should be harvested when 2 to Medium 201-300 101-150 mulch and drip irrigation. High 301-450 1-100 3 ½ inches long. Move harvested pods to Very High >450 0 Fertilizing a shady, cool area as soon as possible to Nitrogen N Apply P2O5, K2O, and lime according maintain good quality. Fresh market okra Apply 40 to 50 lb nitrogen (N)/A before planting to soil test results. A total of about 80 to is usually graded into the following sizes: seed. After harvest begins sidedress plants with 90 pounds N per acre is used, with about • Fancy: pods up to 3 ½ inches long an additional 35 to 40 lb N/A. half that amount applied prior to planting. • Choice: pods 3 ½ to 4 ½ inches long Fertilizer should be applied broadcast and • Jumbo: pods over 4 ½ inches long but Okra can be kept for fresh consumption disked in prior to seeding. A sidedressing still tender for two weeks at a temperature of 50°F of nitrogen applied after the first harvest Pods should be harvested from the and a relative humidity of 90 to 95 percent. will help to prolong the harvesting period plant with a sharp knife to make a smooth, Okra chilled below temperatures of 50°F (see “Fertilizer” table). Soil pH should be neat cut. will turn dark and decay. 6.0 to 6.5.

54 Potential yields of 12,000 pounds per low, wet areas and fog pockets; do not PESTICIDE SAFETY: Okra acre are possible; however, 8,000 to 10,000 plant okra between taller bordering plants Re-entry Harvest 1 pounds per acre is considered more realis- such as corn. Removing several larger up- Signal (hrs) (days) tic. A bushel of okra weighs approximately per leaves to aid sunlight penetration and Insecticides Acramite 50 WS C 12 3 30 pounds. air circulation is also helpful. Fungicides Admire Pro C 12 21 may also be applied to manage these Avaunt 30 DG C 12 3 Common Diseases/Management diseases. Belt SC C 12 1 Seed rot, damping-off. Plant fungicide- Fusarium wilt, Verticillium wilt. Practice Bt products C 12 0 treated seed (Captan 40WP at 1 teaspoon crop rotation. A general soil fumigant Coragen 1.67 SC - 4 1 per pound of seed). Planting okra in warm Courier 40 SC W 12 1 (see page 16) should be considered in Intrepid 2 F C 4 1 soil that is well drained is critical. Turn fields with a history of these diseases. Kanemite 15SC C 12 1 cover crops under early to ensure they Avoid solanaceous crops in the rotation Malathion 8 C 12 1 are well rotted before planting. Where (potatoes, tomatoes, tobacco, eggplant, Movento 2 SC C 24 1 disease pressure is high, azoxystrobin and peppers). Portal 0.4 EC W 12 1 can be applied at planting to help reduce Provado 1.6 F C 12 0 Nematodes. Practice crop rotation (two Radiant SC C 4 1 losses to disease. to three years away from solanaceous Requiem 25 EC C 4 0 Foliar diseases and fruit rots. Take steps crops). Fumigants (page 16) may be re- Rimon 0.83 EC W 12 1 to aid drying of the fruit, such as avoiding quired. Sevin XLR C 12 3 Vetica 2.66 C 12 1 Zeal 72 WP C 12 7 INSECT CONTROL: Okra1 Restricted Use Seasonal Brigade 2 EC W 12 7 Insecticide Product Amt/A Limit/A Comments and Other Restrictions Brigadier 2EC W 12 7 Hero 1.14 EC W 12 7 Aphids Leverage 2.7 SE W 12 7 Admire Pro 7 to 14 fl oz 14 fl oz Soil application, see label for methods. Mustang Max W 12 1 Admire Pro 1.3 to 2.2 fl oz 6.7 fl oz Foliar application. Allow 5 days between applications. Not during bloom. Fungicides 2 Malathion 8 1.5 pt 5 applications Before pod set only. Allow 7 days between ap- Chlorothalonil C 12 3 plications. Fixed coppers2 W 48 0 Movento 2 SC 4 to 5 fl oz 10 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. Microthiol Disperss C 24 0 Requiem 25 EC 2 to 4 qt - - Quadris C 4 0 Rally 40 WSP W 24 0 Corn Earworms Tebuconazole2 C 12 3 Avaunt 30 WG 3.5 oz 14 oz Allow 5 days between applications. Belt 4 SC 1.5 fl oz 4.5 fl oz Allow 3 days between applications. 1 W: Warning, C: Caution, D: Danger; P: Poison 2 Bt products See labels Several formulations are marketed. See the general introduction for more details on fungicides. Brigade 2 E 2.1 to 6.4 fl oz 12.8 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. Coragen 1.67 SC 3.5 to 5 fl oz 15.4 fl oz Allow 5 days between applications. Intrepid 2 F 10 to 16 fl oz 64 fl oz - Mustang Max 2.24 to 4 fl oz 24 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. Radiant SC 5 to 10 fl oz 34 fl oz Allow 4 days between applications. Sevin XLR 1 to 1.5 qt 6 qt Allow 6 to 8 days between applications. Vetica 2.66 12 to 17 fl oz 38 fl oz Allow 5 days between applications. Japanese Beetles Brigade 2 E 2.1 to 6.4 fl oz 12.8 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. Malathion 8 1.5 pt 5 applications Before pod set only. Allow 7 days between applications. Stink bugs Brigade 2 EC 2.1 to 6.4 fl oz 12.8 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. Hero 1.24 EC 4 to 10.3 fl oz 27.38 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. Mustang Max 3.2 to 4 fl oz 24 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. Rimon 0.83 EC 12 fl oz 36 fl oz For immatures only. Allow 7 days between applications. 1 Generic products available (Appendix E).

WEED CONTROL: Okra Product Amt/A Lb A.I./A Comments 0.5-1.6 fl oz 0.008-0.025 For contact post-emergence control of annual broadleaf weeds and suppression of annual grasses. Can be applied Aim 1.9 EW carfentrazone as a preplant, pre-transplant burndown, or before crop emerges to actively growing weeds up to 4 inches tall. Can also be applied post-emergence as a directed hooded application between crop rows. Use min. 10 gal water/A and crop oil 1% v/v. Max. rate 6.1 fl oz/A. PHI = 0 days. 2.0-4.0 pt 0.67-1.35 For non-selective contact kill of annual grasses and broadleaf weeds and top-kill of perennial weeds. Apply preplant, Gramoxone paraquat salt pre-emergence, or before transplanting in min. 20 gal of water/A. Apply banded or broadcast. Use higher rate for Inteon heavy weed infestations. Use non-ionic surfactant 0.25% v/v. PHI = 21 days. 1.5 0.28 For control of actively growing grasses only. Use high rate on johnsongrass. PHI = 14 days. Max. rate of 1.5 pt/appli- Poast 1.5 E sethoxydim cation and 5.5 pt/season. 16-22 fl oz 0.69-0.94 For non-selective post-emergence control of annual and perennial grasses and broadleaf weeds. Use only AMS 1 to Roundup glyphosate-salt 2% v/v. Adding a non-ionic surfactant can reduce weed control effectiveness. Min. 30 days before planting any non- WeatherMax 5.5L labeled crop. 1.25-2 pt 0.62-1 For pre-emergence control of annual grasses and broadleaf weeds. Apply as preplant soil incorporated. Can also be Treflan HFP 4 E trifluralin applied before or immediately after planting.

55 DISEASE CONTROL: Okra FRAC Seasonal Product Code1 Amt/A Limits/A Comments Foliar Diseases (Anthracnose, Leaf Spots, Powdery Mildew) Chlorothalonil3 Only liquid formulations are labled. Bravo Weather Stik M 1.5 pt 12 pt Apply every 7 to 10 days. Fixed coppers Kentan DF M 0.5 to 1.5 lb Apply every 5 to 10 days when conditions favor disease. Kocide 2000 M 1.5 to 3 lb Apply every 5 to 10 days when conditions favor disease. See label for mixing instructions and tank-mix precautions. Kocide 3000 M 0.75 to 1.75 lb - Nu-Cop 50DF M 1 to 2.1 lb OMRI-listed. Mastercop M 0.5 to 1 pt Apply every 5 to 10 days when conditions favor disease. Microthiol Disperss M 3 to 10 lb n/a Apply every 14 days. Phytotoxicity may occur when sulfur is applied when temperatures exceed 90ºF. Quadris 11 6 to 15.5 fl oz 4 apps Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 to 14 days. Rally 40 WSP 3 2.5 to 5 oz 4 apps Powdery mildew only. Apply every 14 days when conditions favor disease. Tebuconazole3 Cercospora leaf spot only. Apply preventively. Use lowest listed rate of surfactant to Folicur 3.6F 3 4 to 6 fl oz 24 fl oz improve coverage. Seedling Rot (Rhizoctonia) Quadris 11 0.4 to 0.8 fl oz2 4 apps Post-emergence. Apply broadcast in a 7-inch band with spray directed at lower stems and surrounding soil. 0.4 to 0.7 fl oz2 1 app In-furrow. Apply in 5 to 15 gal/A, with nozzle directed to spray in-furrow just before seed are covered. In-furrow treatment does not count as a foliar application. 1 Products with numerical FRAC codes must be alternated or tank-mixed with products that have a different FRAC code to discourage resistance development. See product label for maximum number of consecutive applications allowed. Refer to the table on page 14 for more information on FRAC codes. 2 Per 1,000 row-feet. 3 Generic products available (Appendix F). Amounts and seasonal limits per acre are product dependent. Onions Onion family (Alliaceae): Allium cepa Cepa group

Planting and Culture VARIETIES: Onions—Green and Bulb Due to weed pressure, it is recommend- Days to Variety Maturity Comments ed that onion producers use transplants or Green (bunching/scallions) sets for planting. The easiest way to grow Ishikura 60-65 Long very slim white stems green bunching onions is by using sets. Evergreen White 65-70 Hardy, will overwinter, non-bulbing, white stems Sets should be planted by mid-March for Bunching best results (see Appendix I). Bulb Olympic 88 (300)1 Medium to large bulbs, very early, yellow, mild, some success over- Typically, transplants can be planted wintering into the field about 8 to 10 weeks after Gunnison 100 (300)1 Medium bulbs, some success overwintering, for storage, hot and seeding. At this time the base of the plants pungent. Super Star 100 Large (3⁄4 lb) bulbs; white, pungent, stores well; AAS winner. should be ¼ to ½ inch in diameter. Trans- Red Burgermaster 105 Large red bulbs, not for storage. plants can be planted into raised beds Red Beauty 105 Red, medium bulbs, uniform and early on rows 8 to 12 inches apart with in-row Candy 110 Large bulbs, sweet mild flavor, not for storage. spacing between 6 and 8 inches. Some Expression 110 Large bulbs, sweet mild, similar to Candy growers have had success using black or Red Wing 110-115 Red, medium bulbs, uniform, long day type will mature later. Walla Walla 125 (300)1 Very large, sweet and mild, some success overwintering, stores poorly. white plastic; however, growing onions Sweet Spanish 130 Yellow, very large, globe-shaped, long-day onion will mature mid-late on plastic can also increase the incidence summer. of bacterial diseases in bulbs, particu- 1 Days to maturity if overwintering. larly in hot or wet weather. If using plastic mulches, white-colored mulch is preferred for onion production due to the lower soil tasting onions for fresh consumption, Harvesting, Curing, and Storing temperatures that occur. Use drip irriga- growers must have the correct combina- Onions should be harvested when at tion, as onions have poor root systems and tion of both variety and environment. least 70 percent of the bulbs in the field will not achieve maximum size without Sweet, mild varieties bred specifically for have gone “tops-down” (foliage has fallen). adequate moisture. A well-drained soil is fresh consumption should be chosen. In Irrigation can be stopped about one week essential for good onion production. A soil addition, onions grown with low levels of prior to harvest. At harvest, bulbs should pH between 6.0 and 6.8 is most desirable sulfur in soils or irrigation water will tend to be undercut and pulled by hand, with for onions. be milder than those grown in a high sul- foliage and roots removed, and put in Many growers produce onions for direct fur environment. Growers should also be shallow trays inside for drying. Onions can market sales. Often consumers at these careful to choose the correct varieties for be cured outside on a dry surface for one markets are looking for sweet “Vidalia”- Kentucky. Intermediate or “day-neutral” week prior to storing as long as they are type onions. In order to produce mild type varieties perform well at this latitude. protected from rain. Throw out diseased or

56 FERTILIZER: Onions PESTICIDE SAFETY: Onions PESTICIDE SAFETY: Onions Fertilizer Soil Test Results (lb/A) Needed (lb/A) 1 1

Phosphorus Phosphate (P2O5) Low <31 181-240 Signal Re-entry (hrs) Harvest (days) Signal Re-entry (hrs) Harvest (days) Medium 31-60 61-180 Insecticides ManKocide D 24 7 High 61-80 1-60 Admire Pro C 12 21 MetaStar 2EC AG W 48 0 Very High >81 0 Assail 30 SG C 12 4 Omega 500F W 48 7 Coragen 1.67 SC C 4 1 Presidio C 12 2 Potassium Potash (K O) 2 Intrepid 2 F C 4 16 Pristine C 12 7 Low <201 176-250 Knack 0.83 EC C 12 3 Propiconazole4 W 12 14 Medium 201-300 101-175 Lorsban 15 G C 24 AP2 Quadris C 4 0 High 301-450 1-100 Malathion 8 C 12 3 Quadris Opti W 12 7 Very High >450 0 Movento 2 SC C 24 3 Quadris Top C 12 7 Nitrogen N Radiant SC C 4 1 Quilt C 12 14 Apply 90 to 100 lb of nitrogen (N)/A to soils of Requiem 25 EC C 4 0 Quilt Xcel W 12 0 relatively low fertility; broadcast and disk before Reason 500 SC C 12 7 planting. Decrease nitrogen application accord- Restricted Use ing to soil fertility. On heavily fertilized soils, ap- Ridomil Gold EC/SL C 48 0 Agri-Mek 0.15 EC W 12 30 5 ply 50 to 60 lb N/A. Once bulbing starts sidedress Battalion 1.5 EC DP 12 1 Ridomil Gold Bravo SC W 48 7/21 with 25 lb N/A every two weeks for a total of four Ridomil Gold Copper4 D 48 7/105 applications. Diazinon AG 500 C 24 14 Diazinon 50 W C 24 14 Ridomil Gold MZ W 48 7 Lannate 90 SP DP 48 7 Rovral 4 Flowable W 24 7 Lorsban 4 E W 24 AP2 Iprodione 4L AG W 24 7 injured bulbs. A temperature of 35°F and Mustang Max W 12 7 Meteor W 24 7 a relative humidity of 70 to 75 percent is Penncap-M W 96 15 Nevado 4F W 24 7 the most desirable for storing onions for Permethrin 3.2 EC C 12 1 Revus C 4 7 Proaxis 0.5 EC C 24 14 Scala C 12 7 long periods. Do not store bulbs at a high Sulfur4 C 24 0 relative humidity, as is appropriate for Venom 70 SG C 12 1 Warrior II W 24 14 Switch C 12 7 Tebuconazole4 C 12 7 many other vegetables. Good ventilation Fungicides Ultra Flourish W 48 0 is essential. Actigard 50WG C 12 7 Zampro C 12 0 Green-bunching onions should be Aliette WDG3 C 12 7 Botran 75-W C 12 14 1 W: Warning, C: Caution, D: Danger; P: Poison pulled and put into bunches (containing 2 Cabrio EG C 12 7 AP: At planting five to seven plants) when they are to 1 3 The use of Aliette in the following Kentucky coun- 1/3 Chlorothalonil4 D 12 7/145 inch in diameter. To achieve the long white ties has certain restrictions to protect endangered Cuprofix MZ Disperss4 C 24 7 freshwater mollusks and their habitat, so read shoulders desired on green onions, the soil Endura W 12 7 labels carefully: Campbell, Green, Hart, Kenton, is hilled around plants two to three weeks Fixed coppers4 D 12/24 0 Logan, Marshall, Rockcastle, Todd, Warren, and Fontelis C 12 3 Wayne counties. before harvest. 4 Several formulations are marketed. See the gen- Forum SC C 12 0 eral introduction for more details on fungicides. Common Diseases/Management Inspire Super C 12 7 5 Dependent on type of onion (green, bulb or dry), 4 see label. General Practices Mancozeb C 24 7 Onions are very susceptible to a wide range of diseases. Use production prac- INSECT CONTROL: Onions1 tices that maintain good air circulation in Seasonal the crop. Dry onions and green onions are Insecticide Product Amt/A Limit/A Comments and Other Restrictions not always covered by the same pesticide Preplant/Planting labels because the residue risk is much Onion Maggots: Problems with onion maggots are often associated with soils that are high in organic higher with green onions (the leaves are matter or amended with manure. Continuous planting of onions on the same ground will increase onion maggot problems. When possible, rotate with other crops. Eliminate culls and volunteer onions eaten in addition to the bulb). Examine after harvest to reduce the overwintering population. labels carefully to ensure the crop/stage Diazinon 50 W 4 to 8 lb - Incorporate immediately. is covered. Lorsban 4 E 1.1 oz/ 1 application Dry bulb onions only, incorporate. 1,000 row-feet Bacterial leaf blights, bacterial soft Lorsban 15 G 3.7 oz/ 1 application Dry bulb only. rots, and Botrytis neck rot. Control leaf 1,000 row-feet diseases through use of fixed coppers; Malathion 8 1.56 pt 2 applications - neck rot is suppressed by some fungicides. Foliar Treatments Plants should be gathered into windrows at Thrips: In general, red onions are more susceptible to thrips injury. Monitor for thrips regularly, especially during hot, dry weather. When needed, treat during early bulb stage and use 10 to 25 thrips per harvest; neck tissues should be dry before plant as a guideline for treatment. topping and storage. Bacterial leaf blights Admire Pro 14 fl oz 14 fl oz Soil application only. can be supressed by fixed coppers. Har- Agri-Mek 0.15 EC 8 to 16 fl oz 48 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. Assail 30 SG 5 to 8 oz 32 oz Limit 4 applications. Allow 7 days between ap- vest promptly and avoid damage during plications. handling to limit problems with bacterial Battalion 1.5 EC 1.5 to 2.4 fl oz 9.6 fl oz - rots. In storage, cure rapidly using forced Knack 0.83 EC 8 fl oz 16 fl oz Target immatures. air; heat (not above 100°F) may be re- Lannate 90 SP 1 lb 4 lb - Movento 2 SC 5 fl oz 10 fl oz For thrips larvae. Allow 7 days between applica- quired for up to five to seven days during tions. humid weather. Mustang Max 2.88 to 4 fl oz 20 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. Damping-off, seedling blight, and Penncap-M 2 pt 8 pt - smut. Purchase fungicide-treated seed Pounce 3.2 EC 6 to 12 fl oz 80 oz Dry bulb only, not for green onions. Proaxis 0.5 EC 2.56 to 3.84 fl oz 30.7 fl oz Allow 5 days between applications. Not for or treat with either Captan 50 WP at 1 green onions. teaspoon per pound of seed. At the time Radiant SC 6 to 10 fl oz 30 fl oz - (continued on next page) 57 of planting bulbs (sets), apply mancozeb INSECT CONTROL: Onions1 (continued) at 1 pound per 25 gallons of water for Seasonal 10,000 linear feet as a coarse spray into Insecticide Product Amt/A Limit/A Comments and Other Restrictions Requiem 25 EC 1.5 to 3 qt - the planting furrow. For control of Py- Venom 70 SG 3 to 4 oz 6 oz Foliar application. Allow 7 days between ap- thium damping-off, apply mefenoxam or plications. metalaxyl either preplant or banded as a 5 to 6 oz 6 oz Soil application. soil-surface spray after planting. Maneb Warrior II 1.28 to 1.92 fl oz 15.36 fl oz Bulb and garlic only, not for green onions. is no longer available or labeled for use 1 Generic products available (Appendix E). on onions. Downy mildew. Apply fungicides when Botrytis leaf blight, purple blotch, management, but fungicide sprays are conditions are favorable for disease; a Stemphylium blight. Rotate away from usually needed on commercial plantings number of products are available. onions for three to four years to reduce in Kentucky. Apply fungicides weekly be- these diseases. Steps taken to improve ginning when disease first appears. air movement within the crop will aid in

WEED CONTROL: Onion Product Amt/A Lb A.I./A Comments 0.5-1.6 fl oz 0.008-0.025 For contact post-emergence control of annual broadleaf weeds and suppression of annual grasses. Can be applied as a Aim 1.9 EW carfentrazone preplant, pre-transplant burndown, or before crop emerges to actively growing weeds up to 4 inches tall. Can also be applied post-emergence as a directed hooded application between crop rows. Use min. 10 gal of water/A and crop oil 1% v/v. Max. rate 6.1 fl oz/A. PHI = 0 days. 1-1.5 pt 0.25-0.38 For selective post-emergence control of broadleaf weeds. Use in 50 to 70 gal of water/A. Apply when both soil and Buctril bromoxynil onion leaves are dry and when temperature is 70 to 85°F. Apply to onions with 2 to 5 leaves and when weeds are < 2 inches tall. Do not add surfactant. Do not irrigate within 2 days of a pre-emergence application or within 3 days of crop emergence. 2 oz 0.064 Apply to transplanted onions (dry bulb) between the 2-leaf and 6-leaf stage and on direct seed onions (dry bulb) be- Chateau 51 WDG flumioxazin tween the 3-leaf and 6-leaf stage. Apply to weed-free onions (dry bulb) for pre-emergence control of the weeds listed. For use on all soil types with up to 5% organic matter. Do not apply more than 2 oz of Chateau WDG per acre during a single application. Do not apply more than 3 oz of Chateau WDG per acre during a single growing season. PHI = 45 days. Min. 14 days between applications. 6-14 lb 4.5-10.5 For pre-emergence control of annual grasses and small-seeded broadleaves. Can be broadcasted over transplants. Can Dacthal W-75 DCPA be applied up to 14 weeks after planting at 14 pt/A rate. Do not preplant incorporate. 1 pt 0.25 For selective post-emergence control of annual grasses and suppression of perennial grasses. Include 1% v/v crop oil Fusilade-DX 2E fluazifop-p or 0.25% v/v non-ionic surfactant/A. PHI = 45 days. Max. rate is 48 fl oz/A. 2-3 fl oz 0.032-0.5 For pre-emergence and post-emergence control of certain annual grasses and most broadleaves. For use on dry bulb Goal 2XL oxyfluorfen onion only. Apply as a broadcast spray after onions have 2 to 4 true leaves. Spray during sunny warm weather. Applica- tions made during or following cool, wet weather will result in more severe crop injury. Use 2 to 4 fl oz/A for seeded onion and 0.5 to 2 pt/A for transplanted onion in min. 40 gal of water/A. Apply within 1 day before or after transplanting. Max. rate = 2 pt/A per year. 45-day pre-harvest interval. Not trialed for use on plastic. 2.0-4.0 pt 0.67-1.35 For non-selective contact kill of annual grasses and broadleaf weeds and top-kill of perennial weeds. Apply preplant, Gramoxone paraquat salt pre-emergence, or before transplanting in min. 20 gal of water/A. Apply banded or broadcast. Use higher rate for Inteon heavy weed infestations. Use non-ionic surfactant 0.25% v/v. PHI = 60 days. 10-21 fl oz 0.47-0.98 For pre-emergent control of select annual grasses and broadleaf weeds. Apply to onions after the 2 leaf stage and af- Outlook dimethanamid ter soil has settled around transplanted onions, or injury may be severe. Can be applied in a single or split application. PHI = 30 days. 0.5-1.5 pt 0.09-0.27 For control of actively growing grasses only. Use high rate on johnsongrass. PHI = 30 days. Max. rate of 1.5 pt/applica- Poast 1.5 sethoxydim tion and 4.5 pt/season. 5-6 qt 5-6 For control of annual grasses and small-seeded broadleaves. Apply preplant incorporated to a depth of 1 inch or pre- Prefar 4 E bensulide emergence after planting. Irrigate immediately after pre-emergence application. 1.8-3.6 pt 0.74-1.49 For control of annual grasses and broadleaf weeds. Apply in min. 10 gal of water/A to plants with 2 to 9 true leaf stage. Prowl 3.3 E pendimethalin Do not apply surface pre-emergence or serious crop injury can result. Not for use on leek or green bunching onion. PHI = 45 days. 2 pt 0.95 Section 3 label for pre-emergence on green onions and related crops after seeding and before emergence. The label Prowl H2O pendimethalin allows use of 2 pints pre-emergence and 2 pints after the two leaf stage. A maximum of 4 pints (1.9 lb ai) may be applied per crop. It should not be used on soils with less than 3% OM. PHI = 30-days. Other crops in the green onion subgroup included on the new label are chives, leeks, scallions, green shallots and Japanese bunching onions. 16-22 fl oz 0.69-0.94 For non-selective post-emergence control of annual and perennial grasses and broadleaf weeds. Use only AMS 1 to Roundup glyphosate-salt 2% v/v. Adding a non-ionic surfactant can reduce weed control effectiveness. Min. 30 days before planting any non- WeatherMax 5.5L labeled crop. 9-32 fl oz 0.07-0.24 For selective post-emergence of actively growing annual grasses and suppression of perennial grasses. Add crop oil Select Max clethodim 1% v/v in min. 20 gal of water/A. Do not apply more than 32 oz per application. PHI = 45 days. 1-1.25 pt 0.5-0.62 For pre-emergence control of annual grasses and broadleaf weeds. For dry bulb use only. Apply at lay-by to soil be- Treflan HFP 4 E trifluralin tween onion rows.

DISEASE CONTROL: Onions—Dry and Spanish FRAC Seasonal Product Code1 Amt/A Limits/A Comments Bacterial Leaf Blight Fixed coppers Apply every 5 to 10 days when plants reach 4 to 6 inches or before disease onset, depending upon product and conditions. See label for mixing instructions and tank-mix precautions. Badge SC M 1.5 pt - Badge X2 M 0.75 lb OMRI-listed. Champ DP M 0.67 to 1 lb - Champ Formula 2 FL M 0.67 to 1 pt - Champ WG M 2 lb OMRI-listed. (continued on next page)

58 DISEASE CONTROL: Onions—Dry and Spanish (continued) FRAC Seasonal Product Code1 Amt/A Limits/A Comments Cuprofix Ultra 40 Disperss M 1.25 to 3 lb - Kentan DF M 1.5 to 2 lb - Kocide 2000 M 1.5 lb - Kocide 3000 M 0.75 lb - Kocide DF M 1 to 1.5 lb - Mastercop M 0.5 to 1 pt - Nu-Cop 50 WP M 2 lb OMRI-listed. Nu-Cop 3 L M 1.33 to 2.66 pt - Nu-Cop 50 DF M 1 to 1.5 lb OMRI-listed. Nu-Cop 50 HB M 1 lb - ManKocide2 M 1.5 to 2.25 lb see footnote Apply when disease appears and continue every 3 to 7 days as needed. Botrytis Leaf Blight, Downy Mildew, Purple Blotch, Stemphylium Blight Actigard P 0.75 to 1 oz 4 oz Downy mildew only. Apply 7 to 10 days after thinning and make up to three additional applications every 7 to 10 days. Apply in a min of 20 gal/A of water. May cause phytotoxicity and yield reduction. Do not apply to stressed or injured plants. Aliette WDG 33 2 to 3 lb 7 apps Downy mildew only. Apply when conditions favor disease and continue every 7 to 14 days. Do not tank-mix with copper compounds. Botran 75 W 14 1.66 to 3.33 lb 5.33 lb Botrytis only. Apply every 14 days. Cabrio 11 8 to 12 oz4 6 apps Use higher rates for downy mildew and Botrytis leaf blight. Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 to 14 days. Chlorothalonil3 Apply before disease onset; continue every 7 days as needed. Bravo Ultrex M 0.9 to 2.7 lb 18.2 lb Bravo WeatherStik M 1 to 3 pt 20 pt Endura 7 6.8 oz 6 apps Purple blotch and botrytis leaf blight only. Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 to 14 days. Fixed coppers Purple blotch and downy mildew only. Apply every 5 to 10 days when plants reach 4 to 6 inches or before disease onset, depending upon product and conditions. See label for mixing instructions and tank-mix precautions. Badge SC M 1.5 pt - Badge X2 M 0.75 lb OMRI-listed. Basic Copper 53 M 3 to 4 lb OMRI-listed. C-O-C-S WDG M 3 to 4 lb - Champ DP M 1.33 lb - Champ Formula 2 FL M 1.33 pt - Champ WG M 2 lb OMRI-listed. COC DF M 3 to 4 lb - COC WP M 3 to 4 lb OMRI-listed. Copper-Count-N M 4 pt - Cueva M 0.5 to 2 gal OMRI-listed. Mix in 100 gallons of water, use 50 to 100 gal/A of solution. Cuprofix Ultra 40 Disperss M 1.25 to 3 lb - Kentan DF M 2 lb - Kocide 3000 M 0.75 lb - Kocide 2000 M 1.5 lb - Kocide DF M 2 lb - Nordox 75 WG M 1.25 to 2.5 lb OMRI-listed. Mastercop M 0.5 to 1 pt - Nu-Cop 50 WP M 2 lb OMRI-listed. Nu-Cop 3 L M 1.33 to 2.66 pt - Nu-Cop 50 DF M 2 lb OMRI-listed. Nu-Cop HB M 1 lb - Fontelis 7 16 to 24 fl oz 72 fl oz Botrytis leaf blight, botrytis neck rot, purple blotch. Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 to 14 days. Forum SC 40 6 fl oz 5 apps Downy mildew only. Must be tank-mixed with another downy mildew fungicide, excluding mefenoxam. Apply before disease onset, continue every 5 to 7 days. Inspire Super 3/9 16 to 20 fl oz 80 fl oz Botrytis leaf blight, purple blotch. Apply every 7 to 10 days. Iprodione3 Botrytis leaf blight, botrytis neck rot, purple blotch. Apply before disease onset and Rovral 4 Flowable 2 1 to 1.5 pt 5 apps repeat every 14 days. Mancozeb3 Products include Dithane, Koverall, Manzate, Penncozeb. Dry formulations M 2 to 3 lb 30-32 lb Liquid formulations M 1.6 to 2.4 qt 24 qt ManKocide2 M 2.5 lb see footnote Apply before disease appears and continue every 3 to 7 days as needed. Omega 500F 29 1 pt 6 apps Botrytis leaf blight, Botrytis neck rot, downy mildew, purple blotch. Apply every 7 to 10 days. Do not use a spray adjuvant. Presidio 43 3 to 4 fl oz 4 apps Downy mildew. Apply every 7 to 14 days. Must be tank-mixed with a fungicide NOT in FRAC Group 43. Pristine 7/11 14.5 to 18.5 oz 4 apps Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 to 14 days. User lower rates for Botrytis leaf blight. Propiconazole3 Purple blotch and botrytis leaf blight. Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 to Tilt 3 4 to 8 fl oz 16 fl oz 10 days. Quadris 11 6 to 15.5 fl oz 4 apps Use higher rates for downy mildew and Botrytis leaf blight. Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 to 14 days. Quadris Opti 11/M 1.6 to 3.6 pt 3 apps Bunch and dry onions only. Quadris Top 11/3 12 to 14 fl oz 42 fl oz Apply before disease onset, apply every 7 to 14 day schedule. Quilt 11/3 14 to 27.5 fl oz 55.3 fl oz Purple blotch, botrytis leaf blight. Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 to 10 days. (continued on next page)

59 DISEASE CONTROL: Onions—Dry and Spanish (continued) FRAC Seasonal Product Code1 Amt/A Limits/A Comments Quilt Xcel 11/3 14 to 26 fl oz 56 fl oz Use higher rates for downy mildew and Botrytis leaf blight. Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 to 14 days. Presidio 43 3 to 4 fl oz 12 fl oz Apply every 7 to 14 days. Must be tank-mixed with a fungicide NOT in FRAC Group 43. Reason 11 5.5 fl oz 22 fl oz Downy mildew and purple blotch. Apply before disease onset, continue every 5 to 10 days. Revus 40 8 fl oz 32 fl oz Downy mildew. Apply every 7 to 10 days. Use a spreader/penetrant surfactant. Must be tank-mixed with a fungicide NOT in FRAC Group 40. Ridomil Gold Bravo SC 4/M 2.5 pt 4 apps Apply before disease onset, continue every 14 days. Rotate to another mode of action between applications of RG Bravo. Avoid late-season applications. Observe seasonal limits for chlorothalonil. Ridomil Gold Copper 4/M 2 lb Downy mildew only. Apply before disease onset, continue every 14 days. Rotate to another mode of action between applications of RG Copper. Avoid late-season applications. Limit 4 apps/season. Ridomil Gold MZ2 4/M 2.5 lb Downy mildew only. Apply before disease onset, continue every 14 days. Rotate to another mode of action between applications of RG MZ. Avoid late-season applications. Scala 9 9 to 18 fl oz 54 fl oz Purple blotch and botrytis leaf blight only. Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 to 14 days. Switch 62.5WG 9/12 11 to 14 oz 56 oz Not for downy mildew. Apply every 7 to 10 days. Tanos 11/27 8 oz 84 oz Downy mildew, purple blotch. Must be tank-mixed with a multi-site inhibitor (FRAC Group M). Apply before disease onset, continue every 5 to 7 days. Tebuconazole3 Purple blotch only. Apply preventively. Use lowest listed rate of surfactant to improve Folicur 3.6F 3 4 to 6 fl oz 12 fl oz coverage. Zampro 40/45 14 fl oz 3 apps Downy mildew. Apply before disease onset, treat every 7 days. Pythium Damping-off, Cottony Leak Ridomil Gold SL 4 0.5 to 1 pt 1 app Preplant. Apply to soil as a broadcast spray or in a 7-inch band; incorporate into the Ultra Flourish 4 1 to 2 pt upper 2 inches of soil. At planting. Apply broadcast or banded, move into seed zone MetaStar 2E AG 4 2 to 4 pt with 0.5 to 1 inch of irrigation if rainfall is not expected within 24 hours. NOTE: Some of the chemicals listed above may not be labeled for green onions—check product labels carefully before use. 1 Products with numerical FRAC codes must be alternated or tank-mixed with products that have a different FRAC code to discourage resistance development. See product label for maximum number of consecutive applications allowed. Refer to the table on page 14 for more information on FRAC codes. 2 Observe seasonal limits for mancozeb. 3 Generic products available (Appendix F). Amounts and seasonal limits per acre are product dependent. 4 Use higher rate when pressure is severe. Peas Pea family (Fabaceae): Pisum sativum

Planting and Culture VARIETIES: Peas—English, Edible Pod, Snap Early spring plantings are a must to Days to Variety Maturity Comments ensure good yields in Kentucky. The earli- English (all are determinate) est plantings should be made between Spring 57 Large pods for an early cultivar; excellent quality. February 20 and March 1 or by the time Oregon Trail 61 Highly productive, 2 pods per node; very sweet; resistant to pea ena- the soil temperature has reached 45°F (see tion mosaic virus and powdery mildew. Maestro 61 Heavy producer of 4 inch long pods; excellent quality; tolerance to Appendix I). Use seed treatments to avoid Fusarium wilt, pea enation virus, bean yellow mosaic virus, and pow- decay problems. dery mildew. Select soils that are well drained and Legacy 67 Productive, 3.5 inch pods; 2.5 pods per node; resistant to Fusarium wilt and powdery mildew. adjust the pH to 6.5. Lighter, sandy loam Green Arrow 68 Productive, Fusarium wilt and powdery mildew resistant. soils are preferred because they warm up Utrillo 71 Productive; 5 inch pods; very sweet peas; good for fall production sooner. planted in mid August. Edible Pod1 Oregon Giant 69 Highly productive; sweet pods 4 inches long; resistant to Fusarium FERTILIZER: Peas wilt, pea enation mosaic virus and powdery mildew. Fertilizer Oregon Sugar Pod II 70 Highly productive; pods 3 inches long; Fusarium wilt resistance. Soil Test Results (lb/A) Needed (lb/A) Mammoth Melting 74 Vine 34 to 40 inches tall, pods 4 inches long. Sugar Phosphorus Phosphate (P2O5) Snap Low <31 121-180 Sugar Ann 56 Resistant to Fusarium wilt race 1, very sweet. Medium 31-60 61-120 Super Snappy 65 Highly productive; 5 inch long pods; vines may need support; toler- High 61-80 1-60 ant to powdery mildew. Very High >81 0 Cascadia 67 Very productive; 3 inch long pods; pods remain tender and sweet longer than other cultivars; very good disease tolerance. Potassium Potash (K2O) Low <201 101-200 Sugar Snap 72 Resistant to common pea wilt; an All American Selection all time winner; must be trellised; very heavy yielder. Medium 201-300 51-100 Sugar Daddy 74 Stringless, tolerant to pea leaf roll virus and resistant to powdery High 301-450 1-50 mildew. Very High >450 0 1 P. sativum var. macrocarpon Nitrogen N Poor soils 50-60 Fertile soils 30-40

60 INSECT CONTROL: Peas1 PESTICIDE SAFETY: Peas Seasonal Insecticide Product Amt/A Limit/A Comments and Other Restrictions 1 Preplant Incorporated

Cutworms, Wireworms: Eliminate weeds from field margins and plow fields at least 2 weeks before Signal Re-entry (hrs) Harvest (days) planting to destroy cutworm food sources and egg laying sites. Wireworms can be a potential problem Insecticides where peas follow grass or grass-legume sod. Acramite 4 SC C 12 3 Diazinon 50 W 4 to 8 lb Incorporate immediately. Admire Pro C 12 7/213 Planter Box Assail 30 SG C 12 73 3 Seedcorn Maggots: Usually only a serious pest early in the season. Shallow planting in well-prepared Belt 4 SC C 12 1/14 seedbeds and adequate soil temperature to promote rapid germination will aid in reducing problems. Bt products C 4/12 0 Heavy cover crops or manure should be plowed early to render fields less attractive for egg laying. Coragen 1.67 SC - 4 1 Foliar Treatments Dimethoate 4 E W 48 0 Alfalfa Loopers, Green Cloverworms Intrepid 2 F C 4 7 Asana XL 2.9 to 9.6 fl oz 38.4 fl oz Do not feed vines. Malathion 8 C 12 3 3 Belt 4 SC 2 to 3 fl oz 6 fl oz Allow 5 days between applications. Movento 2 SC C 24 1/7 Bt products See labels. - - Radiant SC C 4 3/28 Brigade 2 EC 2.1 to 6.4 fl oz 12.8 fl oz - Sevin XLR W 12 3 Intrepid 2 F 4 to 16 fl oz 64 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. Restricted Use Lannate 90 SP 0.25 to 1 lb 3 lb Wait 5 days to feed forage. Succulent peas only. Asana XL W 12 3/213 Mustang Max 2.72 to 4 fl oz 24 fl oz Allow 5 days between applications. Baythroid XL W 12 7 Proaxis 0.5 EC 1.92 to 3.84 fl oz 15.36 fl oz - Brigade 2 EC W 12 3 Warrior II 0.96 to 1.92 fl oz 7.68 fl oz - Brigadier 2 W 12 7 3 Aphids Danitol 2.4 EC W 24 7 Admire Pro 7 to 10.5 fl oz 10.5 fl oz Soil application. Diazinon 50 W C 24 7 Assail 30 SG 2.5 to 5.3 oz 16 oz Limit 3 applications. Allow 7 days between ap- Hero 1.24 EC C 12 3 plications. Not for dried peas. Lannate 90 SP DP 48 13 Brigade 2 EC 2.1 to 6.4 fl oz 12.8 fl oz - Leverage 2.7 W 12 73 Malathion 8 1 pt 2 applications Allow 7 days between applications. Mustang Max W 12 1/213 Movento 2 SC 4 to 5 fl oz 10 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. Proaxis 0.5 EC C 24 7/213 Renounce 20 WP C 12 7 Armyworms, Cutworms Voliam Xpress W 24 7/213 Asana XL 5.8 to 9.6 fl oz 38.4 fl oz Do not feed vines. Warrior II W 24 7/213 Baythroid XL 0.8 to 1.6 fl oz 6.4 fl oz Dry peas only. Limit 3.2 fl oz per 14-day period. Belt 4 SC 2 to 3 fl oz 6 fl oz Allow 5 days between applications. Fungicides Endura W 12 7/21 Brigade 2 EC 2.1 to 6.4 fl oz 12.8 fl oz - 2 4 Coragen 1.67 EC 3.5 to 5 fl oz 15.4 fl oz For beet and fall armyworm. Allow 3 days be- Fixed coppers D 12/24 0 tween applications. Fontelis C 12 0 Intrepid 2 F 4 to 16 fl oz 64 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. Headline3 W 12 7/21 Mustang Max 2.72 to 4 fl oz 24 fl oz Allow 5 days between applications. MetaStar 2EC AG W 48 0 Proaxis 0.5 EC 1.92 to 3.84 fl oz 15.36 fl oz - Priaxor C 12 7 Sevin XLR 1 to 1.5 qt 6 qt Limit 4 applications. Allow at least 7 days be- Proline 480 SC C 12 7 tween applications. Quadris C 4 0 Warrior II 1.28 to 1.92 fl oz 7.68 fl oz - Ridomil Gold SL C 48 0 2 1 Generic products available (Appendix E). Sulfur C 24 0 Ultra Flourish W 48 0 1 W: Warning, C: Caution, D: Danger; P: Poison 2 Several formulations are marketed. See the gen- Seed may be planted in either double Edible pod or snow peas are harvested eral introduction for more details on fungicides. or single rows. Double rows should be while the peas are immature. Pods reach a 3 PHI depends on the type of pea, see label. spaced 6 to 8 inches between rows and length of 3 to 5 inches within five to seven 4 Depends on type of application and product. 18 to 24 inches between pairs of rows or days after flowering. Consequently, pods adjusted to the cultivating equipment should be harvested every other day to that is available. Plants in double rows will prevent the development of large seeds Damping-off, root rot. Rotate fields support each other. For tall-growing, in- and tough pods. Edible pod peas in plastic with a history of root rot for four or more determinate varieties, plant supports will bags will store 10 days under refrigeration years to small grains, corn, or other grasses; need to be constructed. Space single rows without loss of quality. avoid legumes during the rotation. Pur- 24 to 36 inches apart. Seed within the row Edible pod snap peas can be harvested chase seed that has been commercially should be planted 1 to 1 ½ inches deep from the time the peas begin to form until treated with, or treat with Captan at 1 and spaced 1 inch apart. Peas requires the pods are well filled. teaspoon per pound of seed. Mefenoxam between 60 and 100 pounds of seed per Peas should be stored at 32° to 34°F and or metalaxyl can be applied at planting acre, depending on spacing. 90 to 95 percent relative humidity. to suppress Pythium; azoxystrobin can be applied for control of Rhizoctonia. Harvesting Common Diseases/Management White mold. Steps taken to reduce peri- English peas should be picked as soon as Fusarium wilt. Use resistant varieties in ods of wetness in the canopy are helpful, pods are well filled but before they harden fields with a history of Fusarium wilt. and a number of fungicides are labeled for and fade in color. Two or three pickings can Anthracnose, Ascochyta leaf spot and this disease. Avoid fields with a history of usually be made. Peas should be cooled pod blight, leaf spots, powdery mildew. the disease in any crop. and processed as soon as possible because Several fungicide products are labeled. Viruses. Virus diseases occur in every the sugar content decreases rapidly after Some resistant varieties are available. Plant planting every year. Practical controls are harvest. It is best to shell the peas just disease-free seed to reduce leaf spots and not available; avoid planting peas next to before cooking. pod diseases. Rotate away from legumes other legumes. for three to four years to reduce inoculum levels in soil.

61 WEED CONTROL: Peas Product Amt/A Lb A.I./A Comments 0.5-1.6 fl oz 0.008-0.025 For contact post-emergence control of annual broadleaf weeds and suppression of annual grasses. Can be applied Aim 1.9 EW carfentrazone as a preplant, pre-transplant burndown or before crop emerges to actively growing weeds up to 4 inches tall. Can also be applied post-emergence as a directed hooded application between crop rows. Use min. 10 gal of water/A and crop oil 1% v/v. Max. rate 6.1 fl oz/A. PHI = 0 days. 5-12 fl oz 0.033-0.08 For selective post-emergence control of annual grasses and suppression of perennial grasses. Apply to actively Assure II 0.88L quizalofop growing grasses in 10 to 15 gal of water/A. Include 1% v/v crop oil concentrate or 0.25% v/v non-ionic surfactant. Pre-harvest interval is 30 days for succulent peas and 60 days for dry peas. Maximum 14 fl oz/A per season. 1-2 pt 0.5-1 For post-emergence control of annual broadleaves and suppression of yellow nutsedge. Two applications are need- Basagran 4S bentazon ed for nutsedge and Canada thistle control. Do not add crop oil. Apply after peas have at least 3 pairs of leaves (or 4 nodes) or severe crop damage may occur. PHI for dry peas is 30 days and for succulent peas is 10 days. Do not apply when peas are in bloom. 1.3 pt 0.5 For pre-emergence control of annual grasses and broadleaf weeds. Apply once in a min. 10 gal of water/A. Apply Command 3ME clomazone and incorporate 2 to 3 inches before planting. Use in combination with other herbicides to broaden weed control spectrum. 1.3-1.7 pt 1.3-1.6 For control of most annual grasses and certain broadleaves. Apply preplant surface or incorporated or pre-emer- Dual II Magnum s-metolachlor gence. Small grains may be planted 4½ months following this treatment. See label for other rotational crops. 7.6 E 2.0-4.0 pt 0.69-1.38 For non-selective contact kill of annual grasses and broadleaf weeds and top-kill of perennial weeds. Apply preplant, Gramoxone paraquat salt pre-emergence, or before transplanting in min. 10 gal water/A. Apply banded or broadcast. Use higher rate for Inteon heavy weed infestations. Use non-ionic surfactant 0.25% v/v. 0.5-2.5 pt 0.09-0.48 For control of actively growing grasses only. Use high rate on johnsongrass. Dry and succulent peas. Max. rate 4 pt/A Poast 1.5 sethoxydim per year. Include 1% v/v crop oil. PHI = 15 days for succulent peas and 30 days for dry peas. 1.8-3.6 pt 0.74-1.49 For control of annual grasses and broadleaf weeds. For use on chickpeas only. Apply before planting and incorpo- Prowl 3.3 EC pendimethalin rate 1 to 2 inches up to 60 days before planting and incorporate within 7 days of application. Do not apply surface pre-emergence, or serious crop injury can result. 3 oz 0.05 For control of annual grasses and broadleaf weeds. Can be applied preplant incorporated within 1 week before Pursuit 2L imazethapyr planting. Can be applied pre-emergence within 3 days after planting. Can be applied post-emergence to plants at least 3 inches tall but before 5 nodes and before flowering. Add non-ionic surfactant 0.25% v/v. 4 fl oz 0.031 For control of annual grasses and broadleaf weeds. Some varieties are sensitive and injury can occur. Apply post- Raptor 1AS imazamox emergence to actively growing dry peas with at least 3 pairs of leaves and before bloom. Max. 1 application/season. 16-22 fl oz 0.69-0.94 For non-selective post-emergence control of annual and perennial grasses and broadleaf weeds. Use only AMS 1 to Roundup glyphosate-salt 2% v/v. Adding a non-ionic surfactant can reduce weed control effectiveness. Min. 30 days before planting any non- WeatherMax 5.5L labeled crop. 9-16 fl oz 0.068-0.12 For control grasses. Do not apply more than 16 oz/A in a single application. For peas apply before bloom, but no Select Max clethodim more than 21 days before harvest. 7.5 lb 0.75 For pre-emergence control of annual grasses and broadleaves. For use on dry peas only. Apply and incorporate be- Sonalan 10G ethalfluralin fore planting. 3.0-8.0 fl oz 0.09-0.25 For dry peas only. For pre-emergent control of select weeds. Apply preplant and do not incorporate more than 2 Spartan 4F sulfentrazone inches. 1-2 pt 0.5-1 For control of annual grasses and broadleaf weeds. Apply and incorporate in spring before planting or in fall in ad- Treflan HFP 4 E trifluralin vance of spring planting.

DISEASE CONTROL: Peas FRAC Seasonal Product Code1 Amt/A Limits/A Comments Anthracnose, Ascochyta Leaf Spot/Pod Blight, Leaf Spots, Powdery Mildew Endura 7 6 to 11 oz 2 apps Apply before disease onset, continue every 5 to 14 days. Fontelis 7 14 to 30 fl oz 72 fl oz Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 to 14 days. Fixed coppers Apply every 7 to 10 days, beginning before disease onset. See label for mixing instructions and tank-mix precautions. Badge SC M 1 to 2.5 pt - Badge X2 M 0.5 to 1.5 lb OMRI-listed. Basic Copper 53 M 1.75 to 3 lb OMRI-listed. Champ DP M 1 to 2 lb - Champ Formula 2 FL M 1 to 2 pt - Champ WG M 1.5 to 3 lb OMRI-listed. COC DF M 1.5 to 3 lb - COC WP M 1.5 to 3 lb OMRI-listed. Cueva M 0.5 to 2 gal OMRI-listed. Mix in 100 gallons of water, use 50 to 100 gal/A of solution. Cuprofix Ultra 40 Disperss M 1 to 2 lb - Kentan DF M 1 to 2 lb - Kocide 2000 M 1 to 2.25 lb - Kocide 3000 M 0.5 to 1.25 lb - Kocide DF M 1.5 to 3 lb - Mastercop M 0.5 to 1 pt - Nordox 75 WG M 0.66 to 2.5 lb OMRI-listed. Nu-Cop 50 WP M 1.5 to 3 lb OMRI-listed. Nu-Cop 3 L M 1 to 4 pt - Nu-Cop 50 DF M 1.5 to 3 lb OMRI-listed. Nu-Cop HB M 0.75 to 1.5 lb - Headline 11 6 to 9 fl oz4 18 fl oz Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 to 14 days. Headline SC 11 Priaxor 7/11 4 to 8 fl oz 16 fl oz Apply prior to development of disease, continue every 7 to 10 days. Quadris 11 6 to 15.5 fl oz4 4 foliar apps Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 to 14 days. Sulfur3 M Powdery mildew. Apply when disease is first observed; continue every 14 days as needed. Phytotoxicity may occur if applications are made when temperatures exceed 90ºF. Some products are OMRI-listed; refer to labels. (continued on next page) 62 DISEASE CONTROL: Peas (continued) FRAC Seasonal Product Code1 Amt/A Limits/A Comments Pythium Damping-off, Root Rot Ridomil Gold SL 4 0.5 to 1 pt 1 app Apply pre- or post-planting as a broadcast or banded spray (7-inch band) in suffi- MetaStar 2E AG 4 2 to 4 pt cient water to provide uniform coverage. Incorporate into the upper 2 inches of soil Ultra Flourish 4 1 to 2 pt mechanically or by rainfall/irrigation. Rhizoctonia Damping-off, Seedling Disease, Stem/Root Rot Quadris 11 0.4 to 0.7 fl oz2 1 app At-planting. Apply as an in-furrow spray in 0.3 to 1 gal water/1,000 row-feet (5- to 15-gal/A). Spray should applied to the furrow just before seed are covered. 0.4 to 0.8 fl oz2 4 foliar apps Post-emergence. Apply in a 7-inch (or less) band directed at the soil at the base of the plant. Arrange nozzles to provide good coverage of lower stems and soil at base of plants. Incorporation following application will improve distribution in soil. Foliar contact may occur; post-emergence sprays are considered foliar applications for resistance management purposes. 1 Products with numerical FRAC codes must be alternated or tank-mixed with products that have a different FRAC code to discourage resistance development. See product label for maximum number of consecutive applications allowed. Refer to the table on page 14 for more information on FRAC codes. 2 Per 1,000 row-feet. 3 Generic products available (Appendix F). Amounts and seasonal limits per acre are product dependent. 4 Use higher rate when pressure is severe. Peppers Nightshade family (Solanaceae): Capsicum annuum

Planting and Culture plications for vegetable crops. Make sure a trickle irrigation system with fertilizer Peppers are grown primarily for the to get your soil tested in the fall or early injection, contact your county Extension fresh market in Kentucky. To be success- winter so that you will know exactly what agent or irrigation supply representative. ful it is important to begin by selecting a nutrients are required. In Kentucky, pepper plants should be good field location. Low-lying fields next Plow soil 8 to 10 inches deep several transplanted to the field after danger of to creeks and rivers are subject to high weeks in advance of the transplanting frost, usually around the second week of humidity and moisture conditions that date. Peppers do extremely well follow- May (see Appendix I). A 7- to 8-week-old result in serious disease risks; these areas ing fescue sod. Prepare a fine seedbed by transplant is best. are especially prone to bacterial leaf-spot disking or rototilling. Greenhouse container-grown plants are recommended for planting with mulch epidemics. Avoid poorly drained fields or Fresh Market Bell Peppers fields where imazaquin or atrazine herbi- and trickle irrigation. Trays with 72-128 Production with Plasticulture cides may have been used the previous cells are considered economical but large season. Herbicide carryover (especially Planting hybrid bell peppers on 6- to enough to produce large and vigorous from corn and soybean herbicides) can 8-inch-high raised beds covered with transplants. Using a larger transplant cause serious injury to peppers (see “Weed black plastic mulch and using drip irriga- container (larger cell size) will usually Management” on page 9). tion has resulted in high yields of excellent result in better transplant survival and Growers also should locate pepper quality peppers for fresh market sales. earlier yields. plantings as far away from tobacco plant- A bed shaper/plastic mulch layer and a Seed should be treated by the seed ings as possible because of the danger setter that will transplant through plastic company or treated with chlorine bleach of aphid movement and virus disease are essential for this production system. by the grower to help reduce seed trans- spread from tobacco to peppers. Although Two rows of peppers spaced 15 inches mission of bacterial leaf spot (see Appen- tobacco ground may represent some apart are planted on each bed; plants are dix J). Bacterial spot remains a serious risk of the best land on a farm, it is also not spaced 12 to 15 inches apart within each to pepper plantings in many parts of the advisable to grow peppers after tobacco, row. The beds are usually 5 to 6 feet from state, and most growers should use resis- tomatoes, eggplants, potatoes, or vining center to center (approximately 14,500 tant varieties as well as early-season sprays crops for a period of three years, because plants per acre). containing fixed copper plus manzate to these crops are susceptible to many of the Since a portion of the fertilizer will be reduce ephypitic populations of leaf spot same diseases. applied though the drip irrigation system bacteria. Bare root transplants are not Soils known to be high in residual ni- (fertigation), uniform watering will ensure recommended for fresh market pepper trogen should also be avoided to prevent that plants receive adequate nutrients. production. peppers from producing excessive foli- Don’t assume that because it has rained When transplanting, use 4 to 8 ounces of age at the expense of fruit. Consider the there will be water in the root zone under a starter solution around the roots of each previous crop when deciding how much plastic. Also, while the consequences of plant. Use 3 pounds of a 10-52-17 or similar nitrogen to apply; there will probably be under-watering (and therefore under-fer- analysis fertilizer in 50 gallons of water for some residual nitrogen following a crop tilizing) are obvious, many growers over- the starter mix. that received heavy doses of nitrogen look the fact that over-watering will leach Poor fruit set and deformed fruit may fertilizer during the previous season. nutrients out of the root zone. Growers result when nighttime temperatures drop Potassium and especially phosphorus using trickle irrigation and plastic mulch below 60°F or when daytime tempera- are likely to accumulate in most Kentucky should carefully monitor soil moisture us- tures exceed 90°F. Varieties differ consid- soils following several years of heavy ap- ing tensiometers. Check these instruments erably in their response to temperature daily. For more details on how to set up extremes.

63 VARIETIES: Peppers Days to Variety Maturity Comments Bell (all are F1 hybrids and have resistance to several races of Bacterial spot) Socrates 64 Race 1, 2, 3 resistant, PVY, early blocky fruits. Declaration 70 Race 1, 2, 3, 5 resistant, intermediate resistance to phytophthora, CMV, TSWV, high yields, little silvering. Aristotle 70 Race 1, 2, 3 resistant, phytophthora tolerant. Alliance 74 Race 1, 2, 3, 5 resistant, PVY 0, 1, 1-2, TMV, PepMoV, Pep YMV with intermnediate resistance to CMV, high yields, light to medium green fruit, little silvering, top recommendation. Revolution 74 Race 1, 2, 3, 5 resistant, CMV resistant, somewhat Phytophthora tolerant, light to medium green fruit, may flatten in very hot weather, top recommendation. Colored Bell Mavras 68 TMV, large blocky deep purple fruit (for trial). Blushing Beauty 70 Race 1, 2, 3 resistant, matures green to ivory to orange to red. Early Sunsation 70 Race 1, 2, 3 resistant, PVY tolerant, green to golden yellow, blocky. Ivory 70 TMV, creamy white to deep yellow, mostly three lobed fruit. Valencia 72 Spot resistant, TMV, green to orange, blocky. Specialty Cherry Sweet Cherry Large 62 High yielding, sweet. Red Cherry Large 75 Very hot, 1¼ inch diameter fruits. Pimento Pimento Elite (hybrid) 87 Heart-shaped, 3 x 3 inches, tapered. Jalapeño (all are F1 hybrids) Hybrid No. 7 60 High yielding; large (“Grande”) type. Argiset 4108 70 Race 1, 2, 3 resistant, smooth glossy, very hot. X3R Ixtapa 70 Race 1, 2, 3 resistant; some purpling in cool weather; susceptible to ozone injury. Tormenta 72 Race 1, 2, 3 resistant, TEV, large upright plant with thick fruit, average heat. Grande 70 Large fruits, thick walled; fruit 3.5 to 4 inches long, TEV, PVY tolerant. El Jefe 72 Bacterial spot resistant (races 1, 2, 3); dark green. Telica 75 Dark green, 1.75 x 4.75 inches, bacterial spot resistant (races 1, 2, 3), TMV, PVY. Banana and Wax Inferno 60-65 Hot banana, thick walled fruits, yellow and red. X3R Hot Spot 65-70 Race 1,2,3 resistant, hot banana, 2 x 6 inches. Hungarian Yellow Wax 65-70 Yellow to orange red, medium hot, fruit 6 to 6.5 inches long, tapered. X3R Sweet Spot 70 Race 1, 2, 3 resistant, banana, light yellow to red, 2 x 8 inches. Santa Fe Grande 65 Very hot, pale yellow, jalapeño-like fruits. Italian/Cubanelle Aruba 65 High yielding, 2 x 7.5 inches, light green to pale yellow. Corno di Toro 70-75 Light to medium green, 8 inches long, tapered, large plant, heirloom type from Italy. X3R Key West 70-75 Light green, 2.5 x 7.5 inches, bacterial spot resistant (races 1, 2, 3). Carmen 75 Green to red, fruit 7 inches long, AAS winner. Poblano/Ancho San Ardo 75 Dark green to red, early and productive. Don Emilio 80 Uniform, blocky fruit, season long production. Tiburon 80 Dark green, 2.5 x 5.5 inches, high yields, sturdy plant. Anaheim Anaheim TMR 23 75 Thick walled, 8 inches long, TMV tolerant. Anaheim 118 75 Thick fleshed, light green to red Serrano Tuxtlas 70 Medium pungency, 0.5 x 3 inches, PMV, PVY, TEV. Serrano del Sol 70-72 High yielding and attractive fruits, 0.5 x 3.5 inches, tolerance to PMV and PVY. Don Picoso 75 Medium pungency, 3⁄4 x 3 inches, sets well throughout season. 1 Many varieties with resistance to at least 3 races of the bacterial spot pathogen are commercially available; some newer varieties also have resistance to race 5. Most of these have been tested at two or more locations by the University of Kentucky. We recommend that only bacterial spot resistant varieties be used. See “Common Diseases and Management” for more information on management of this important disease.

Most types of hot and specialty peppers during the season. To reduce sunburn European corn borer populations in July. can be grown using the same techniques to fruit, shorter (2 ½ to 3 feet) stakes are The degree-day model is available on the and spacings as for bell peppers; however, sometimes also used for very tall bell pep- Web at www2.ca.uky.edu/entomology/ some types require staking and tying. per varieties or where bell pepper plant- entfacts/ef106.asp. Serrano peppers, anaheims, poblanos, ings are exposed to high winds. and some cubanelle varieties should be (Note: See Kentucky Pepper Integrated Peppers for Processing staked and tied when using plasticulture Crop Management Grower Manual (IPM- There are few processing peppers being and high plant populations. Tomato stakes 13), uky.edu/Ag/IPM/manuals/ipm13pep. produced in Kentucky. Peppers grown for are placed every 6 to 10 feet on each side pdf, for more detailed information on processing are usually transplanted 16 of the double-row beds. Tomato twine is bell pepper production and pest man- inches apart in single rows 36 to 42 inches looped and tightened around each stake agement. Growers and cooperatives are apart, which will require about 10,000 at 7 to 9 inches above the soil to “fence-in” strongly advised to use UK’s degree-day plants per acre. If pimento peppers are the plants. Second and third stringings can model, pheromone traps, and regular grown, space plants 18 to 22 inches apart be used higher on the stakes as needed scouting to monitor second generation in rows 40 to 42 inches apart (7,500 plants

64 per acre). Although processing peppers PESTICIDE SAFETY: Peppers PESTICIDE SAFETY: Peppers have traditionally been grown on bare ground in Kentucky, several growers in 1 1 recent years have doubled their profits by using higher plant populations, hybrid Signal Re-entry (hrs) Harvest (days) Signal Re-entry (hrs) Harvest (days) Insecticides Lannate 90 SP DP 48 3 varieties, and black plastic mulch with drip Acramite 50 WS C 12 3 Leverage 2.7 SE W 12 7 irrigation. Actara 25 WDG C 12 0 Mustang Max W 12 1 Given the higher cost of the raised bed/ Admire 2 F C 12 0/213 Permethrin 3.2 EC C 12 3 plasticulture production system, most Assail 30 SG C 12 7 Proaxis 0.5 EC C 24 5 Avaunt 30 DG C 12 3 Proclaim 5 WDG C 48 7 processors do not object to growers sell- Belay 2.13 SC C 12 21 Renounce 20 WP C 12 0 ing a portion of the crop as fresh greens. Beleaf 50 SG C 12 0 Vydate L DP 48 7 In fact, it has become very common for Belt SC C 12 1 Voliam xpress W 24 5 growers to sell the first harvests as green Bt products C 4/12 0 Warrior II W 24 5 peppers for the fresh market and sell later- Confirm 2 F C 4 7 Fungicides Coragen 1.67 SC - 4 1 Actigard 50WG (chile C 12 14 maturing fruits as red peppers for proces- Courier 40 Sc W 12 1 only) sors. Yields can be dramatically increased Dimethoate 4 E W 48 0 Aftershock C 12 3 with plastic and drip irrigation, especially Durivo 1.67 SC - 12 30 Ag Streptomycin, Agri- C 12 0 Fulfill 50 DF C 12 0 Mycin 17, Harbour in a dry season. Blocker Flowable/4F C 12 0 Techniques (including double-row spac- Intrepid 2 F C 4 1 Kanemite 15 SC C 12 1 Bravo Weather Stik C 12 3 ings) for using this system with processing Knack 0.86 EC C 12 4 Cabrio EG C 12 0 peppers are the same as those described Malathion 8 C 12 3 Endura W 12 0 for fresh market peppers (see page 63). Movento 2 C 24 1 Evito C 12 3 Oberon 2 SC C 12 7 Flint C 12 3 Growers contracting with a processor, Fixed coppers2 D 12/244 0 however, are advised to check with the Orthene 75 S C 24 7 Platinum 2 SC C 12 30 Forum SC C 12 0 processing company regarding varieties. Portal 0.4 EC W 12 1 ManKocide D 48 7 Due to the devastating nature of bacte- Radiant SC C 4 1 Manzate Flowable C 24 7 rial leaf spot on peppers in Kentucky Requiem 25 EC C 4 0 Manzate Pro-Stick C 24 7 Meta Star 2EC AG W 48 7 it is advised that growers use a hybrid Rimon 0.83 EC W 12 1 Sevin XLR W 12 3 Presidio C 12 2 variety with leaf spot resistance. Some Trigard 75 WP C 12 0 Priaxor C 12 7 processors may supply open-pollinated, Venom 70 SG C 12 1/213 Quadris C 4 0 non-resistant varieties. The risks of using Vetica 2.66 C 12 1 Quadris Top C 12 0 a non-resistant variety are too great for Voliam flexi 40 WDG C 12 1 Ranman C 12 0 Zeal 72 WP C 12 7 Reason 500 SC C 12 14 large wholesale growers in Kentucky and Revus C 4 1 should be avoided. Restricted Use Ridomil Gold SL W 48 7 AgriMek 0.15 EC W 12 7 Ridomil Gold Copper D 48 7 Fertilizing Asana XL W 12 7 Sulfur2 C 24 0 For fresh-market bell pepper produc- Battalion 1.5 EC DP 12 1 Tanos C 12 3 Baythroid XL W 12 7 tion on most medium-textured soils where Ultra Flourish W 12 7 Brigade 2 EC W 12 7 Zampro C 12 4 plastic mulch and drip irrigation are being Brigadier 2 W 12 7 1 Danitol 2.4 EC W 24 3 W: Warning, C: Caution, D: Danger; P: Poison used, we recommend that all of the phos- 2 Several formulations are marketed. See the gen- phorus, all the potassium, and 50 percent Dimilin 25 W C 12 7 eral introduction for more details on fungicides. Endigo ZC W 24 5 3 Depending on rate or type of application. of the nitrogen requirement be applied Hero 1.24 EC C 12 7 4 Formulations vary, so check label carefully. prior to bedding and laying plastic. Consider the previous crop when deciding how much nitrogen to apply; there FERTIGATION: Bell Peppers1 will probably be some residual nitrogen Moderate Rate Total amount/season: 125 lb/A (moderate rate) following a crop that received heavy doses Actual N/week: 6 lb 4 oz/A 150 lb/A (high rate) of nitrogen fertilizer during the previous Ammonium 19 lb/A Preplant amount: 50 lb/A Nitrate 1 lb 5 oz/1,000 plants Fertigated amount: 75 lb/A (moderate rate) season. The fertigated portion of the to- 100 lb/A (high rate) Calcium 40 lb/A Growing season: 12 weeks tal nitrogen requirement can be divided Nitrate 3 lb/1,000 plants Fertigation should begin about 2 weeks after transplanting. into equal amounts (remaining nitrogen High Rate requirement divided by the number of Actual N/week: 8 lb 5 oz/A The dose for 1,000 plants is based on a plant population Ammonium 25 lb/A of 14,500 plants/A (i.e., double rows on 6 foot centers with weeks until final harvest) and injected plants 12 inches apart in the rows). weekly as in the “Fertigation” table (based Nitrate 1 lb 12 oz/1,000 plants Calcium 54 lb/A For seasons extending beyond 12 weeks, a maintenance on 14,500 plants per acre). Growers with Nitrate 4 lb/1,000 plants dose of 1 to 1.5 lb N/week is adequate. very sandy soils should also consider 1 All recommendations assume starter fertilizer was used. applying 50 to 60 percent of their potassium requirement in weekly increments through the drip system in addition to cumulate in most Kentucky soils following of nitrogen per acre preplant. Apply one- nitrogen. several years of heavy applications for veg- half at plowing and one-half just prior to Growers should always have annual soil etable crops or tobacco. A pH range of 6.5 transplanting, and disk into the soil. test results on which to base phosphorus to 7.0 is best for peppers, and liming may For processing bell pepper production and potassium applications. Potassium be required if soil pH falls below 6.0. For where plastic mulch is not used, sidedress- and especially phosphorus are likely to ac- bare ground plantings apply 50 pounds ing or banding additional nitrogen to

65 either side of the plant when the first fruit INSECT CONTROL: Peppers1,2,3 begin setting is essential for good yields. Seasonal Apply 30 pounds of nitrogen per acre at Insecticide Product Amt/A Limit/A Comments and Other Restrictions the first sidedressing. A second sidedress- Soil Treatment ing of 30 pounds of nitrogen two weeks Aphids, Flea Beetles, Thrips: Do not use a foliar spray of Actara, Assail, Belay, Provado, or Venom in combination with a soil application of Admire, Belay, Platinum, or Venom in the same season. later should also be applied. Admire Pro 10 to 14 fl oz 14 fl oz See label for application alternatives (sidedress, in-furrow, banded, or drip or trickle irrigation). Harvesting Belay 2.13 SC 9 to 12 fl oz 12 fl oz At planting only. See label for application Mature green peppers ready for harvest methods. Platinum 2 SC 5 to 8 fl oz 11 fl oz See label for application alternatives (sidedress, will be firm and will have attained their in-furrow, banded, or drip or trickle irrigation). maximum size. Fresh market green pep- Venom 70 SG 5 to 6 oz 12 oz - pers are normally harvested when firm Foliar Treatment and before they lose their dark green Aphids color. Harvest peppers for processing Actara 25 WDG 2 to 3 oz 8 oz Allow 5 days between applications. Not during when red ripe. bloom. Admire Pro 1.3 to 2.2 fl oz 6.7 fl oz Allow 5 days between application. Not during Peppers should be handled carefully bloom. when picking and dumping to avoid Assail 30 SG 2 to 4 fl oz 16 oz Limit 4 applications. Allow 7 days between ap- bruising and punctures. Hard and rough plications. Belay 2.13 SC 3 to 4 fl oz 12 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. Not during picking containers may cause skin break- bloom. age or punctures and should be avoided. Beleaf 50 SG 2 to 2.8 oz 8.4 oz Allow 7 days between applications. Do not use plastic bags, because peppers Dimethoate 4 0.5 to 0.67 pt 10.5 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. will heat up and quickly decay. Fulfill 50 DF 2.75 oz 5.5 oz Allow 7 days between applications. Malathion 8 1.5 pt 2 applications Allow 5 days between applications. Pack only clean, undamaged, insect- Movento 2 SC 4 to 5 fl oz 10 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. and disease-free peppers. Peppers are Orthene 75 S 0.67 to 1.33 lb 2.67 lb For bell types. graded into “U.S. Fancy” (not less than 3 0.67 lb 1.33 lb For non-bell type peppers. inches in diameter and not less than 3 Venom 70 SG 1 to 4 oz 6 oz Allow 7 days between applications. Not during ½ bloom. inches long) and U.S. No. 1 (not less than Beet Armyworm: First detected in Kentucky in 1993, this insect can cause serious pepper losses when 2 ½ inches in diameter or length). present. A Southern insect that doesn’t usually occur in Kentucky. Large larvae cannot be controlled All grades must have similar varietal effectively with insecticides. Monitor for this insect and treat when larvae are small. characteristics, be firm, fairly well shaped, Avaunt 30 WDG 3.5 oz 14 oz Allow 5 days between applications. Belt 4 SC 1.5 fl oz 4.5 fl oz Allow 3 days between applications. and free from damage caused by freez- Confirm 2 F 6 to 16 fl oz 64 fl oz - ing injury, hail, scars, sunburn, disease, Coragen 1.67 SC 3.5 to 5 fl oz 15.4 fl oz Foliar and soil applications possible. See label insects, or mechanical or other means. for limitations. Free copies of USDA standards for grades Dimilin 25 W 4 to 8 oz 24 oz Limit 5 applications. Intrepid 2 F 4 to 16 fl oz 64 fl oz - of peppers and other fruit and vegetables Proclaim 5 WDG 2.4 to 4.8 oz 28.87 oz Allow 7 days between applications. are available on the Web at ams.usda.gov/ Radiant SC 5 to 10 fl oz 34 fl oz Allow 4 days between applications. AMSv1.0/freshmarketvegetablestandards. Requiem 25 EC 2 to 4 qt - - Rimon 0.83 EC 9 to 12 fl oz 36 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. XenTari 0.5 to 2 lb - - FERTILIZER: Peppers Cutworms: Eliminate weeds from field margins and plow fields at least 2 weeks before planting to de- Fertilizer stroy cutworm food sources and egg laying sites. Soil Test Results (lb/A) Needed (lb/A) Battalion 1.5 EC 1.5 to 2.4 fl oz 14.4 fl oz - Belt 4 SC 1.5 fl oz 4.5 fl oz Allow 3 days between applications. Phosphorus Phosphate (P2O5) Low <31 81-100 Brigade 2 E 2.1 to 6.4 fl oz 12.8 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. Medium 31-60 61-80 Mustang Max 2.24 to 4 fl oz 24 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. High 61-80 1-60 Proaxis 0.5 EC 1.92 to 3.2 fl oz 46 fl oz Allow 5 days between applications. Very High >80 0 Requiem 25 EC 2 to 4 qt - - Sevin XLR 2 qt 8 qt Limit 7 applications. Allow 7 days between ap- Potassium Potash (K2O) plications. Low <201 81-100 Warrior II 0.96 to 1.6 fl oz 23 fl oz Allow 5 days between applications. Medium 201-300 61-80 Flea Beetles High 301-450 1-60 Actara 25 WDG 2 to 3 oz 8 oz Allow 5 days between applications. Not during Very High >450 0 bloom. Nitrogen N Asana XL 5.8 to 9.6 fl oz 67.2 fl oz - Peppers use approximately 100 to 150 lb of N/A. Battalion 1.5 EC 1.5 to 2.4 fl oz 14.4 fl oz - Apply 25 to 50 lb of N/A preplant. Rate to use will Belay 2.13 SC 3 to 4 fl oz 12 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. Not during vary depending on previous crop and general bloom. fertility of the soil. Following sod, apply 50 lb Brigade 2 E 2.1 to 6.4 fl oz 12.8 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. of N prior to planting. After fruit begin setting, sidedress with another 30 to 50 lb of N/A. Two Mustang Max 2.24 to 4 fl oz 24 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. weeks later, make an additional application of 30 Permethrin 3.2 EC 4 to 8 fl oz 64 fl oz Bell peppers only. to 50 lb of N/A. For N fertigation, see comments Proaxis 0.5 EC 2.56 to 3.84 fl oz 46 fl oz Allow 5 days between applications. in text and specific recommendations in the “Fer- Sevin XLR 0.5 to 1 qt 8 qt Limit 7 applications. Allow 7 days between ap- tigation” table. plications. Warrior II 1.28 to 1.92 fl oz 23 fl oz Allow 5 days between applications. Thrips Battalion 1.5 EC 1.5 to 2.4 fl oz 14.4 fl oz - Baythroid XL 2.8 fl oz 16.8 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. Brigade 2 E 2.1 to 6.4 fl oz 12.8 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. Proaxis 0.5 EC 2.56 to 3.84 fl oz 46 fl oz Allow 5 days between applications. Radiant SC 6 to 10 fl oz 34 fl oz Allow 4 days between applications. (continued on next page) 66 MARKETING CONTAINERS: Peppers INSECT CONTROL: Peppers1,2,3 (continued) Container No. Fruit/ Seasonal Pepper Type Weight Volume Container Insecticide Product Amt/A Limit/A Comments and Other Restrictions Long hot 30 lb 1 bu variable Requiem 25 EC 2 to 4 qt - - Jumbo bells 30 lb 1 1/9 bu 40-45 Rimon 0.83 EC 12 fl oz 36 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. For imma- Extra Large 30 lb 1 1/9 bu 55-65 tures only. bells Venom 70 SG 1 to 4 oz 6 oz Allow 7 days between applications. Large bells 30 lb 1 1/9 bu 65-75 Warrior II 1.28 to 1.92 fl oz 23 fl oz Allow 5 days between applications. Medium bells 30 lb 1 1/9 bu 75-90 European Corn Borer: Key insect pest of peppers. Use pheromone traps to monitor for adult activity. Cubanelle 30-32 lb 1 1/9 bu variable Begin applications when trap catches exceed 10 moths per week. Advisories are also issued to county Specialty hot 16 lb 1 bu variable Extension offices when the damaging second generation borer larvae are likely to appear in Kentucky. peppers1 Asana XL 5.8 to 9.6 fl oz 67.2 fl oz - 1 Including most of the small-fruited hot and spe- Battalion 1.5 EC 1.5 to 2.4 fl oz 14.4 fl oz - cialty peppers in the “Varieties” table. Baythroid XL 1.6 to 2.8 fl oz 16.8 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. Belt 4 SC 1.5 fl oz 4.5 fl oz Allow 3 days between applications. Brigade 2 E 2.1 to 6.4 fl oz 12.8 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. Storage Confirm 2 F 6 to 16 fl oz 64 fl oz - Coragen 1.67 SC 3.5 to 5 fl oz 15.4 fl oz Foliar and soil applications possible. See label Cool peppers to 45° to 50°F by putting for limitations. them in the cooler as soon as possible after Intrepid 2 F 4 to 16 fl oz 64 fl oz - harvest; cool rooms with forced-air equip- Orthene 75 S 1 to 1.33 lb 2.67 lb Bell peppers only. Mustang Max 2.24 to 4 fl oz 24 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. ment will greatly speed the process and Permethrin 3.2 EC 8 fl oz 64 fl oz Bell peppers only. extend shelf life. Once fruit are precooled, Proaxis 0.5 EC 2.56 to 3.84 fl oz 46 fl oz Allow 5 days between applications. hold them at 45° to 50°F with a relative hu- Radiant SC 5 to 10 fl oz 34 fl oz Allow 4 days between applications. midity of 90 to 95 percent. Peppers suffer Rimon 0.83 EC 9 to 12 fl oz 36 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. Sevin XLR 1 to 2 qt 8 qt Limit 7 applications. Allow 7 days between ap- chilling injury when stored at tempera- plications. tures below 40°F. Symptoms of chilling Warrior II 1.28 to 1.92 fl oz 23 fl oz Allow 5 days between applications. injury are browning at the calyx end and Stink Bugs surface pitting. Peppers are usually packed Actara 25 WDG 3 to 4 oz 8 oz Allow 5 days between applications. Not during in 1 1⁄9 bushel waxed corrugated cartons bloom. (30 to 33 pounds) or in bushel crates (28 Battalion 1.5 EC 1.5 to 2.4 fl oz 14.4 fl oz - Baythroid XL 1.6 to 2.8 fl oz 16.8 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications to 30 pounds) according to the preference Belay 2.13 SC 3 to 4 fl oz 12 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. Not during of your particular market. bloom. Brigade 2 E 2.1 to 6.4 fl oz 12.8 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. Common Diseases/Management Danitol 2.4 EC 10.67 to 16 fl oz 42.67 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. General Practices Mustang Max 3.2 to 4 fl oz 24 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. Proaxis 0.5 EC 2.56 to 3.84 fl oz 46 fl oz Allow 5 days between applications. Diseases are a major factor in pepper Rimon 0.83 EC 12 fl oz 36 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. For imma- production in Kentucky. Select varieties tures only. with resistance to bacterial leaf spot. The Venom 70 SG 1 to 4 oz 6 oz Allow 7 days between applications. most important diseases targeted with Warrior II 1.28 to 1.92 fl oz 23 fl oz Allow 5 days between applications. a spray program are bacterial leaf spot, 1 See also Kentucky Pepper Integrated Crop Management Grower Guide (IPM-13) for more information on scouting and insect pest management. anthracnose, and (occasionally) Phytoph- 2 To view color pictures of the pests, see: http://www.uky.edu/Ag/IPM/picturesheets/pepperinsects.pdf thora blight. A sample fungicide spray 3 Generic products available (Appendix E). program for peppers is included below. Alternaria fruit rot, Anthracnose, leaf transplant-borne, and overwinters on- are multiple races of the BLS pathogen. spots/blights. Use disease-free seed and/ site and nearby in weeds and crop resi- See the “Varieties” table for a list of sug- or transplants. Rotate for three to four dues. Control must focus on preventing gested resistant cultivars. years to crops not related to peppers and introduction and slowing spread of the • Practice crop rotation. Do not grow control solanaceous (nightshade family) bacterium rather than eradication after it peppers after peppers or related crops weeds during the rotation. Plow down occurs. Fortunately, resistant varieties are (tobacco, tomatoes, eggplants, pota- crop residues immediately after harvest. available. General guidelines for control toes) for two to three years. Also exclude Apply fungicides weekly. Maneb is no of BLS include: small grains from the rotation in the longer labeled or available for use on • Use resistant varieties. Resistant variet- year before peppers are to be planted. peppers. ies should be used where possible for Control broadleaf weeds during the Bacterial soft rot of fruit. Control insect both fresh market and processing. There rotation and around field borders. pests (especially European corn borer) and spotting diseases to minimize wounding. Where acceptable, pack fruit without SAMPLE FUNGICIDE PROGRAM: Field-grown Pepper washing. If wash water is used in packing Refer to “Disease Control” table in this chapter for product rates; read product labels carefully before operations, it should contain 25 ppm of application. available chlorine. See “Post-Harvest De- Transplant to harvest cays” on page 17. Fixed coppers applied Apply copper + mancozeb on a 7-day schedule during dry to normal conditions, and on a 3- to 5-day for management of bacterial leaf spot schedule during wetter-than-normal conditions or when disease pressure is severe. during the harvest season can reduce the Mid-late bloom to harvest incidence bacterial soft rot. Alternate weekly (or twice weekly) sprays of copper + mancozeb with Quadris, Cabrio, or Tanos beginning prior to fruit set to suppress Anthracnose (apply on a 7- to 14-day schedule; limit of 4 applications Bacterial leaf spot (BLS). The bacte- of any combination of Quadris, Cabrio, or Tanos). rium causing this disease is seed-borne, Apply Ridomil Gold EC and Ridomil Gold/Copper or Forum SC if Phytophthora blight is a concern.

67 • Disk all crop residues into the soil Blossom end rot. Maintain uniform soil Southern blight. Avoid fields with a promptly after harvest to encourage moisture throughout the growing season history of this disease and rotate prob- more rapid decline of the bacterium. If and avoid damaging roots by cultivation, lem fields with sod crops. Deep plow to cover crops are used, plow them under fertilization, or by diseases. In general, fo- bury sclerotia and crop debris. Bury cover very early in the spring to minimize car- liar applications of calcium do not alleviate crops early to ensure they are well rotted ryover. blossom end rot; however, calcium levels before transplanting. Remove and destroy • Do not work wet plants. Spraying wet in soil should be maintained. infected plants promptly. PCNB (Blocker) plants with high pressure equipment Phytophthora blight. An integrated can be drenched around plants at trans- may encourage disease spread by blow- management approach is required. Good planting or applied in-furrow to suppress ing bacteria around the field. soil drainage is critical to control; avoid Southern blight; Cabrio, fluoxastrobin • Use disease-free seed and transplants. wet fields, wet sites in fields, and fog (Evito or Aftershock), and Priaxor can be Select disease-free seed and treat them pockets. Plant into well-drained soils on applied to soil. with household bleach (see Appendix J). properly formed, raised beds to minimize Tomato spotted wilt virus (TSWV) and If transplants are grown in outdoor seed- soil moisture and the pooling of water Impatiens necrotic spot virus (INSV). beds, make frequent applications (every around plants. Avoid excessive irrigation, Ensure that transplants are from fields or 3 to 5 days) of agricultural streptomycin and if possible, do not use surface water greenhouses certified to be free of TSWV (Agri-Mycin 17%) at 200 ppm or 2 tea- in irrigation systems, as the pathogen can and INSV. Local transplant producers spoons/gallon of water beginning at the be spread easily. Remove infected plants should take steps to reduce spread of first true leaf stage. Streptomycin is not and destroy them immediately (bury or TSWV and INSV by following recommend- labeled for this use in the greenhouse, burn them) and practice sanitation (avoid ed thrips control measures and by not but can be applied on plants that have moving both equipment and yourself producing pepper transplants in houses been moved outside the greenhouse between infested fields and “clean” fields). where ornamentals are being produced or for hardening prior to transplanting. Phytophthora capsici, the causal agent sold. Maintain a good thrips control pro- This product is not labeled for field of Phytophthora blight, has many hosts. gram in the field. TSWV-resistant varieties use. Fixed copper is labeled for both Rotations of three to four years away are also available (see “Varieties” table). outdoor and greenhouse transplant from cucurbits and solanaceous plants Virus complex. Tobacco etch, Potato production. Do not expect the high (peppers, tomatoes, eggplant, potatoes, Virus Y, Tobacco Ring Spot Virus, Alfalfa degree of control with fixed coppers and tobacco) can be effective in reducing Mosaic, Tobacco Mosaic, and Cucumber as is possible with streptomycin. Many pathogen populations. Where Phytop- Mosaic are the viruses most common in bacterial strains are controlled by both thora blight is common, make a preplant Kentucky peppers. Grow virus-resistant materials; however, some strains are incorporated application of mefenoxam varieties if they have horticulturally ac- resistant to streptomycin, while others and follow up with additional applications ceptable yields and fruit characteristics. are resistant to copper. Some strains at 30 and 60 days after transplanting. Sev- In addition to the varieties listed in the have tolerance to both streptomycin and eral fungicides are effective against foliar “Varieties” table, ‘Gator Belle,’ ‘Bell Boy,’ copper. Consequently, multiple tools are and fruit phases of Phytophthora blight. A ‘Bell Captain,’ and ‘Super Sweet 860’ are re- needed in the control program. If you few Phytophthora-resistant pepper variet- sistant to tobacco mosaic; the long green purchase transplants, make sure that ies are now available, including ‘Paladin,’ chile ‘Tam Mild Chile-2’ has resistance they are certified “disease-free.” ‘Revolution,’ ‘Conquest,’ and ‘Aristotle,’ to tobacco mosaic, potato virus Y, and • Maintain proper fertility. The disease but horticultural characteristics and pos- tobacco etch. Eliminate broadleaf weeds can be minimized by maintaining high sible susceptibility to bacterial spot must and other virus hosts within 150 feet of fertility while being careful not to over- also be taken into account (see “Varieties” the field prior to transplanting. Locate fertilize with N. table). Please note that the level of resis- fields between plantings of corn or other • Spray on a schedule (see fungicide tance to Phytophthora in these varieties non-host field crops in which weeds are sample program). Chemical applications varies; no variety is immune to Phytoph- killed before peppers are transplanted. made before symptoms are evident are thora blight. For example, ‘Paladin’ has a Do not grow peppers within 150 feet of the key to keeping bacterial popula- high level of resistance to the crown rot tobacco. If tobacco and peppers must tions low. Start sprays immediately phase of Phytophthora blight but very be planted in close proximity, locate the after transplanting using fixed copper little resistance against foliar and fruit pepper planting upwind of the tobacco. plus Manzate. Continue at seven-day blight caused by Phytophthora. ‘Aristotle’ Use virus-resistant tobacco varieties, and intervals during wet weather to reduce has moderate resistance to Phytophthora carefully control aphids in the tobacco buildup and spread of the bacterium in crown rot and low resistance to foliar and crop. Control aphids in peppers, especially the field. fruit rots caused by this pathogen. in transplant production and in later plantings. Reflective mulches may be of value in reducing virus incidence.

WEED CONTROL: Peppers Product Amt/A Lb A.I./A Comments 0.5-1.6 fl oz 0.008-0.025 For contact post-emergence control of annual broadleaf weeds and suppression of annual grasses. Can be applied Aim 1.9 EW carfentrazone as a preplant, pre-transplant burndown, or before crop emerges to actively growing weeds up to 4 inches tall. Can also be applied post-emergence as a directed hooded application between crop rows. Use min. 10 gal of water/A and crop oil 1% v/v. Max. rate 6.1 fl oz/A. PHI = 0 days. 0.67-2.67 pt 0.25-1 For pre-emergence control of annual grasses and broadleaves. Apply and incorporate 1 to 2 inches before trans- Command 3ME clomazone planting. Use in combination with other herbicides like Treflan or Devrinol to broaden the weed control spectrum. Can be used on bell, hot, pimento, and sweet peppers but not on banana peppers. Be sure to set transplants with their roots below chemical barrier when transplanting. (continued on next page)

68 WEED CONTROL: Peppers (continued) Product Amt/A Lb A.I./A Comments 2-4 lb 1-2 For control of annual grasses and broadleaves. Apply before transplanting and water-in or incorporate to a depth Devrinol 50 DF napropamide of 1 to 2 inches. Can be applied on bare ground middles between beds of plastic 24 hours before rain or if watered- in or incorporated. To avoid injury, do not replant with crops not specified on the label until 12 months if using the 4-lb rate. 1-2 pt 0.25-0.5 For pre-emergence and post-emergence control of certain annual grasses and most broadleaves. For fallow bed Goal 2XL oxyfluorfen preparation only. Best if used with glyphosate for control of winter annual broadleaf weeds. Min. 30 days between application and transplanting. 2.0-4.0 pt 0.69-1.38 For non-selective contact kill of annual grasses and broadleaf weeds and top-kill of perennial weeds. Apply pre- Gramoxone paraquat salt plant, pre-emergence, or before transplanting in min. 10 gal water/A. Apply banded or broadcast. Use higher rate Inteon for heavy weed infestations. Use non-ionic surfactant 0.25% v/v. 0.5-2.5 pt 0.09-0.49 For control of actively growing grasses only. Use high rate on johnsongrass. PHI = 20 days. Max. rate of 1.5 pt/ap- Poast 1.5 sethoxydim plication and 4.5 pt/season. 5-6 qt 5-6 For control of grasses and broadleaf weeds. Apply preplant and incorporate to 1 to 2 inch depth. Apply pre-emer- Prefar 4 E bensulide gence only if it can be watered in within 36 hours. Max. rate of 6 qt/season. 1.5-2 pt 0.7-1 For pre-emergence control of broadleaves and grasses. Apply preplant and incorporate prior to transplanting pep- Prowl H2O 3.8 E pendimethalin per or as a post-directed application to established plants. PHI = 70 days. 16-22 fl oz 0.69-0.94 For non-selective post-emergence control of annual and perennial grasses and broadleaf weeds. Use only AMS 1 to Roundup glyphosate-salt 2% v/v. Adding a non-ionic surfactant can reduce weed control effectiveness. Min. 3 days before seeding and min. WeatherMax 5.5L 30 days before planting any non-labeled crop. 0.5-1 oz 0.023-0.047 For control of annual broadleaf weeds and yellow nutsedge. Can be applied in row middles of direct-seeded or Sandea 75 DF halosulfuron transplanted peppers. Avoid contact with the crop or with plastic if plastic mulch is used. Max. 2 applications/crop and 2 oz/A per season. 9-16 fl oz 0.07-0.12 For selective post-emergence of actively growing annual grasses and suppression of perennial grasses. Add crop Select Max clethodim oil 1% v/v. Max. 16 fl oz/application. Min. 14 days between applications. PHI = 20 days. 1.25-2 pt 0.62-1 For pre-emergence control of annual grasses and broadleaf weeds. For transplanted pepper use only. Apply as pre- Treflan HFP 4 E trifluralin plant soil incorporated before transplanting.

DISEASE CONTROL: Peppers FRAC Seasonal Product Code1 Amt/A Limits/A Comments Alternaria Fruit Rot, Anthracnose, Leaf Blights Cabrio 11 8 to 12 oz 4 apps Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 to 14 days. Chlorothalonil3 Apply every 7 to 10 days when conditions favor disease. Bravo Ultrex M 1.4 lb 10.9 lb Bravo WeatherStik M 1.5 pt 12 pt Endura 7 2.5 to 3.5 oz 6 apps Alternaria only. Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 to 14 days. Fixed coppers Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 to 10 days, depending upon product and conditions. See label for mixing instructions and tank-mix precautions. Badge SC M 1 to 2.5 pt - Badge X2 M 0.75 to 1.25 lb OMRI-listed. Basic Copper 53 M 3 to 4 lb OMRI-listed. C-O-C-S WDG M 2 to 4 lb - Cueva M 0.5 to 2 gal OMRI-listed. Mix in 100 gallons of water, use 50 to 100 gal/A of solution. Cuprofix Ultra 40 Disperss M 1.25 to 3 lb - Kentan DF M 2 lb - Kocide 2000 M 1.5 to 2.25 lb - Kocide 3000 M 0.75 to 1.25 lb - Kocide DF M 2 to 3 lb - Mastercop M 0.5 to 3 pt - Nordox 75 WG M 1.25 to 2.5 lb OMRI-listed. Fontelis 7 14 to 30 fl oz 72 fl oz Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 to 14 days. Flint 11 2 to 4 oz 4 apps Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 to 14 days. Inspire Super 3/9 16 to 20 fl oz 80 fl oz Botrytis leaf blight, purple blotch. Apply every 7 to 10 days. Koverall M 3 lb 19.2 lb Apply before disease appears and continue every 7 to 10 days as needed. ManKocide2 M 2 to 3 lb see footnote Manzate Flowable M 2.4 to 4.8 pt 14.4 qt Manzate Pro-Stick M 1.6 to 3.2 lb 19.2 lb Begin treatment prior to symptom development and continue every 7-to 10 days as needed. Priaxor 7/11 4 to 8 fl oz 24 fl oz Apply prior to development of disease, continue every 7 to 14 days. Quadris 11 6 to 15.5 fl oz 4 apps Anthracnose only. Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 to 14 days. Quadris Top 11/3 8 to 14 fl oz 55.3 fl oz Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 to 10 day schedule. Tanos 11/27 8 to 10 oz Tanos must be tank-mixed with a fungicide from FRAC Group M appropriate for the target disease. Apply before disease onset, continue every 5 to 7 days. Limit 72 oz/A per season. Bacterial Leaf Spot Actigard P 0.33 to 0.75 oz 8 apps Chile peppers only. Apply 1 week after transplanting or emergence; begin with lowest rate and increase as plants grow; use 30 to 50 gal/A water early, increasing to 100 gal/A by the final application. Apply every 14 days. Ag Streptomycin, Agri-Mycin 25 16 oz/100 gal n/a Pre-transplant treatment. Apply when seedlings are in 2-leaf stage and continue ev- 17, Harbour ery 4 to 5 days until transplanting. Alternate with fixed copper. Not for field use. Fixed coppers Apply before disease onset, continue every 5 to 10 days, depending upon product and conditions. Performance will be enhanced by tank-mixing with Manzate or Kover- all. See label for mixing instructions and tank-mix precautions. Badge SC M 1 to 2.5 pt - Badge X2 M 0.75 to 1.25 lb OMRI-listed. Basic Copper 53 M 3 to 4 lb OMRI-listed. (continued on next page) 69 DISEASE CONTROL: Peppers (continued) FRAC Seasonal Product Code1 Amt/A Limits/A Comments Champ DP M 1.33 to 2 lb - Champ Formula 2 FL M 1.33 to 2 pt - Champ WG M 2 to 3 lb OMRI-listed. COC DF M 3 to 4 lb - COC WP M 3 to 4 lb OMRI-listed. Copper-Count-N M 3 to 6 pt - Cueva M 0.5 to 2 gal OMRI-listed. Mix in 100 gallons of water, use 50 to 100 gal/A of solution. Cuprofix Ultra 40 Disperss M 1.25 to 3 lb - Kentan DF M 2 lb - Kocide 2000 M 1.5 to 2.25 lb - Kocide 3000 M 0.75 to 1.25 lb - Kocide DF M 2 to 3 lb - Mastercop M 0.5 to 3 pt - Nordox 75 WG M 1.25 to 2.5 lb OMRI-listed. Nu-Cop 50 WP M 2 to 3 lb OMRI-listed. Nu-Cop 3 L M 1.33 to 4 pt - Nu-Cop 50 DF M 2 to 3 lb OMRI-listed. Nu-Cop HB M 1 to 1.5 lb - Phytophthora Blight Badge X2 M 0.75 to 1.25 lb 42 lb OMRI-listed. Forum SC 40 6 fl oz 5 apps Must be tank-mixed with another Phytophthora fungicide. Apply before disease onset, continue every 5 to 10 days. Presidio 43 3 to 4 fl oz 12 fl oz Apply every 7 to 14 days. Must be tank-mixed with a fungicide NOT in FRAC Group 43. Ranman 21 2.75 fl oz 16.5 fl oz Apply every 7 to 10 days when conditions favor disease. Tank-mix with an organosilcone or non-ionic surfactant. Reason 500 SC 11 8.2 fl oz 24.6 fl oz Foliar and fruit phases of disease only. Apply before disease onset, continue every 5 to 10 days. Revus 40 8 fl oz 32 fl oz Apply every 7 to 14 days. Use a spreader/penetrant surfactant. Must be tank-mixed with a fungicide NOT in FRAC Group 40. Ridomil Gold SL 4 1 pt 3 pt Ridomil Gold, Ultra Flourish, and MetaStar can be applied preplant, at planting, and Ultra Flourish 4 2 pt 6 pt post-planting—refer to label for instructions. Best control of disease is achieved with MetaStar 2EC AG 4 4 to 8 pt 12 pt a pre- or at-plant application, with supplemental applications if needed. Will not control foliar or fruit rot phases of disease. Ridomil Gold Copper 4/M 2.5 4 apps Apply 30 days after soil application of Ridomil Gold or similar product and continue every 10 to 14 days. Observe seasonal limits for mefenoxam. Tanos 11/27 8 to 10 oz 72 oz Foliar and fruit phase only. Tanos must be tank-mixed with a fungicide from FRAC Group M appropriate for the target disease. Apply before disease onset, continue every 5 to 7 days. Zampro 40/45 14 fl oz 3 apps Apply at planting as a drench or by drip irrigation; make supplemental applications every 5 to 7 days. Southern Blight Aftershock 11 2 to 5.7 fl oz 22.8 fl oz Apply before onset of disease and continue applications every 7 to 10 days as needed. Blocker Flowable 14 4.5 pt/100 gal 1 app Apply as a drench at planting. Actual rate is dependent on row spacing; see label for application instructions. Cabrio 11 12 to 16 oz 96 oz Apply as a stem-directed spray; complete coverage of the lower stem and soil surface is required for suppression. Evito 480 SC 11 3.8 to 5.7 fl oz 4 apps Apply before onset of disease and continue applications every 7 to 10 days as needed. 1 Products with numerical FRAC codes must be alternated or tank-mixed with products that have a different FRAC code to discourage resistance development. See product label for maximum number of consecutive applications allowed. Refer to the table on page 14 for more information on FRAC codes. 2 Observe seasonal limits for mancozeb. 3 Generic products available (Appendix F). Amounts and seasonal limits per acre are product dependent. Potatoes Nightshade family (Solanaceae): Solanum tuberosum

Potatoes are grown in Kentucky as an Planting and Culture Planting should be made in rows 30 to early crop primarily for fresh market sales. Loam soils are most desirable for good 36 inches apart with a seed piece dropped Opportunity exists for the production of potato yields, though potatoes can be each 10 to 12 inches in the furrow. Seed small red “new potatoes,” russets, heir- grown on a wide range of soil types. Select planted in mid-March should be planted looms, and other specialty or “gourmet” a well-drained soil. Sod ground should 2 to 3 inches deep. The late crop should types for local markets, sales to restau- be treated with a soil insecticide prior to be planted 4 to 5 inches deep. Seed pieces rants, or sales to local/area wholesalers. planting to control grubs and wireworms. should be 1 ½ to 2 ounces in size. Only Sales of very small “baby” or “mini” po- Optimum planting times are from March certified disease-free seed stock should tatoes are also possible and command 15 to April 10 for early potatoes and from be purchased. Freshly cut seed should premium prices in some markets. June 15 to July 15 for a late crop (see Ap- be planted as soon as possible after cut- pendix I). ting. Seed may be pre-cut several days in advance of planting if proper storage

70 VARIETIES: Potatoes FERTILIZER: Potatoes Maturity Variety Comments Fertilizer Early Dark Red Norland Red skinned, shallow eyes—very suitable for table and “new” potatoes. Soil Test Results (lb/A) Needed (lb/A) Red Gold Light red skin, yellow flesh, good yields of high quality tubers, not suit- Phosphorus Phosphate (P2O5) able for long term storage. Low <31 181-240 Early-mid- Superior White skinned, resistance to scab, tubers are oval to oblong, suitable Medium 31-60 91-180 season for table use and chipping. High 61-80 61-90 Yukon Gold Yellow flesh, round, smaller size, nice appearance and flavor, performance variable across state. Very High >80 60 Red Pontiac Red skinned, readily available, easy to grow. Potassium Potash (K2O) Midseason Norchip White skinned, tubers are round to oblong in shape with shallow eyes— Low <201 251-300 very suitable for chipping. Moderate resistance to scab. Variety has a Medium 201-300 101-250 heavy tuber set and seed should be spaced 12 inches apart in row. High 301-450 51-100 Kennebec White skinned, a good general purpose potato, best full season yields Very High >450 50 in KY. Norkota White russet type, good baking-type potato. Nitrogen N Red Lasoda Red skinned, heat tolerant, readily available, not as attractive as some Total of 150 lb nitrogen/A is recommended. Ap- other red types. ply 75 to 100 lb of nitrogen/A at time of planting and apply a sidedressing of 50 to 75 lb N/A when Fingerling Types plants are 4 to 8 inches tall or at lay-by. Early-mid- Russian Banana White skin, light yellow flesh, long, thin shape, unique taste. season Swedish Peanut White skin, golden yellow flesh, shorter, teardrop shapes with shallow eyes, unique taste.

conditions are provided so the seed pieces to produce potatoes to be sold as “new,” hot sun and drying winds. Smaller-sized can “heal over.” A storage temperature “gourmet,” “baby,” or “mini” (see also “new,” or “gourmet,” potatoes are often of 60°F for 10 days to two weeks before “Harvesting and Handling” below). Vine dug by hand. planting will help initiate sprout activity killing can be more problematic for some If tablestock potatoes are to be stored and encourage more rapid emergence. specialty potato varieties. In addition to and kept for long periods, the storage facil- Fifteen to 18 (100-pound) bags of seed chemical dessicants, a plastic mulch lifter ity should be clean and sanitized. Potatoes potatoes are usually needed to plant an can be used to undercut the plants to as- should be held at 55°F for two weeks at a acre. Potatoes should not follow potatoes sist in vine killing prior to digging. relative humidity of 90 percent, and then or other solanaceous crops (tomatoes, the temperature should be lowered to tobacco, peppers) on the same ground Fertilizing 40°F with a relative humidity of 85 to 90 year after year. Follow a three- or four-year Fertilize and lime based on soil test re- percent. rotation program. sults; a soil pH of 6.0 to 6.5 is considered Washing potatoes for fresh market is When planting, there will be a small most desirable for maximum availability desirable. Chlorine at the rate of 150 to 200 ridge of soil developed over each row. of nutrients for potatoes. However, potato parts per million should be added to the Dragging across the ridges just before the scab will usually be more serious at high water to help destroy surface disease or- sprouts break through helps to eliminate pH levels. There will normally be less scab ganisms. Potato tubers should dry before weeds and allows the potato sprouts to when the pH is between 5.0 to 5.2. Pota- bagging, especially into plastic, to reduce more easily break through compacted soil. toes grown for chipping should be grown chances of bacterial soft rot. Do not wash at the higher pH and those for fresh market potatoes going into storage. Production with Plasticulture at the lower pH if scab is a problem. Sprouting in storage can be reduced Potatoes can also be grown on raised It is suggested that one-half the fertil- by spraying potato plants while still in the beds with black plastic and drip irrigation. izer used at planting be broadcast prior to field with maleic hydrazide. Apply to the Growers have obtained higher and earlier planting and disked in. Band the remain- plants when tubers are 1 ½ to 2 inches in yields of better quality potatoes with plas- ing fertilizer 2 to 3 inches to the side and diameter. Read the product label for direc- ticulture; potatoes grown on plastic mulch slightly below the seed piece. Fertilizer tions and precautions. are also easier to dig by hand at harvest. should not come in contact with the seed Potatoes are marketed in a variety of If mechanical harvesting or growing large piece. Sidedress with 50 to 75 pounds of containers with several grade specifica- acreages, plastic mulch should be avoided. actual nitrogen (N) per acre when plants tions. Russet potatoes are usually packed All fertilizer can be applied prior to are 4 to 8 inches tall or at lay-by. in consumer packs, count cartons, or large planting or half the nitrogen requirement Harvesting and Handling institutional packs. The most valuable can be applied before planting with the potatoes are generally 8- to 14-ounce remainder divided into equal doses ferti- When to dig potatoes will depend on the price and method of selling. For local tubers packed in 50-pound cardboard gated weekly. Planting holes can be made boxes, or “count cartons.” Each carton in plastic mulch using a waterwheel set- market, it may be desirable to dig before vines die back. Vines of potatoes grown has a number that tells how many tubers ter and seed pieces dropped in the holes are in a box. These are sold to retail stores and covered with soil by hand. Kentucky for storage should be dead before digging. Potatoes dug when immature are and restaurants and are typically used for growers have used two rows per bed with baking. Red and white potatoes are sold 18 inches between rows, 9 to 12 inches very susceptible to skinning and bruising. Using chemical desiccants to artificially kill in a wider range of sizes per container between plants within the rows, and 5 feet (“non-size” Grade A) including 5-, 8-, 10-, between bed centers. Pennsylvania grow- the plant tops will aid in earlier harvest and promote a firmer skin set. Growers and 50-pound plastic, poly mesh, paper, ers have used double rows 13 inches apart and burlap bags. Prices for 50-pound with 8 inches between plants in the rows. often mow plants prior to harvest. Har- vesters or diggers should have digger cartons of graded U.S. No. 1 potatoes can Closer spacings promote higher percent- triple those for 50-pound bags of U.S. No. ages of smaller tubers and should be used chain speed adjusted to minimize injury to tubers. Protect freshly dug potatoes from 1 non-size potatoes.

71 New potatoes are usually B size (1 ½ PESTICIDE SAFETY: Potatoes PESTICIDE SAFETY: Potatoes to 2 inches in diameter) tubers, while

¼ 1 1 “gourmet,” “baby,” or “creamer” potatoes 2 2 may be even smaller (1 to 1 inches in ½ Signal Re-entry (hrs) Harvest (days) Signal Re-entry (hrs) Harvest (days) diameter). Fingerling potatoes are sorted Insecticides Cabrio Plus C 24 14 by length and range from 2 to 3 ½ inches Acramite 4 SC C 12 14 Chlorothalonil3 D 12 7 long. Specialty potatoes are often sold for Actara 25 WDG C 12 14 Curzate 60 DF W 12 14 premium prices and are packed in small Admire Pro C 12 AP/75 Endura W 12 30 mesh bags, vented poly bags, baskets, Assail 30 SG C 12 7 Evito 480 SC C 12 7 Avaunt 30 WDG C 12 7 Fixed coppers3 D 12/244 0 cartons, tray packs, or clamshells. Belay 2.13SC C 12 14 Forum SC C 12 4 Beleaf 50 SG C 12 7 Gavel 75 DF C 48 14 Common Diseases/Management Coragen 1.67 SC - 4 14 Gem C 12 7 Black leg, seed-piece rots, and tuber- Dimethoate 4 E W 48 04 Headline W 12 3 borne diseases. Planting quality seed Fulfill 50 WDG C 12 14 Luna Tranquility C 12 7 3 pieces prevents losses to certain potato Imidan 70 WP W 24 7 Mancozeb C 24 14 Knack 0.83 EC C 12 3 Maxim Potato Seed Pro- C 12 0 diseases. Do not save seed; local diseases Malathion 8 C 12 0 tectant build up quickly. Keep in mind that certi- Movento 2 C 24 7 Moncut 70 DF C 12 0 fied seed may still carry pathogens at low Oberon 2 SC C 12 7 Omega 500F W 48 14 levels. Platinum 2 SC C 12 AP Polyram C 24 14 Presidio C 12 7 Seed potatoes should be allowed time Radiant SC C 4 7 Requiem 25 EC C 4 0 Previcur Flex C 12 14 to become physiologically active by warm- Rimon 0.83 EC W 12 14 Priaxor C 12 7 ing at 65° to 70°F for two to three weeks Sevin XLR W 12 7 Quadris C 4 14 prior to planting. Buy seed tubers that Venom 70 SG C 12 75 Quadris Opti W 12 14 have been treated prior to storage with Voliam flexi C 12 1 Quadris Top C 12 14 Quash C 12 1 thiabendazole (Mertect 340F) to reduce Restricted Use Ranman C 12 7 Fusarium. Plant whole seed tubers, if pos- AgriMek 0.15 EC W 12 14 Reason 500 SC C 12 14 sible; seed-piece decay can be reduced Asana XL W 12 7 Revus C 4 14 Battalion 1.5 EC DP 12 3 Revus Top C 12 14 greatly by this practice. For best results Baythroid XL W 12 0 with cut seed-pieces, treat with fungicide Ridomil Gold Bravo SC W 48 14 Brigade 2 EC W 12 21 Ridomil Gold Copper D 48 14 immediately, allow time for the fungicide Brigadier 2 W 12 21 Ridomil Gold SL C 48 0 to dry, and plant within six hours after Endigo ZC W 24 14 Ridomil Gold MZ C 48 14 Hero 1.24 EC C 12 21 Rovral 4 Flowable C 12 14 cutting. If cut seed must be held over, let Lannate 90 SP DP 48 6 it dry in open slatted crates for two days Iprodione 4L AG C 12 14 Leverage 2.7 W 12 7 Meteor C 12 14 before bagging. Avoid bruising of seed Mustang Max W 12 1 Nevado 4F C 12 14 during handling. Dust seed pieces with Penncap-M W 96 5 Scala C 12 7 mancozeb or Maxim. Soaking seed pieces Permethrin 3.2 EC C 12 14 Sulfur3 C 24 0 Renounce 20 WP C 12 0 Tanos C 12 14 in a solution of streptomycin sulfate (Agri- Thimet 20 G DP 48 90 Mycin 17) solution at 0.5 pounds per 100 Thiophanate-methyl3 C 12 21 Voliam xpress W 24 14 Ultra Flourish W 48 0 gallons of water for 30 minutes (prior to Vydate L DP 48 7 Vertisan W 12 7 applying the seed treatment dusts) will Warrior II W 24 7 Zampro C 12 4 Fungicides assist in controlling black leg. 1 Aftershock C 12 7 W: Warning, C: Caution, D: Danger; P: Poison Early blight. Early blight, caused by 2 AP: At planting Ag Streptomycin, Agri- C 12 0 3 Several formulations are marketed. See the gen- Alternaria solani, is a major cause of early Mycin 17, Harbour eral introduction for more details on fungicides. defoliation of potatoes in Kentucky and Blocker Flowable/4F C 12 0 4 Safety information varies by product; read the Bravo ZN W 48 7 label carefully. its control requires a good preventive fun- 5 PHI dependent on application method. gicide spray program. Two year rotations away from potatoes, tomatoes, eggplant, and tobacco are helpful. Minimize stress program, many of the fungicides for early control can be obtained with Vydate L at on plants by avoiding poorly drained sites blight should provide adequate control 1 to 2 gallons per 20 gallons of water per and irrigating when necessary. Maintain of late blight. Under severe conditions acre applied in seeding furrows at 1 to 2 adequate soil fertility, particularly N and K. in Kentucky, shorten spray intervals and ounces per 100 feet of treated row or with Late blight. In general, temperatures in increase gallonage per acre to improve Mocap 15G at 20 pounds per acre applied the Commonwealth are too high during coverage; late blight-specific fungicides in a 12-inch band on the side of the row at the normal growing season to support may be needed. Fixed coppers are more planting. Rotation for two to three years late blight even when leaf wetness is ideal. effective on late blight than on early blight with grasses is also effective in reducing To minimize problems with late blight, and are an excellent option for early in nematode numbers. plant certified seed, destroy all cull piles, the season. Rhizoctonia stem canker and black and do not plant in fields with volunteer Nematodes. Avoid problem fields if scurf. Avoid heavily infested fields, plant potatoes. Eliminate volunteer potatoes at all possible until they can be properly uncontaminated seed, and be sure that and volunteer tomatoes on the farm. Do rotated to non-host crops. If problem sites the previous crop residues are well rotted not harvest until the vines are completely must be used, fumigate prior to plant- prior to planting. At-planting applications dead. If late blight appears near harvest, ing (see “Soil Fumigants for Control of of azoxystrobin, and PCNB will also reduce quickly kill vines using a labeled vine- Nematodes and Soilborne Diseases” on losses to black scurf. killer. When applied as part of a regular page 16). With low populations, adequate

72 Scab. Scab is less problematic in slightly INSECT CONTROL: Potatoes1 acidic soil; maintain a soil pH of 5.0 to Seasonal 5.2, especially if the field was planted Insecticide Product Amt/A Limit/A Comments and Other Restrictions to potatoes within the last three years. Preplant Incorporated Rotate away from potatoes for three to Wireworms, Cutworms four years in scab-prone fields. Scab is Diazinon 50 W 4 to 8 lb - Incorporate immediately. At Planting favored by additions of manure or organic Wireworms, Flea Beetles, Colorado Potato Beetle, Aphids: Do not use a foliar spray of Actara, Assail, matter immediately prior to planting. This Belay, Provado, or Venom following a soil application of Admire, Belay, Platinum, or Venom. makes scab a significant threat in organic Admire Pro 5.7 to 8.7 fl oz 8.7 fl oz For Colorado potato beetle, aphids, and flea production. Cover crops should be turned beetles. well in advance of planting to ensure de- Belay 2.13 SC 9 to 12 fl oz 12 fl oz At planting or cultivation. Brigade 2 EC 9.6 to 19.2 fl oz 32 fl oz Limit 2 applications. Allow 7 days between composition. Maintain soil moisture at or applications. near field capacity during tuber formation. Platinum 2 SC 5 to 8 fl oz 8 fl oz For Colorado potato beetles and flea beetles. Keeping the pH low to discourage scab Regent 4 SC 3.2 fl oz 3.2 fl oz In-furrow use only as a 5 to 7 inch band for wireworm. Do not band on surface. development is more valuable than seed Thimet 20 G 11.3 oz/ - - treatment. In cases where a higher pH 1,000 row-feet is required, some improvement in scab Venom 70 SG 6.5 to 7.5 oz 7.5 oz For Colorado potato beetle and flea beetles. control can be achieved from using seed Foliar Treatments piece treatments (mancozeb) to suppress Grasshoppers seed-borne inoculum. Asana XL 5.8 to 9.6 fl oz 67.2 fl oz - Dimethoate 4 E 0.5 to 1 pt 2 pt Allow 7 days between applications. Verticillium wilt. Use certified seed and Mustang Max 3.2 to 4 fl oz 24 fl oz Allow 4 days between applications. seed treatments to minimize introduction Warrior II 1.28 to 1.92 fl oz 7.68 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. of Verticillium into clean fields. Rotate European Corn Borer to small grains or other grasses to slow Asana XL 5.8 to 9.6 fl oz 67.2 fl oz - population buildup. Control weeds during Battalion 1.5 EC 1.5 to 2.4 fl oz 12 fl oz - rotations. The presence of other root pests, Baythroid XL 1.6 to 2.8 fl oz 16.8 fl oz Allow 5 days between applications. Coragen 1.67 SC 3.5 to 5 fl oz 15.4 fl oz - such as nematodes, may favor Verticillium Mustang Max 1.76 to 4 fl oz 24 fl oz Allow 4 days between applications. wilt. Nematodes must be controlled if this Permethrin 3.2 EC 4 to 8 fl oz 64 fl oz - wilt pathogen is present. Preplant soil Radiant SC 6 to 8 fl oz 32 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. fumigation is also an option for heavily Rimon 0.83 EC 6 to 12 fl oz 24 fl oz - infested fields (see “Soil Fumigants for Warrior II 1.28 to 1.92 fl oz 7.68 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. Colorado Potato Beetle, Flea Beetle: Colorado Potato Beetle is the key insect pest of potato. This Control of Nematodes and Soilborne Dis- pest has the ability to develop resistance to all major classes of insecticides. Do not tank mix insecti- eases” on page 16). cides with the same mode of action and frequently rotate among insecticides with different modes of Viruses. A high level of control is pos- action to discourage resistance. Treat when an average of more than 1 larva/adult is found per plant on plants less than 6 inches tall or when 2 or more larvae/adults are found on larger plants. sible with use of high-quality, certified IRAC Codes: Insecticides followed by the same number share the same mode of action. seed. The potential of potatoes serving Actara 25 WDG (4A) 1.5 oz 3 oz Allow 7 days between applications. as a source of viruses for tobacco is an im- Admire Pro (4A) 1.3 fl oz 5.6 fl oz Allow 7 days between treatments. Agri-Mek 0.15 EC (6) 8 to 16 fl oz 32 fl oz Make no more than two consecutive applica- portant thing to consider if both are being tions. planted on the same farm. The nearer the Assail 30 SG (4A) 1.5 to 4 oz 16 oz Limit 4 applications. Allow 7 days between two crops are planted, the greater the risk applications. of potato virus Y and tobacco etch. Keep Avaunt 30 WDG (22) 3.5 to 6 oz 24 oz Allow 5 days between applications. Battalion 1.5 EC (3) 1.5 to 2.4 fl oz 12 fl oz - potatoes 150 to 200 yards away from other Baythroid XL (3) 1.6 to 2.8 fl oz 16.8 fl oz Allow 5 days between applications. solanaceous crops, and control insect Belay 2.13 SC (4A) 2 to 3 fl oz 12 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. vectors (aphids, leafhoppers). The level of Coragen 1.67 SC (28) 3.5 to 5 fl oz 15.4 fl oz - common strains of PVY associated with Imidan 70 W (1B) 1.33 lb - Machine harvested potatoes only. Radiant SC (5) 6 to 8 fl oz 32 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. Kentucky tobacco crops has also increased Rimon 0.83 EC (15) 9 to 12 fl oz 24 fl oz - markedly. Therefore, when selecting Sevin 80 S (1A) 1.25 to 2.5 lb 6 applications Allow 7 days between applications. certified seed, one should also consider Venom 70 SG (4A) 1 to 1.5 oz 4.5 oz Allow 14 days between applications. the certification standards being used. Leafhoppers Speak to local suppliers about this issue Actara 25 WDG 1.5 oz 3 oz Allow 7 days between applications. before they contract to buy seed pota- Admire Pro 1.3 fl oz 5.6 fl oz Allow 7 days between treatments. toes. Consider more than the price of the Asana XL 2.9 to 5.8 fl oz 67.2 fl oz - Assail 30 SG 1.5 to 4 oz 16 oz Limit 4 applications. Allow 7 days between seed—also consider the benefit to other applications. crops when seed potatoes with lower virus Battalion 1.5 EC 1.5 to 2.4 fl oz 12 fl oz - incidence are used. Baythroid XL 0.8 to 1.6 fl oz 16.8 fl oz Allow 5 days between applications. Belay 2.13 SC 2 to 3 fl oz 12 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. Dimethoate 4 E 0.5 to 1 pt 2 pt Allow 7 days between applications. Mustang Max 1.76 to 4 fl oz 24 fl oz Allow 4 days between applications. Penncap-M 2 to 4 pt 24 pt - Permethrin 3.2 EC 4 to 8 fl oz 96 fl oz - Sevin XLR 0.5 to 1 qt 6 applications Allow 7 days between applications. Venom 70 SG 1 to 1.5 oz 4.5 oz Allow 14 days between applications. Warrior II 0.96 to 1.6 fl oz 7.68 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. 1 Generic products available (Appendix E).

73 WEED CONTROL: Potato Product Amt/A Lb A.I./A Comments 0.5-1.6 fl oz 0.008-0.025 For contact post-emergence control of annual broadleaf weeds and suppression of annual grasses. Can be ap- Aim 1.9 EW carfentrazone plied as a preplant, pre-transplant burndown, or before crop emerges to actively growing weeds up to 4 inches tall. Can also be applied post-emergence as a directed hooded application between crop rows. Use min. 10 gal water/A and crop oil 1% v/v. Max. rate 11.6 fl oz/A. PHI = 7 days. 1.5-2.9 pt 0.98-1.9 For control of most annual grasses and certain broadleaf weeds and yellow nutsedge. Apply after planting or Boundary 6.5 EC s-metolachlor + after drag-off but before crop emergence. See Dual Magnum label for rotational crops restrictions. Dual Magnum 0.23-0.43 may delay maturity and/or reduce yield of Superior and other early maturing potato varieties if cold, wet soil metribuzin conditions occur after treatment. PHI = 60 days. 1-2 pt 0.95-1.9 For control of most annual grasses and certain broadleaf weeds and yellow nutsedge. Apply preplant incorporat- Dual II Magnum s-metolachlor ed, pre-emergence. Dual Magnum may delay maturity and/or reduce yield of ‘Superior’ and other early maturing 7.6 E potato varieties if cold, wet soil conditions occur after treatment. See label for incorporation directions. 60-day pre-harvest interval. 3.5 pt 3 For control of annual grasses and broadleaf weeds and suppression of yellow nutsedge. Apply before planting. Eptam 7 E EPTC Incorporate immediately 2 to 3 inches. Superior variety is sensitive to Eptam under stress conditions. 1-2 pt 0.25-0.5 For pre-emergence and post-emergence control of certain annual grasses and most broadleaves. For fallow bed Goal 2XL oxyfluorfen preparation only. Best if used with glyphosate for control of winter annual broadleaf weeds. Min. 60 days between application and planting. 1.0-2.0 0.69-1.38 For non-selective contact kill of annual grasses and broadleaf weeds and top-kill of perennial weeds. Apply up to Gramoxone paraquat salt ground cracking to emerged weeds but before crop emergence; may be used instead of drag-off operation for Inteon emerged weeds and before using pre-emergence herbicides. Add non-ionic surfactant 0.25% v/v. 1.5-2.5 lb 0.75-1.25 For control of annual grasses and broadleaf weeds. Apply after planting but before crop emerges. Plant seed at Lorox 50 DF linuron least 2 inches deep. Best results if rainfall or irrigation is applied within 2 weeks of application. 1-1.5 oz 0.016-0.023 For pre-emergence control of broadleaves and grasses. Apply immediately after hilling, drag-off, or reservoir Matrix 25 WSG rimsulfuron tillage. 1⁄3 to 1 inch rainfall or irrigation is needed for activation. Do not use on potato grown for seed. Matrix can also be applied chemigation. See label for details. 14-18 fl oz 0.6-0.8 For pre-emergence control of broadleaves and grasses. Apply after planting or after drag-off or as chemigation. Outlook 6 E dimethenamid-p Leave a 35 foot untreated buffer and avoid applying near endangered plant populations in and around the following counties: Barren, Boone, Hardin, Laurel, Rockcastle, Wolfe. PHI = 40 days. 0.5-2.5 pt 0.09-0.48 For control of actively growing grasses only. Use high rate on johnsongrass. PHI = 30 days. Max. rate of 2.5 pt/ap- Poast sethoxydim plication and 5 pt/season. 1.8-3.6 pt 0.74-1.49 For control of annual grasses and broadleaf weeds. Can be applied pre-emergence after planting or after drag- Prowl 3.3 E pendimethalin off. Can be applied pre-emergence and incorporated within 7 days of application. Can be applied early post- emergence to plants up to 6 inches tall only if plants are not under stress from cold/wet or hot/dry conditions. 16-22 fl oz 0.69-0.94 For non-selective post-emergence control of annual and perennial grasses and broadleaf weeds. Use only AMS 1 Roundup glyphosate-salt to 2% v/v. Adding a non-ionic surfactant can reduce weed control effectiveness. Min. 30 days before planting any WeatherMax 5.5L non-labeled crop. 9-32 fl oz 0.07-0.24 For selective post-emergence control of annual grasses and suppression of perennial grasses. Add crop oil 1% v/v Select Max clethodim or 1 to 2 qt/A liquid fertilizer or AMS to enhance control of difficult grasses. PHI = 30 days. 0.3-1.3 lb 0.2-1 For control of annual grasses and broadleaf weeds. Apply pre-emergence broadcast after planting. Do not incor- TriCor 75 DF metribuzin porate. Can be used post-emergence (0.3 to 0.6 lb/A) or as a split-application not to exceed 1.3 lb/A per season on white-skinned varieties (except Atlantic, Chip Belle, Bel Chip, and Shepody) that are not early maturing. Do not use on early maturing or red-skinned varieties. PHI = 60 days. 1.25-2 pt 0.62-1 For pre-emergence control of annual grasses and broadleaf weeds. Apply and incorporate after planting but be- Treflan HFP 4 E trifluralin fore emergence, following drag-off, or after potato plants have fully emerged. 2.3 fl oz 0.07 For selective post-emergence control of broadleaf weeds. This is a low volatility formulation of 2,4-D. Still, caution Weedone LV4 2,4-D should be exercised near sensitive crops such as tomato and grape. For use on red potatoes only. Crop response 3.84 EC depends on variety. Apply in 5 to 25 gal water/A to plants in the pre-bud stage (about 7 to 10 inches high) and a second application about 10 to 14 days later. Pre-Harvest Vine Killing 10 lb 10 To enhance vine-kill, use in 10 to 100 gal water. Can be mixed with diquat to enhance vine kill. Copper Sulfate copper sulfate Crystal 3.2 qt 6 To defoliate plants, apply 10 days before harvest in 10 to 20 gal water/A. Do not apply under conditions of ex- Defol 750 sodium chlorate treme heat during the middle of the day. 1-2 pt 0.25-0.5 For non-selective contact kill of grasses and broadleaf weeds and top-kill of perennial weeds. Apply to mature Reglone 2 EC diquat potato vines as a pre-harvest desiccation treatment in 20 gal water/A. Make a second application within 5 days if necessary. Include non-ionic surfactant 0.25% v/v. PHI = 7 days. 29 fl oz 0.38 For non-selective post-emergence control of annual and perennial grasses and broadleaf weeds. Do not use on Rely 200 glufosinate potatoes grown for seed. Apply in 20 to 100 gal water/A. Max. 1 application/season. PHI = 9 days.

DISEASE CONTROL: Potatoes FRAC Seasonal Product Code1 Amt/A Limits/A Comments Black leg, Seed-piece Rots, Tuber-borne Diseases Ag Streptomycin, Agri- 25 8 oz/100 gal 1 app Soak seed pieces in solution for several minutes and treat with fungicide. Mycin 17, Harbour Mancozeb4 Products include Dithane, Koverall, Manzate, Penncozeb. Dry formulations only M 2.5 lb/100 gal 1 app Soak seed pieces in solution for several minutes and place in clean container following treatment. Plant as soon as possible. Maxim MZ 12/M 0.5 lb/cwt 1 app Dust seed pieces and plant as soon as possible. Maxim Potato Seed Pro- 12 tectant Black Scurf, Rhizoctonia Stem Canker Headline 11 0.4 to 0.8 fl oz3 6 foliar apps Apply in-furrow for control of Rhizoctonia diseases. See label for specific instructions. Headline SC 11 Moncut 70 DF 7 0.7 to 1.1 lb 1 app Apply in-furrow in 3 gal/A of water. Direct spray over seed piece and surrounding soil before covering. Quadris 11 0.4 to 0.8 fl oz3 6 foliar apps Can be applied in-furrow or post-emergence. Post-emergence applications are counted as foliar treatments. See label for specific instructions. (continued on next page) 74 DISEASE CONTROL: Potatoes (continued) FRAC Seasonal Product Code1 Amt/A Limits/A Comments Blocker Flowable, Blocker 14 5.2 to 10.4 fl oz3 1 app Use as an In-furrow spray at planting. Actual rate is dependent on row spacing; see 4F label for directions. Vertisan 7 0.7 to 1.6 fl oz3 1 app Apply in-furrow for control of Rhizoctonia diseases. See label for specific instructions. Early Blight, Late Blight, White Mold (Sclerotinia Blight) Aftershock 11 2 to 3.8 fl oz 22.8 fl oz Apply before onset of disease and continue applications every 7 to 10 days as needed. Cabrio Plus 11/M 2 to 2.9 lb 17.4 lb Apply before onset of disease and continue applications every 7 to 14 days as needed. Chlorothalonil4 Early/late blight only. Apply before disease onset; continue every 5 to 10 days. Bravo Ultrex M 0.7 to 1.36 lb 13.6 lb Bravo WeatherStik M 0.75 to 1.5 pt 15 pt Bravo ZN M 1.25 to 2.25 pt 21.5 pt Curzate 60 DF 27 3.2 oz 7 apps Late blight only. Must be tank-mixed with a fungicide from FRAC Group M. Apply before disease onset, continue every 5 to 7 days. Endura 7 2.5 to 10 oz 20.5 oz or 4 Early blight and white mold only. Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 to 14 apps days. Evito 480 SC 11 3.8 fl oz 6 apps Early/late blight only. Apply before onset of disease and continue applications every 7 to 10 days as needed. Fixed coppers Early/late blight only. Apply when plants are 6 inches tall and continue every 5 to 10 days, depending upon product and conditions. See label for mixing instructions and tank-mix precautions. Badge SC M 1 to 3 pt - Badge X2 M 0.5 to 1.75 lb OMRI-listed. Basic Copper 53 M 3 to 6 lb OMRI-listed. C-O-C-S WDG M 1.5 to 4 lb - Champ DP M 0.67 to 2.67 lb - Champ Formula 2 FL M 0.67 to 2.67 pt - Champ WG M 1 to 4 lb OMRI-listed. COC DF M 3 to 4 lb - COC WP M 3 to 4 lb OMRI-listed. Copper-Count-N M 3 to 6 pt - Cueva M 0.5 to 2 gal OMRI-listed. Mix in 100 gallons of water, use 50 to 100 gal/A of solution. Cuprofix Ultra 40 Disperss M 0.75 to 3 lb - Kentan DF M 1 to 4 lb - Kocide 2000 M 0.75 to 3 lb - Kocide 3000 M 0.5 to 1.75 lb - Kocide DF M 1 to 4 lb - Mastercop M 0.5 to 1.5 pt - Nordox 75 WG M 0.66 to 4 lb OMRI-listed. Nu-Cop 50 WP M 1 to 4 lb OMRI-listed. Nu-Cop 3 L M 0.66 to 4 pt - Nu-Cop 50 DF M 1 to 4 lb OMRI-listed. Nu-Cop HB M 0.5 to 2 lb - Forum SC 40 4 to 6 fl oz 30 fl oz Late blight only. Must be tank-mixed with another Phytophthora fungicide. Apply before disease onset, continue every 5 to 10 days. Gavel 75 DF2 22/M 1.5 to 2 lb 6 apps Early/late blight only. Apply when conditions favor disease and continue every 5 to 10 days. Gem 11 6 to 8 oz 6 apps Early/late blight only. Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 to 10 days. Headline 11 6 to 12 fl oz5 6 apps Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 to 14 days. Headline SC 11 Luna Tranquility 7/9 11.2 fl oz 33.6 fl oz Early blight, white mold only. Apply every 7 to 14 days. Mancozeb4 Products include Dithane, Koverall, Manzate, Penncozeb. Dry formulations M 0.5 to 2 lb 14-15 lb Early/late blight only. Apply when plants reach 4 to 6 inches and continue every 5 to Liquid formulations M 0.4 to 1.6 qt 11.2 qt 10 days as needed. Limit 11.2 lb ai/A per season. ManKocide2 M 1.5 to 5 lb see footnote Early/late blight only. Apply before disease appears and continue every 3 to 10 days as needed. Omega 500F 29 5.5 to 8 fl oz 56 fl oz Late blight, white mold only. Begin when plants are 8 to 10 inches tall, reapply every 7 to 10 days. Polyram 80 DF M 1.5 to 2 lb 14 lb Early/late blight only. Apply before disease appears and continue every 5 to 10 days as needed. Presidio 43 4 fl oz 12 fl oz Late blight. Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 to 10 days. Previcur Flex 28 0.7 to 1.2 pt 6 pt Early/late blight only. Apply before disease appears and continue every 7 to 10 days as needed. Priaxor 7/11 4 to 8 fl oz 24 fl oz Apply prior to development of disease, continue every 7 to 14 days. Quadris 11 6 to 15.5 fl oz 6 apps Early/late blight only. Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 to 14 days. Quadris Opti 11/M 1.6 pt 6 apps Early blight/late blight. Apply before disease onset, continue every 5 to 14 days. Quadris Top 11/3 8 to 14 fl oz 55.3 fl oz Early blight. Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 to 10 day schedule. Quash 3 2.5 to 4 oz 4 apps Early blight, white mold only. Apply before disease onset, reapply every 7 to 10 days. Ranman SC 21 1.4 to 2.75 fl oz 10 apps Late blight. Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 to 10 days. Reason 11 5.5 to 8.2 fl oz 24.6 fl oz Early blight/late blight. Apply before disease onset, continue every 5 to 10 days. Revus 40 5.5 to 8 fl oz 32 fl oz Late blight only. Apply every 7 to 10 days. Use a spreader/penetrant surfactant. Must be tank-mixed with a fungicide NOT in FRAC Group 40. Revus Top 40/3 5.5 to 7 fl oz 28 fl oz Early/late blight only. Apply every 7 to 10 days. Use a spreader/penetrant surfactant. Ridomil Gold Bravo SC 4/M 2.5 pt 3 apps Early/late blight only. Apply before disease onset, continue every 14 days. Rotate to another mode of action between applications of RG Bravo. Observe seasonal limits for chlorothalonil. (continued on next page)

75 DISEASE CONTROL: Potatoes (continued) FRAC Seasonal Product Code1 Amt/A Limits/A Comments Ridomil Gold Copper 4/M 2 lb Late blight only. Apply before disease onset, continue every 14 days. Rotate to another mode of action between applications of RG Copper. Ridomil Gold MZ2 4/M 2.5 lb Early/late blight only. Apply before disease onset, continue every 14 days. Rotate to another mode of action between applications of RG MZ. Iprodione4 Early blight/white mold only. Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 to 21 Rovral 4 Flowable 2 1 to 2 pt 4 apps days. Scala 9 7 fl oz 35 fl oz Early blight only. Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 to 14 days. Tank-mix with another fungicide labeled for early blight. Tanos 11/27 6 to 8 oz 6 apps Early/late blight only. Tanos must be tank-mixed with a fungicide from FRAC Group M appropriate for the target disease. Apply before disease onset, continue every 5 to 10 days. Thiophanate-methyl4 White mold only. Apply before row closure and continue every 7 to 14 days. Topsin 4.5 FL 1 20 to 30 fl oz 80 fl oz Topsin M 70 WP 1 1 to 1.5 lb 4 lb Topsin M WSB 1 Vertisan 7 10 to 24 fl oz 72 fl oz Early blight, white mold only. Apply before disease onset, reapply every 7 to 14 days. Zampro 40/45 11 to 14 fl oz 3 apps Apply before disease onset and repeat every 5 to 7 days. 1 Products with numerical FRAC codes must be alternated or tank-mixed with products that have a different FRAC code to discourage resistance development. See product label for maximum number of consecutive applications allowed. Refer to the table on page 14 for more information on FRAC codes. 2 Observe seasonal limits for mancozeb. 3 Per 1,000 row-feet. 4 Generic products available (Appendix F). Amounts and seasonal limits per acre are product dependent. 5 Use higher rate when pressure is severe. Rhubarb Buckwheat family (Polygonaceae): Rheum rhabarbarum

Planting and Culture PESTICIDE SAFETY: Rhubarb PESTICIDE SAFETY: Rhubarb Rhubarb is a cool-season crop. It thrives 1 1 on a well-drained soil that is deep and fertile. Signal Re-entry (hrs) Harvest (days) Signal Re-entry (hrs) Harvest (days) Rhubarb plants (pieces of the crown) Insecticides Fungicides should be transplanted in rows 4 to 5 feet Actara 25 WDG C 12 7 Aliette WDG4 C 12 3 apart with plants spaced 3 feet apart in the Admire Pro C 12 45 Cabrio EG C 12 0 row. The crown pieces should be planted Assail 30 SG C 12 7 Evito 480 SC C 12 3 Avaunt 30 DG C 12 3 Fontelis C 12 3 so that there are 2 to 3 inches of soil cover- Belay 2.13 SC C 12 21 Gem C 12 7 ing the pieces. Transplant crowns in early Confirm 2 F C 4 7 Meta Star 2EC AG W 48 0 March or in late August (see Appendix I). Coragen 1.67 SC - 4 1 Propiconazole2 W 12 14 Durivo 1.67 - 12 30 Presidio C 12 2 Harvesting Fulfill 50 WDG C 12 7 Quadris C 4 0 Rhubarb may be harvested for a short Intrepid 2 F C 4 1 Reason C 12 2 period during the second year and a full Movento 2 C 24 3 Revus C 4 1 Platinum 2 F C 12 30 Ridomil Gold SL/GR C 48 0 harvest period (eight to 10 weeks) during Radiant SC C 4 1 Ultra Flourish W 48 0 the third growing season and thereafter. Requiem 25 EC C 4 0 Zampro C 12 0 Pull the stalks rather than cut them. Sevin XLR C 12 14 1 W: Warning, C: Caution, D: Danger; P: Poison Trigard 75 WP C 12 7 2 Several formulations are marketed. See the gen- Common Diseases/Management Venom 70 SG C 12 7/213 eral introduction for more details on fungicides. Vetica 2.66 C 12 7 3 PHI depends on the type of application, see label. Crown rot. Use disease-free transplants 4 Voliam flexi 40 WDG C 12 7 The use of Aliette in the following Kentucky coun- and plant into well-drained soils high in ties has certain restrictions to protect endangered organic matter. This disease is stress re- Restricted Use freshwater mollusks and their habitat, so read Agri-Mek 0.15 EC W 12 7 labels carefully: Campbell, Green, Hart, Kenton, lated, so maintain optimal soil fertility; do Logan, Marshall, Rockcastle, Todd, Warren, and Baythroid XL W 12 0 Wayne. not over-harvest. At harvest, pulling stalks Brigade WSB W 12 7 rather than cutting them reduces entry Mustang Max W 12 1 sites and the food base for pathogens. Permethrin 3.2 EC C 12 1 Proclaim 5 WDG C 48 7

VARIETIES: Rhubarb Variety Comments Canada Red Hardy, with cherry-red tender stalks. INSECT CONTROL: Rhubarb Tilden Strain Thin, very red tender stalks. Stalk Borer and Rhubarb Curculio are controlled by cultivating field margins to keep weed populations MacDonald Vigorous, very productive, some low. Remove all curly dock, the normal host of the curculio. For various leaf- and stalk-feeding insects, Strain root rot resistance. use Mustang or Permethrin as needed.

76 Damping-off. Mefenoxam or metal- FERTILIZER: Rhubarb axyl can be applied preplant to manage Fertilizer damping-off and root rots caused by Soil Test Results (lb/A) Needed (lb/A) Pythium. Planting into well-drained soils Phosphorus Phosphate (P2O5) is an important control measure. Low <31 240 Medium 31-60 180 Leaf spots and blights. Rhubarb is gen- High 61-80 120 erally disease-free; however, fungicides Very High >80 60 are labeled for a number of foliar diseases. Potassium Potash (K2O) Control weeds in and around the field. Low <201 200 Remove yellowed leaves promptly during Medium 201-300 150 the season. Fall maintenance is impor- High >300 100 tant—remove all leaf material in the fall to Nitrogen N If 15 to 20 tons of manure have been applied/A reduce pathogen populations and use fall and worked into the soil before transplanting fertilization to encourage spring growth. crowns, apply an additional 50 lb of nitrogen.

WEED CONTROL: Rhubarb Product Amt/A Lb A.I./A Comments 0.5-1.6 fl oz 0.008-0.025 For contact post-emergence control of annual broadleaf weeds and suppression of annual grasses. Can be applied Aim 1.9 EW carfentrazone as a preplant, pre-transplant burndown, or before crop emerges to actively growing weeds up to 4 inches tall. Can also be applied post-emergence as a directed hooded application between crop rows. Use min. 10 gal water/A and crop oil 1% v/v. Max. rate 6.1 fl oz/A. PHI = 0 days. 6.0 fl oz 0.19 For post-emergent and pre-emergent control of select species. Apply prior to crop emergence in established rhu- Callisto mesotrione barb. If weeds are emerged at time of application use a non-ionic surfactant at 0.25% v/v. Do not apply to rhubarb that is not dormant. Limit 1 application/season. PHI = 21 days. 0.67-1.33 pt 0.64-1.27 Apply as a broadcast or banded to soil prior to crop emergence for pre-emergent control of select weed species. Dual Magnum s-metolachlor Make only one application per season. PHI = 62 days. 2.5-4.0 pt 0.86-1.38 For non-selective contact kill of annual grasses and broadleaf weeds and top-kill of perennial weeds. Apply during Gramoxone paraquat salt dormant season before buds in crown begin to grow in min. 10 gal water/A. Apply banded or broadcast. Use higher Inteon rate for heavy weed infestations. Use non-ionic surfactant 0.25% v/v. 0.5-1.5 pt 0.09-0.27 For control of actively growing grasses only. Use high rate on johnsongrass. PHI = 30 days. Max. rate of 1.5 pt/ap- Poast sethoxydim plication and 3 pt/season. 16-22 fl oz 0.69-0.94 For non-selective post-emergence control of annual and perennial grasses and broadleaf weeds. Use only AMS 1 to Roundup glyphosate-salt 2% v/v. Adding a non-ionic surfactant can reduce weed control effectiveness. Min. 30 days before planting any non- WeatherMax 5.5L labeled crop. 9-16 fl oz 0.07-0.12 For selective post-emergence of actively growing annual grasses and suppression of perennial grasses. Add crop oil Select Max clethodim 1% v/v. Max. 16 fl oz/application. Min. 14 days between applications. PHI = 30 days.

DISEASE CONTROL: Rhubarb FRAC Seasonal Product Code1 Amt/A Limits/A Comments Damping-off (Pythium) Ridomil Gold SL 4 1 to 2 pt 1 app Apply to soil as a broadcast spray or in a 7-inch band; incorporate into the upper 2 inches Ultra Flourish 4 2 to 4 pt of soil mechanically (preplant) or with irrigation (pre- and at-planting) if rainfall is not ex- MetaStar 2E AG 4 4 to 8 pt pected within 24 hours of treatment. Ridomil Gold GR 4 20 to 40 lb 1 app Apply pre- or at-planting; refer to label. Downy Mildew Aliette WDG 33 2 to 5 lb 7 apps Apply when conditions favor disease and continue every 7 to 21 days. Do not tank-mix with copper compounds. Cabrio 11 12 to 16 oz 4 apps Use highest rate for downy mildew. Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 to 14 days. Presidio 43 3 to 4 fl oz 12 fl oz Apply every 7 to 14 days. Must be tank-mixed with a fungicide NOT in FRAC Group 43. Quadris 11 12 to 15.5 fl oz 4 apps Use higher rates for downy mildew. Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 to 14 days. Reason 500 SC 11 5.5 to 8.2 fl oz 24.6 fl oz Apply before disease onset, continue every 5 to 10 days. Revus 40 8 fl oz 32 fl oz Apply every 7 to 10 days. Use a spreader/penetrant surfactant. Zampro 40/45 14 fl oz 3 apps Apply before disease onset and repeat every 7 days. Leaf Spots (Alternaria, Anthracnose, Cercospora), Powdery Mildew Cabrio 11 12 to 16 oz 4 apps Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 to 14 days. Evito 480 SC 11 5.7 fl oz 4 apps Apply before disease onset, continue applications every 7 to 10 days as needed. Fontelis 7 14 to 24 fl oz 72 fl oz Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 to 14 days. Gem 500SC 11 1.9 to 2.9 fl oz 4 apps Apply before disease onset, continue every 14 days. Propiconazole2 Cercospora only. Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 days. Tilt 3 4 fl oz 16 fl oz Quadris 11 6 to 15.5 fl oz 4 apps Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 to 14 days. 1 Products with numerical FRAC codes must be alternated or tank-mixed with products that have a different FRAC code to discourage resistance development. See product label for maximum number of consecutive applications allowed. Refer to the table on page 14 for more information on FRAC codes. 2 Generic products available (Appendix F). Amounts and seasonal limits per acre are product dependent.

77 Root Crops (Beets, Carrots, Parsnips, Radishes, Turnips)

Planting and Culture VARIETIES: Root Crops Beets. Plant in rows 18 to 24 inches apart Days to Variety Maturity Comments and inch deep. Seed 8 to 10 pounds per 1 Beets1 acre for bunching. Seed will germinate Solo (hybrid) 49 Excellent appearance and taste of cooked and raw roots and between 40° and 85°F. Optimum tem- cooked greens, uniform shape and size, monogerm. perature is 65° to 75°F. Color and quality Red Ace (hybrid) 53 Early maturing, attractive, very smooth skin, excellent quality roots and greens, very sweet, heat resistant. are best when the plant develops during Kestrel (hybrid) 53 Excellent appearance and taste of cooked and raw roots and cool temperatures (50° to 60°F, see Appen- cooked greens, uniform size and shape. dix I). The sugar content of beets will be Red Cloud (hybrid) 53 Excellent appearance and sweet taste raw, good roasted taste, excellent cooked greens. lower when grown in warm weather, and Red Titan (hybrid) 52-54 Excellent appearance and taste of cooked and raw roots, uniform they will have a lighter color. Hot weather shape and size. produces white bands in the roots. Beets Merlin (hybrid) 55 Excellent appearance and taste of cooked and raw roots and cooked greens, uniform size and shape, lower Cercospora leaf spot are sensitive to soil acidity and should be incidence. grown at a pH between 6.2 and 7.0. Chioggia 55 Attractive red and white zoned interior. Carrots. Plant in rows 18 to 24 inches Excalibur 60 Excellent appearance and taste of cooked and raw roots and cooked greens. apart and 1 to 1 inch deep. Seed 2 to 4 Ruby Queen 60 Attractive, excellent quality, very sweet, excellent for processing. pounds per acre. Seed are often variable Touchstone Gold 60 Specialty gold fleshed beet, excellent flavor, lower germination per- in germination and emergence, resulting centage, low Cercospora leaf spot incidence. Taunus 65 Very uniform smooth skinned, attractive long cylindrical beet for in non-uniform stands. Seed germinate slicing, excellent flavor cooked, easy cleaning, low Cercospora leaf slowly, and it is necessary to maintain spot incidence. adequate moisture. Select deep, sandy Carrots2 loam soils for best results. Carrots gener- Choctaw (hybrid) 55 Early, Imperator hybrid, with a deep orange interior. ally are misshapen when grown on heavy Nelson (hybrid) 56 Early, Nantes type, very sweet, good for smaller 4 to 6 inch carrots Navajo (hybrid) 57 Imperator hybrid, widely adapted and uniform. or rocky soils. Prepare soil deeply. Use low Sugarsnax (hybrid) 68 Mid-season, Imperator hybrid, with a deep orange interior. raised beds. Purple Haze 73 Purple exterior, orange interior, Imperator hybrid good for markets, Parsnips. Plant in rows 18 to 24 inches AAS winner. apart and to inch deep. Seed 2 to Parsnips3 1 1 Lancer (hybrid) 110 Slim, smooth roots, high quality (for trial). 3 pounds per acre. Prepare soil similarly Harris Model 120 Smooth, white roots. to that for carrots. Always use new seed, Radishes4 because germination of seed 1 year or Small round types older is poor. Cherry Belle 24 - Radishes. Plant seed in rows 15 inches Scarlet Globe 24 - apart and 1 to 1 inch deep. Plant 12 to Oriental Radishes 15 seed per foot of row. Seed 10 to 15 Fancy Free Altari 30-35 Small; short thin top with bulbous base; tender, fall crop. Minowase Summer 50 Long white daikon, mild flavor, juicy and tender, fusarium resistant, pounds per acre. Seed germinate in three Cross stands heat, fall crop. to four days at a soil temperature of 65°F April Cross 60 Long white daikon, slow to bolt. or above. Best quality and shape of roots Misato Rose Flesh or 60 Round, 4 inches in diameter, white with light green shoulders and are attained when the crop grows and Red Meat a dark pink interior; very tender, pungent skin, mild and sweet interior, excellent for eating fresh, garnishing, and pickling. Fall produc- matures at 50° to 65°F. tion only, plant in August or September. Turnips. Plant seed in rows 14 to 18 Tae-Baek 70 Short white barrel-shaped roots with a green shoulder, somewhat inches apart with seed 2 to 3 inches apart pungent, for heavier soils, highly disease tolerant, fall crop. Turnips5 in the rows and 1 to 1 inch deep. Plant 1 Hakurei (hybrid) 38 Early, all white, best harvested young (2 inch diameter). to 2 pounds of seed per acre. Best quality Purple Crown 45-50 Smooth, purple topped, globe shaped roots, mild flavor. and yields are obtained under moderately Just Right 50-70 All white roots, moderate turnip flavor, excellent tasting greens. cool temperatures. See also the “Greens” 1 (Chenopodiaceae) goosefoot family: Beta vulgaris Crassa group. chapter. 2 (Apiaceae) carrot family: Daucus carota var. sativa. 3 Pastinaca sativa. 4 (Brassicaceae) mustard family: Raphanus sativus. Fertilizing 5 Brassica rapa Rapifera group. The soil pH should be between 6.0 and 6.8. Boron may become a limiting element for root crops. Apply Borax at the rate of 20 and tough. Wash roots carefully and pack- cide labels often include these minor-use pounds per acre (2 pounds actual Boron) if age according to market requirements. crops as a group or exempt certain crops necessary as indicated by soil test results. Store at 32°F and 90 to 95 percent relative from the group because they pose similar Carrots tend to develop forked roots on humidity. residue issues, so read labels carefully. See heavy or rocky soils. the “Greens” chapter for turnip diseases. Common Diseases/Management On all these crops use well-shaped raised Harvesting Most of the crops covered in this section beds in sites with good air and soil drain- All root crops should be harvested when are not related botanically, and they have age. mature but before they become woody few diseases in common. However, fungi-

78 FERTILIZER: Root Crops INSECT CONTROL: Root Crops1 Fertilizer Seasonal Soil Test Results (lb/A) Needed (lb/A) Insecticide Product Amt/A Limit/A Comments and Other Restrictions

Phosphorus Phosphate (P2O5) Beets Low <31 121-180 Aphids Medium 31-60 61-120 Actara 25 WDG 1.5 to 3 oz 8 oz Allow 7 days between applications. High 61-80 1-60 Admire Pro 1.2 fl oz 3.7 fl oz Allow 5 days between applications. Very High >80 0 Malathion 8 2.5 pt 3 applications Allow 7 days between applications. Potassium Potash (K2O) Beet Armyworm Low <201 101-150 Coragen 1.67 SC 3.5 to 5 fl oz 15.4 fl oz Allow 3 days between applications. Medium 201-300 51-100 Intrepid 2 F 4 to 10 fl oz 64 fl oz Allow 14 days between applications. High 301-450 1-50 Lannate 90 SP 0.5 to 1 lb 4 lb - Very High >450 0 Cutworms Nitrogen N Battalion 1.5 EC 1 to 2.4 fl oz 12 fl oz - Apply 50 lb of actual nitrogen (N)/A. Broadcast Baythroid XL 1.6 to 2.8 fl oz 14 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. all fertilizer and disk into soil thoroughly before Brigade 2 EC 5.12 to 6.4 fl oz 25.6 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. seeding. Mustang Max 1.24 to 4 fl oz 24 fl oz Allow 4 days between applications. Flea Beetles Beets Battalion 1.5 EC 1.5 to 2.4 fl oz 12 fl oz - Damping-off and seed rot. Sow seed in Baythroid XL 1.6 to 2.8 fl oz 14 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. Brigade 2 EC 5.12 to 6.4 fl oz 25.6 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. a well-prepared seed bed—raised beds Mustang Max 1.76 to 4 fl oz 24 fl oz Allow 4 days between applications. will improve disease control. Purchase Sevin XLR 0.5 to 1 qt 6 qt Limit 6 applications. Allow 7 days between seed treated with thiram or dust with 1 sprays. level teaspoon per pound of seed. For Carrots damping-off diseases caused by Pythium Aphids and Phytophthora, apply a fungicide at Actara 25 WDG 1.5 to 3 oz 8 oz Allow 7 days between applications. Admire Pro 1.2 fl oz 3.7 fl oz Allow 5 days between applications. planting. Leaf spots, blights, and rust. Rotate to Cutworms Asana XL 5.8 to 9.6 fl oz 96 fl oz - grasses for three to four years between Battalion 1.5 EC 1 to 2.4 fl oz 12 fl oz - beet crops. For leaf spots/blights and rust, Baythroid XL 1.6 fl oz 28 fl oz - apply fungicides weekly. Ensure good air Brigade 2 EC 5.12 to 6.4 fl oz 32 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. movement by keeping tall plants away Mustang Max 1.24 to 4 fl oz 24 fl oz Allow 4 days between applications. from beets. Leafhoppers: Treat fields and field margins to control these disease vectors. Beginning when plants are 3 inches tall. Carrots/Parsnips Actara 25 WDG 1.5 to 3 oz 8 oz Allow 7 days between applications. Admire Pro 1.2 fl oz 3.7 fl oz Allow 5 days between applications. Damping-off, seed rot, and root rots. Battalion 1.5 EC 1.5 to 2.4 fl oz 12 fl oz - Plant fungicide-treated seed into well- Baythroid XL 1.6 to 2.8 fl oz 28 fl oz - drained, well-prepared, raised beds and Lannate 90 SP 0.5 to 1 lb 7 lb - Captan WP at 1 teaspoon per pound of Mustang Max 1.76 to 4 fl oz 24 fl oz Allow 4 days between applications. seed. Apply fungicides to the soil at 0.5 Sevin XLR 0.5 to 1 qt 6 qt Allow 7 days between sprays. Limit 6 qt/A. to 1 pound per treated acre for control Parsnips of Pythium diseases (damping-off, fork- Aphids Actara 25 WDG 1.5 to 3 oz 8 oz Allow 7 days between applications. ing, cavity spot), and those caused by Admire Pro 1.2 fl oz 3.7 fl oz Allow 5 days between applications. Rhizoctonia. Malathion 8 2 pt 3 applications Allow 7 days between applications. Leaf spots and blights. Practice rotation Armyworms, Stink Bugs, Plant Bugs to unrelated crops for two or more years. Coragen 1.67 SC 3.5 to 5 fl oz 15.4 fl oz Allow 3 days between applications. Spray fixed copper if bacterial blight is Intrepid 2 F 4 to 10 fl oz 64 fl oz Allow 14 days between applications. For armyworm. involved as part of the complex. If bacte- Mustang Max 3.2 to 4 fl oz 24 fl oz Allow 4 days between applications. rial blight is not involved, apply fungicides Sevin XLR 1 to 2 qt 6 qt Limit 6 applications. Allow 7 days between at regular intervals. Varieties resistant to sprays. some of leaf diseases are available. Flea Beetles White mold and southern blight. Long- Actara 25 WDG 1.5 to 3 oz 8 oz Allow 7 days between applications. term crop rotation to corn or grasses Admire Pro 1.2 fl oz 3.7 fl oz Allow 5 days between applications. Battalion 1.5 EC 1.5 to 2.4 fl oz 12 fl oz - for three to four years, deep plowing to Brigade 2 EC 5.12 to 6.4 fl oz 32 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. bury sclerotia, and pre-emergence weed Mustang Max 3.2 to 4 fl oz 24 fl oz Allow 4 days between applications. control are key preventive practices. Soil- Sevin XLR 0.5 to 1 qt 6 qt Limit 6 applications. Allow 7 days between applied fungicides can also help suppress sprays. southern blight. Crickets, Cutworms, Sowbugs Root-knot nematodes. Practice crop Baythroid XL 1.6 to 2.8 fl oz 14 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. Radishes and Turnips rotation to fescue for two years prior to Aphids carrots. Avoid fields with high populations Actara 25 WDG 1.5 to 3 oz 4 oz Allow 7 days between applications. of root-knot nematodes. If these fields Admire Pro 1.2 fl oz 3.7 fl oz Allow 5 days between applications. must be used, preplant fumigation can Malathion 8 2 pt 3 applications Allow 7 days between applications. be helpful (see “Soil Fumigants for Control Cutworms of Nematodes and Soilborne Diseases” on Battalion 1.5 EC 1 to 2.4 fl oz 12 fl oz - page 16). Baythroid XL 1.6 to 2.8 fl oz 28 fl oz - (continued on next page)

79 Aster yellows. Adult leafhoppers are the INSECT CONTROL: Root Crops1 (continued) overwintering host and vector of the aster Seasonal yellows pathogen. Control leafhoppers by Insecticide Product Amt/A Limit/A Comments and Other Restrictions Brigade 2 EC 5.12 to 6.4 fl oz 32 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. using a recommended insecticide early in Mustang Max 1.24 to 4 fl oz 24 fl oz Allow 4 days between applications. the season. Flea Beetles Radish Actara 25 WDG 1.5 to 3 oz 4 oz Allow 7 days between applications. Admire Pro 1.2 fl oz 3.7 fl oz Allow 5 days between applications. Black rot. This bacterial disease is seed- Asana XL 5.8 to 9.6 fl oz 9.2 fl oz Radishes only. borne and best controlled by using hot- Battalion 1.5 EC 1.5 to 2.4 fl oz 12 fl oz - water seed treatment. See “Vegetable Baythroid XL 1.6 to 2.8 fl oz 28 fl oz - Seed Treatments” on page 15. Avoid other Brigade 2 EC 5.12 to 6.4 fl oz 32 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. cole crops in the rotation. Mustang Max 1.76 to 4 fl oz 24 fl oz Allow 4 days between applications. Damping-off. Use Captan 50 WP at 1 Root Maggots Lorsban 15 G 3.3 oz/ - Furrow application at planting. teaspoon per pound of seed, or buy fungi- 1,000 row-feet cide-treated seed. Fungicides are effective Lorsban 4 E 1 oz/ - Use at least 40 gallons per acre. when applied to soil before planting. 1,000 row-feet Leaf spots, downy mildew, white rust. 1 Generic products available (Appendix E). Take steps to ensure good air movement, such as using an open row spacing and fungicide products can be used to manage avoiding taller plants nearby. A number of foliar diseases.

PESTICIDE SAFETY: Root Crops PESTICIDE SAFETY: Root Crops PESTICIDE SAFETY: Root Crops Harvest (days) 1 1 1 Signal Re-entry (hrs) Harvest (days) Signal Re-entry (hrs) Harvest (days) Fungicides Ridomil Gold Copper D 48 7 Signal Re-entry (hrs) Beets Carrots Parsnips Radishes Turnips Beets Rovral 4 Flowable C 24 0 Insecticides Iprodione 4L AG C 24 0 Actara 25 WDG C 12 7 7 7 7 7 Cabrio EG C 12 0 2 Meteor C 24 0 Admire Pro C 12 7/212 7/212 7/212 7/212 7/212 Fixed coppers D 12/24 1 Fontelis C 12 0 Nevado C 24 0 Beleaf 50 SG C 12 3 3 3 3 3 Sulfur2 C 24 0 Coragen 1.67 SC - 4 1 1 1 1 1 Gem C 12 7 Meta Star 2EC AG W 48 0 Switch 62.5WG C 12 7 Intrepid 2 F C 12 1 1 1 1 1 Ultra Flourish W 48 0 Knack 0.83 EC C 12 3 3 3 3 3 Presidio C 12 7 Lorsban 75 WG W 24 - - - AP 30 Quadris C 4 0 Parsnips Ridomil Gold SL C 48 0 Cabrio EG C 12 0 Lorsban 4 E W 24 - - - AP 30 2 Lorsban 15 G C 12 - - - 7 14 Reason 500 SC C 12 14 Chlorothalonil D 12 10 2 Malathion 8 C 12 7 7 7 7 - Sulfur C 24 0 Fontelis C 12 0 Platinum 2 SC C 12 AP AP AP AP AP Switch 62.5WG C 12 7 Gem C 12 7 2 Radiant SC C 4 7 3 3 3 3 Tebuconazole C 12 7 Meta Star 2EC AG W 48 0 Sevin XLR W 12 7 7 7 7 7 Ultra Flourish W 48 0 Presidio C 12 7 Carrots Quadris C 4 0 Restricted Use Ridomil Gold SL C 48 0 Asana XL W 12 - 7 - 7 - Cabrio EG C 12 0 Chlorothalonil2 D 12 0 Switch 62.5WG C 12 7 Battalion 1.5 EC DP 12 3 3 3 3 3 Ultra Flourish W 48 0 Baythroid XL W 12 0 0 0 0 0 Endura W 12 0 2 Brigade 2 EC W 12 1 21 21 21 21 Fixed coppers D 12/24 0 Radish Diazinon AG500 C 24 14 14 - 14 - Fontelis C 12 0 Cabrio EG C 12 0 Diazinon 50 W C 24 3 3 - 3 - Gem C 12 7 Fontelis C 12 0 Hero 1.24 EC C 12 21 21 21 21 21 Meta Star 2EC AG W 48 0 Gem C 12 7 Lannate 90 SP DP 48 0/102 1 - - - Omega W 48 7 Meta Star 2EC AG W 48 0 Leverage 2.7 W 12 7 7 7 7 - Presidio C 12 7 Presidio C 12 7 Mustang Max W 24 1 1 1 1 1 Pristine C 12 0 Quadris C 4 0 2 Renounce 20 WP C 12 0 0 0 0 0 Propiconazole W 12 14 Reason 500 SC C 12 14 Quadris C 4 0 Ridomil Gold Copper D 48 7 - Indicates crop does not appear on label. Quadris Opti W 12 0 Ridomil Gold SL C 48 0 1 W: Warning, C: Caution, D: Danger; P: Poison. 2 PHI depends on the method of application. Quadris Top C 12 7 Switch 62.5WG C 12 7 Quilt C 12 14 Ultra Flourish W 48 0 Quilt Xcel W 12 14 1 W: Warning, C: Caution, D: Danger; P: Poison Ridomil Gold Bravo SC W 48 7 2 Several formulations are marketed. See the Ridomil Gold SL C 48 0 general introduction for more details on fungicides.

WEED CONTROL: Root Crops Product Amt/A Lb A.I./A Comments 0.5-1.6 fl oz 0.008-0.025 For contact post-emergence control of annual broadleaf weeds and suppression of annual grasses. Can be ap- Aim 1.9 EW carfentrazone plied as a preplant, pre-transplant burndown, or before crop emerges to actively growing weeds up to 4 inches tall. Can also be applied post-emergence as a directed hooded application between crop rows. Use min. 10 gal water/A and crop oil 1% v/v. Max. rate 6.1 fl oz/A. PHI = 0 days. 6-14 lb 4.5-10.5 Radish only. For pre-emergence control of annual grasses and small-seeded broadleaves. For radish apply at seed- Dacthal W-75 DCPA ing or up to 3-leaf stage. Soil should be clean-cultivated before application. Apply in 20 to 30 gal water/A. PHI = 25 days. (continued on next page) 80 WEED CONTROL: Root Crops (continued) Product Amt/A Lb A.I./A Comments 1pt 0.25 Carrot only. For selective post-emergence control of annual grasses and suppression of perennial grasses. Include Fusilade-DX 2E fluazifop-p 1% v/v crop oil or 0.25% v/v non-ionic surfactant/A. PHI = 45 days. Max. rate is 48 fl oz/A. 2.0-4.0 pt 0.67-1.35 Carrot only. For non-selective contact kill of annual grasses and broadleaf weeds and top-kill of perennial weeds. Gramoxone paraquat salt Apply preplant, pre-emergence, or before transplanting in min. 10 gal water/A. Apply banded or broadcast. Use Inteon higher rate for heavy weed infestations. Use non-ionic surfactant 0.25% v/v. 1.5-3 lb 0.75-1.5 Carrot and parsnip only. For control of annual grasses and broadleaf weeds. Apply post-emergence as a non- Lorox 50 DF linuron directed spray to carrots > 3 inches tall. Apply before annual grasses exceed 2 inches high and before broadleaves exceed 6 inches high. Check label regarding varietal tolerance. Do not apply when temperature is above 85°F. PHI = 14 days. 0.5-2.5 pt 0.09-0.49 For control of actively growing grasses only. Use high rate on johnsongrass. PHI = 60 days. Max. rate of 2.5 pt/ap- Poast sethoxydim plication and 5 pt/season. 2.0 pt 0.95 Carrot only. For pre-emergent control of most annual grasses and some broadleaf weeds. Apply as a broadcast ap- Prowl H2O pendimethalin plication as a post plant treatment prior to crop and weed emergence. May be applied at layby at 2.0 pt/A as a directed spray between rows. Do not allow to come in contact with plants or severe injury will result. PHI = 60 days. 16-22 fl oz 0.69-0.94 For non-selective post-emergence control of annual and perennial grasses and broadleaf weeds. Use only AMS 1 Roundup glyphosate-salt to 2% v/v. Adding a non-ionic surfactant can reduce weed control effectiveness. Min. 30 days before planting any WeatherMax 5.5L non-labeled crop. 9-16 fl oz 0.07-0.12 For selective post-emergence of actively growing annual grasses and suppression of perennial grasses. Add crop Select Max clethodim oil 1% v/v. Max. 16 fl oz/application. Min. 14 days between applications. PHI = 30 days. 1.25-2 pt 0.6-1 Carrot and radish only. For control of annual grasses and broadleaf weeds. Apply and incorporate in spring before Treflan HFP 4 E trifluralin planting. 0.3 lb 0.2 Carrot only. For control of annual grasses and broadleaf weeds. Apply broadcast over the tops to plants with 5-6 TriCor 75 DF metribuzin true leaves but before weeds are 1 inch tall. A second application can be made 3 weeks later. Do not apply within 3 days of stress conditions such as cool, wet and cloudy weather or hot days or after any other chemical to avoid injury. PHI = 60 days.

DISEASE CONTROL: Root Crops FRAC Seasonal Product Code1 Amt/A Limits/A Comments Beets, Radish, Turnips, Parsnips Damping-off (Pythium) Presidio 43 3 to 4 fl oz 12 fl oz Can be applied as a drench or through drip irrigation at planting; soil-directed applications can be made during the season. Ridomil Gold SL 4 1 to 2 pt 1 app Apply to soil as a broadcast spray or in a 7-inch band; incorporate into the upper Ultra Flourish 4 2 to 4 pt 2 inches of soil mechanically (preplant) or with irrigation (pre- and at-planting) if MetaStar 2EC AG 4 4 to 8 pt rainfall is not expected within 24 hours of treatment. Will control white rust on radish. Downy Mildew Chlorothalonil3 Parsnip only. Apply before disease onset; continue every 7 to 10 days. Bravo Ultrex M 1.4 to 1.8 lb 7.3 lb Bravo WeatherStik M 1.5 to 2 pt 8 pt Fixed coppers Beets only. Apply every 7 to 10 days when conditions favor disease. See label for mixing instructions and tank-mix precautions. Basic Copper 53 M 2 to 4 lb OMRI-listed. C-O-C-S WDG M 3 to 4 lb - COC DF M 2 to 4 lb - COC WP M 2 to 4 lb OMRI-listed. Cueva M 0.5 to 2 gal OMRI-listed. Mix in 100 gallons of water, use 50 to 100 gal/A of solution. Kentan DF M 2 to 3.27 lb - Nordox 75 WG M 0.66 to 2 lb OMRI-listed. Nu-Cop 50 DF M 1 to 2 lb OMRI-listed. Leaf Spots (Alternaria, Anthracnose, Cercospora), Rust, White Rust Cabrio 11 8 to 16 oz 3 apps Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 to 14 days. Chlorothalonil3 Parsnip only. Apply before disease onset; continue every 7 to 10 days. Bravo Ultrex M 1.4 to 1.8 lb 7.3 lb Bravo WeatherStik M 1.5 to 2 pt 8 pt Fixed coppers Beets only. For control of Cercospora leaf spot, apply every 7 to 10 days after seeding/transplanting or when conditions favor disease. See label for mixing instructions and tank-mix precautions. Badge SC M 1 to 4 pt - Badge X2 M 0.75 to 2 lb OMRI-listed. Basic Copper 53 M 2 to 4 lb OMRI-listed. C-O-C-S WDG M 3 to 4 lb - Champ DP M 1.33 to 2.67 lb - Champ Formula 2 FL M 1.33 to 2.67 pt - Champ WG M 2 to 5 lb OMRI-listed. COC DF M 2 to 4 lb - COC WP M 2 to 4 lb OMRI-listed. Copper-Count-N M 3 to 6 pt lb - Cueva M 0.5 to 2 gal OMRI-listed. Mix in 100 gallons of water, use 50 to 100 gal/A of solution. Cuprofix Ultra 40 Disperss M 1.25 to 3 lb - Kentan DF M 2 to 3.27 lb - Kocide 2000 M 1.5 to 3.75 lb - Kocide 3000 M 0.75 to 2 lb - Kocide DF M 2 to 5 lb - Mastercop M 0.5 to 1.5 pt - Nordox 75 WG M 0.66 to 2 lb OMRI-listed. (continued on next page) 81 DISEASE CONTROL: Root Crops (continued) FRAC Seasonal Product Code1 Amt/A Limits/A Comments Nu-Cop 50 WP M 2 to 5 lb OMRI-listed. Nu-Cop 3 L M 1.33 to 6.66 pt - Nu-Cop 50 DF M 2 to 5 lb OMRI-listed. Nu-Cop 50 HB M 1 to 2.5 lb - Fontelis 7 16 to 30 fl oz 61 fl oz Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 to 14 days. Gem 500SC 11 1.9 to 2.9 fl oz 4 apps Apply before disease onset, continue every 14 days. Quadris 11 6.0 to 15.5 fl oz 4 apps Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 to 14 days. Reason 500 SC 11 8.2 fl oz 24.6 fl oz Not for radish. For Alternaria leaf spot, apply before disease onset, continue every 14 days. Ridomil Gold Copper 4/M 2 lb 4 apps Radish only. For control of white rust, apply 45 to 50 days after preplant application of Ridomil Gold EC or Ultra Flourish. Make up to three additional applications every 14 days. Sulfur3 M Beets only. Apply every 14 to 30 days, beginning when symptoms are first observed or when conditions favor disease. Phytotoxicity may occur when sulfur is applied when temperatures exceed 90ºF. Switch 62.5WG 9/12 11 to 14 oz 56 oz For Alternaria, apply every 7 to 10 days. Make only two applications on radish. Tebuconazole3 Beet and turnip only. Apply preventively for control of Cercospora. Use lowest Folicur 3.6F 3 3 to 7.2 fl oz 28.8 fl oz listed rate of surfactant to improve coverage. Carrots Damping-off, Seed Rot, Root Rots, Southern Blight Presidio 43 4 fl oz 12 fl oz Pythium diseases. Can be applied in-furrow or side-dressed after emergence. Quadris 11 0.4 to 0.8 fl oz2 4 foliar apps Post-emergence. Apply broadcast in a 7-inch band with spray directed at lower stems and surrounding soil. Counts as a foliar application. 0.4 to 0.7 fl oz2 1 app In-furrow. Apply in 5 to 15 gal/A, with nozzle directed to spray in-furrow just before seed are covered. In-furrow treatment does not count as a foliar application. Ridomil Gold SL 4 1 to 2 pt 1 app Pythium diseases only. Apply to soil as a broadcast spray or in a 7-inch band; in- Ultra Flourish 4 2 to 4 pt corporate into the upper 2 inches of soil mechanically (preplant) or with irrigation MetaStar 2EC AG 4 4 to 8 pt (pre- and at-planting) if rainfall is not expected within 24 hours of treatment. Ridomil Gold Bravo SC 4/M 1.5 to 2.5 pt 4 apps Pythium diseases only. Apply 45 to 50 days after preplant application of Ridomil Gold EC or Ultra Flourish. Make up to three additional applications every 14 days. Observe seasonal limits for chlorothalonil. Ridomil Gold Copper 4/M 2 lb Pythium diseases only. Apply 45 to 50 days after preplant application of Ridomil Gold EC or Ultra Flourish. Make up to three additional applications every 14 days. Foliar Diseases (Alternaria, Cercospora Leaf Spots, Leaf Blights) Cabrio 11 8 to 12 oz 3 apps Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 to 14 days. Chlorothalonil3 Apply before disease onset; continue every 7 to 10 days as needed. Bravo Ultrex M 1.4 to 1.8 lb 18.2 lb Bravo WeatherStik M 1.5 to 2 pt 20 pt Endura 7 4.5 oz 5 apps For Alternaria, apply before disease onset, continue every 7 to 14 days. Fixed coppers Apply every 7 to 14 days after seeding/transplanting or when conditions favor disease. See label for mixing instructions and tank-mix precautions. Badge SC M 1 to 1.8 pt - Badge X2 M 0.75 to 1.5 OMRI-listed. Basic Copper 53 M 2 to 4 lb OMRI-listed. C-O-C-S WDG M 2 to 4 lb - Champ DP M 1.33 lb - Champ Formula 2 FL M 1.33 pt - Champ WG M 2 lb OMRI-listed. COC DF M 3 to 6 lb - COC WP M 3 to 6 lb OMRI-listed. Copper-Count-N M 4 to 6 pt - Cueva M 0.5 to 2 gal OMRI-listed. Mix in 100 gallons of water, use 50 to 100 gal/A of solution. Cuprofix Ultra 40 Disperss M 1.25 lb - Kentan DF M 2 lb - Kocide 2000 M 1.5 lb - Kocide 3000 M 0.75 lb - Kocide DF M 2 lb - Mastercop M 0.5 to 1.5 pt - Nordox 75 WG M 1.25 to 2.5 lb OMRI-listed. Nu-Cop 50 WP M 2 lb OMRI-listed. Nu-Cop 3 L M 1.33 to 2.66 pt - Nu-Cop 50 DF M 2 lb OMRI-listed. Nu-Cop 50 HB M 1 lb - Fontelis 7 16 to 30 fl oz 61 fl oz Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 to 14 days. Omega 500F 29 1 pt 4 apps Apply when conditions favor disease, continue every 7 days. Pristine 7/11 8 to 10.5 oz 6 apps Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 to 14 days. Will suppress southern blight. Propiconazole3 Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 to 10 days. Tilt 3 4 fl oz 16 fl oz Quadris 11 6 to 15.5 fl oz 4 apps Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 to 14 days. Will also suppress southern blight. Quadris Opti 11/M 2.4 pt 6 apps Carrot only. Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 to 14 days. Observe seasonal limits for chlorothalonil. Quadris Top 11/3 12 to 14 fl oz 56 fl oz Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 to 10 day schedule. Quilt 11/3 14 fl oz 55 fl oz Premix of azoxystrobin and propiconazole. Use higher rates for rust and gray leaf spot. Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 to 14 days. (continued on next page) 82 DISEASE CONTROL: Root Crops (continued) FRAC Seasonal Product Code1 Amt/A Limits/A Comments Quilt Xcel 11/3 14 fl oz 56 fl oz Premix of azoxystrobin and propiconazole. Use higher rates for rust and gray leaf spot. Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 to 14 days. Iprodione3 Carrot only. For control of Alternaria, apply when conditions favor disease. Repeat Rovral 4 Flowable 2 1 to 2 pt 4 apps applications can be made at 7 to 14 days. Sulfur3 M Carrot only. Apply every 14 days, beginning when symptoms are first observed or when conditions favor disease. Phytotoxicity may occur when sulfur is applied when temperatures exceed 90ºF. Switch 62.5 WG 9/12 11 to 14 oz 56 oz For Alternaria, apply every 7 to 10 days. Make only two applications on radish. 1 Products with numerical FRAC codes must be alternated or tank-mixed with products that have a different FRAC code to discourage resistance development. See product label for maximum number of consecutive applications allowed. Refer to the table on page 14 for more information on FRAC codes. 2 Per 1,000 row-feet. 3 Generic products available (Appendix F). Amounts and seasonal limits per acre are product dependent. Southernpeas (Cowpeas) Pea family (Fabaceae): Vigna unguiculata

VARIETIES: Southernpeas PESTICIDE SAFETY: Southernpeas Days to Variety Maturity Comments 1 Top Pick Brown 60 Brown color, bush, a crowder type

Mississippi Silver 64 Peas are large, light green to cream in color; semi-vining; a crowder Signal Re-entry (hrs) Harvest (days) type. Insecticides Mississippi Purple 69 Large seeded disease resistant, a crowder type Acramite 50 WS C 12 3 Queen Anne 75 A blackeye type; bush type plant. Admire Pro C 12 7/215 Assail 30 SG C 12 7 Avaunt 30 DG C 12 7 Planting and Culture There are no known detrimental effects Belt SC C 12 1/145 Coragen 1.67 SC - 4 1 Southernpeas (cowpeas) may be grown on plant growth associated with inoculat- Intrepid 2 F C 4 7 on a wide variety of soils with good suc- ing the seed with nitrogen-fixing Rhizo- Movento 2 SC C 24 1 cess. Soils should be well drained. South- bium prior to planting. However, there are Radiant 1 SC C 4 3 3 ernpeas require a rather low level of soil many different strains of Rhizobium and Sevin XLR W 12 3/21 fertility more comparable to snap beans many factors involved in determining if Restricted Use and soybeans. Prepare a good seedbed this will increase nitrogen fixation and help Asana XL W 12 21 your crop. There will be no effect if the field Baythroid XL W 12 3 as for other vegetable crops. Brigade 2 EC W 12 3 Plant seed after danger of frost in the has a recent history of being planted with Brigadier 2 W 12 7 spring and after soil temperature has southernpeas because a large population Hero 1.24 EC C 12 3 warmed to 65°F (see Appendix I). Thirty of Rhizobium will already be present in Leverage 2.7 W 12 7 the field. Mustang Max W 12 1/213 to 40 pounds of seed is required per acre Proaxis 0.5 EC C 24 7/213 when seeding in rows 36 to 42 inches Voliam Xpress W 24 7/213 apart. Space seed 4 inches apart in rows. Warrior II W 24 7/213 Fungicides Aproach C 12 14 INSECT CONTROL: Southernpeas1 Blocker Flowable/4F C 12 0 Seasonal Bravo ZN W 48 14 Insecticide Product Amt/A Limit/A Comments and Other Restrictions Chlorothalonil2 D 12 14 Preplant Incorporated Endura W 12 7/213 Fixed coppers2 D 12/244 24 Wireworms, Cutworms: Eliminate weeds from field margins and plow fields at least 2 weeks before planting to destroy cutworm food sources and egg laying sites. Wireworms can be a potential problem Fontelis C 12 0 where southernpeas follow grass or grass-legume sod. Headline W 12 21 Foliar Treatments Meta Star 2EC AG W 48 0 Priaxor C 7/213 Aphids Proline 480 SC C 12 7 Assail 30 SG 2.5 to 5.3 oz 3 applications - Quadris C 4 0 Brigade 2 EC 2.1 to 6.4 fl oz 12.8 fl oz - Quadris Opti W 12 14 Movento 2 SC 4 to 5 fl oz 10 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. Quilt W 12 7/143 Plant Bugs, Stink Bugs, Leaf-feeding Caterpillars Quilt Xcel W 12 7/143 Baythroid XL 2.1 fl oz 10.5 fl oz Limit 2.1 fl oz per 5-day interval. Ridomil Gold SL C 48 0 Belt 2 SC 2 to 3 fl oz 6 fl oz For caterpillars only. Allow 5 days between ap- Ridomil Gold/Copper D 48 3 plications. Sulfur2 C 24 0 Brigade 2 EC 2.1 to 6.4 fl oz 12.8 fl oz - Tebuconazole2 C 12 14 Intrepid 2 F 8 to 16 fl oz 64 fl oz For caterpillars only. Thiophanate-methyl2 C 12 14/283 Mustang Max 2.72 to 4 fl oz 24 fl oz - Tilt W 12 7 Proaxis 0.5 EC 2.56 to 3.84 fl oz 15.36 fl oz - 1 Sevin XLR 1 to 1.5 qt 4 applications Allow 7 days between applications. W: Warning, C: Caution, D: Danger; P: Poison 2 Several formulations are marketed. See the gen- Warrior II 1.28 to 1.92 fl oz 7.68 fl oz - eral introduction for more details on fungicides. 1 Generic products available (Appendix E). 3 Dependent on type of peas, see label. 4 Re-entry varies by product and formulation. 5 PHI dependent on type of application. 83 Fertilizing FERTILIZER: Southernpeas Common Diseases/Management A general fertilizer rate would be 500 to Fertilizer Damping-off, seed rots, and root rots. Soil Test Results (lb/A) Needed (lb/A) 600 pounds per acre of a complete fertil- Rotation away from legumes for two years izer such as a 5-20-20 or similar analysis Phosphorus Phosphate (P2O5) (mainly to corn, small grains, or grass) is Low <31 96-145 fertilizer; however, a soil test is the best Medium 31-60 51-95 recommended. Purchase treated seed method to determine proper fertilization High 61-80 1-50 or apply Captan WP at 1 teaspoon per rate. Very High >80 0 pound of seed. Plant seed into warm, Potassium Potash (K2O) well-drained soils to ensure rapid germi- Harvesting and Handling Low <201 81-120 nation and emergence. See the “Beans” For fresh market sales, pods should be Medium 201-300 41-80 chapter for information on controlling root well filled and harvested before they dry. High 301-450 1-40 Very High >450 0 rots that are common to both beans and Varieties differ in their “over” color; some southernpeas. Nitrogen N are purple and others are yellow. Harvest Powdery mildew, rust, and leaf spots. when some green has disappeared from Poor soils 50 Fertile soils 20-30 Practice crop rotation to non-legumes the pod. For peas to be stored as dry peas, for at least two years prior to planting. the pods should be thoroughly dry before Fungicides are labeled to control a num- harvesting. ber of foliar diseases (leaf spots, rust, and powdery mildew). The first spray should be made at early flowering. WEED CONTROL: Southernpeas Product Amt/A Lb A.I./A Comments 0.5-1.6 fl oz 0.008-0.025 For contact post-emergence control of annual broadleaf weeds and suppression of annual grasses. Can be applied Aim 1.9 EW carfentrazone as a preplant, pre-transplant burndown, or before crop emerges to actively growing weeds up to 4 inches tall. Can also be applied post-emergence as a directed hooded application between crop rows. Use min. 10 gal water/A and crop oil 1% v/v. Max. rate 6.1 fl oz/A. PHI = 0 days. 5-12 fl oz 0.033-0.08 For selective post-emergence control of annual grasses and suppression of perennial grasses. Apply to actively Assure II 0.88L quizalofop growing grasses in 10 to 15 gal water/A. Include 1% v/v crop oil concentrate or 0.25% v/v non-ionic surfactant. Pre- harvest interval is 30 days for succulent peas and 60 days for dry peas. Maximum 14 fl oz/A per season. 1.3-1.7 pt 1.3-1.6 For control of most annual grasses and certain broadleaves. Apply preplant surface or incorporated or pre-emer- Dual II Magnum s-metolachlor gence. Small grains may be planted 4½ months following this treatment. See label for other rotational crops. 7.6 E 1.2-2.0 pt 0.4-0.67 For non-selective contact kill of annual grasses and broadleaf weeds and top-kill of perennial weeds. Can be used Gramoxone paraquat salt as a harvest aid as well. Use with non-ionic surfactant 0.25% v/v. Max. 2 applications/season. PHI = 7 days. Inteon 0.5-2.5 pt 0.09-0.48 For control of actively growing grasses only. Use high rate on johnsongrass. Dry and succulent peas. Max. rate 4 Poast sethoxydim pt/A per year. Include 1% v/v crop oil. PHI = 15 days for succulent peas and 30 days for dry peas. 1.8-3.6 pt 0.74-1.49 For control of annual grasses and broadleaf weeds. Apply before planting and incorporate 1 to 2 inches up to 60 Prowl 3.3 E pendimethalin days before planting and incorporate within 7 days of application. Do not apply surface pre-emergence, or serious crop injury can result. 4 oz 0.07 For control of annual grasses and broadleaf weeds. Can be applied preplant incorporated within 1 week before Pursuit 2L imazethapyr planting. Can be applied pre-emergence within 3 days after planting. Can be applied post-emergence to plants at least 3 inches tall but before 5 nodes and before flowering. Add non-ionic surfactant 0.25% v/v. 4 fl oz 0.031 For control of annual grasses and broadleaf weeds. Some varieties are sensitive and injury can occur. Apply Raptor 1AS imazamox post‑emergence to actively growing dry southernpeas with at least 3 pairs of leaves and before bloom. Max. 1 application/season. 16-22 fl oz 0.69-0.94 For non-selective post-emergence control of annual and perennial grasses and broadleaf weeds. Use only AMS 1 Roundup glyphosate-salt to 2% v/v. Adding a non-ionic surfactant can reduce weed control effectiveness. Min. 30 days before planting any WeatherMax 5.5L non-labeled crop. 0.5-1 oz 0.023-0.046 For pre-emergence and post-emergence control of broadleaves and yellow nutsedge. Apply to row middles before Sandea 75 DF halosulfuron or after weeds emerge. PHI = 30 days. 9-32 fl oz 0.07-0.24 For post-emergence control of grasses. Apply higher rate for hard-to-control perennial grasses. Do not apply more Select Max clethodim than 32 oz/A in a single application or 64 oz/A for a season. Use a non-ionic surfactant at 0.25% v/v. PHI = 30 days. 7.5 lb 0.75 For pre-emergence control of annual grasses and broadleaves. For use on dry peas only. Apply and incorporate Sonalan 10G ethalfluralin before planting. 1.25-2 pt 0.62-1 For pre-emergence control of annual grasses and broadleaf weeds. Apply as preplant soil incorporated. Treflan HFP 4 E trifluralin

DISEASE CONTROL: Southernpeas FRAC Seasonal Product Code1 Amt/A Limits/A Comments Anthracnose, Leaf Spots, Powdery Mildew, Downy Mildew Aproach 11 6 to 12 fl oz4 24 fl oz Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 to 14 days. Chlorothalonil3 Dry pea production only. Apply at early bloom or when conditions favor disease. Bravo Ultrex M 1.25 to 1.8 lb 7.3 lb Bravo WeatherStik M 1.375 to 2 pt 8 pt Bravo ZN M 2 to 3 pt 11.5 pt Fixed coppers Downy mildew. Apply every 5 to 10 or 7 to 14 days, depending upon product and conditions. See label for mixing instructions and tank-mix precautions. Badge X2 M 0.5 to 1.25 lb OMRI-listed. Basic Copper 53 M 2 to 4 lb OMRI-listed. Champ Formula 2 FL M 0.67 to 2 pt - C-O-C-S WDG M 2 to 4 lb - Cueva M 0.5 to 2 gal OMRI-listed. Mix in 100 gallons of water, use 50 to 100 gal/A of solution. (continued on next page)

84 DISEASE CONTROL: Southernpeas (continued) FRAC Seasonal Product Code1 Amt/A Limits/A Comments Cuprofix Ultra 40 Disperss M 0.75 to 2 lb - Kentan DF M 2 lb - Kocide 3000 M 0.5 to 1.25 lb - Nordox 75 WG M 0.66 to 2.5 lb OMRI-listed. Fontelis 7 14 to 30 fl oz4 72 fl oz Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 to 14 days. Headline 11 6 to 9 fl oz4 2 apps Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 to 14 days as needed. Headline SC 11 Priaxor 7/11 4 to 8 fl oz4 2 apps Apply every 7 to 14 days. Quadris 11 6 to 15.5 fl oz4 4 apps Not for downy or powdery mildew. Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 to 14 days. Quadris Opti 11/M 1.6 to 2.4 pt4 4 apps Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 to 14 days. Quilt 11/3 14 fl oz 42 fl oz Premix of azoxystrobin and propiconazole. Make up to three applications every 7 Quilt Xcel 11/3 10.5 to 14 fl oz to 14 days. Ridomil Gold/Copper 2 lb 4 apps Begin treatment at disease onset and continue every 7 days during favorable conditions. Thiophanate-methyl3 Apply when 10 to 30% of plants have at least one open bloom OR when conditions Topsin 4.5 FL 1 20 to 40 fl oz 80 fl oz favor disease, continue every 4 to 7 days (no later than peak bloom). Topsin M 70 WP 1 1 to 2 lb 4 lb Topsin M WSB 1 Sulfur3 M Apply when powdery mildew is first observed; continue every 7 to 14 days as needed. Phytotoxicity may occur if applications are made when temperatures exceed 90ºF. Rust Aproach 11 6 to 12 fl oz4 24 fl oz Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 to 14 days. Chlorothalonil3 Dry pea production only. Apply at early bloom or when conditions favor disease. Bravo Ultrex M 1.25 to 1.8 7.3 lb Bravo WeatherStik M 1.375 to 2 pt 8 pt Bravo ZN M 2 to 3 pt 11.5 pt Fontelis 7 14 to 30 fl oz4 72 fl oz Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 to 14 days. Headline 11 6 to 9 fl oz4 2 apps Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 to 14 days as needed. Headline SC 11 Priaxor 7/11 4 to 8 fl oz4 2 apps Apply every 7 to 14 days. Proline 480 SC 3 5.7 fl oz 17.1 fl oz Rust. Apply at first symptoms, make up to three applications every 5 to 14 days. Quadris 11 6 to 15.5 fl oz4 4 apps Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 to 14 days. Quadris Opti 11/M 1.6 to 2.4 pt4 4 apps Quilt 11/3 14 fl oz 42 fl oz Premix of azoxystrobin and propiconazole. Make up to three applications every 7 Quilt Xcel 11/3 10.5 to 14 fl oz to 14 days. Sulfur3 M Apply when rust is first observed; continue every 7 to 14 days as needed. Phytotox- icity may occur if applications are made when temperatures exceed 90ºF. Tebuconazole3 Rust on dry beans only. Apply preventively and repeat every 14 days. Use lowest Folicur 3.6F 3 4 to 6 fl oz 12 fl oz listed rate of surfactant to improve coverage. Tilt 3 4 fl oz 12 fl oz Make up to three applications every 7 to 14 days. May cause leaf crinkling or increased greening of leaves. Pythium Damping-off, Seedling Disease, Root Rot Ridomil Gold SL 4 0.5 to 1 pt 1 app Apply pre- or post-planting as a broadcast or banded spray (7-inch band) in suf- MetaStar 2EC AG 4 2 to 4 pt ficient water to provide uniform coverage. Incorporate into the upper 2 inches of soil mechanically or by rainfall/irrigation. Can be tank-mixed with azoxystrobin or PCNB to provide additional protection against Rhizoctonia. Rhizoctonia Damping-off, Seedling Disease, Stem And Root Rot Headline 11 0.1 to 0.8 fl oz2 1 app Use as an In-furrow spray at planting; see label for directions. Blocker 4F, Blocker Flowable 14 2.2 to 3.3 fl oz2 1 app Use as an In-furrow spray at planting. Actual rate is dependent on row spacing; see label for directions. Quadris 11 0.4 to 0.7 fl oz2 1 app At-planting treatment. Apply at planting as an in-furrow spray in 0.3 to 1 gal water/1,000 row-feet (5 to 15 gal/A). Spray should applied to the furrow just before seed are covered. 0.4 to 0.8 fl oz2 4 foliar apps Post-emergence treatment. For post-emergence treatments, apply in a 7-inch (or less) band directed at the soil at the base of the plant. Arrange nozzles to provide good coverage of lower stems and soil at base of plants. Incorporation following application will improve distribution in soil. Foliar contact may occur; post- emergence sprays are considered foliar applications for resistance management purposes. 1 Products with numerical FRAC codes must be alternated or tank-mixed with products that have a different FRAC code to discourage resistance development. See product label for maximum number of consecutive applications allowed. Refer to the table on page 14 for more information on FRAC codes. 2 Per 1,000 row-feet. 3 Generic products available (Appendix F). Amounts and seasonal limits per acre are product dependent. 4 Use higher rate when pressure is severe.

85 Sweetpotatoes Bindweed family (Convolvulaceae): Ipomoea batatas

Planting and Culture VARIETIES: Sweetpotatoes Sweetpotatoes grow best on medium to Days to Variety Maturity Comments light sandy soils that are well drained and Beauregard 90 Copper skin, deep orange flesh, slow to sprout, moist flesh, very high yield, relatively low in nitrogen, although they must harvest on time or roots will get too large. can be grown successfully on heavier soils. Hernandez 90-100 Bright orange skin, orange moist flesh, long tapered root. Regardless, sweetpotatoes should not be O’Henry 90-100 White skin, cream flesh, uniform shape, very high yield. Covington 110 Rose colored skin, orange flesh, very uniform and high quality roots, strong grown on the same land more often than vines. once every three years. Japanese/ 100-105 Purple skin, dry-white flesh, good yields, strong skin, for farmers markets. Good soil preparation is important for Murasaki successful production of sweetpotatoes. The soil organic matter content should be Rows should be spaced 40 to 44 inches FERTILIZER: Sweetpotatoes maintained by turning under small grain apart and plants should be spaced in the Fertilizer cover crops. row every 10 to 12 inches. A spacing of 10 Soil Test Results (lb/A) Needed (lb/A) The commercial grower often produces inches apart within row and 44 inches be- Phosphorus Phosphate (P2O5) his own transplants (slips) by bedding 10 tween rows requires about 13,400 plants Low <31 121-180 Medium 31-60 61-120 to 12 bushels of sweetpotatoes for each to set an acre. Replace missing plants to acre of plants to be set. The sweetpotatoes High 61-80 1-60 avoid oversized roots. Very High >80 0 are usually bedded about seven weeks before the field setting date in early June Fertilizing Potassium Potash (K2O) Low <201 251-275 (see Appendix I). Use only disease-free Sweetpotatoes grow well at a soil pH of Medium 201-300 101-250 sweetpotatoes. They should be treated 5.0 to 6.0. Broadcast all fertilizer and disk High 301-450 51-100 to reduce surface-borne disease prob- into soil well before transplanting. Very High >450 50 lems before being placed in the bed. Do Nitrogen N not cut sweetpotato seed pieces as you Harvesting Apply 30 to 50 lb/A of actual nitrogen (N). would potatoes. Cutting will often result Sweetpotatoes continue to grow until in disease and will not result in a greater the vines are killed by frost. Therefore, you requirements. They should be prepared number of slips. should harvest the crop when the greatest for market by cleaning, either by brushing In preparing the bed, the roots are number of 8- to 10-ounce potatoes are or washing, and waxing before packing in usually placed by hand so they are close found in the hill. Sample digging will pro- crates or baskets. A box of sweetpotatoes together but not touching. Ordinarily, one vide this information. A good practice is to on the wholesale market often weighs 40 bushel will cover 16 to 20 square feet of mow the vines before harvesting. The crop to 44 pounds. bed surface. The roots should be covered can then be harvested with less damage to with 3 to 4 inches of sand or fine soil, then the potatoes. Use a turn plow or a potato Common Diseases/Management digger to expose the roots with the least watered. Transplant production beds Soil preparation begins with deep plow- possible injury. Plow out one row at a time and pick up the potatoes. Grade potatoes Purchase either certified transplants or ing and repeated disking until a fine plant produce your own plants. Start with certi- bed is prepared. Sandy soil should be in the field and place them in containers that are to be put in storage. For large- fied, disease-free roots planted in a com- ridged about 10 inches high before plant- mercial growing mix or in new sand for ing. On heavier soils that do not drain scale production, mechanical harvesting machinery can be used economically. best results. If this is not possible, consider quickly, the ridges should be 12 to 14 the following measures: Sanitize beds or inches high. Curing and Storing greenhouses; if bedding material is reused The best transplanting results are ob- Stack crates or baskets in the storage or if soil is used, then work up the material tained by using freshly pulled plants. space. Place them 6 to 8 inches off the floor to a depth of 8 to 10 inches and steam- True “slips” will have been pulled from the and 12 to 15 inches from the walls to allow sterilize (180°F for 30 minutes) or fumigate. sweetpotato and may have some roots. for adequate ventilation. Curing requires Fumigants for this use include chloropicrin Often, to reduce risk of soilborne diseases, seven to 10 days if the temperature can and metam-sodium applied as a drench or cuttings of vines are used instead of slips. be maintained at 80° to 85°F with 70 to 90 injected. See “Soil Fumigants for Control Cuttings are taken 1 to 2 inches above the percent relative humidity. After curing is of Nematodes and Soilborne Diseases” on soil line and will have no roots when set. completed, the potatoes should be kept in page 16 for more information. Slips may be set by hand, but most com- a place as near 55°F as possible with a rela- Before bedding, dip “seed” roots for two mercial Kentucky growers use a one-row tive humidity of 85 percent. Higher market minutes into a solution of an approved tobacco setter that applies about 1 pint prices occur during the winter months and seed-treatment fungicide and plant im- of water with each slip. Large commercial usually permit the grower with a stored mediately. Soil or media temperatures in growers use a two-row plant setter. A crop to increase profits substantially. the beds should be maintained at around starter solution is preferred to water. Add 80°F to encourage rapid plant growth and 3 pounds of 10-52-17 fertilizer to 50 gal- Preparing for Market reduce rotting. Using sprouts that are cut lons of water and use about 1 pint of this If the crop is to be sold, the potatoes above the soil line is a great aid in reducing starter solution per slip (plant). should be graded to meet the buyer’s certain transplant-borne diseases.

86 INSECT CONTROL: Sweetpotatoes1 PESTICIDE SAFETY: Sweetpotatoes Seasonal 1 Insecticide Product Amt/A Limit/A Comments and Other Restrictions 2 Soil Application

Wireworms Signal Re-entry (hrs) Harvest (days) Belay 2.13 SC 6 to 12 fl oz 12 fl oz At transplanting or cultivation. Insecticides Brigade 2 EC 3.2 to 9.6 fl oz 32 fl oz At cultivation. Actara 25 WDG C 12 14 Brigade 2 EC 9.6 to 19.2 fl oz 32 fl oz Preplant only. Admire Pro C 12 123 Lorsban 15 G 13.5 lb 1 application Preplant incorporated. Note extended PHI. Assail 30 SG C 12 7 Lorsban 4 E 4 pt 1 application Preplant incorporated. Note extended PHI. Avaunt 30 DG C 12 14 Foliar Application Belay 21.3 SC C 12 14 Beleaf 50 SG C 12 7 Flea Beetles, Tortoise Beetles Coragen 1.67 SC - 4 14 Battalion 1.5 EC 1.5 to 2.4 fl oz 12 fl oz - Fulfill 50 DF C 12 14 Baythroid XL 1.6 to 2.8 fl oz 16.8 fl oz Limit 2.8 fl oz per 5-day interval. For flea beetles. Intrepid 2 F C 4 7 Brigade 2 EC 2.1 to 6.4 fl oz 32 fl oz Limit 2 applications. Allow 21 days between ap- Lorsban 4 E W 24 125 plications. Lorsban 15 G C 12 125 Mustang Max 1.76 to 4 fl oz 24 fl oz Allow 4 days between applications. Lorsban 75 WP W 48 125 Sevin XLR 1 to 2 qt 8 qt Limit 8 applications. Allow 7 days between sprays. Malathion 8 W 12 3 Warrior II 1.28 to 1.92 fl oz 7.68 fl oz - Movento 2 C 24 7 Oberon 2 SC C 12 7 Leafhoppers Platinum 2 F C 12 AP Actara 25 WDG 1.5 to 3 oz 6 oz Allow 7 days between applications. Rimon 0.83 EC W 12 14 Battalion 1.5 EC 1.5 to 2.4 fl oz 12 fl oz - Scorpion 35 SL C 12 74 Baythroid XL 0.8 to 1.6 fl oz 16.8 fl oz Limit 2.8 fl oz per 5-day interval. Sevin XLR W 12 7 Malathion 8 1 to 1.75 pt 2 applications Allow 7 days between applications. Venom 70 SG C 12 74 Mustang Max 1.76 to 4 fl oz 24 fl oz Allow 4 days between applications. Voliam flexi C 12 14 Venom 70 SG 1 to 1.5 oz 4.5 oz Allow 14 days between applications. Warrior II 0.96 to 1.6 fl oz 7.68 fl oz - Restricted Use AgriMek 0.15 Ec W 12 14 Sweetpotato Weevil: Prior to planting, dip sweetpotato cuttings in suspension of Sevin XLR at a rate of 2.6 fl oz/gal water. Battalion 1.5 EC DP 12 3 Baythroid XL 1.6 to 2.8 fl oz 16.8 fl oz Limit 2.8 fl oz per 5-day interval. Baythroid XL W 12 0 Brigade 2 EC W 12 21 1 Generic products available (Appendix E). Brigadier 2 W 12 21 Endigo ZC W 24 14 Hero 1.24 EW C 12 21 Black rot, Sclerotinia blight, and scurf. Control of Nematodes and Soilborne Dis- Leverage 2.7 W 12 7 Removing slips above the soil line and re- eases” on page 16 for more information. Mustang Max W 12 1 rooting will adequately control scurf but Post-harvest rot. Harvest and handling Renounce 20 WP C 12 0 Voliam Xpress W 24 14 not black rot. Use crop rotations of three to conditions greatly influence susceptibil- Vydate L DP 48 AP four years away from sweetpotatoes. Care- ity to post-harvest decays. Avoid chilling Warrior II W 24 7 fully handle roots during harvest to avoid injury. Roots exposed at any time to tem- Fungicides bruising. Follow all harvesting and post- peratures below 50°F can become very Aftershock C 12 7 harvest handling guidelines, including susceptible to rots. Follow proper curing Botran 75 W C 12 0 Botran 5F C 12 0 proper curing, to reduce the incidence of protocols to ensure adequate wound Endura W 12 10 the post-harvest phases of these diseases. healing. Store only blemish-free roots; Evito 480 SC C 12 7 Fusarium wilt. Use resistant varieties discard damaged or rotted roots. Botran Headline EC/SC W 12 3 and only nitrate forms of nitrogen on 75 WP at 1 pound per 100 gallons of wa- Maxim 4 FS C 0 0 problem fields. High soil pH will improve ter or Scholar SC at 16 to 32 fl ounces per Mertect 340 F C 12 0 Meta Star 2EC AG W 48 0 control of Fusarium wilt but will also favor 100 gallons of water is labeled as a post- Presidio C 12 7 soil pox. Rotation for three years away harvest dip or spray (after cleaning roots Quadris C 4 14 from sweetpotatoes is also helpful. Use but before packing) to control these rots. Quadris Top C 12 14 certified, disease-free seed roots and Calcium hypochlorite 65% at 10 ounces Reason 500 SC C 12 14 transplants. Sweetpotatoes and tobacco per 100 gallons of water also is labeled as Ridomil Gold EC/SL C 48 0 Scala SC C 12 17 are susceptible to the same strains of a post-harvest spray for general sanitation. Scholar SC C 0 0 Fusarium, so avoid growing them in rota- Pox. To prevent pathogen buildup, Switch 62.5 WDG C 12 7 tion. If they must be grown in rotation, use practice crop rotation as recommended Ultra Flourish W 48 0 Fusarium wilt-resistant varieties for both for black rot and maintain acid soils (be- 1 W: Warning, C: Caution, D: Danger; P: Poison crops and control nematodes. low pH 5.5) for fields routinely used for 2 AP: At planting. 3 PHI dependent on application method. Nematodes. Use rotation for two or sweetpotatoes. Use disease-free roots and more years to tall fescue. Preplant nema- transplants. Soil fumigation may be neces- ticides are options. See “Soil Fumigants for sary for serious cases—see “Nematodes” above for information on fumigants.

WEED CONTROL: Sweetpotatoes Product Amt/A Lb A.I./A Comments 0.5-1.6 fl oz 0.008-0.025 For contact post-emergence control of annual broadleaf weeds and suppression of annual grasses. Can be applied as a Aim 1.9 EW carfentrazone preplant, pre-transplant burndown, or before crop emerges to actively growing weeds up to 4 inches tall. Can also be applied post-emergence as a directed hooded application between crop rows. Use min. 10 gal water/A and crop oil 1% v/v. Max. rate 11.6 fl oz/A. PHI = 7 days. 1.3-4 pt 0.48-1.5 For preplant incorporated or pre-emergence control of annual grasses and broadleaves. Use a maximum of 1.5 pt/A in a Command 3ME clomazone single application after transplanting and before weed emergence. PHI = 95 days, 125 days if more than 3.3 pt was applied. (continued on next page) 87 WEED CONTROL: Sweetpotatoes (continued) Product Amt/A Lb A.I./A Comments 6-14 lb 4.5-10.5 For pre-emergence control of annual grasses and small-seeded broadleaves. May be sprayed over transplants (slips). Dacthal W-75 DCPA Layby applications can be made up to 6 weeks after transplanting. 2-4 lb 1-2 For control of annual grasses and broadleaf weeds. Apply before transplanting and water-in or incorporate to a depth of Devrinol 50 DF napropamide 1 to 2 inches in 10 to 50 gal water/A. Can be applied immediately after transplanting. To avoid injury, do not replant with crops not specified on the label for 12 months if using the 4-lb rate. Only herbicide approved for slip (transplant) beds. 1 pt 0.25 For selective post-emergence control of annual grasses and suppression of perennial grasses. Include 1% v/v crop oil or Fusilade-DX 2E fluazifop-p 0.25% v/v non-ionic surfactant/A. PHI = 55 days. Max. rate is 48 fl oz/A. 16-22 fl oz 0.69-0.94 For non-selective post-emergence control of annual and perennial grasses and broadleaf weeds. Use only AMS 1 to 2% Roundup glyphosate-salt v/v. Adding a non-ionic surfactant can reduce weed control effectiveness. Min. 30 days before planting any non-labeled WeatherMax 5.5L crop. 9-32 fl oz 0.07-0.24 For selective post-emergence of actively growing annual grasses and suppression of perennial grasses. Add crop oil 1% Select Max clethodim v/v. PHI = 30 days. 0.5-1 oz 0.024-0.032 For post-emergence control of broadleaf weeds and yellow nutsedge. For use on ‘Beauregard’ variety only. Apply 2 to 5 Valor 51DG flumioxazin days before transplanting. Do not use greenhouse-grown transplants. Max. rate 2.5 oz/A.

DISEASE CONTROL: Sweetpotatoes FRAC Seasonal Product Code1 Amt/A Limits/A Comments Damping-off (Pythium) Presidio 43 3 to 4 fl oz 12 fl oz Can be applied as a drench or through drip irrigation at planting; soil-directed applications can be made during the season. Ridomil Gold SL 4 1 to 2 pt 1 app Apply-soil as a broadcast spray or in a 7-inch band; incorporate into the upper 2 inches Ultra Flourish 4 2 to 4 pt of soil mechanically (preplant) or with irrigation (pre- and at-planting) if rainfall is not MetaStar 2EC AG 4 4 to 8 pt expected within 24 hours of treatment. Foliar Diseases Aftershock 11 2 to 3.8 fl oz 6 apps Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 to 10 days. Evito 480 SC 11 3.8 fl oz Headline 11 6 to 12 fl oz2 72 fl oz Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 to 14 days as needed. Headline SC 11 6 to 12 fl oz2 72 fl oz Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 to 14 days as needed. Quadris 11 6 to 15.5 fl oz2 4 apps Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 to 14 days. Quadris Top 11/3 8 to 14 fl oz 55.3 fl oz Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 to 10 days. Reason 11 5.5 to 8.2 fl oz 16.4 fl oz Apply before disease onset, continue every 5 to 10 days. Scala 9 7 fl oz 35 fl oz Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 to 14 days. Switch 62.5 WG 9/12 11 to 14 oz 56 oz Apply every 7 to 10 days. Make only two applications on radish. Scurf, Black Rot, Sclerotinia Blight, Post-harvest Rot Botran 75 W 14 2 lb/15 gal water 1 app Seed dip. For control of scurf, dip seed in solution for 10 to 15 seconds and plant imme- Botran 5F 14 2.4 pt/15 gal water diately. Discard unused solution daily. Botran 75 W 14 4.8 oz/1,000 row-feet 1 app Plant bed application. For control of Sclerotinia blight, spray or sprinkle solution over Botran 5F 14 5.73 fl oz/ bedded seed before covering. 1,000 row-feet Botran 75 W 14 0.5 to 1 lb/100 gal 1 app Post-harvest dip. Dip harvested tubers in solution, or spray; do not rinse after treatment. water Use low rate for dip. For suppression of rhizopus rot. Botran 5F 14 1.2 pt/100 gal water Endura 7 5.5 to 10 oz 20 oz Sclerotinia. Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 to 14 days. Maxim 4 FS 12 0.08 to 0.16 oz/cwt 1 app Dip seed pieces in a water-based slurry; spread and allow to dry. Mertect 340 F 1 3.3 qt/100 gal water 1 app Dip seed pieces in solution for 1 to 2 minutes; plant immediately afterward. Discard solution when it becomes dirty or volume becomes too low to treat. Scholar SC 16 to 32 fl oz/100 gal 1 app Use as a post-harvest dip and low volume application. Dip for approximately 30 seconds and allow fruit to drain. Add 8 fl oz of Scholar SC to 100 gals. of treating suspension after 500 bushels are treated. After each 1,000 bushels treated, drain and flush the tank. Refill with fresh dip suspension. 1 Products with numerical FRAC codes must be alternated or tank-mixed with products that have a different FRAC code to discourage resistance development. See product label for maximum number of consecutive applications allowed. Refer to the table on page 14 for more information on FRAC codes. 2 Use higher rate when pressure is severe. Tomatoes Nightshade family (Solanaceae): Lycopersicon esculentum

Planting and Culture soil that warms up quickly in the spring is low-lying fields subject to late frosts and Staked tomatoes for fresh market sales most desirable. Be careful following corn high humidity. have been most profitable when planted or soybeans because common herbicides Think twice about locating your to- and given protection for the very early used in these crops can be very damag- mato planting on land used for tobacco. market or when planted for a late fall ing to tomatoes (see the “Herbicide Label Although tobacco ground may represent crop and harvested just before frost. To- Restrictions” table on page 10). Also be some of the best land on a farm, it is not matoes are usually transplanted during wary of plantings close to your neighbor’s advisable to grow tomatoes (or peppers or the latter part of April or early May for corn, soybeans, or small grains, because potatoes) after tobacco for a period of at the spring crop and in mid-July for the tomatoes are very sensitive to herbicide least three years because these crops are fall crop (see Appendix I). A well-drained drift from these crops. If possible, avoid susceptible to many of the same diseases.

88 VARIETIES: Tomatoes—Fresh Market Tomatoes should also not follow tomatoes Days to on the same land for a period of at least Variety Maturity Comments three years. Tomatoes should not be Large Red (all are determinate hybrids) grown in short rotation with crops in the Sunshine 65 Sunshine is among the earliest commercial varieties available, for shipping or local sales. Plants are small and should not be pruned; should receive at same family (tobacco, peppers, potatoes, least 50 lb preplant nitrogen; early blight susceptible. Fruit quality deterio- eggplant, etc.) nor with any of the vine rates after peak harvest. Disease resistance: Fusarium Wilt 1, 2, Verticillium Wilt 1 crops (cucumbers, squash, pumpkins, Mountain 72 Earliest of “Mountain” series; crack-resistant fruits; excellent for shipping. melons, etc.) as all of these are susceptible Spring Spring and summer planting. Highly susceptible to early blight. Disease resistance: Fusarium Wilt 1, 2, Verticillium Wilt 1 to Phytophthora blight. Tomatoes do well Mountain 72 Disease resistance: Fusarium Wilt 1, 2, Verticillium Wilt 1, TSWV when transplanted to fields where fescue Glory sod was plowed under the previous fall. BHN 543 72 High yielding but less crack tolerant than “Mountain” series varieties. Soil should be plowed 8 to 10 inches deep Disease resistance: Fusarium Wilt 1, 2, Verticillium Wilt 1, Nematodes Phoenix 72 Good for later plantings, sets well in high temperatures. and disked well in the spring to produce a Disease resistance: Alternaria stem canker, Fusarium Wilt 2, Verticillum firm plant bed. Wilt 1 Stocky, container-grown plants are most Sun Leaper 75 Crack-resistant fruits. Early to midseason; from the “Mountain” series breed- ing program; sets fruit at higher temperatures: for spring or late summer/ desirable for transplanting. Although it is fall production. possible to use bare root plants on bare Disease resistance: Fusarium Wilt 1, 2, Verticillium Wilt 1 Amelia 75 Resistant to nematodes and intermediate resistance to tomato spotted wilt ground plantings, higher early yields virus (TSWV). will be obtained from container-grown Disease resistance: Fusarium Wilt 1, 2, 3, Verticillium Wilt, TSWV plants. Larger cell trays or containers (up Crista 75 Good yields, long shelf life, firm 10 to 12 oz fruit. Disease resistance: Fusarium Wilt 1, 2, 3, Verticillium Wilt, TSWV to 3 inches) produce higher early yields Nico 76 Medium (8 to 9 oz) fruit, midseason beafsteak type, very uniform, produces than small containers or bare root plants. over a short period of time. Disease resistance: Fusarium Wilt 1, 2, Nematodes, Verticillium Wilt 1, Early tomatoes generally command higher TSWV, Alternaria Stem Canker prices, which usually more than offset the Mountain 77 Crack-resistant fruit, mid-season; excellent flavor; for local sales or shipping. higher cost of good quality, container- Fresh Plus resistant. Disease resistance: Fusarium Wilt 1, 2, Verticillium Wilt 1, Nematodes, Early grown plants. During transplant produc- Blight tolerance tion, the greenhouse temperature should Red Defender 77 Good midseason variety, mostly large and extra large fruits, uniform. not be allowed to drop below 60 F, or the Disease resistance: Fusarium Wilt 1, 2, Verticillium Wilt 1, TSWV, Alternaria ° Stem Canker fruit in the first few clusters may become BHN 602 77 For trial, high yields good mid- and late-season tomato. cat-faced. Disease resistance: Fusarium Wilt 1, 2, 3, Verticillium Wilt 1, TSWV Most growers use approximately 4,200 Roma/Pear/Paste Pony Express 69 Concentrated early fruit set allows for short harvest window, 4 oz fruit, to 5,000 plants per acre. Plants are usually good performer in Kentucky. grown in rows 6 feet apart with plants 18 to Disease resistance: Fusarium Wilt 1, 2, 3, Verticillium Wilt, TMV, Nematodes 22 inches apart in the row. Most varieties Plum Crimson 80 Determinate hybrid; contains gene for early dark red interior color, high lycopene content, productive and early blight tolerant. should be pruned, staked, and trellised to Disease resistance: Fusarium Wilt 1, 2, 3, Verticillium Wilt 1 obtain higher and earlier yields. A satisfac- Plum Regal 80 Pear/plum-shaped, high yielding variety, 4 oz. fruits. tory trellis (Figures 1a and 1b) may be con- Disease resistance: Fusarium Wilt 1, 2, Verticillium Wilt, TSWV, Late blight, Early Blight structed using 1-inch-square, 5-foot-long Yellow/Gold Fruit stakes driven 10 to 12 inches into the soil Carolina Gold 72 Determinate; large, tangerine-colored, smooth, crack-resistant fruit for between every other plant (approximately shipping or local sales. Early to midseason with resistance to gray wall; also excellent for fried green tomatoes. Tangerine color. 2,100 to 2,500 stakes per acre). A simple, Disease resistance: Fusarium Wilt 1, 2, Verticillium Wilt 1 hand-operated stake-driving tool can be Grape made from a 36-inch length of 2 ½-inch Golden 59 Yellow color, large indeterminate plant. Sunshine galvanized pipe with a cap screwed or Tami G 60 Indeterminate; ½ to ¾ oz oval fruit, vigorous, yields well and picks for an welded on one end. Slide the pipe down extended season. over the stake, striking down repeatedly Smarty 68 Small 1⁄2 to 1 oz fruit, compact plant. Disease resistance: Fusarium Wilt 1, Verticillium Wilt with force to drive stakes. Cherry The first stringing should be about 10 BHN 268 65-68 1 oz fruit, good shipper and shelf life. inches above the soil and should be done Disease resistance: Fusarium Wilt 2, Verticillium Wilt when the plants are 12 to 15 inches high. Cherry 65 Strong determinate—1¼ inch diameter, very sweet fruit. Shipping and lo- Grande cal sales. A simple stringing tool can be made by Disease resistance: Fusarium Wilt, Verticillium Wilt drilling holes in each end of a short length Sweet Chelsea 65 Indeterminate—1½ inch diameter very sweet fruit. Shipping and local sales. of broomstick. Tomato twine is passed Disease resistance: Fusarium Wilt 1, 2, Verticillium Wilt, Nematodes, TMV though the holes in the tool, which is used Mountain 72 Larger saledette type, indeterminate, excellent flavor. to pass the string along one side of the Magic Disease resistance: Fusarium Wilt 1, 2, Early Blight, Late Blight, Verticillium Wilt row, looping the string around each stake. Hydroponic It is important to keep the twine pulled Big-Beef (see 70 Not a true hydroponic variety, but successfully grown for spring-early sum- tight. Proceed to the end of the row and comments) mer hydroponic production, not for full season (10 month) production (yields decline after 6 months). return on the opposite side passing the Disease resistance: Fusarium Wilt 2, Verticillium Wilt, Nematodes, Alter- string along the other side of the plants, naria Stem Canker again looping each stake. It is helpful Trust 78 The most popular hydroponic tomato grown, very reliable, will split in adverse conditions. Disease resistance: Fusarium Wilt 1, 2, Verticillium at the first stringing to cross the string Wilt, Fusarium Crown and Root Rots, TMV, leaf mold races A-E (may not ad- between plants (Figure 1a). To maintain a equately control disease, see page 96). well-trained system, subsequent strings (continued on next page)

89 VARIETIES: Tomatoes—Fresh Market (continued) Figure 1a. Days to Cross over between plants when weaving Variety Maturity Comments the first row. Geronimo 78 Extremely vigorous plants, high yields, small stem scar, good performer. Disease resistance: Fusarium Wilt 2, Verticillium Wilt, TMV Indeterminate, Specialty, and Heirloom1 Better Boy 72 Indeterminate, large fruit. On-farm and local sales only. Spring planting. Disease resistance: Fusarium Wilt 1, Verticillium Wilt, Root-knot Nematode Buck’s County 72 Hybrid; for local sales. Deep red, round fruit. Hybrid Lemon Boy 72 Yellow, indeterminate F1 hybrid for local sales; spring and summer planting. Disease resistance: Verticillium Wilt 1, Fusarium Wilt, Nematodes Pink Girl 76 Hybrid; for local sales. Disease resistance: Verticillium Wilt 1, Fusarium Wilt 1 Odoriko 76 Pink hybrid; great taste but susceptible to cracking. Disease resistance: Verticillium Wilt 1, Fusarium Wilt 1, Nematodes Delicious 77 Very large 1 1 to 2 1 lb fruit; solid red with small seed cavities; resists crack- Figure 1b. ing. Second, third, and fourth rows of twine San Marzono 78 Hybrid, small oblong 5 to 6 oz fruit, meaty flesh, good for canning, high are pulled along sides of plants without quality fruit. crossing over. Disease resistance: Fusarium Wilt 2, Verticillium Wilt Mortgage 85 Large 1 lb fruit, pink, smooth and uniform in size, very meaty with few Lifter seeds; very heavy producer. Arkansas 85 Medium 1 lb fruit, pink, smooth and uniform, good producer in hot Traveler weather. Kentucky 90 Medium 1 lb fruit, yellow-orange with deep ridges at stem end; retains Beefsteak green shoulders on stem end when ripe. Giant Belgium 90 Large 1 to 2 lb and larger fruit; solid dark pink flesh; very sweet; less cracking than other heirlooms; heavy producer. German 80-90 Large-fruited “heirloom;” for local sales. Susceptible to cracking and rough- Johnson ness. Big Rainbow 90-100 Large 1 to 2 lb fruit, meaty, golden orange-yellow with red stripes radiating from blossom end; prone to cracking. 1 “Heirloom” tomato varieties have become popular for farm market and local sales. Growers should be Figure 2. aware that seed of some of these varieties may have become contaminated with TMV, clavibacter (can- Leave this sucker ker), and Xanthomonas (bacterial spot), and should not be grown adjacent to plantings of other com- below the first mercial varieties. Indeterminate varieties are best grown using wider in-row spacings of 24 to 36 inches flower cluster. and longer stakes (6 feet) or cages. UK trials of two popular varieties, “Brandywine” and “Cherokee Purple,” Do not prune have shown that fruit quality and appearance are highly variable from year to year; this variability likely higher on the plant. stems from different seed sources. Growers are encouraged to test varieties from different sources before large-scale plantings.

should be put up as the plants grow. Three toes on 6- to 8-inch raised beds covered to four stringings are desirable, each about with black plastic mulch with drip irriga- 6 to 10 inches higher than the preceding tion and fertigation. Most growers prefer Remove all other one. “Crossing over” or weaving with twine embossed plastic mulch, which seems to suckers below. between plants, is not necessary after the be more durable and tear-resistant than first stringing (Figure 1b). smooth plastic. When using the plasticul- Pruning will help maintain the desired ture system, it is extremely important to balance between vegetative growth and monitor moisture levels under the plastic. phosphate, potash, magnesium, and cal- fruit production. Little or no pruning re- Many Kentucky growers have substantially cium as required based on soil test results. sults in more vine growth with a heavier reduced their yields and fruit size by incor- Soil test magnesium levels should be at load of smaller fruit. Moderate pruning rectly assuming that if the field is muddy least 200 pounds per acre (see Appendix results in a smaller vine and larger fruit between the rows, there is sufficient mois- B). Potassium and especially phosphorus that mature earlier. Except for small-vined, ture beneath the plastic. Use tensiometers are likely to accumulate in most Kentucky very early-maturing tomato varieties such to monitor soil moisture levels and check soils following several years of heavy ap- as ‘Sunshine’ (which should not be pruned them daily to determine irrigation inter- plications for vegetable crops or tobacco. at all), remove all suckers up to the one vals. Two tensiometers are recommended, Consider the previous crop when de- immediately below the first flower cluster one at a 6-inch depth and one at 12 inches. ciding how much N to apply; there will (Figure 2). Leave this lateral shoot to form Contact your county Extension agent or probably be some residual N following a a fork just below the first fruit cluster. A irrigation supply sales representative for crop that received heavy doses of N fertil- single pruning when basal suckers are more information on setting up a drip izer during the previous season. Apply 50 no longer than 3 or 4 inches will usually irrigation/fertigation system. pounds of N per acre preplant regardless be adequate (especially on large fruited of the type of irrigation system used. cultivars). Efficient Fertilizing Simple, handheld electronic meters are At transplanting, apply 1 pint of a Growing a high-investment, high-dollar available that growers can use to quickly starter fertilizer to each plant. Prepare the crop such as staked tomatoes requires determine the nitrogen status of soils and starter fertilizer by mixing 3 pounds of a that the best information available be plants. These Cardy meters can be used 10-52-17 or similar analysis fertilizer in 50 used whenever possible. Soil testing is an to determine residual nitrate levels in gallons of water. important tool that should always be used soils prior to planting as well as measure Higher yields and profits will be ob- to determine fertilizer needs. Apply lime if N levels in plant sap in order to assess the tained using a system of producing toma- needed to raise the pH to 6.5 to 6.8. Apply efficiency of fertigation.

90 FERTILIZER: Tomatoes FERTIGATION: Staked Tomatoes1 The following fertilizer rates are to be used only as Moderate Rate Total amount/season: 125 lb/A (moderate rate) guidelines. Research at the University of Kentucky Actual N/week: 7 lb 8 oz/A 150 lb/A (high rate) and at the University of Tennessee indicates that Ammonium 22 lb 6 oz/A Preplant amount: 50 lb/A there is no yield increase from using more than 60 Nitrate 5 lb 5 oz/1,000 plants Fertigated amount: 75 lb/A (moderate rate) lb/A K2O or 60 lb/A of P2O5 when soil test P and K 100 lb/A (high rate) levels are high. Calcium 48 lb 6 oz/A Growing season: 10 weeks Nitrate 11 lb 8 oz/1,000 plants Fertilizer Fertigation can begin 10 to 14 days after transplanting. Soil Test Results (lb/A) Needed (lb/A) High Rate Actual N/week: 10 lb/A The doses for 1,000 plants are based on a plant population Phosphorus Phosphate (P2O5) Ammonium 30 lb/A of 4,200 plants/A (i.e., rows on 6 foot centers in 5-row blocks and plants 18 inches apart). Low <31 181-240 Nitrate 7 lb/1,000 plants Medium 31-60 61-180 Calcium 64 lb 8 oz/A For harvest seasons extending beyond 10 weeks from trans- High 61-80 1-60 Nitrate 15 lb 6 oz/1,000 plants planting, a maintenance dose of 1 to 1.5 lb N (3 to 4.5 lb Very High >80 0 ammonium nitrate, or 11.5 lb potassium nitrate for "at risk" AT-RISK SITES sites) per week is adequate. Potassium Potash (K2O) Low <201 121-250 Moderate Rate IMPORTANT: If a UK soil test indicates your site is “at risk” for Medium 201-300 61-120 Actual N/week: 7 lb 8 oz/A ripening disorders (Hartz ratio), you should alternate the fertigations listed above with those listed at left. High 301-450 1-60 Potassium 57 lb 11 oz/A Nitrate Very High >450 0 13 lb 12 oz/1,000 plants Potassium nitrate supplies both nitrogen and potassium Potassium 25 lb 6 oz/A and can be used as a substitute for ammonium or calcium Basal nitrogen where Nitrate: 6 lb 1 oz/1,000 plants nitrate. tomatoes: N K provided 1. follow grass-legume or 30 legume sod High Rate Actual N/week: 10 lb/A 2. follow grass sod 50 Potassium 76 lb 15 oz/A 3. are grown on continu- 60 Nitrate ally cropped land 18 lb 5 oz/1,000 plants Supplemental applications: On bare ground Potassium 33 lb 14 oz/A plantings, apply an additional 30 lb of nitrogen/A Nitrate: 8 lb 1 oz/1,000 plants as a sidedressing when the first fruits are golf- K provided ball size. A second sidedress application of 30 lb 1 All recommendations assume starter fertilizer was used. N may also be desirable two or three weeks later, depending on the crop’s growing condition. For plasticulture with drip on medium-textured soils, apply all recommended phosphorus and potassium requirements prior to laying plastic mulch. for certain types of fruit-ripening disorders occur on sandstone-derived soils and in See “Fertigation” table for N application rates. such as blotchy ripening, yellow shoulder, very dry years. High rates of ammonium and internal white tissue. This information nitrate during fertigation also contribute The fertigation recommendations have helps determine the type of fertigation to Mg deficiency. worked well for growers in Kentucky when program that should be followed to help Frequent fertigations with potassium or tomatoes are grown on black plastic mulch reduce your risk of having these disorders. calcium nitrate could make the problem with drip irrigation. This schedule is based More often than not, ripening problems worse by competing with and displacing on a standard plant population of 4,200 are associated with low levels of soil potas- magnesium in soils. Mild symptoms are plants per acre (five-row blocks, beds on sium and occur most often on soils with not generally a problem, and corrective 6-foot centers and 18 inches between low cation exchange capacities (CECs). If measures are not necessary; however, plants within rows) using the ‘Mountain the Hartz ratio indicates your soil is at risk, symptoms may become severe and ap- Spring’ variety. Fertigation should begin we recommend fertigation with a potas- pear on the entire lower portion of the about 10 days after transplanting and sium source such as water-soluble muriate plant. In such cases, and especially on low continue throughout the season. A grower of potash (0-0-60) or potassium nitrate CEC soils, preventive and/or corrective may need to modify the recommenda- (14-0-45). See the “Fertigation” table for measures are required. tions slightly depending on length of recommended rates. This is in addition to In general, it is recommended to have harvest period, soil type, previous crop, any preplant potassium. at least 200 pounds per acre of magne- weather conditions, etc. Ripening disorders have also been as- sium on soil tests for staked tomatoes Ammonium nitrate, calcium nitrate, and sociated with excess nitrogen and any prior to planting. Magnesium sources potassium nitrate are commonly used conditions that restrict the tomato plant’s include dolomitic lime (11 to 12% Mg), water-soluble sources of nitrogen. The root system (soil compaction, waterlog- epsom salts (= magnesium sulfate, 10 to simplest system that has worked well on ging, drought, etc.). During hot, dry years 16% Mg), magnesium nitrate (6.3% Mg), medium-textured soils in Kentucky uses every other fertigation should contain and magnesium oxide (45 to 55% Mg). ammonium nitrate injected through the potassium nitrate. More blotchy ripening Epsom salts and magnesium oxide can be drip irrigation system. Using ammonium occurs after extended periods of cloudy fertigated through the drip system: make nitrate at recommended rates does not weather. Some tomato varieties are much weekly applications of 1 to 2 pounds ac- increase the amount of blossom end rot more susceptible to blotchy ripening than tual magnesium per acre (10 to 20 pounds in tomatoes when soil moisture is uniform others. Typically varieties recommended per acre epsom salts or 2 to 4 pounds per and soil pH is within the proper range. in this publication, while not immune to acre magnesium oxide). Application rates Soil tests and ripening disorders. A blotchy ripening, are less susceptible. may vary with solubility of the materials soil test should always be done prior to Magnesium deficiencies. Mild mag- (check with the manufacturer). A better planting for every site used for fresh mar- nesium deficiencies sometimes appear long-term solution is to raise soil test ket tomatoes. The University of Kentucky at midseason on plants with very heavy magnesium levels with dolomitic lime soil test reports for tomatoes now also fruit loads. A typical symptom is yellowing prior to planting. include a Hartz ratio calculation. Based between the veins (veins remain green) on on the nutrient balance in your soil, the the lower leaves of the plant. Magnesium Hartz ratio indicates if your site is at risk deficiency problems are more likely to

91 Harvesting, Grading, When to harvest depends on what In this case, 10 percent or less of the fruit and Marketing market you are growing for. “Vine-ripe” surface shows the color change. Fruits har- Tomatoes are easily damaged and tomatoes that are to be shipped moder- vested at the breaker stage can be handled should be handled as carefully as pos- ate distances are usually harvested at the and shipped with less damage than those sible in all picking, grading, packing, and “breaker” stage or at the “turning” stage. with more color. “Turning” tomatoes are hauling operations. Tomatoes should be The breaker stage occurs when pink color those with more than 10 percent but less grasped in the hand with the thumb and first becomes noticeable, that is, when the than 30 percent of the fruit surface show- forefinger pressing against the stem, forc- white “star” at the blossom end of the fruit ing a color change from green to tannish- ing the stem from the fruit. has turned pink, tannish-yellow, or red. yellow, pink, or red. Vine-ripe tomatoes must be harvested often (normally twice a week) to avoid hav- PESTICIDE SAFETY: Tomatoes PESTICIDE SAFETY: Tomatoes ing too many red fruit. Tomatoes for local markets should be harvested with much 1 1 more color, according to customer prefer- ences. Mature green tomatoes for distant Signal Re-entry (hrs) Harvest (days) Signal Re-entry (hrs) Harvest (days) markets are picked when the white “star” Insecticides Fungicides Acramite 50 WS C 12 3 Actigard 50 WG C 12 14 first appears on the blossom end. This in- Actara 25 W C 12 0 Ag Streptomycin, Agri- C 12 0 dicates that seed are mature and that fruit Admire Pro C 12 0/213 Mycin 17, Harbour will develop normal color when exposed Assail 30 SG C 12 7 Aftershock C 12 3 to ethylene gas in a ripening room. Mature Avaunt 30 DG C 12 3 Aliette WDG5 C 12 14 Azera C 12 0 Blocker Flowable/4F C 12 0 green tomatoes are normally harvested Belay 2.13 SC C 12 21 Botran 75 W C 12 10 only three or four times during the season. Beleaf 50 SG C 12 0 Cabrio EG C 12 0 Mature green tomatoes should be stored Belt SC C 12 1 Chlorothalonil2 D 12 0 at 55° to 70°F and 85 to 90 percent relative Curzate 60 DF W 12 3 Bt products C 4/12 0 humidity. Firm, ripe fruit should be stored Confirm 2 F C 4 7 Endura W 12 0 Coragen 1.67 SC - 4 1 Evito 480 SC C 12 3 at 45° to 50°F and 85 to 90 percent relative Courier 40 SC W 12 1 Fixed coppers2 D 12/484 0 humidity. Dimethoate 4 E W 48 7 Flint C 12 3 All tomatoes must be sorted or graded Durivo 1.67 SC - 12 30 Fontelis C 12 0 before going to market. Tomatoes re- Forum SC C 12 4 Entrust 2 SC C 4 1 ceived at Kentucky’s larger markets are Fulfill 50 DF C 12 0 Fracture C 4 0 Grandevo 30 W C 12 1 Gavel 75 DF C 48 3 often graded in the presence of a federal Intrepid 2 F C 4 1 Inspire Super C 12 0 inspector. The USDA’s Agricultural Market- Knanemite 15 SC C 12 1 Mancozeb2 C 24 5 ing Service has established precise stan- Knack 0.86 EC C 12 14 ManKocide D 24 5 dards for grades of tomatoes. These are Meta Star 2EC AG W 48 28 Malathion 8 C 12 1 available on the Internet at ams.usda.gov/ Movento 2 C 24 1 Priaxor C 12 7 Oberon 2 SC C 12 1 Quadris C 4 0 AMSv1.0/freshmarketvegetablestandards. Platinum 2 SC C 12 30 Quadris Opti W 12 0 Size classifications for both No. 1 and No. Portal 0.4 EC W 12 1 Quadris Top C 12 0 2 grade tomatoes are shown in the table Pyganic 5 EC C 12 0 Presidio C 12 2 below (the USDA “small” category is not Radiant SC C 4 1 Previcur Flex C 12 5 Requiem 25 EC C 4 0 Rally 40 WSP W 24 0 shown because there is little market for Rimon 0.83 EC W 12 1 Ranman C 12 0 tomatoes of this size). Growers should be Sevin XLR W 12 3 Reason 500 SC C 12 14 aware that some buyers may have their Trigard 75 WP C 12 0 Revus C 4 1 own size classifications that differ from Venom 70 SG C 12 1/213 Revus Top C 12 1 Vetica 2.66 C 12 1 Ridomil Gold Bravo SC W 48 14 Ridomil Gold SL/GR W 48 28 Voliam flexi 40 WDG C 12 1 TOMATO SIZE CLASSES Ridomil Gold GR C 48 7 Restricted Use The numbers in parentheses after each category Ridomil Gold Copper D 48 14 AgriMek 0.15 EC W 12 7 indicate the number of rows and columns of fruit Ridomil Gold MZ C 48 5 in a box: 6 x 7, for example indicates that in most Asana XL W 12 1 Scala C 12 1 cases a box of tomatoes in this size category will Battalion 1.5 EC DP 12 1 Switch 62.5 WG C 12 0 consist of an arrangement of 6 rows by 7 col- Baythroid XL W 12 0 umns of fruits in one layer. Tanos C 12 3 Brigade 2 EC W 12 1 Ultra Flourish W 48 28 Minimum Maximum Brigadier 2 W 12 1 1 2 Zampro C 12 4 Diameter Diameter Danitol 2.4 EC W 24 3 Size Class (in) (in) Ziram2 D 48 7 Diazinon AG 500 C 24 1 Medium (6 x 7) 2 1 2 17/32 Diazinon 50 W C 24 1 1 W: Warning, C: Caution, D: Danger; P: Poison Large (6 x 6) 2 2 1 2 25/32 Endigo ZC W 24 5 Several formulations are marketed. See the general introduction for more details on fungicides. Extra Large (5 x 5) 2 3/4 and above Hero 1.24 EC C 12 1 3 Dependent on application rates and types, see Maximum Large/ 3 1 and above Lannate 90 SP DP 48 1 label. Jumbo3 (4 x 4 or 4 x 5) Leverage 2.7 W 12 0 4 Varies by formulation; consult labels carefully. 1 5 Will not pass through a round opening of this Mustang Max W 12 1 The use of Aliette in the following Kentucky coun- diameter when tomato is placed with its greatest Permethrin 3.2 EC C 12 0 ties has certain restrictions to protect endangered traverse diameter across the opening. freshwater mollusks and their habitat, so read 2 Proaxis 0.5 EC C 24 5 Will pass through a round opening of this diam- labels carefully: Campbell, Green, Hart, Kenton, eter in any position. Proclaim 5 WDG C 48 7 Logan, Marshall, Rockcastle, Todd, Warren, and 3 The USDA no longer lists the Maximum Large or Renounce 20 WP C 12 0 Wayne. Jumbo classification, however, many buyers re- Voliam xpress W 24 5 quire this size pack (4 x 4’s or 4 x 5’s). The old USDA Vydate L DP 48 3 Extra Large class had a range of 2 7/8 minimum to Warrior II W 24 5 3 15/32 maximum.

92 these. “U.S. Combination” grade consists INSECT CONTROL: Tomatoes1,2 of a combination of Nos. 1 and 2, provided Seasonal that at least 60 percent by count meet the Insecticide Product Amt/A Limit/A Comments and Other Restrictions requirements of No. 1 grade. Soil Application All grades must be free from decay, Aphids, Flea Beetles, Colorado Potato Beetle: Do not use foliar sprays of Actara, Assail, Belay, Prova- do, or Venom following soil applications of Admire, Belay, Platinum, or Venom. freezing injury, and sunscald and be rea- Admire Pro 7 to 10.5 fl oz 10.5 fl oz See label for application methods. sonably well formed. No. 2 grade tomatoes Belay 2.13 SC 9 to 12 fl oz 12 fl oz At planting only. differ from No. 1 grade in that they may Coragen 1.67 SC 3.5 to 5 fl oz 15.4 fl oz Soil and foliar applications possible for CPB. be “slightly rough” and “reasonably well See label for limitations. Platinum 2 SC 5 to 8 fl oz 8 fl oz See label for application alternatives. Also formed,” whereas No. 1’s must be “well helps to control thrips. formed” and “smooth.” Some buyers will Venom 70 SG 5 to 6 oz 12 oz also consider fruits with 60 percent or Foliar Application more color a No. 2 grade. Aphids Pack in the type and size container Actara 25 WDG 2 to 3 oz 11 oz Allow 5 days between applications. Not during bloom. your market requires. Tomatoes are usu- Admire Pro 1.3 to 2.2 fl oz 6.7 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. Not ally packed in 20 or 25 pounds cardboard during bloom. cartons and are packed as tightly as pos- Assail 30 SG 2 to 4 oz 16 oz Limit 4 applications. Allow 7 days between applications. sible without bruising. Packs must be of Belay 2.13 SC 3 to 4 fl oz 12 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. Not uniform size, color, and quality. during bloom. Growers should evaluate their market- Beleaf 50 WDG 2 to 2.8 oz 8.4 oz Allow 7 days between applications. ing opportunities before the first seed is Dimethoate 4 E 8 to 16 fl oz 16 fl oz Allow 6 days between applications. Fulfill 50 DF 2.75 oz 5.5 oz Allow 7 days between applications. sown. Roadside stands, U-pick, delivery to Lannate 90 SP 0.5 to 1 lb 8 lb - local grocers, cooperatives, farmers’ mar- Malathion 8 1.5 pt 4 applications Allow 5 days between applications. kets, and independent buyers are poten- Movento 2 SC 4 to 5 fl oz 10 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. tial channels for selling produce. Contacts Requiem 25 EC 2 to 3 qt - - need to be made before planting. Begin- Beet Armyworm: First detected in Kentucky in 1993, this insect can cause serious losses when present. A southern insect that occur sporadically in Kentucky. Large larvae are difficult to control effec- ners should consider the low-volume retail tively with insecticides. sales opportunities at farmers’ markets or Avaunt 30 DG 3.5 oz 14 oz Allow 5 days between applications. roadside stands. Large-scale production Belt 2 SC 1.5 fl oz 4.5 fl oz Allow 3 days between applications. Coragen 1.67 SC 3.5 to 5 fl oz 15.4 fl oz Soil and foliar applications possible. See usually requires knowledge of wholesale label for limitations. marketing channels that can handle larger Intrepid 2 F 4 to 16 fl oz 64 fl oz - volumes of produce. Research at the Uni- Proclaim 5 WDG 2.4 to 4.8 oz 28.8 oz Allow 7 days between applications. versity of Kentucky has shown that all Radiant SC 5 to 10 fl oz 34 fl oz Allow 4 days between applications. marketing channels in the state are cur- Rimon 0.83 EC 9 to 12 fl oz 36 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. rently underused. Colorado Potato Beetle: This is a pest of tomato transplants. This pest has the ability to develop resistance to all major classes of insecticides. Do not tank-mix insecticides with the same mode of action and frequently rotate among insecticides with different modes of action to discourage resis- Common Diseases/Management tance. Treat for Colorado potato beetle if an average of 1 adult larva or egg mass per plant is found General Practices and plants are less than 12 inches tall (staked). IRAC Codes: Insecticides followed by the same number share the same mode of action. Control of foliar and stem diseases re- Actara 25 W (4A) 2 to 3 oz 11 oz Allow 5 days between applications. Not quires routine sprays of both bactericides during bloom. and fungicides for most of the season. Admire Pro (4A) 1.3 to 2.2 fl oz 6.7 fl oz Allow 5 days between applications. Not during bloom. Timing of sprays and good coverage are AgriMek 0.15 EC (6) 8 to 16 fl oz 48 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. critical to disease control (see Introduction Asana XL (3) 5.8 to 9.6 fl oz 96 fl oz - for tips on sprayer setup and calibration). Assail 30 SG (4A) 1.5 to 2.5 oz 16 oz Limit 4 applications. Allow 7 days between A sample fungicide spray program is in- applications. Battalion 1.5 EC (3) 1.5 to 2.4 fl oz 14.4 fl oz - cluded on page 96. In addition to regular Baythroid XL (3) 1.6 to 2.8 fl oz 16.8 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. sprays, start with disease-free transplants Belay 2.13 SC (4A) 3 to 4 fl oz 12 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. Not and locate production fields away from during bloom. Coragen 1.67 SC (28) 3.5 to 5 fl oz 15.4 fl oz Soil and foliar applications possible. See potatoes and tobacco. Choose sites that label for limitations. have good air and soil drainage and have Mustang Max (3) 2.24 to 4 fl oz 24 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. been rotated out of solanaceous (night- Permethrin 3.2 EC (3) 2 to 8 fl oz 48 fl oz Not for use on cherry tomatoes. shade family) and cucurbit crops to grasses Proaxis 0.5 EC (3) 2.56 to 3.84 fl oz 46 fl oz Allow 5 days between applications. Radiant SC (5) 5 to 10 fl oz 34 fl oz Allow 4 days between applications. (fescue, small grains, or corn). Rimon 0.83 EC (15) 9 to 12 fl oz 36 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. Anthracnose (ripe rot). The following Venom 70 SG (4A) 1 to 4 oz 6 oz For foliar applications. recommendations for anthracnose are Warrior II (3) 1.28 to 1.92 fl oz 23 fl oz Allow 5 days between applications. written for processing crops. With fresh- Cutworms: Eliminate weeds from field margins and plow fields at least 2 weeks before planting to de- market tomatoes, the program used for stroy cutworm food sources and egg laying sites. early blight should be sufficient to control Asana XL 5.8 to 9.6 fl oz 96 fl oz - Battalion 1.5 EC 1.5 to 2.4 fl oz 14.4 fl oz - anthracnose. Susceptibility increases rap- Belt 2 SC 1.5 fl oz 4.5 fl oz Allow 3 days between applications. idly in over-mature fruit, especially after Brigade 2 E 2.1 to 5.2 fl oz 4 applications Allow 10 days between applications. applications of ethephon or other fruit rip- Mustang Max 2.24 to 4 fl oz 24 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. ening agents. Hot-water seed treatment Proaxis 0.5 EC 1.92 to 3.2 fl oz 46 fl oz Allow 5 days between applications. Sevin XLR 2 qt 8 qt Limit 7 applications. Allow 7 days between will reduce the potential for anthracnose. applications. A two- to four-year rotation to crops not Warrior II 0.96 to 1.6 fl oz 23 fl oz Allow 5 days between applications. related to tomatoes, together with good (continued on next page) 93 weed control during the rotation, will pre- INSECT CONTROL: Tomatoes1,2 (continued) vent pathogen buildup in soil. Fungicide Seasonal sprays are needed on a seven- to 10-day Insecticide Product Amt/A Limit/A Comments and Other Restrictions schedule from fruit set through harvest. Fruitworms: Carefully monitor plants for eggs on undersides of leaves, often near flower clusters. Treat if an average of more than 1 egg or larvae per 40 plants is found. Bacterial canker. Canker is difficult Asana XL 5.8 to 9.6 fl oz 96 fl oz - to control; no single, effective control Avaunt 30 DG 3.5 oz 14 oz Allow 5 days between applications. measure is available. Management of this Battalion 1.5 EC 1.5 to 2.4 fl oz 14.4 fl oz - disease requires an integrated approach. Baythroid XL 1.6 to 2.8 fl oz 16.8 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. Prevention is the only practical control Belt 2 SC 1.5 fl oz 4.5 fl oz Allow 3 days between applications. Brigade 2 E 2.1 to 5.2 fl oz 4 applications Allow 10 days between applications. strategy. The keys to prevention are avoid- Coragen 1.67 SC 3.5 to 5 fl oz 15.4 fl oz Soil and foliar applications possible. See ance, rotation, sanitation, and slowing the label for limitations. buildup of epiphytic populations (those Danitol 2.4 EC 10.67 fl oz 42.6 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. present on plant surfaces) of the canker Intrepid 2 F 4 to 16 fl oz 64 fl oz - Lannate 90 SP 0.5 to 1 lb 8 lb - pathogen. Mustang Max 2.24 to 4 fl oz 24 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. • Avoidance, sanitation, and rotation. Permethrin 3.2 EC 2 to 8 fl oz 48 fl oz Not for use on cherry tomatoes. In fields where bacterial canker has oc- Proaxis 0.5 EC 2.56 to 3.84 fl oz 46 fl oz Allow 5 days between applications. curred, all items associated with tomato Radiant SC 5 to 10 fl oz 34 fl oz Allow 4 days between applications. production (transplant and field opera- Rimon 0.83 EC 9 to 12 fl oz 36 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. Sevin XLR 1 to 2 qt 8 qt Limit 7 applications. Allow 7 days between tions), such as stakes, twine, and tools, applications. should be either discarded, sanitized Warrior II 1.28 to 1.92 fl oz 23 fl oz Allow 5 days between applications. with steam, or washed with a 10% bleach Grasshoppers solution. Fields with a history of canker Asana XL 5.8 to 9.6 fl oz 96 fl oz - should be planted for at least three years Brigade 2 E 2.1 to 5.2 fl oz 4 applications Allow 10 days between sprays. Mustang Max 3.2 to 4 fl oz 24 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. to crops other than tomatoes, tobacco, Proaxis 0.5 EC 2.56 to 3.84 fl oz 46 fl oz Allow 5 days between applications. eggplant, peppers, or potatoes. Control Warrior II 1.28 to 1.92 fl oz 23 fl oz Allow 5 days between applications. broadleaf weeds (especially members Hornworms: Treat if an average of more than 1 hornworm per 5 plants is found. of the nightshade family) during the Asana XL 2.9 to 5.8 fl oz 96 fl oz - rotation and around field borders. Chop Avaunt 30 DG 2.5 to 3.5 oz 14 oz Allow 5 days between applications. or disk all crop residues into the soil Baythroid XL 1.6 to 2.8 fl oz 16.8 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. promptly after harvest to encourage Belt 2 SC 1.5 fl oz 4.5 fl oz Allow 3 days between applications. Bt var kurstaki prod- See labels - - more rapid decline of the bacterium. ucts Plants with canker should be carefully Coragen 1.67 SC 2 to 5 fl oz 15.4 fl oz Soil and foliar applications possible. See rogued out and destroyed, avoided, label for limitations. Intrepid 2 F 4 to 16 fl oz 64 fl oz - or worked last when conducting field Mustang Max 2.24 to 4 fl oz 24 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. operations. Removal of infected plants Permethrin 3.2 EC 4 to 8 fl oz 48 fl oz Not for use on cherry tomatoes. is helpful reducing spread if disease Proaxis 0.5 EC 1.92 to 3.2 fl oz 46 fl oz Allow 5 days between applications. incidence is low (about 100 plants per Radiant SC 5 to 10 fl oz 34 fl oz Allow 4 days between applications. Rimon 0.83 EC 9 to 12 fl oz 36 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. acre or fewer); little benefit occurs when Sevin XLR 1 to 2 qt 8 qt Limit 7 applications. Allow 7 days between the incidence is higher. Less disease applications. develops in fields where suckers are Warrior II 0.96 to 1.6 fl oz 23 fl oz Allow 5 days between applications. removed when very small or in those Flea Beetles where no pruning has been practiced. Asana XL 5.8 to 9.6 fl oz 96 fl oz - Avoid working in fields while foliage is Battalion 1.5 EC 1.5 to 2.4 fl oz 14.4 fl oz - Belay 2.13 SC 3 to 4 fl oz 12 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. Not wet, especially early in the season. during bloom. • Seeds and transplants. Setting infected Brigade 2 E 2.1 to 5.2 fl oz 4 applications Allow 10 days between applications. transplants is the main cause of canker Mustang Max 2.24 to 4 fl oz 24 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. Sevin XLR 0.5 to 1 qt 8 qt Limit 7 applications. Allow 7 days between epidemics in Kentucky; therefore, plant- applications. ing clean transplants is the most impor- Proaxis 0.5 EC 2.56 to 3.84 fl oz 46 fl oz - tant control measure. Buy transplants Venom 70 SG 1 to 4 oz 6 oz Allow 7 days between applications. from certified, disease-free operations. Mites If producing your own plants, follow Acramite 50 WS 0.75 to 1 lb 1 application For spider mites. sanitary practices. All greenhouse mate- AgriMek 0.15 EC 8 to 16 fl oz 48 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. For broad, russett, and spider mites. rials (flats, tables, containers, hoses, etc.) Brigade 2 E 2.1 to 5.2 fl oz 4 applications Allow 10 days between applications. For should be disinfected prior to use. Use end of season control. only sterilized potting mix. Handle items Danitol 2.4 EC 10.67 fl oz 42.6 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. For end-of-season control. only when dry and do not clip plants. Kanemite 15 SC 31 fl oz 62 fl oz Allow 21 days between applications. For Check plants regularly for symptoms. If spider mites. canker is found in even one seedling in Movento 2 SC 4 to 5 fl oz 10 fl oz For broad and russett mites. Allow 7 days between applications. the greenhouse, it is very likely that many Oberon 2 SC 7 to 8.5 fl oz 25.5 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. For more are infected—even if they show no broad, russett, and spider mites. symptoms. In these cases, all transplants Portal 0.4 EC 2 pt 4 pt Limit 2 applications. For broad, russett, and spider mites. in the affected house should be destroyed. If symptomatic plants are culled, and (continued on next page) the remaining, asymptomatic plants are

94 planted or sold, an epidemic of canker in INSECT CONTROL: Tomatoes1,2 (continued) the field will be the likely outcome. Do Seasonal not water excessively, as the splash will Insecticide Product Amt/A Limit/A Comments and Other Restrictions favor dispersal and development of the Stink bugs, Leaf-footed bugs: Treat if an average of more than 1 stink bug per 40 plants or 0.75% damaged fruit is found. canker bacterium and other pathogens. Actara 25 WDG 3 to 5.5 oz 11 oz Allow 5 days between applications. Not • Use certified, disease-free seed. Hot- during bloom. water treatment of seed will reduce seed Battalion 1.5 EC 1.5 to 2.4 fl oz 14.4 fl oz - populations of the canker bacterium (see Baythroid XL 1.6 to 2.8 fl oz 16.8 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. Belay 2.13 SC 3 to 4 fl oz 12 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. Not Appendix J). In the greenhouse, use a during bloom. spray program with fixed coppers one to Brigade 2 E 2.1 to 5.2 fl oz 4 applications Allow 10 days between applications. two weeks after emergence. Mancozeb Danitol 2.4 EC 10.67 to 16 fl oz 42.6 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. can be added to the mix for older plants. Mustang Max 3.2 to 4 fl oz 24 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. Proaxis 0.5 EC 2.56 to 3.84 fl oz 46 fl oz Allow 5 days between applications. If transplants are being produced in an Rimon 0.83 EC 12 fl oz 36 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. For im- outdoor bed, agricultural streptomycin mature control only. (Agri-Mycin 17) at 1.25 teaspoons/gallon Warrior II 1.28 to 1.92 fl oz 23 fl oz Allow 5 days between applications. of water can be alternated with or sub- Thrips stituted for copper. Streptomycin is not Assail 30 SG 4 oz 16 oz Allow 7 days between applications. labeled for greenhouse use. It is, however, Baythoid XL 2.1 to 2.8 fl oz 16.8 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. Brigade 2 E 2.1 to 5.2 fl oz 4 applications Allow 10 days between applications. possible to make at least one application Radiant SC 6 to 10 fl oz 34 fl oz Allow 4 days between applications. (24-hour re-entry) after transplants have Requiem 25 EC 2 to 4 qt - - been removed from the greenhouse, Rimon 0.83 EC 9 to 12 fl oz 36 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. For im- but before transplanting (during the mature control only. Venom 30 SG 1 to 4 oz 6 oz Allow 7 days between applications. hardening-off period, for example). Whiteflies • Fixed coppers. In staked tomatoes, Actara 25 WDG 3.0 to 5.5 oz 11 oz Allow 5 days between applications. Not begin applications of fixed copper + during bloom. mancozeb immediately after transplant- Admire Pro 1.3 to 2.2 fl oz 6.7 fl oz Allow 5 days between applications. Not during bloom. ing and continue at seven-day intervals Assail 30 SG 2.5 to 4 oz 16 oz Limit 4 applications. Allow 7 days between during wet weather. applications. Courier 40 SC 9 to 13.6 fl oz 2 applications Allow 28 days between applications. Bacterial speck, bacterial spot. The in- Knack 0.86 EC 8 to 10 fl oz 20 fl oz Allow 14 days between applications. cidence and severity of bacterial diseases Movento 2 SC 4 to 5 fl oz 10 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. (spot, speck, and canker) have markedly Oberon 2 SC 7 to 8.5 fl oz 25.5 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. increased recently. Follow the steps listed Portal 0.4 EC 2 pt 4 pt - Requiem 25 EC 2 to 3 qt - - previously under bacterial canker for Rimon 0.83 EC 12 fl oz 36 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. For im- control of these diseases in transplant pro- mature control only. duction. Use only disease-free seedlings Venom 70 SG 1 to 4 oz 6 oz Allow 7 days between applications. and plant into land that has been under 1 See An IPM Scouting Guide for Common Problems of Solanaceous Crops in Kentucky (ID-172) for photos of pests. a good rotational scheme. Actigard has 2 Generic products available (Appendix E). performed well in the control of bacterial speck and spot in many tests around the country. Actigard 50WG can be applied ture conditions throughout the growing fungicides for damping-off; if not treated on a seven- to 14-day schedule (eight season and to avoid damaging roots dur- (dust, pellet, slurry as per label), use Cap- applications maximum) beginning one ing cultivation, fertilization, or by diseases. tan WP at 1 teaspoon per pound of seed. week after transplanting or emergence. Foliar calcium sprays are not an effective Seed treatment with hot water, bleach, or Use the lowest rate on smaller plants and treatment as a rule, but proper soil calcium trisodium phosphate (TSP) may also im- increase the dosage as plants grow; apply levels should be maintained. prove disease control. Several fungicides in a minimum of 30 gallons per acre of Buckeye fruit rot (Phytophthora), Phy- can be used in the greenhouse for stem water initially and increase volume as the tophthora root and stem rot, and Py- rots caused by Botrytis and Sclerotinia. rate increases (see label for specifics). The thium stem and fruit rot. Avoid low areas Mefenoxam or metalaxyl can be used 14-day interval will provide acceptable and fields with poor drainage or heavy in the field to control seedling diseases disease control with fewer negative effects soils. Use well-shaped, raised beds with caused by Pythium. Ranman and Previcur on plant growth or yields. Fixed coppers plastic mulch to reduce surface moisture Flex can be used in transplant production are effective against bacterial populations and stake plants to reduce contact with for control of Pythium. that are still sensitive to these materials. soil. Rotate at least three years away from Early blight, leaf mold (gray leaf mold), In addition, copper is needed on most crops in the nightshade family (tobacco, gray leaf spot, Septoria leaf spot. Man- tomato crops for prevention of bacterial peppers, potatoes, eggplants, and cucur- agement of foliar diseases begins with canker. Coppers are more effective when bits). Fungicides can be helpful in control disease-free transplants. A sound foliar combined with mancozeb. Premixed ma- of this disease if applied preventively. fungicide program is essential for control terials such as ManKocide and Cuprofix Damping-off and stem rots of trans- of these diseases during wet years. Variet- Disperss MZ are available. Maneb (Maneb plants. Transplants (greenhouse or out- ies with some resistance or tolerance will 80, Manex) is no longer produced and side plant beds) should be grown in reduce, but not eliminate, the need for existing supplies cannot be used legally commercial soilless mixes or in fumigated fungicides. In general, early maturing va- on tomato. or sterilized soil. Avoid excessive water- rieties are more susceptible to early blight Blossom end rot. The most effective ing and maintain adequate ventilation. than later maturing ones. It is possible to control is to maintain uniform soil mois- Most commercial seed is pretreated with lengthen spray intervals from seven days

95 to 10 days for early blight control with preplant soil fumigation where nematode SAMPLE FUNGICIDE PROGRAM: resistant varieties such as ‘Mountain Fresh populations are moderate to high and Staked Tomatoes Plus’ (see “Varieties” table) assuming Sep- where rotation is not practical. See “Soil Refer to the “Fungicide” table in this chapter for product rates; read product labels carefully be- toria is not also active. Rotate away from Fumigants for Control of Nematodes and fore application. solanaceous crops for two or more years, Soilborne Diseases” on page 16 for more Weeks After Transplanting and control weeds during the rotation. A information. 1 mancozeb + copper + Actigard 50W routine fungicide program is needed in Sclerotinia stem rot (timber rot) and 2 mancozeb + copper 3 Quadris or Cabrio + mancozeb + most years to manage Early blight and Botrytis fruit and stem rot. Avoid setting Actigard 50W Septoria leaf spot. Rotation of certain infected transplants into the field, and do 4 mancozeb + copper fungicides with protectant fungicides not use fields with a history of Sclerotinia. 5 Priaxor or Fontelis + mancozeb + Actigard 50W (chlorothalonil, mancozeb, or fixed cop- Take steps to improve air movement in the 6 mancozeb + copper per) is a must. During wet seasons or with planting. Cabrio and Priaxor are labeled 7 Quadris or Cabrio + mancozeb + fall crops, start sprays within three days of for suppression of of timber rot. Endura Actigard 50W transplanting and repeat at seven- to 10- and Fontelis are labeled for Botrytis but 8 mancozeb + copper Weeks During Harvest day intervals; closer intervals are needed have significantly reduced Sclerotinia, 9 chlorothalonil + copper during wet seasons or with high disease too, in some tests when used soon after 10 Priaxor or Fontelis + copper pressure. During dry seasons, it is possible transplanting. 11 chlorothalonil + copper to wait until first symptoms before start- Powdery mildew. This disease is most 12 Priaxor or Fontelis + copper ing sprays; however, applications should likely to occur in greenhouses and high 13 chlorothalonil + copper 14 chlorothalonil + copper be started by mid- to late June for spring tunnels, but can be found on field-grown plantings, regardless of weather condi- tomatoes in drought years. Fungicide pro- Finish season with chlorothalonil + copper tions. Maintain rapid growth through grams typically suppress powdery mildew. proper fertilization to minimize disease. Southern blight. Avoid fields with a Control weeds around fields or plant into Crop rotations used for other diseases are history of this disease and rotate problem sites surrounded by small grains or corn. an aid to control. fields with sod crops. Sclerotium rolfsii, Do not plant tomatoes near or adjacent Fusarium wilt, verticillium wilt. Plant the causal agent, has a wide host range to tobacco, potatoes, or peppers—the varieties with “VF” resistance (see “Variet- and is common in Kentucky on tobacco, farther away, the better. Great disease ies” table). Avoid fields with a history of soybeans, white clover, peppers, and to- reduction can be achieved by planting Verticillium wilt. Preplant soil fumigation matoes. Deep plow to bury sclerotia and at least 200 yards away from these crops. is economical only with high-value, fresh- crop debris. Remove and destroy infected The risk of TEV, PVY, and CMV is higher for market tomatoes (see “Soil Fumigants plants promptly. Fungicides may be ap- fall plantings. for Control of Nematodes and Soilborne plied to soil before planting or at planting, Diseases” on page 16). If wilt disease oc- or as a stem-directed spray after planting Greenhouse Tomato Diseases curs in a resistant variety, have it correctly depending on the product. Foliar Diseases diagnosed by the UK Diagnostic Lab. Viruses. The virus diseases commonly Bacterial diseases, powdery mildew, Late blight. This disease is an infrequent seen in Kentucky in tomato are tomato leaf mold (gray leaf mold), Botrytis gray problem; however, notable outbreaks oc- spotted wilt, tobacco mosaic, tomato mold, early blight, and late blight. A curred in 2009, 2010, and 2013. A fungicide mosaic, Potato Virus X, tobacco etch, cu- number of foliar diseases common in program designed for early blight should cumber mosaic, Potato Virus Y, and alfalfa field-grown tomatoes also occur in the be adequate to manage late blight. Under mosaic. Viruses can be difficult to control, greenhouse. Maintain temperatures of at very strong disease pressure, chlorothalo- but the following guidelines are helpful in least 65°F in the greenhouse, along with nil will perform better than fixed coppers managing virus diseases. Produce trans- good ventilation (air movement). Water and mancozeb. Forum, Gavel, Presidio, plants in isolation from thrips and their plants so as to avoid long periods of leaf Ranman, Revus, Tanos, or Zampro may weed and ornamental crop hosts. Control wetness. Scout plants regularly for symp- be needed under severe disease pressure. weeds in tomato fields and maintain a toms. Resistant varieties are available for Mefenoxam-resistant (tolerant) strains of weed-free zone around fields. To prevent leaf mold, but results are variable because the late blight fungus have been found spread of TMV, do not use tobacco prod- of the ability of the leaf mold pathogen in Kentucky, so products containing this ucts during seedling production or trans- to mutate and no longer be affected by active ingredient (Ridomil Gold Bravo, Rid- planting. Washing hands with soap and host resistance. Growers should rely on omil Gold/Copper, and Ridomil Gold MZ) water before handling tomatoes should cultural practices and fungicides to control are less likely to be effective than some be mandatory. Production of heirloom leaf mold. A spray program is necessary at of the other materials that are available. tomatoes in conjunction with other fresh the onset of the first symptoms of disease Nematodes. Some root-knot-resistant market cultivars increases the chances of or during cool, overcast, or foggy condi- varieties are available. Rotate away from TMV infection, since some heirloom seed tions. See the table on page 19 for a list of tomatoes and related crops frequently; sources are contaminated with TMV. Plant- greenhouse fungicides. two years to tall fescue provides excellent ing TMV-resistant tobaccos will greatly control of root-knot. Soil samples can be reduce the amount of available inoculum Stem Diseases submitted for quantification of nematode on farms where tomato and tobacco are Botrytis stem canker and Sclerotinia populations where nematode problems grown together. Plant certified disease- timber rot. Ensure adequate ventiliation, have been diagnosed. Submit samples free seed. Questionable seed lots should and spray fungicides when conditions fa- to either a commercial lab or a university be treated with 10% trisodium phosphate vor disease. Botran 75W at 1 pound per 100 lab in another state, as this service is not (TSP) or bleach (see Appendix J). To avoid gallons of water per treated acre, sprayed provided by the University of Kentucky PVX in greenhouses, do not handle pota- on the stems from the ground up to a (diagnostic services only are available). Use toes before working with tomato plants. height of 24 inches, can be used to control

96 cankers caused by Botrytis. This treatment inoculum. This disease is worse on stressed systems, and can be difficult to control will also suppress stem cankers caused tomato plants. once established. Sanitation is crucial in by Sclerotinia. Fontelis will also suppress Tobacco/tomato mosaic virus. See avoiding the introduction of Pythium and these diseases. See the table on page 19 “Viruses” heading under field tomatoes Phytophthora into the production system, for a list of greenhouse fungicides. for more details. Use bleach-treated seed and keeping field soil out is perhaps the Fusarium crown and root rot. Control as indicated in Appendix J. On known most important consideration. Previcur of Fusarium is achieved primarily through TMV suspects, use the TSP treatment. Dip Flex and Terramaster EC can be applied via the use of sanitation and planting resistant hands in milk before handling plants. Use irrigation or as drenches for suppression varieties (see “Varieties” table). Sanitize resistant varieties. of root rots caused by either Pythium or the greenhouse and everything in it by Phytophthora. See the table on page 19 Root Diseases solarization, steam, or fumigation. Bleach for a list of greenhouse fungicides. treatment of seed will reduce seed-borne Pythium and Phytophthora root rots. These diseases are common in hydroponic

WEED CONTROL: Tomato—Transplanted Product Amt/A Lb A.I./A Comments 0.5-1.6 fl oz 0.008-0.025 For contact post-emergence control of annual broadleaf weeds and suppression of annual grasses. Can be applied Aim 1.9 EW carfentrazone as a preplant, pre-transplant burndown, or before crop emerges to actively growing weeds up to 4 inches tall. Can also be applied post-emergence as a directed hooded application between crop rows. Use min. 10 gal water/A and crop oil 1% v/v. Max. rate 6.1 fl oz/A. PHI = 0 days. 6-14 lb 4.5-10.5 For pre-emergence control of annual grasses and small-seeded broadleaves. Over-the-top application 4 to 6 weeks Dacthal W-75 DCPA after transplanting is safe to plants. Plants should be well established. Do not apply if growing conditions are poor (ie. cool, wet weather) 2-4 lb 1-2 For pre-emergence control of annual grasses and broadleaf weeds. Apply before transplanting and water-in or incor- Devrinol 50 DF napropamide porate to a depth of 1 to 2 inches. Can be applied on bare ground middles between beds of plastic 24 hours before rain or if watered-in or incorporated. To avoid injury, do not replant with crops not specified on the label until 12 months if using the 4-lb rate. 1.0-2.0 pt 0.95-1.90 For pre-emergent control of selected weed species. In transplanted tomatoes if applied preplant incorporated, trans- Dual Magnum s-metolachlor plant to a depth greater than incorporation and use the lower rate range to avoid injury. Do not plant when cool, wet or poor growing conditions exist. Reduce risk by applying seven or more days prior to transplant. PHI = 90 days. 1-2 pt 0.25-0.5 For pre-emergence and post-emergence control of certain annual grasses and most broadleaves. For fallow bed Goal 2XL oxyfluorfen preparation only. Best if used with glyphosate for control of winter annual broadleaf weeds. Min. 30 days between application and transplanting. 2.0-4.0 pt 0.69-1.38 For non-selective contact kill of annual grasses and broadleaf weeds and top-kill of perennial weeds. Apply preplant, Gramoxone paraquat salt pre-emergence, or before transplanting in min. 10 gal water/A. Apply banded or broadcast. Use higher rate for heavy Inteon weed infestations. Use non-ionic surfactant 0.25% v/v. 0.5-1.5 pt 0.09-0.49 For control of actively growing annual grasses and suppression of perennial grasses only. Use high rate on johnson- Poast 1.5 sethoxydim grass. PHI = 20 days. Max. rate of 1.5 pt/application and 4.5 pt/season. 1.5-2 pt 0.7-1 For pre-emergence control of broadleaves and grasses. Apply broadcast preplant incorporated or broadcast preplant Prowl H2O 3.8 E pendimethalin surface application prior to transplanting tomato, or as a post-directed application to transplanted and established plant. PHI = 70 days. 2-4 oz 0.031-0.062 For pre-emergence control of broadleaves and grasses. Apply pre-emergence or post-emergence to actively grow- Matrix 25 DF rimsulfuron ing weeds. PHI = 45 days. 16-22 fl oz 0.69-0.94 For non-selective post-emergence control of annual and perennial grasses and broadleaf weeds. Use only AMS 1 to Roundup glyphosate-salt 2% v/v. Adding a non-ionic surfactant can reduce weed control effectiveness. Min. 30 days before planting any non- WeatherMax 5.5L labeled crop. Do not make hooded or shielded sprayer applications to row middles because of the potential for crop injury. 0.5-1 oz 0.023-0.047 For control of broadleaf weeds and yellow nutsedge. For transplanted tomato: may be applied preplant under the Sandea 75 DF halosulfuron plastic. Apply after final bed shaping but before installation of plastic. Transplant 7 days after plastic installation. As a post-transplant application, Sandea can also be applied over the top or as a directed spray or with shields, 14 days after plastic installation. Max. 2 applications/crop and 2 oz/A per season. See label for row middle applications and direct-seeded tomato. 9-32 fl oz 0.07-0.24 For selective post-emergence of actively growing annual grasses and suppression of perennial grasses. Add crop oil Select Max clethodim 1% v/v. PHI = 20 days. 2.25-6 fl oz 0.07-0.19 Only for transplanted tomato. May be applied as a broadcast or banded treatment prior to transplant. Spartan 4F sulfentrazone 0.3-1.3 lb 0.2-1 For control of annual grasses and broadleaves. Preplant: apply in min. 10 gal water/A immediately before transplant- TriCor 75 metribuzin ing and incorporate 2 to 4 inches. Best if used with Treflan to improve weed control. Transplant tomato with roots below herbicide zone. Post-emergence broadcast (0.3 to 0.6 lb/A) or post-emergence directed (0.6 to 1.3 lb/A): apply when plants have recovered from transplant shock and new growth is evident (about 2 weeks). Do not apply within 24 hours of other pesticides or within 3 days after cool, wet, or cloudy weather. Allow 14 days between applications. May be applied to plastic mulch row middles. PHI = 7 days. 1.25-2 pt 0.62-1 For pre-emergence control of annual grasses and broadleaf weeds. Transplanted tomato: Apply and incorporate Treflan HFP 4 E trifluralin before transplanting or apply post-transplant as a directed spray to soil between rows and beneath plants and incorporate. See label for direct-seeded tomato.

DISEASE CONTROL: Tomatoes F$RAC Seasonal Product Code Amt/A Limits/A Comments Anthracnose, Early Blight, Leaf Mold, Gray Leaf Spot, Botrytis Gray Mold, Septoria Leaf Spot, Powdery Mildew Aftershock 11 2 to 5.7 fl oz 4 apps Early blight. Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 to 10 days. Botran 75 W 14 1 lb 4 apps Botrytis stem canker. Greenhouse only. Apply when conditions favor disease and continue every 7 days during favorable periods. Spray stem of plant from ground level to a height of 18 to 24 in. Chlorothalonil3 Prior to fruit set. Apply before disease onset; continue every 7 to 10 days. Use 1.375 Bravo Ultrex M 1.3 to 2.6 lb 18.3 lb to 2 pt/A rate or equivalent (dry formulations). After fruit set. Increase rate to 2 to Bravo WeatherStik M 1.375 to 2.75 pt 20 pt 2.75 pt/A (or equivalent for dry formulations), apply every 7 to 14 days. (continued on next page) 97 DISEASE CONTROL: Tomatoes (continued) FRAC Seasonal Product Code1 Amt/A Limits/A Comments Cabrio 11 8 to 16 oz 6 apps Not for gray leaf spot/mold. Use 8 to 16 oz/A for powdery mildew and Botrytis gray mold; apply 8 to 12 oz/A for other foliar diseases. Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 to 14 days. Endura 7 2.5 to 12.5 oz 6 apps Early blight/Botrytis gray mold only. Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 to 14 days. Use higher rates for Botrytis. Evito 480 SC 11 3.8 to 5.7 fl oz 4 apps Early blight. Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 days. Fixed coppers Not for Botrytis, powdery mildew. Apply after transplanting or before disease appears, depending upon product and conditions. Continue every 3 to 10 days. See label for mixing instructions and tank-mix precautions. Greenhouse uses are permitted, depending upon product—refer to label. Badge SC M 1.5 to 3.5 pt - Badge X2 M 0.75 to 1.75 lb OMRI-listed. Basic Copper 53 M 2 to 4 lb OMRI-listed. C-O-C-S WDG M 2 to 7 lb - Champ DP M 1.33 to 2.67 lb - Champ Formula 2 FL M 1.33 to 2.67 pt - Champ WG M 2 to 4 lb OMRI-listed. COC DF M 3 to 4 lb - COC WP M 3 to 4 lb OMRI-listed. Copper-Count-N M 3 to 6 pt - Cueva M 0.5 to 2 gal OMRI-listed. Mix in 100 gallons of water, use 50 to 100 gal/A of solution. Cuprofix Ultra 40 Disperss M 1.25 to 3 lb - Kentan DF M 1.32 lb - Kocide 2000 M 1.5 to 3 lb - Kocide 3000 M 0.75 to 1.75 lb - Kocide DF M 2 to 4 lb - Mastercop M 0.5 to 3 pt - Nordox 75 WG M 1.25 to 2.5 lb OMRI-listed. Nu-Cop 50 WP M 2 to 4 lb OMRI-listed. Nu-Cop 3 L M 1.33 to 5.33 pt - Nu-Cop 50 DF M 2 to 4 lb OMRI-listed. Nu-Cop 50 HB M 1 to 2 lb - Flint 11 2 to 4 oz 5 apps Begin prior to disease onset, continue every 7 to 10 days. Fontelis 7 14 to 24 fl oz 72 fl oz Anthracnose, Botrytis, early blight, Septoria leaf spot. Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 to 14 days. Fracture 24.4 to 36.6 fl oz 5 apps Botrytis, powdery mildew. Apply every 7 to 10 days. Inspire Super 3/9 16 to 20 fl oz 47 fl oz Begin prior to disease onset, continue every 7 to 10 days. Mancozeb3 Products include Dithane, Koverall, Manzate, Penncozeb. Dry formulations M 0.5 to 3 lb 21-22.4 lb Not for Botrytis, powdery mildew. Apply when plants emerge or after transplant- Liquid formulations M 0.6 to 2.4 qt 16.8 qt ing, and continue every 7 to 10 days until harvest. Some formulations are greenhouse-approved; see labels. ManKocide2 M 2.5 to 5 lb see footnote Not for Botrytis, powdery mildew. Apply before disease appears and continue every 3 to 10 days as needed. Priaxor 7/11 4 to 8 fl oz 24 fl oz Anthracnose, Botrytis, early blight, Septoria. Apply prior to development of disease, continue every 7 to 14 days. Quadris 11 5 to 6 fl oz 5 apps Not for Botrytis, gray leaf spot/mold. Apply 21 days after transplanting or 35 days after seeding and continue every 7 to 21 days. Quadris Opti 11/M 1.6 pt 5 apps Not for Botrytis, gray leaf spot/mold. Apply applications before disease onset, continue every 7 to 21 days. Observe seasonal limits for chlorothalonil. Quadris Top 11/3 8 fl oz 47 fl oz Do not apply until 21 days after transplant. Rally 40 WSP 3 2.5 to 4 oz 1.25 lb Powdery mildew. Apply when symptoms are first observed or when conditions favor disease. Reason 11 5.5 to 8.2 fl oz 24.3 fl oz Early blight, Septoria. Apply applications before disease onset, continue every 5 to 10 days. Revus Top 40/3 5.5 to 7 fl oz 28 fl oz Apply every 7 to 10 days. Use a spreader/penetrant surfactant. Scala 9 7 fl oz 35 fl oz Early blight/Botrytis gray mold. Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 to 14 days. Greenhouse use is approved. Sulfur3 M Powdery mildew. Apply at disease onset, continue every 7 to 14 days as needed. Phytotoxicity may occur if applications are made when temperatures exceed 90ºF. Switch 62.5 WG 9/12 11 to 14 oz 56 oz Early blight, Botrytis, powdery mildew. Apply every 7 to 10 days. Tanos 11/27 6 to 8 oz 5 apps Not for Botrytis. Tanos must be tank-mixed with a fungicide from FRAC Group M appropriate for the target disease. Apply before disease onset, continue every 5 to 10 days. Ziram 76DF M 3 to 4 lb 24 lb Anthracnose, early blight, Septoria. Apply at first appearance of symptoms and Ziram Granuflo M continue every 7 days. Bacterial Spot/Speck Actigard P 0.33 to 0.75 oz 6 apps Apply 1 week after transplanting or emergence; begin with lowest rate and increase as plants grow. Apply every 14 days. Fixed coppers Apply after transplanting or before disease appears, depending upon product and conditions. Continue every 3 to 10 days. See label for mixing instructions and tank- mix precautions. Tank-mix with mancozeb for maximum efficacy (observe seasonal limits for EBDC fungicides). Greenhouse uses are permitted, depending on product—refer to label. Badge SC M 1.5 to 3.5 pt - Badge X2 M 0.75 to 1.75 lb OMRI-listed. Basic Copper 53 M 2 to 4 lb OMRI-listed. C-O-C-S WDG M 2 to 7 lb - Champ DP M 1.33 to 2.67 lb - (continued on next page) 98 DISEASE CONTROL: Tomatoes (continued) FRAC Seasonal Product Code1 Amt/A Limits/A Comments Champ Formula 2 FL M 1.33 to 2.67 pt - Champ WG M 2 to 4 lb OMRI-listed. COC DF M 3 to 4 lb - COC WP M 3 to 4 lb OMRI-listed. Copper-Count-N M 3 to 6 pt - Cueva M 0.5 to 2 gal OMRI-listed. Mix in 100 gallons of water, use 50 to 100 gal/A of solution. Cuprofix Ultra 40 Disperss M 1.25 to 3 lb - Kentan DF M 1.32 lb - Kocide 2000 M 1.5 to 3 lb - Kocide 3000 M 0.75 to 1.75 lb - Kocide DF M 2 to 4 lb - Mastercop M 0.5 to 3 pt - Nordox 75 WG M 1.25 to 2.5 lb OMRI-listed. Nu-Cop 50 WP M 2 to 4 lb OMRI-listed. Nu-Cop 3 L M 1.33 to 5.33 pt - Nu-Cop 50 DF M 2 to 4 lb OMRI-listed. Nu-Cop 50 HB M 1 to 2 lb - Late Blight Chlorothalonil3 Prior to fruit set. Apply before disease onset; continue every 7 to 10 days. Use 1.375 Bravo Ultrex M 1.3 to 2.6 lb 18.3 lb to 2 pt/A rate or equivalent (dry formulations). After fruit set. Increase rate to 2 to Bravo WeatherStik M 1.375 to 2.75 pt 20 pt 2.75 pt/A (or equivalent for dry formulations), apply every 7 to 14 days. Curzate 60 DF 27 3.2 to 5 oz 30 oz Must be tank-mixed with a fungicide from FRAC Group M. Apply before disease onset, continue every 5 to 7 days. Fixed coppers Apply after transplanting or before disease appears, depending upon product and conditions. Continue every 3 to 10 days. See label for mixing instructions and tank- mix precautions. Some formulations are greenhouse-approved; see labels. Badge SC M 1.5 to 3.5 pt - Badge X2 M 0.75 to 1.75 lb OMRI-listed. Basic Copper 53 M 2 to 4 lb OMRI-listed. C-O-C-S WDG M 2 to 7 lb - Champ DP M 1.33 to 2.67 lb - Champ Formula 2 FL M 1.33 to 2.67 pt - Champ WG M 2 to 4 lb OMRI-listed. COC DF M 3 to 4 lb - COC WP M 3 to 4 lb OMRI-listed. Copper-Count-N M 3 to 6 pt - Cueva M 0.5 to 2 gal OMRI-listed. Mix in 100 gallons of water, use 50 to 100 gal/A of solution. Cuprofix Ultra 40 Disperss M 1.25 to 3 lb - Kentan DF M 1.32 lb - Kocide 2000 M 1.5 to 3 lb - Kocide 3000 M 0.75 to 1.75 lb - Kocide DF M 2 to 4 lb - Mastercop M 0.5 to 3 pt - Nordox 75 WG M 1.25 to 2.5 lb OMRI-listed. Nu-Cop 50 WP M 2 to 4 lb OMRI-listed. Nu-Cop 3 L M 1.33 to 5.33 pt - Nu-Cop 50 DF M 2 to 4 lb OMRI-listed. Nu-Cop 50 HB M 1 to 2 lb - Forum SC 40 6 fl oz 30 fl oz Must be tank-mixed with another Phytophthora fungicide. Apply before disease onset, continue every 5 to 10 days. Gavel 75 DF2 22/M 1.5 to 2 lb 8 apps Apply after transplanting and continue every 7 to 10 days. Mancozeb3 Products include Dithane, Koverall, Manzate, Penncozeb. Dry formulations M 0.5 to 3 lb 21-22.4 lb Apply when plants emerge or after transplanting, and continue every 7 to 10 days Liquid formulations M 0.6 to 2.4 qt 16.8 qt until harvest. Limit 16.8 lb ai/A per season. Some formulations are greenhouse- approved; see labels. ManKocide2 M 2.5 to 5 lb see footnote Apply before disease appears and continue every 3 to 10 days as needed. Presidio 43 3 to 4 fl oz 4 apps Apply every 7 to 14 days. Must be tank-mixed with a fungicide NOT in FRAC Group 43. Previcur Flex 28 0.7 to 1.5 pt 7.5 pt Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 to 10 days. Must be tank-mixed with chlorothalonil or mancozeb. Ranman SC 21 2.1 to 2.75 fl oz 6 apps Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 to 10 days. Revus 40 5.5 to 8 fl oz 32 fl oz Apply every 7 to 10 days. Use a spreader/penetrant surfactant. Must be tank-mixed with a fungicide NOT in FRAC Group 40. Revus Top 40/3 5.5 to 7 fl oz 28 fl oz Apply every 7 to 10 days. Use a spreader/penetrant surfactant. Ridomil Gold Bravo SC 4/M 2.5 pt 3 apps Apply before disease onset, continue every 14 days. Rotate to another mode of action between applications of RG Bravo. Observe seasonal limits for chlorothalonil. Ridomil Gold Copper 4/M 2 lb Apply before disease onset, continue every 14 days. Rotate to another mode of action between applications of RG Copper. Ridomil Gold MZ2 4/M 2.5 lb Apply before disease onset, continue every 14 days. Rotate to another mode of action between applications of RG MZ. Observe seasonal limits for EBDC fungicides. Tanos 11/27 8 oz 5 apps Tanos must be tank-mixed with a fungicide from FRAC Group M appropriate for the target disease. Apply before disease onset, continue every 5 to 7 days. Zampro 40/45 14 fl oz 3 apps Apply before disease onset and repeat every 5 to 7 days. (continued on next page)

99 DISEASE CONTROL: Tomatoes (continued) FRAC Seasonal Product Code1 Amt/A Limits/A Comments Pythium Seedling Disease Previcur Flex 28 1.5 pt 7.5 pt Field application. Can be directed at lower stems and soil, applied in transplant water, or delivered through drip irrigation. Greenhouse use. Can be applied as a drench or by chemigation—see to label for rates. Ridomil Gold SL 4 1 to 2 pt 1 app Preplant. Apply to soil as a broadcast spray or in a 7-inch band; incorporate into Ultra Flourish 4 2 to 4 pt the upper 2 inches of soil mechanically or with irrigation if rainfall is not expected MetaStar 2EC AG 4 4 to 8 pt within 24 hours of treatment. Ridomil Gold GR 4 20 lb 1 app For preplant application only. Adjust equipment so that granules applied uniformly over soil surface. Incorporate mechanically or with irrigation water. Southern Blight Aftershock 11 2 to 5.7 fl oz 4 apps Apply before disease onset and continue every 7 days. Blocker Flowable, Blocker 4F 14 4.5 pt/100 gal 1 app Apply as a drench at planting. Actual rate is dependent on row spacing; see label for application instructions. Evito 480 SC 11 3.8 to 5.7 fl oz 4 apps Apply before disease onset and continue every 7 days. 1 Products with numerical FRAC codes must be alternated or tank-mixed with products that have a different FRAC code to discourage resistance development. See product label for maximum number of consecutive applications allowed. Refer to the table on page 14 for more information on FRAC codes. 2 Observe seasonal limits for mancozeb. 3 Generic products available (Appendix F). Amounts and seasonal limits per acre are product dependent. Vining Crops (Cucurbits) Cucumbers, Muskmelons, Squash, Pumpkins, and Watermelons Gourd family (Cucurbitaceae): Cucumis sativus [cucumber]; Cucumis melo, Reticulatus Group [Muskmelon]; Citrullus lanatus [Watermelon]

Planting and Culture For hand-harvested pickling or slicing Muskmelon Cucumber cucumbers, train vines to run lengthwise Muskmelons (cantaloupes) and spe- Cucumbers are grown in Kentucky in the row soon after vining starts. Cultivat- cialty melons are warm-season crops. They primarily for fresh market (slicing types) ing in one direction will also help to train require a relatively long growing season of rather than for processing (pickling types). plants to run in the row. This training will 80 to 100 days from seeding to marketable Planting and cultural requirements are enable harvesters to pick more easily and fruit. Well-drained, lighter-textured (sandy similar for both. Cucumbers do best in quickly, and the plants will not be dam- or sandy loam) soils are considered best for firm, deep, well-prepared seedbeds. Fall aged as seriously. Cultivation should be cantaloupes, although medium-textured plowing is recommended. The soil should shallow to prevent root damage. soils can be just as productive with good be well drained and high in organic matter Start seed about the first of May in most management practices. Lighter-textured for best results. Apply 10 tons of manure areas of the state or when designated by soils warm up faster than heavier soils. Be- per acre the previous fall if available. Land the company with which you may be con- cause of potentially serious disease prob- that has been in sod is very desirable. The tracting. Continued plantings at one- or lems, melons are best grown on land that soil should be disked two or three times in two-week intervals can be made to extend has not been in vine crops (cantaloupes, early spring to prepare for seeding. Disk- the harvest season (see Appendix I). watermelons, squash, pumpkins, etc.) for ing helps to eliminate early germinating Slicing cucumbers are usually grown on at least three years. weed seeds and prepare a fine seedbed. black plastic with trickle irrigation to in- The vining habit of the plant and its A cultipacker will help prepare a good crease yields and earliness. Cucumbers can large leaves make it especially susceptible seedbed. Do not plant cucumbers on be direct-seeded through plastic mulch to wind damage. Planting cantaloupes land that was treated the previous year using seeders designed for that purpose, between strips of annual rye or some with a triazine herbicide such as atrazine, or they can be transplanted at about two similar, taller-growing plant will provide metribuzin, or Karmex. to three weeks after seeding. windbreak protection. In addition, growers can orient rows in the direction of

VARIETIES: Cucumbers Days to Variety Maturity Comments Slicing Intimidator 53 Early variety, CMV,scab, and angular leaf spot, Good for early and late production, smooth fruit. Speedway 56 Early variety with CMV, powdery mildew, scab, anthracnose, and angular leaf spot tolerance. Indy 59 Resistant or tolerant to anthracnose, angular leaf spot, powdery mildew, scab, CMV, WMV, ZYMV. All female flowering. Cobra 60 Dark green, PRV, ZYMV, CMV, scag, anthracnose, angular leaf spot, powdery and downy mildew, good late season due to virus resistance. Daytona 67 Dark green, ZYMV, PRV, WMV tolerant; powdery mildew, angular leaf spot, anthracnose, and scab tolerant. Turbo 67 Small seed cavity; tolerant to CMV, downy and powdery mildew, angular leaf spot, anthracnose, and scab. All female flowering. Marketmore 76 67 Scab and CMV resistant, for local market or home gardens, not for commercial production. (open-pollinated) Pickling Calypso 52 Tolerant to scab, anthracnose, powdery and downy mildew, and CMV.

100 prevailing winds (usually winds blow from Transplants produce earlier ripening provided good early season systemic the southwest in most parts of Kentucky) fruits that will often bring much higher control of cucumber beetles on melons so that wind blows down rows rather than early prices. With transplants, plant the in Kentucky, reducing the potential for across them. seed three weeks before the plants are bacterial wilt while the plants are small. Cantaloupes can be direct-seeded to to be transplanted to the field. The plants Although several soil application meth- the field or grown as transplants in the should have two or three true leaves. Plant ods may be used with this product, the greenhouse or hotbed and transplanted to one or two 72-128 cell plug trays. post-transplant drench is recommended the field. Generally, 2 pounds of seed is suf- It is crucial that plants be protected for best control: a small amount of the ficient to direct-seed an acre; one quarter from cucumber beetle feeding from the imidacloprid solution is applied at the to one half of a pound per acre is sufficient day of seedling emergence or from the base of each plant immediately after for transplants. Plant the seed one-half day of transplanting to reduce the risk transplanting. With proper calibration, to three-quarters of an inch deep after of bacterial wilt disease (vectored by the this can be done quickly and accurately danger of frost is past (see Appendix I). beetles). The insecticide imidacloprid has using a backpack sprayer with the nozzle

VARIETIES: Melons Days to Variety Maturity Use Quality3 Comments Eastern Cantaloupe1 Lil’ Loupe 76 Local E 2.3 lb round, very small, excellent quality personal sized canteloupe for specialty retail sales. Tolerant to powdery mildew race 1, 2 and Fusarium race 0, 2. Minerva 77 Local, E 7 to 8 lb round to oblong with deeper sutures than Athena and heavy netting. Resistance to powdery shipping mildew and Fusarium races 0, 1 and 2. Athena 78 Local, E Market standard, 5 to 7 lb melon; sutureless and fine heavy netting, small cavity, firm flesh, resistance to shipping powdery mildew and Fusarium races 0, 1 and 2. Looks like a large Western melon. Aphrodite 80 Local, E 6 to 8 lb; earlier, larger Athena type, resistance to powdery mildew 1, 2 and Fusarium race 0, 1, 2. shipping Wrangler 80-85 Local E 4 to 5 lb small Tuscan type cantaloupe with dark green sutures, medium net, excellent flavor, Fusarium race 0, 1, 2 and powdery mildew resistance. Atlantis 82 Local, E 6 to 8 lb refined net, shallow sutures, high sugar, smooth firm deep orange flesh, powdery mildew race 1, 2 limited and Fusarium race 0,1,2 resistance. shipping Orange 83 Local E 6 to 8 lb; very large oval densly netted with shallow sutures, resistance to powdery mildew race 2 and Sherbet Fusarium race 1, 2. Eclipse 85 Local, E 5 to 8 lb oval shaped with slight sutures, medium net, good shelf life, powdery mildew and Fusarium wilt shipping race 2 tolerant. Specialty Melons2 Honey Yellow 75 Local E 2 to 2.5 lb honeydew, bright yellow skin, orange flesh, excellent sugar content and flavor. Honey Orange 80 Local VG 4 to 5 lb honeydew, cream colored exterior, orange flesh, very sweet. Honey Pearl 80 Local VG 4 lb honeydew, cream colored flesh, excellent flavor. San Juan 85 Local VG 3 lb honeydew, green flesh, excellent flavor. Honey Brew 90 Local E 4 to 6 lb honeydew, green flesh, excellent flavor; Fusarium, downy mildew and powdery mildew resistance. Summer Dew 90 Local E 4 to 6 lb honeydew, green flesh, excellent flavor; Fusarium 0, 2 and powdery mildew 1,2 resistance. Sugar Nut 77 Local E 3 to 4 lb canary melon; cream to lt. green flesh, exterior bright yellow with some checking; harvest when bright yellow. Camposol 80 Local E 5 to 6 lb canary melon; bright yellow exterior; cream colored flesh; very sweet, excellent quality and shelf life, harvest when rind is bright yellow, powdery mildew resistance. Dorado 85 Local, E 5 to 6 lb canary melon; bright yellow exterior; cream colored flesh; very sweet, excellent quality and shelf shipping life, harvest when rind is golden. Sancho 90 Local E 6.5 to 9 lb oval shaped Piel de Sapo melon, dark green rind, creamy-white flesh, outstanding quality, high consumer acceptance, develops dark yellow ground spot when ripe, powdery mildew tolerance. Sensation 80 Local O 5 to 6 lb gourmet melon, round, medium netted light yellow rind, creamy white interior, harvest when rind begins to turn yellow. Sprite 65-75 Local, E 1.3 lb specialty melon, creamy exterior and interior, crisp flesh, reaches 16% sugar, excellent quality, high shipping consumer demand, ripe when small checks appear around blossom end. Napoli 72 Local O 2.5 lb specialty melon, round, cream-colored heavily netted rind, light green melting flesh, harvest when exterior is straw-colored before full slip. Sunrise 72 Local O 2.5 to 3 lb specialty melon, round, cream colored heavily netted rind, orange melting flesh, harvest when exterior is straw-colored before full slip. Pixie 80 Local E 3 lb muskmelon X galia melon cross; very firm, very sweet, orange flesh; harvest when rind develops a yellow background. Sweetie 85 Local E 4 to 5 lb muskmelon X galia melon cross; very firm, very sweet, orange flesh; harvest when rind develops a yellow background. Arava 77 Local VG 4 lb galia melon, netted exterior, sweet green flesh, excellent flavor, harvest when just turning yellow, relatively short shelf life. Vicar 86 Local E 4 lb galia melon, round, greenish-yellow netted rind, lt. green flesh; harvest when rind begins developing yellowish color. Galileo 87 Local VG 3.3 lb galia melon, fully netted exterior, firm light green flesh, nice balance of sweet and musky flavor, harvest when just turning yellow. Tasty Bites 75-80 Local E 2.8 lb charentais X ananas cross, fully netted cantaloupe exterior, orange crunchy flesh with a nice after taste, harvest at slip. 1 Current market demand for Kentucky is for a 5- to 7-lb eastern type cantaloupe with a firm, deeply sutured, coarse netted rind and a thick, uniformly deep-orange flesh. 2 All specialty melons in this category are highly susceptible to bacterial wilt; post-transplant drench applications of Admire insecticide(see text) together with a good preventative spray program for anthracnose control are highly recommended. 3 VG: Very Good; E: Excellent; O: Outstanding.

101 removed (see the “Insect Control” table program in Kentucky. Specialty melons Specialty melons need slightly wider plant and current label for recommended rates). are highly susceptible to bacterial wilt, spacing; see “Plant Spacing” (page 106). Imidacloprid should not be used in the and post-transplant drench application Some specialty melons, especially galia setter tank water because of the potential of an imidacloprid insecticide (Admire, melons, are prone to magnesium deficien- for worker exposure during transplanting. etc.—see the “Disease Control” and “Insect cies, and preventive measures may be re- Control” tables) is an absolute necessity quired (see page 108). In addition, growers Specialty Melons to achieve success. A season-long weekly will need to gain some experience with Specialty melons (honeydews, canary, preventative fungicide spray schedule for each type to determine exactly when to galia, and others) are excellent items for Anthracnose is also critical. harvest, as many specialty melons do not direct market sales; they are full flavored These melons do best when planted “slip” or may not change color at maturity and far superior to what can be obtained around May 1 and transplanted to the field in the same way that muskmelons do. See through local supermarkets. These melons around June 1. This allows harvest to coin- descriptions in the “Varieties” table for are more difficult to grow than canta- cide with dry weather late in the season, specific harvesting guidelines. loupes and require an extended spray which increases flavor and sugar content.

VARIETIES: Squash, Pumpkins, Gourds Days to Variety Maturity Comments Squash Straightneck Fortune 39 Precocious yellow trait (py) masks virus symptoms on fruit, downy mildew tolerant; teardrop shape. Multipik 40 Precocious yellow trait (py) masks virus symptoms on fruit; downy mildew tolerant; teardrop shape. XPT 1832 42 Precocious yellow trait (py) masks virus symptoms on fruit, Genetically engineered resistant for 3 viruses (CMV, WMV, ZYMV) Conqueror III 41 Genetically engineered resistance to CMV, WMV, ZYMV and intermediate resistance to PRSV. Lioness 50 Tolerance to ZYMV, CMV, WMV, PRSV, and powdery mildew; green stem, mature fruit have a very light greenish cast. Sunray 50 Precocious yellow trait (py) masks virus symptoms on fruit. Crookneck Prelude II 40 Genetically engineered resistance to 2 viruses (WMV, ZYMV) plus conventional powdery mildew resistance. Full crook. Destiny III 40 Genetically engineered resistance to 3 viruses (WMV, CMV, ZYMV); similar to Dixie. Semi- to full crook. Gentry 43 Semi-crook; reduced spines, green stems; open bush plant. Zucchini Dividend 47 Medium green, cylindrical, some with slight curve; tolerant to some strains of WMV, CMV, ZYMV. Tigress 45 Cylindrical, slightly tapered; attractive medium to dark green; tolerant to WMV, ZYMV. Wildcat 45 Intermediate resistance to powdery mildew, PRSV, ZYMV Zucchini Elite 45 Long, slightly curved and tapered fruits. Cashflow 45 Medium green fruit with a slight taper, tolerant to some races of ZYMV, large plant. Payroll 45 Attractive medium green fruit; virus tolerant. Spineless Beauty 50 Fruits similar to Zucchini Elite. Other Summer Squashes Papaya Pear 45 Yellow pear shaped squash, 3.5 inches, AAS winner Sunburst 50 Bright yellow scalloped, AAS winner. Patty Pan 54 White scalloped; plants compact bush type. Acorn Tay Belle PM 70 1 to 1.5 lb, powdery mildew tolerant, attractive, dark green exterior, bush type plant, medium orange sweet, tender flesh; excellent taste. Mesa Queen 70 1 to 1.5 lb, dark green exterior, medium orange flesh, semi-bush, excellent taste. Honey Bear 85 1 to 1.25 lb fruit, excellent taste, AAS winner. Cream of the Crop 85 1.5 lb, attractive creamy white exterior, cream colored flesh, bush type plant. Table Ace 85 1.5 lb, dark green exterior, yellow orange flesh, semi-bush plants hold up well, high yielding. Table Gold 95 1 to 1.5 lb, bright golden exterior, dark orange flesh, semi-bush plant, very attractive and excellent taste. Ornamental Acorn Carnival 85 1 to 1.5 lb, skin flecked with shades of green, gold, and yellow, semi-bush plant. Heart of Gold 90 1.5 lb, white with dark green mottling and golden flesh, large vine, excellent taste. Butternut Butterboy 80 Very uniform, and early, slightly smaller than others. Chieftan 90 2 to 2.5 lb Butternut Supreme 95 Productive, thick neck, very uniform shape; excellent taste. Waltham Butternut 95 3 to 5 lb; blocky and uniform. Buttercup/Kabocha Sun Spot 75 2 lb; very attractive, orange fruit with dark orange, fine grained, slightly moist, sweet flesh (buttercup). Sweet Mama 85 5 lb; sweet, fine-grained, deep yellow flesh, dark green fruit; excellent taste and high yielding (kabocha). Delica 90 4 lb; medium-dry, slightly sweet flesh; dark green with gray-green stripes; excellent taste (kabocha) Special Export 90-95 3 lb; excellent flavor, attractive exterior and interior, excellent eating quality (kabocha). Burgess Buttercup 90 2 lb; smooth texture; excellent eating quality. Sunshine 95 4 lb; bright orange skin, nutty, smooth, stringless; very sweet, excellent eating quality (buttercup). Ambercup 100 Bright orange fruit with dry, sweet flesh, excellent eating quality (buttercup). Spaghetti Small Wonder 70 2 to 2.5 lb; yellow exterior; large vine Vegetable Spaghetti 100-105 Large 4 lb fruit, vigorous vine. (continued on next page) 102 Squash and Pumpkin at least three years. Calculate the number no-till corn planter. This practice can Squash and pumpkins produce best of days to harvest to determine when to eliminate the need for washing pump- on well-drained, fertile soil. The plants plant pumpkins for Halloween (see Ap- kins prior to marketing, may reduce fruit produce large, shallow root systems very pendix I). Growers usually harvest pump- rots, and makes for an easier/cleaner field rapidly in the top 8 to 10 inches of soil, kins in mid-September to allow time for for schoolchildren or “pumpkin festival” which should be prepared into a firm, well- marketing. customers to walk in. No-till has been fertilized seedbed. Squash and pumpkins Some Kentucky growers have success- successful on well-drained soils but may do well in soils where 10 to 12 tons of well- fully grown pumpkins using a no-till sys- be problematic on heavier soils; problems rotted manure has been applied per acre. tem by seeding into stubble of a rye or with rodent feeding have been encoun- To help avoid soilborne disease problems, rye-vetch cover crop that has been killed tered by some growers using this system. select fields that have not had other vine with herbicide. Pumpkins can be direct- Having irrigation available for pumpkins crops, tobacco, tomatoes, or peppers for seeded into the mulch with a modified will pay big yield and quality dividends

VARIETIES: Squash, Pumpkins, Gourds (continued) Days to Variety Maturity Comments Miscellaneous Squash La Estrella 70-90 10 lb, Calabash squash, attractive green to tan blotchy exterior, fluorescent orange, moist fine grained flesh. Hubba Hubba 95 3 lb, attractive small bright orange hubbard, orangish green flesh, bush type. Bush Delicata 100 1 lb, exterior creamy white with green stripes, powdery mildew tolerance, excellent quality. Grey Ghost 100 7 lb, attractive grey exterior, yellow orange, moist fine grained flesh, storage squash with ornamental value. Cushaw Green Stripe 110 15 lb, very productive. Pumpkins Extra Large Atlantic Giant 120 Pink-orange color, world record over 1,000 lb. Prize Winner 120 50 to 200 lb, orange, attractive; very large with good shape and color for extra large pumpkins, limit to 1 fruit per vine to get maximum size. Full Moon 120 White color, 60 to 90 lb fruit, 36 x 24 inches. Large (15-35 lb) Big Autumn 90 Variable sized fruit about 13 lb, high yielding; 10-inch diameter, strong handles, dark green with an orange base, deep orange, very smooth, deeply ribbed. New Moon 90 30 to 35 lb, white fruit, full vine, heavy fruit, good med-large white pumpkin. Gold Bullion 100 18 lb, dark orange, excellent yields, handles and color, semi bush. Mustang 100 15 to 18 lb, 10 x 12 inches, excellent powdery mildew resistance, strong handle, light orange color. Camaro 110 20 to 25 lb, round, excellent powdery mildew resistance, strong handles, light yellow/orange color. Conestoga Giant 110 30 lb, dark orange, full vines, uniform, good stems. Gold Medallion 110 Large fruited, 25 to 35 lb, large vine. Aladdin 115 25 lb, deep orange, good yield potential, nice stems. Magic Wand 115 15 to 25 lb, dark orange, similar to Magic Lantern with improved handles and a higher powdery mildew tolerance. Warlock 115 20 lb, dark orange, strong handle, semi-hardshell, can be warty, excellent powdery mildew resistance, not a heavy pumpkin if selling by weight. Gladiator 115 18 to 28 lb, deep orange, good handles and excellent powdery mildew tolerance, one of the best, good for roadside sales. Super Herc 115 20 to 35 lb, powdery mildew tolerant, great handle. Magic Lantern 115 15 to 22 lb, dark orange, large vines, strong, dark green handle, powdery mildew tolerant. Merlin 115 15 to 25 lb, dark orange, large vines, powdery mildew tolerant. Buckskin 115 12 to 18 lb, 7x10 inches, attractive, looks like a large buff colored acorn, large vine, pretty not a jack-o-lantern. Wolf 120 15 to 20 pound, full aggressive vines, unusually large stems, for roadside sales. Medium (5-10 lb) Schooltime 82 8 to 10 lb, slightly flat to round, compact vines, semi-bush. Magician 90 10 to 15 lb, dark orange, round to tall, powdery mildew tolerant. Pick A Pie 85 5 to 6 lb, dark orange pie pumpkin with large dark green handles, uniform fruit, semi-bush. Hybrid Pam 90 5 to 7 lb, deep orange. Cotton Candy 105 6 to 10 lb, white pumpkin, full vine Lumina 110 7 to 8 lb white pumpkin for carving and painting with bright orange flesh; 9 inch diameter. Shape varies from globe to flat globe; not a particularly high yielder and fruit scars easily. Harvest slightly immature to obtain a better white color, otherwise these can turn gray. Miniature (5 oz-4 lb) Cannonball 90 3 to 5 lb, orange to dark orange, round, smooth, long shelf life, solid pumpkin, powdery mildew tolerant. Spooktacular 95 5 to 6 inch diameter; dark orange skin, smooth shallow ribbing, uniform. Baby Boo 95 5 oz. white deeply ribbed fruit; 3.5 inch diameter, vines large; very productive. Touch of Autumn 95 3.5 to 4 lb, 6 x 5 inches, very attractive, semi-bush vine type, excellent handles that remain dark green, stores well, powdery mildew tolerant. Rockafellow 95 2.5 to 3.5 lb, bottom heavy and tall with long handle, powdery mildew tolerant. Baby Bear 105 1.5 lb, 5 inch diameter, good disease tolerance. Oz 105 2 to 4 lb semi-bush; 5 to 6 inch diameter, precocious yellow gene—colors early, excellent for painting. Ironman 110 3 to 4 lb, 7 to 8 inch diameter, dark orange; long shelf life; tolerant to powdery mildew, long shelf life. Lil’ Irosides 115 2 lb, 6 inch diameter, tough, hard, dark orange shell that is not carveable, strong stem, large vine, long shelf life. Ornamental Gourds Autumn Wings 100 Unique gourd, multiple colors with wings, warts, shaped like a swan gourd. Large Swan Autumn Wings 100 Unique gourd, many colors with wings, shape of a spoon gourd. Medium Autumn Wings Small 100 Unique gourd, many colors with wings, shaped like a swan pear gourd. Potential for shipping.

103 in some years. A good irrigation system one of the varieties with conventional or Watermelon that can apply 1 to 2 inches of water a genetically engineered virus resistance. Lighter-textured soils are considered week and keep ground temperatures a Varieties are also available with resistance best for watermelons, although medium- little cooler will increase yields dramati- to powdery mildew (see “Varieties” table). textured soils can be just as productive cally and pay for itself in a drought year. Squash and pumpkins are warm-season with good management practices. Water- Using drip irrigation on pumpkins has crops and do not do well until soil and melons should not be grown on the same made the difference between high profits air temperatures are above 60°F. Seed ground year after year because of disease and total crop failure for some Kentucky may decay before germinating if planted problems; they are best grown on land pumpkin growers in dry years; the easi- in cold, wet soil. Black plastic on raised that has not been in tomatoes, peppers, est and most effective system employs beds with trickle irrigation will speed soil or another vine crop (cantaloupes, squash, 8- to 10-mil drip lines without the use of warming in spring squash plantings and pumpkins, etc.) for at least three years. plastic mulch. Supplemental irrigation is can dramatically increase early and total Watermelon seedlings are often ater critical in dry summers during flowering yields. Use white plastic mulch for late transplanted to the field. This method and fruit setting. squash plantings in July or August. Seed must be used for seedless watermelons Summer squash (yellow straightnecks, or transplants can be planted through the due to their high seed costs and poor yellow crooknecks, or zucchini types) plastic by hand, with a waterwheel setter germination percentages. If this procedure are usually grown for an early summer or with machinery designed for direct- is followed, the seed should be planted market in mid- to late June or for an early seeding through plastic. 14 to 21 days before planting to the field fall market when prices begin to rise in Squash or pumpkin transplants should (see Appendix I). Transplants should be September (see Appendix I). Growers pro- be started in the greenhouse in 72-128 planted to the field around the time the ducing squash for the late summer/early cell trays two to three weeks before the first true leaf forms. Transplanted melons fall market usually encounter serious virus anticipated transplanting date. The plants will mature 10 to 14 days earlier than or fungal disease problems and should are ready when the first true leaves are direct-seeded melons. plant either a variety with the precocious fully developed; delays in transplanting Black plastic on raised beds with drip yellow trait that masks virus symptoms or can result in stunting of plants in the field. irrigation is commonly used in commercial watermelon production for earlier

VARIETIES: Watermelon Days to Size Variety Maturity (lb) Comments1 Seeded Tiger Baby 80 10-12 Excellent quality, firm flesh, small seeds; resistant to Fusarium race 1. Sangria 83 20-25 Crimson Sweet rind; elongated; outstanding flavor; fruit blossom end may taper with drought; tolerant to Fusarium race 1 and anthracnose Royal Star 84 21-26 Royal Sweet rind; blocky oblong fruit; good for shipping; excellent flavor; tolerant to Fusarium Carson 85 15-18 Allsweet rind; elongated; bright red tender sweet flesh; resistance to Fusarium races 0 and 1, anthracnose races 1 and 3 Starbrite 85 21-29 Royal Sweet rind; elongated; very sweet and high yielding; resistant to Fusarium race 1 and anthracnose Royalty 85 22-26 Royal Sweet rind; thin rind; excellent eating quality; high yields Stars N’ Stripes 85 22-31 Crimson Sweet rind; elongated; very sweet; high yielding; resistant to Fusarium race 1 and anthracnose Star Gazer 85 24-28 Allsweet rind, elongated; excellent quality; uniform; resistance to Fusarium and anthracnose Royal Sweet 85 20-24 Oblong; bright red flesh, small dark seeds; vigorous, resistant to Fusarium—shipper All Sweet 90 25-30 Medium green thin stripes; elongated oval; high sugar content Seedless Fascination 83 16-20 Crimson Sweet rind; firm red flesh with good taste; good yield; resistance to Fusarium Sweet Gem 79 13-16 Black rind; deep red firm flesh Troubadour 87 14-17 Allsweet rind; deep red flesh color of good quality; good yield Treasure Chest 77 9-15 Jubilee rind; bright yellow flesh color; excellent quality Sugar Red 85 16-18 Crimson Sweet rind; vibrant red firm flesh of good quality; good yield Indiana 76 13-15 Jubilee rind, dark background; round to oval; attractive interior; resistance to Fusarium races 0 and 1 and anthracnose races 1 and 3 Revolution 82 16 Royal Sweet rind; elongated; bright red flesh; outstanding flavor; hollow heart tolerant Harmony 84 15-18 Crimson Sweet rind, oval; very sweet, crisp, bright red flesh Orange Sweet 84 15-25 Jubilee rind; round; attractive orange flesh Ruby 85 14 Medium green dark double striped rind, oval; excellent dark red firm flesh; hollow heart tolerant Cooperstown 85 16-22 Crimson Sweet rind; round; excellent bright red interior Crunchy Red 90 15 Crimson Sweet rind; dark pink flesh, blocky-round shape Mini-Seedless Solitaire 85 6-9 Royal Sweet rind; round, attractive; very tough rind; very firm pink flesh Mohican 85 6-9 Allsweet rind; round, attractive; very tough rind; very firm dark pink flesh; may be susceptible to bacterial rind necrosis Poquito 90 3-5 Crimson Sweet rind; round; red flesh; excellent flavor Pollenizer2 Ace Long vine, low growing, brittle fruit; susceptible to Fusarium and anthracnose Sidekick Blooms very early; long vine; slightly more erect; small fruit. SP-5 Small fruit; distinct delicate vines with deeply lobed leaves; moderate resistance to Fusarium SP-6 Similar appearance to SP-5; hardier transplants under cool conditions; moderate resistance to Fusarium Accomplice Bushy upright habit; consistent male flower production; hardy under early season cool conditions; moderate resistance to Fusarium 1 Watermelon varieties are often grouped by rind color or pattern; these groups or types are often named for a popular variety with similar characteristics: Allsweet = medium green rind w/dark green, broad mottled stripes; Jubilee = light green rind with distinct narrow, dark green stripes; Black = solid dark green rind; Crimson Sweet = light green rind w/mottled dark green stripes; Royal Sweet = light green rind w/wide, mottled, dark green stripes. 2 Pollenizers are used with seedless melons and planted in-row allowing for seedless melons to be grown in the entire field.

104 maturity and higher yields; soils warm up • Place the seeded trays in a germination using a seeded melon as a pollenizer faster in the spring, and weeds will not room or chamber for 48 to 72 hours or un- which will be harvested, outside rows grow under the mulch. Soil moisture is also til germination begins. The temperature and every third row in the field should be retained and nutrient leaching minimized. of the room should be held at 85° to 90°F planted with the seeded variety. Never Direct-seeding in hills was once the and the relative humidity maintained plant seedless and seeded (pollenizer) most common method of planting water- between 90 and 100 percent. varieties in separate adjacent blocks in melons. The seedbed for planting should • Once seedlings have begun to emerge, the field. be thoroughly prepared to ensure good move trays to the greenhouse. Maintain • Specific pollenizer varieties generally plant stands. Soil moisture should be a temperature of approximately 80° to flower earlier and longer than typical adequate throughout the early growing 85°F until germination is complete. seeded melons. When using a seeded season to produce good plant growth • During the first week in the greenhouse, melon as the pollenizer use a main- and vigorous blossoms. After fruits reach water only as needed to keep the plant- season variety. Early or late varieties full size, it is usually best to withhold or ing media moist. Do not overwater, as may not provide pollen during the entire reduce irrigation during the ripening sea- this may destroy ungerminated seeds. season, thus reducing fruit set. son. Sugar content will usually be higher • Once the seedlings are established, tem- • Specific pollenizer melons will be easily and the melons will have better flavor if perature and watering can be adjusted distinguished from your crop. Pollenizer moisture levels are not high during ripen- to achieve sturdy plants. varieties will produce small softball-size ing. Keep in mind that watermelon plants melons that are not harvested and easily Transplanting and Pollination have deep root systems. crushed in the field. When using a diploid of Seedless Watermelons Good weed control is essential for high- (seeded) variety as a pollenizer be sure quality melons. Melon yields and sugar • A pollenizer, which can be a traditional that it distinguished by shape or color content can be reduced if weeds are al- seeded variety or a special pollen- from the seedless melons at harvest and lowed to shade and otherwise compete izer melon must be present for pol- one that is marketable, as it will make up with the plants. Black plastic helps to con- lination and fruit set. Good pollination about one third of your total production. trol weeds during early growth; however, is extremely important for seedless • Specific pollenizer varieties generally it is critical to control weeds in the bare watermelon production. Inadequate flower earlier than the seedless melons ground middles between rows of plastic. pollination results in triangular-shaped they are planted with. However, when Herbicides and/or mechanical cultivation fruit, lower quality, and increased inci- using a traditional seeded melon as a can be effectively used for early-season dence of hollow heart. pollenizer it should be seeded in the weed control in these middles. • A ratio of 2 to 3 seedless plants to one greenhouse one to two weeks earlier seeded (used as pollenizer) is recom- than the seedless variety. This schedule Special Considerations for Seedless mended. Pollenizer varieties can be ensures good pollination when the seed- (Triploid) Watermelon Production: planted on the edge of beds between less variety begins to produce female Germination the third and fourth seedless plant. When flowers. • The most common reasons for poor germination are overwatering, incorrect FERTILIZER: Vining Crops watering, poor temperature control, and Soil Test Results (lb/A) Fertilizer Needed (lb/A) shallow seed placement. Phosphate (P O ) • For growing transplants, the growing 2 5 Phosphorus Cucumber Melons Squash/Pumpkin Watermelon media should be moist but not wet. Check moisture level by squeezing a Low <31 241-300 121-180 121-180 180 Medium 31-60 121-240 61-120 61-120 120 handful of media. Generally, if water High 61-80 1-120 1-60 1-60 60 drips from the media, it is too wet. Very High >80 0 0 0 0 • Water the media and allow it to dry for Potash (K2O) 12 to 24 hours. During this time, bring Potassium Cucumber Melons Squash/Pumpkin Watermelon the temperature of the media to 85° to Low <201 201-300 101-150 201-300 150 90°F. Before filling trays and seeding, Medium 201-300 101-200 51-100 101-200 100 stir the media to ensure that it is evenly High 301-450 51-100 1-50 51-100 50 moistened. Very High >450 50 0 0-50 0 • Seeds should be planted between 1 Nitrogen to 3 inches deep in trays. This planting Cucumbers: Apply 40 to 50 lb of nitrogen (N) just before planting and disk into the soil. Sidedressing depth helps prevent germinating seeds or topdressing an additional 30 to 50 lb of nitrogen (N) at first bloom is suggested. Rainfall, soil organic matter levels, and previous cropping history of land dictate nitrogen needs. Avoid applying N over from pushing out of the media and tops of plants when foliage is wet. Applying granular fertilizer over the tops of plants when wet may maintains better uniformity of moisture burn the fruit as well as the foliage. A second sidedressing of 40 to 50 lb may be necessary with some crops. See the “Fertigation” table (page 106) for slicing cucumbers grown on plastic mulch with drip around seed. irrigation. • Plant seeds with the pointed end (root Melons: Broadcast and disk into the soil 50 lb of nitrogen (N)/A before planting. High rates of nitrogen early in the season increase vine growth, delay fruiting, and make pollination more difficult. As plants end) up; this helps prevent the seed begin to vine, apply an additional 70 to 100 lb N/A in two sidedressings prior to fruit formation. See coats from sticking to the germinating the “Fertigation” table (page 106) for fertigating nitrogen. seedling. Squash and Pumpkins: Bare ground plantings: apply 75 to 80 lb actual nitrogen (N)/A broadcast before planting. Apply 100 lb N/A if sod has been plowed under. Sidedress with an additional 50 lb N/A when vines begin to run. Reduce N application when manure is used; excess N may reduce fruit quality. Summer squash on plastic with drip irrigation: apply 30 to 50 lb N/A preplant together with P and K recommendation. Fertigate an additional 50 to 75 lb N/A (see the “Fertigation” table, page 106). Watermelon: Apply 50 to 70 lb of nitrogen (N)/A before planting. This should be broadcast and disked into the soil. As plants begin to vine, apply an additional 50 lb of nitrogen (N)/A as a sidedress (see the “Fertigation” table, page 106).

105 Black Plastic and Irrigation FERTIGATION: Vining Crops1 Cucumbers Total amount/season: 120 lb/A Black plastic mulch on raised beds with Preplant amount: 50 lb/A drip irrigation is often used to obtain Actual N/week: 7 lb 12 oz/A Fertigated amount: 70 lb/A higher yields and to encourage faster Ammonium 23 lb/A Growing season: 9 weeks Nitrate 1 lb 2 oz/1,000 plants growth and earlier maturity. Drip irrigation Fertigation should begin about 2 weeks after seedling Calcium 50 lb/A emergence or two weeks after transplanting. increases fruit quality and quantity and Nitrate 2 lb 6 oz/1,000 plants The doses for 1,000 plants are based on a plant population allows fertilizer to be injected through the of 20,908 plants/A (i.e., beds on 5 foot centers with two system (fertigation). Plastic mulch can be rows per bed and single plants spaced 10 inches apart in purchased in roll widths of 3 and 4 feet; the row; 12 to 18 inches between the double rows). the 4-foot-wide film is most suitable for For seasons extending beyond 9 weeks, a maintenance dose of 1 to 1.5 lb N/week is adequate. melons. Muskmelons, Specialty Melons Total amount/season: 120 lb/A Bed shapers/plastic mulch layers and Preplant amount: 50 lb/A waterwheel setters are commercially Actual N/week: 8 lb 12 oz/A Fertigated amount: 70 lb/A available to make raised beds, lay plastic Ammonium 26 lb 2 oz/A Growing season: 8 weeks Nitrate 7 lb 5 oz/1,000 plants and drip lines, and aid in transplanting. Fertigation begins about two weeks after transplanting or Calcium 56 lb 7 oz/A when vines begin to “run.” A fine seedbed is required for plastic lay- Nitrate 15 lb 9 oz/1,000 plants The doses for 1,000 plants are based on a plant population ing by machine; this operation is nearly of 3,630 plants/A (i.e., beds on 6 foot centers with single impossible on cloddy ground. Clods will plants 2 feet apart in the rows). puncture plastic mulch, making it more For seasons extending beyond 8 weeks from “running,” a vulnerable to wind damage. Machines are maintenance dose of 1 to 1.5 lb N/week is adequate. also available that enable direct-seeding Squash Total amount/season: 100 lb/A (moderate rate) through plastic mulch. Moderate Rate 125 lb/A (high rate) Actual N/week: 5 lb/A Preplant amount: 50 lb/A Fertigated amount: 50 lb/A (moderate rate) Plant Spacing Ammonium 15 lb/A 75 lb/A (high rate) Growers should also plan for spraying, Nitrate 3 lb/1,000 plants Growing season: 10 weeks harvesting, and other field operations by Calcium 32 lb/A Nitrate 7 lb/1,000 plants Fertigation can begin 14 days after transplanting. leaving an 8- to 9-foot-wide middle, or High Rate The doses for 1,000 plants are based on a plant population “skip row,” after every fourth to sixth bed. Actual N/week: 7 lb 8 oz/A of 4,840 plants/A (i.e., rows on 6 foot centers and plants 18 inches apart in the rows). The number and placement of these skip Ammonium 22 lb/A rows will depend on the type of sprayer Nitrate 4 lb 10 oz/1,000 plants For seasons extending beyond 10 weeks a maintenance dose of 1 to 1.5 lb N/week is adequate. being used. Calcium 48 lb/A Nitrate 10 lb/1,000 plants Cucumbers Watermelons Total amount/season: 120 lb/A Pickling cucumbers are usually machine Actual N/week: 5 lb/A Preplant amount: 60 lb/A harvested. If a crop is to be grown for Fertigated amount: 60 lb/A Ammonium 15 lb/A Growing season: 12 weeks mechanical harvest (once-over harvest), Nitrate 8 lb 4 oz/1,000 plants seeding with precision seeders in rows 15 Calcium 32 lb 4 oz/A Fertigation begins about 2 weeks after transplanting or Nitrate when vines begin to “run.” inches apart with seed 2 to 3 inches apart 17 lb 12 oz/1,000 plants Icebox Types Standard melons: The doses for 1,000 plants are based on in the row is recommended. Four pounds Actual N/week: 5 lb/A plant populations of 1,815 plants/A (i.e., beds on 8 foot centers with single plants 3 feet apart in the rows). of seed per acre is required at this close Ammonium 15 lb/A spacing. For hand-harvested pickling or Nitrate 4 lb 2 oz/1,000 plants Icebox melons: The doses for 1,000 plants are based on plant Calcium 32 lb 4 oz/A populations of 3,630 plants/A (beds on 6 foot centers and slicing cucumbers grown on bare ground, plants 2 feet apart in rows). Nitrate 8 lb 14 oz/1,000 plants space rows 4 to 4 ½ feet apart and plant For seasons extending beyond 12 weeks, a maintenance three to four seeds per foot of row. Thin dose of 1 to 1.5 lb N/week is adequate. plants to 8 inches between plants in the 1 All recommendations assume starter fertilizer was used. row. The seed should be planted 3/4 to 1 inch deep. Uniform depth of planting is important to get uniform plant growth in the row and two or three plants per hill. are spaced 2 to 3 feet apart in the row, with and maturity. Two pounds of seed will be Plant specialty melons 3 feet apart in the rows 5 to 6 feet apart. Miniature pumpkins required per acre. Plasticulture cucumbers row with rows 5 to 6 feet apart on black can be planted as densely as 1 to 2 feet are usually grown in double rows with 12 plastic with drip irrigation and fertigation. apart in the row with rows 4 to 6 feet apart. Pumpkins can be transplanted or direct- to 18 inches between the two rows and 9 Summer Squash seeded at the above spacings. Seeds are to 12 inches between plants within each On plastic, single plants are usually row. Beds are usually spaced 5 feet be- planted at a depth of 1 to 2 inches. Many transplanted 18 inches apart on beds 5 seed companies publish charts for ap- tween centers. Only a single plant should to 6 feet apart. For direct-seeding in bare be grown in each planting hole. propriate plant spacing for the varieties ground or into plastic mulch, plant two that they sell. Muskmelons or Specialty Melons to three seeds every 18 to 24 inches apart On plastic, single plants are usually in rows 4 to 6 feet apart. Seed should be Watermelon spaced 18 inches apart in the rows on planted 1 inch deep. Spacing on plastic with drip irrigation depends on the variety and the desired plastic; some growers use two plants per Pumpkins hill spaced 3 feet apart in the row. For melon size. In general, 6 to 8 feet be- Final plant stands for extra large va- tween-row spacings and 3 to 4 feet in-row direct-seeding in bare ground or into plas- rieties should be 3 to 4 feet apart in the tic mulch, rows should be 5 to 6 feet apart, spacings are used. Use wider spacings to row with rows 8 to 12 feet apart (24 to 48 produce larger, heavier melons. Smaller with plants thinned to hills 2 to 3 feet apart square feet per plant). Smaller bush types

106 PESTICIDE SAFETY: Vining Crops PESTICIDE SAFETY: Vining Crops NOT Approved for Use on: NOT Approved for Use on: 1 1 Signal Re-entry (hrs) Harvest (days) Cucumber Melons Squash/ Pumpkin Watermelon Insecticides Acramite 50 WS C 12 3 Signal Re-entry (hrs) Harvest (days) Cucumber Melons Squash/ Winter Pumpkins Summer Squash Watermelon Actara 25 W C 12 0 Fungicides Admire Pro C 12 21 Actigard 50 WG C 12 0 2 Assail 30 SG C 12 0 Aliette WDG C 12 0.5 Avaunt 30 DG C 12 3 Cabrio EG C 12 0 3 Belay 2.13 Sc C 12 21 Chlorothalonil D 12 0 Beleaf 50 SG C 12 0 Curzate 60 DF W 12 3 Belt SC C 12 1 Endura W 12 0 3 Coragen 1.67 SC - 4 1 Fixed coppers D 24 0 Courier 40 SC W 12 7 Flint C 12 0 Dicofol 4 E C 12 2 X X Fontelis C 12 1 Dimethoate 4 E W 48 3 X X X Forum SC C 12 0 Durivo 1.67 SC - 12 30 Gavel 75 DF C 48 5 Entrust 2 SC C 4 3 Inspire Super C 12 7 Fulfill 50 DF C 12 0 Luna Experience C 12 7 3 Intrepid 2 F C 4 3 Mancozeb C 24 5 Kanemite 15 SC C 12 1 X ManKocide D 24 5 Knack 0.86 EC C 12 7 MetaStar 2EC AG W 48 0 Malathion 8 C 24 1 X X Presidio C 12 2 Oberon 2 SC C 12 7 Pristine C 12 0 Platinum 2 SC C 12 30 Previcur Flex C 12 2 Portal 0.4 EC W 12 3 X X Procure 50 WS C 12 0 Radiant SC C 4 1/34 Quadris C 4 1 Requiem 25 EC C 4 0 Quadris Opti W 12 1 Rimon 0.83 EC W 12 1 Quadris Top C 12 1 Scorpion 35 SL C 12 1/214 Quintec C 12 3 X X Sevin XLR C 12 3 Ranman C 12 0 Trigard 75 WP C 12 0 Rally 40 WSP W 24 0 Venom 70 SG C 12 1/214 Reason 500 SC C 12 14 Vetica 2.66 C 12 7 Revus C 4 0 Voliam flexi 40 WDG C 12 1 Ridomil Gold SL C 48 0 Zeal 72 WP C 12 7 Ridomil Gold Bravo SC W 48 0 Ridomil Gold Copper D 48 5 Restricted Use Ridomil Gold MZ C 48 5 X AgriMek 0.15 EC W 12 7 Sulfur C 24 0 Asana XL W 12 3 Switch 62.5 WG C 12 1 Baythroid XL W 12 0 Tanos C 12 3 Brigade 2 EC W 12 3 Tebuconazole3 C 12 7 Danitol 2.4 EC W 24 7 Thiophanate-methyl3 C 12 0 Decis 1.5 EC DP 12 3 Torino C 4 0 Diazinon AG500 C 24 3 X X Ultra Flourish W 48 0 Diazinon 50 W C 24 3 X X Zampro C 12 0 Endigo ZC W 24 1 1 W: Warning, C: Caution, D: Danger; P: Poison Hero 1.24 EC C 12 3 2 4 The use of Aliette in the following Kentucky counties has certain restrictions to Lannate 90 SP DP 48 1/3 protect endangered freshwater mollusks and their habitat, so read labels care- Mustang Max W 12 1 fully: Campbell, Green, Hart, Kenton, Logan, Marshall, Rockcastle, Todd, Warren, Permethrin 3.2 EC C 12 0 and Wayne. Renounce 20 WP C 12 0 3 Several formulations are marketed. See the general introduction for more details on fungicides. Voliam xpress W 24 1 4 Dependent on application or cucubit type, see label. Vydate 2 L DP 48 1 Warrior II W 24 1

“icebox” watermelons can be spaced Fertilizing before growing cucumbers, apply a do- more closely with in-row spacings of 2 feet Cucumber lomitic liming material if available in your and between-row spacings of 5 to 6 feet. Make fertilizer and lime applications area. Mini-seedless (also called “palm” or “per- based on soil test results. A soil pH of 6.5 Muskmelons sonal”) watermelons are spaced 1 ½ feet to 6.7 is most desirable for cucumbers. All apart within rows and 5 to 6 feet between Phosphorus, potassium, and lime ap- fertilizer should be broadcast and disked plications should be based on soil test rows to produce the greatest number of in well before planting. All phosphorus melons weighing less than 8 pounds. On results. Maintain the soil pH between and potassium and a portion of the total 6.5 and 7.0; liming will be necessary if pH bare ground without irrigation, each plant nitrogen requirement should be applied requires about 48 square feet of space for falls below 6.5. Because of shallower root- before laying plastic when plastic mulch ing depth and preplant N applications, maximum yield of larger-sized melons. In and drip irrigation are used. The remain- this case, thin plants to about 4 feet apart muskmelons grown with drip irrigation ing N requirement can be fertigated (see on plastic mulch may be more susceptible in the rows with rows spaced 12 feet apart. “Fertigation” table). When lime is needed

107 to magnesium deficiency if soil pH is less by death of the tissue at the margins. Watermelons than 6.5. Preplant and fertigated mag- Symptoms have also been observed in The soil pH should be maintained be- nesium applications may be required on cantaloupe where black plastic has been tween 6.0 and 6.5. Liming will be necessary low CEC soils; added magnesium may also used and the preplant nitrogen has not when the pH is below 6.0. Fertilizer and increase melon sugar contents. See below been disked in deep enough. This can re- lime applications should be based on soil and Appendix B for further discussion of sult in lowered pH in the top 2 to 3 inches test results. With plastic mulch and drip magnesium and molybdenum deficien- of soil where most of the plant roots are irrigation, apply all the P and K and ½ of cies and recommended application rates. concentrated. Soils should be tested and the total N recommendation before laying With plastic mulch and drip irrigation, limed to maintain pH around 6.5 to 7.0. A plastic. The remaining nitrogen can be apply all the lime, P and K and 1 of the to- foliar spray of sodium molybdate usually applied in equal weekly doses according tal N recommendation before laying plas- corrects molybdenum deficiency within to the “Fertigation” table. tic. The remaining nitrogen can be divided two weeks. Apply 1 quart of setter water into equal weekly doses and fertigated as molybdenum per acre as a foliar spray. Pollination indicated in the “Fertigation” table. This product contains 3.5 ounces actual Cucumber Magnesium deficiencies. Muskmelons molybdenum per gallon. Apply no more Provide one hive of bees for each acre have high magnesium requirements. De- than 12 ounces actual molybdenum dur- of cucumbers to ensure good pollination. ficiencies sometimes appear a few weeks ing a five-year period on the same field. This is especially important for high plant before harvest when fruits are rapidly populations of gynoecious hybrid varieties Pumpkins and Squash growing in size and weight and when fruit grown for once-over mechanical harvest- loads are heavy. Typical symptoms are yel- Pumpkins and squash can tolerate a ing. Low bee populations result in low fruit lowing between the veins (veins remain fairly broad range in soil pH from 5.5 to 6.8. set and poor fruit shape. Apply lime if needed to raise the pH to 6.5. green) on the oldest leaves (those nearest Muskmelons the crown of the plant). This interveinal Apply phosphate and potash as required Muskmelon have both male and perfect discoloration turns brown or tan over based on soil test results. Potassium and flowers on the same plant. However, the time and eventually results in much of the especially phosphorus are likely to accu- perfect flowers are not capable of self- leaf tissue dropping out, leaving a green mulate in most Kentucky soils following pollination and must receive pollen from and white leaf “skeleton.” Entire fields are several years of heavy applications for male flowers. Growers with large acreages defoliated in severe cases. Magnesium vegetable crops or tobacco. should provide one to two strong hives of deficiency problems are more likely to oc- Consider the previous crop when decid- bees for each acre of plants to ensure good cur on light, sandstone-derived soils and in ing how much nitrogen to apply; there pollination. Spraying for insect control very dry years. Frequent fertigations with will probably be some residual nitrogen should be done late in the day to avoid calcium or potassium nitrate can make the following a crop that received heavy doses unnecessary bee kill. problem worse by competing with and of nitrogen fertilizer during the previous displacing magnesium in soils. Preventive season. Apply 30 to 50 pounds of nitro- Pumpkins and Squash gen per acre prior to planting crops to and/or corrective measures are required, The plants have separate male and be grown on plastic with drip irrigation. especially on low CEC soils. female flowers on the same plant. Pollen See the “Fertilizer” table for rates for bare In general, we would like to have about must be transferred from the male flowers ground plantings. 200 pounds per acre of magnesium on to the female flowers by bees in order to The recommendations in the “Fertiga- soil tests prior to planting. Magnesium get high yields of good quality fruit. If bees tion” table have worked well for growers sources include dolomitic lime (12% Mg), are not abundant in the field at flowering in Kentucky for summer squash grown epsom salts (= magnesium sulfate, 10 to time, hives should be placed next to the on black plastic mulch with drip irriga- 16% Mg), magnesium nitrate (6.3% Mg), field, with at least one strong hive per tion. Fertigation should begin about two and magnesium oxide (45 to 55% Mg). acre. Special precautions should be taken weeks after transplanting and continue Epsom salts and magnesium oxide can be with insecticide treatments during flower throughout the season. A grower may fertigated through the drip system; make blooming; applications should be delayed need to modify the recommendations weekly applications of 1 to 2 pounds ac- until late in the afternoon to prevent killing slightly, depending on duration of harvest, tual magnesium per acre (10 to 20 pounds the bee population. soil type, previous crop, etc. per acre epsom salts or 2 to 4 pounds per Some varieties of pumpkins grown un- Ammonium nitrate, calcium nitrate, and acre magnesium oxide). Application rates der high temperatures (90°F days and 70°F potassium nitrate are commonly used may vary with solubility of the materials nights) produce female flowers that wither water-soluble sources of nitrogen for (check with the manufacturer). Foliar ap- and die before they open. The same thing fertigation. The simplest system that has plications of epsom salts are usually not may happen if pumpkin plants are heavily worked well on medium-textured soils in as effective. A better long-term solution shaded. In both situations, male flowers Kentucky uses ammonium nitrate injected is to raise soil test magnesium levels with develop normally and open on schedule, into the drip irrigation water. We recom- dolomitic lime prior to planting, although but few if any female flowers are seen in mend that all potassium and phosphorus some soils may also require magnesium the field. In some cases female flowers ap- be applied prior to laying plastic. In areas fertigations throughout the season. pear but fail to bear fruit because of pollen with very sandy soils, there may be some Molybdenum deficiency is usually sterility at high temperatures. The variety yield advantage in fertigating some of associated with acid soils. Molybdenum ‘Howden’s Field’ is particularly susceptible the potassium. In these cases potassium becomes less available to the plant as the to these problems. pH is lowered. Under lowered pH, manga- can be fertigated with a water-soluble nese and aluminum toxicities may also oc- muriate of potash (0-0-60) or potassium cur and reduce yields. First symptoms are nitrate (14-0-45). light yellow spots on the leaves followed

108 Watermelons opment to grow in rows, enabling easier stage, and most of them will color up The plants have male and female flow- harvest. Temperature of the melon fruit at within a few weeks. At the mature-green ers that grow separately on the same harvest may be 85° to 95°F or even higher. stage, the skin has toughened up and can- plant. Bees must carry pollen from male Cantaloupes benefit greatly from pre- not be punctured with your fingernail. It flower to female flower to ensure good cooling as soon after harvest as possible. is recommended, however, that pumpkins fruit set and development. Wild bees will Some chain store buyers may purchase undergo at least some change in color help provide pollination; however, com- only pre-cooled melons. Hydrocooling before harvesting. mercial growers should consider putting cantaloupes to a temperature of 55°F is Cut pumpkins from vines carefully, bee hives near their fields. One strong hive possible. They should be kept at a relative leaving a 3- to 4-inch stem attached. of bees is generally considered adequate humidity of 95 percent. Grower-shippers Pumpkins do not all mature at the same for two acres of watermelons. have been using forced air cooling at 40° time on the plant but will continue to color to 42°F in recent years in order to partici- up over a period of three to four weeks Harvesting and Handling pate in the larger chain store markets. if diseases and insects are held in check. Cucumbers Sunny weather is especially important Summer Squash Picking the first cucumbers that develop in the development of mature fruit with when they reach the proper size is very Harvest at the proper size for your mar- good color. important. If the early crown set is not ket and before the skin becomes tough When harvesting, use a pair of loppers, harvested, production will be greatly re- and hard. The skin should still have a glossy pruning shears, or a sharp knife to snip duced. Cucumbers picked by hand should appearance and will be ready for harvest the large stem from the plant; this makes be harvested every other day for best from two to five days after flowers have for a more attractive stem and also pre- yields and quality. Cucumbers should be fully opened. It is a good idea for squash vents the stem from separating from the handled carefully to prevent bruising and pickers to use plastic buckets and wear fruit. Pumpkins are best harvested when spoilage, especially slicing types sold for soft gloves to avoid bruises, scratches, and the rind is hard and has good color char- fresh market. Cucumbers should never be fingernail punctures. Squash should be cut acteristics typical of the variety. Do not put in plastic bags or containers where air from the plant, leaving 1 to 1 inch of the carry a pumpkin by its stem or “handle” will be excluded for any period of time. stem attached to the fruit. Harvests may since these often break off, reducing the Cucumbers for the fresh, wholesale market be required every other day or even daily pumpkin’s marketability and its storage are waxed and marketed in 1 1⁄9 bushel during the peak. Always remove over- life by encouraging decay. waxed cartons. Fancy cucumbers should mature or oversized fruit from the plants It may be necessary to harvest and hold be 2 3/8 inches in diameter and 6 inches in to maintain plant vigor and production. pumpkins in storage for two to four weeks length. Cucumbers can be held in storage Summer squash is normally sold on the before they are sold. Do not store on bare for about two weeks at 45° to 50°F and a fresh, wholesale market in half-bushel ground after harvest. Tobacco barns are relative humidity of 95 percent. Do not (21 pounds) waxed cardboard cartons usually a good place for storage. Spread store at temperatures below 45°F or chill- or 1 1⁄9 (42 to 44 pounds) bushel cartons out a layer of dry straw or hay and set the ing injury will result. or wire-bound crates. Produce buyers pumpkins on it. Keep them dry. Good air expect a uniform count of clean fruit in Muskmelons circulation will help reduce rotting. Pump- each carton or crate. Squash should be kins should be harvested and stored be- Cantaloupes to be sold locally should be uniform in size to meet the buyer’s count fore temperatures drop to the 30s and 40s. harvested at the full slip stage. The term and weight requirements; talk to your Although harvests for Halloween usu- “full slip” indicates that the vine easily de- buyers to become familiar with their really begin in late September to early taches, or slips, from the fruit with a gentle quirements before packing the product. October, high temperatures may cause pull. The ground color under the netting The USDA’s Agricultural Marketing Service pumpkins to mature in late August and starts to turn yellowish at this time. For has established grading standards for early September. These pumpkins often melons to be shipped and held for some squash and other vegetables. They are rot or decay long before they can be mar- time before marketing, it may be neces- available on the Internet at ams.usda.gov/ keted. Some rot, caused by injury or sea- sary to harvest at “ slip” to “half slip” (only ¼ AMSv1.0/freshmarketvegetablestandards. sonal stresses such as drought and/or heat, to of the end of the vine detaches 1 1 Squash should be marketed quickly and is unavoidable. Diseases such as powdery from the fruit when gently pulled). In some not stored if possible; if storage is neces- or downy mildew, viruses, or gummy stem cases it may be desirable to harvest mel- sary, however, they can be kept for a week blight may also cause premature ripening. ons based on subtle color changes in the at 45° to 50°F and 90 to 95 percent relative There are a few precautions that should fruit; check with buyers or co-op managers humidity. Chilling injury can occur after be taken to minimize the decay of prema- to determine exactly when to harvest. It several days of storage below 50°F. turely ripened fruit. Harvest should begin may also be necessary to harvest every earlier. Get the pumpkins out of the field day or every other day during periods of Pumpkins when they mature early. Pumpkins should high temperatures. Honeydew melons do They are normally harvested when be handled carefully to avoid cuts and not slip from the stem when ripe, but they they reach a deep solid color and the rind bruises, which are the major entry points do change colors. They usually take on a is hard. Wholesale buyers may require a for rotting fungi and bacteria. yellowish-white color and give off a slight large percentage of 15-pound pumpkins A curing period of seven to 10 days at aroma when ripe. and may also specify the number of pump- temperatures of 80° to 85°F with relative Harvest melons in the early morning kins, or “count,” per bin. Pumpkins that are humidity of 80 to 85 percent has been while the fruit is cool. Care should be taken picked when they are green and immature recommended in the past to heal over when walking through the plants to avoid will not color up. In emergencies—late surface injuries and allow for further ripen- injury to the plants. The plants can be maturity, fruit rots occurring, or large ing; however, this practice is seldom used, trained during the early stages of devel- insect populations present—it is possible to harvest pumpkins at the mature-green and research has shown that it may not

109 be necessary. It has not been beneficial SAMPLE FUNGICIDE PROGRAMS: Vining Crops for several types of squash, including But- Refer to the “Fungicide” table in this chapter for product rates; read product labels carefully before ap- ternut, and may be detrimental to Acorn plication. squash. Pumpkin/ Weeks1 Cucumber Melon Squash Winter Squash Watermelon Store pumpkins cool and dry; storage 1, 2 chlorothalonil chlorothalonil chlorothalonil chlorothalonil chlorothalonil temperatures should be 50° to 55°F with or mancozeb or mancozeb or mancozeb or mancozeb or mancozeb a relative humidity of 50 to 70 percent. 3 chlorothalonil (flowering) chlorothalonil chlorothalonil chlorothalonil or mancozeb chlorothalonil + or mancozeb or mancozeb or mancozeb The surface of the fruit should be dry. copper or mancozeb Keep the area as well ventilated as pos- + copper sible and away from any ethylene sources 4 Pristine or Quadris, Cabrio, Pristine or Quadris, Cabrio, (flowering) Fontelis Pristine, or Fontelis Fontelis Quadris Top, or chlorothalonil (tomatoes, apples). Ventilation can be Inspire Super + copper or provided by placing fruits on pallets or mancozeb + copper slatted benches, which allow air move- 5 chlorothalonil chlorothalonil or chlorothalonil chlorothalonil tebuconazole ment around the fruits. Avoid stacking or mancozeb mancozeb + copper or mancozeb pumpkins on top of one another. Stacking 6 Pristine or Quadris, Cabrio, Pristine or Quadris, Cabrio, chlorothalonil Fontelis Pristine, or Fontelis Fontelis Quadris Top, or or mancozeb + is a sure way to create bruises, and the Inspire Super copper pile will only create unwanted heat. It is 7 chlorothalonil chlorothalonil or chlorothalonil chlorothalonil Fontelis, Luna or mancozeb mancozeb + copper or mancozeb Experience, possible to hold pumpkins for six to eight Inspire Super, or weeks when held at 50° to 55°F but only tebuconazole for a few weeks at 70°F. 8 chlorothalonil chlorothalonil or chlorothalonil Quadris, Cabrio, mancozeb + or mancozeb mancozeb + copper or mancozeb Quadris Top, or copper Ornamental pumpkins have virtually Inspire Super no value after Halloween. Plant early 9, 10 - - - chlorothalonil - enough for the variety you have selected 1 Weeks after transplanting. and be careful not to over-fertilize with All: Begin applications of Quadris/Cabrio/Pristine earlier if disease becomes severe. Tank-mix Quintec, Torino, or Rally 40 WSP if powdery mildew appears. Cucumber: Finish season with chlorothalonil or man- nitrogen, which can delay maturity. A dry cozeb. Include appropriate fungicides if downy mildew or Phytophthora blight becomes severe. Melon/ period without irrigation can also result in Watermelon: Finish season with mancozeb. Squash: Include appropriate fungicides if downy mildew or Phytophthora blight becomes severe. Pumpkin: Finish season with chlorothalonil or mancozeb. Include pumpkins at the wrong stage of maturity appropriate fungicides if downy mildew or Phytophthora blight becomes severe. at harvest. Green-mature pumpkins can be harvested but are not as likely to color up uniformly. recent years, more growers are getting should not be stacked so high that their Avoid temperatures below 50°F, which into production, and some markets may weight bruises the bottom fruit. Watermel- can cause chilling injury to green-mature disappear at harvest time. Good produc- ons should be stored at 50° to 60°F and 90 pumpkins and will result in poor color and tion, management, and marketing can percent relative humidity. more fruit decay. One possibility is to put result in high profits, especially when green or partially colored pumpkins in a supplies are short. Common Diseases/Management warm greenhouse, which will accelerate General Practices the maturing process. Watermelon Field selection, crop rotation, sanitation, Irrigation and proper post-harvest care A grower must become familiar with resistant varieties, seed treatment, insect are always good investments, especial- the variety to determine the best stage management, residue destruction, irriga- ly because supplies may be short after for harvesting. A dead tendril or curl at the tion/water management, and fungicide growing seasons that result in orange point where the fruit attaches to the vine use are important disease control prac- pumpkins in August or green pumpkins is not a conclusive indication that the fruit tices for all of these crops. Select fields with in September. is ready for harvest. “Thumping” the fruit good internal and surface water and air Pumpkin prices and, therefore, returns is sometimes used, but only over-ripeness drainage and those that have not been in per acre, can vary greatly depending on can be determined in this manner. cucurbits, tobacco, peppers, or tomatoes supplies available and the marketing The best indicator for harvest is the during the past two to three years. Longer channel used. Higher and more stable color of the underside of the melon. When rotation will be required if certain diseases prices can be expected from direct sales ‘Crimson Sweet’ melons turn yellowish- occurred in previous crops. or even “pumpkin festival” sales, but this brown on the bottom surface, for example, Fungicides are an important tool for market can become saturated with too they are fully ripe and ready for harvest. management of cucurbit diseases; follow a many growers near a population center. The fruits will take on a dull appearance preventive program and apply materials in In some cases, smaller growers can help compared to their slick appearance prior a timely fashion. Chlorothalonil, mancozeb supply the larger festival market grower to maturity. Determining the proper time (Dithane DF, Manzate, and Penncozeb), to obtain prices that may be higher than to harvest seedless watermelons is gener- and fixed coppers tend to be inexpensive wholesale. Larger producers and those ally more difficult than for seeded melons. relative to other materials and should form who do not have time for direct sales The death of a tendril usually does not cor- the “backbone” of a fungicide program. will need to find wholesale buyers or, in relate with seedless watermelon ripeness. Maneb (Maneb, Manex) fungicides were some cases, sell directly to supermarkets. Melon undercolor is usually the only index pulled from the marketplace in 2010, and Wholesale prices are often considerably of maturity on seedless watermelons, and existing stocks cannot be used legally on lower than direct market (retail) prices. this color will vary among varieties. Melons cucurbits. Keep in mind that the more Smaller growers should consider joint should not be left long in the sun, or they expensive materials (strobilurins, for ex- marketing efforts to attract wholesale may develop sunscald. ample) may be more effective under buyers. Although consumer demand for Melons should be handled gently to severe disease pressure and should be pumpkins has expanded considerably in avoid bruising. When loading, melons applied when these conditions prevail.

110 Not all cucurbits are subject to all of INSECT CONTROL: Vining Crops1,2—Cucumber, Melon, Pumpkin, Squash, and Watermelon the common diseases listed below. In Seasonal brackets after the name of the disease, Insecticide Product Amt/A Limit/A Comments and Other Restrictions abbreviations are used to indicate the Preplant Incorporated susceptible cucurbit crops (C: cucumber, Wireworms, Cutworms: Wireworms are a potential problem for crops following grass or legume-grass sod. M: muskmelon, SP: squash and pumpkin, Diazinon 50 W 6 to 8 lb - Incorporate immediately. For melons and water- W: watermelon). melons only. Anthracnose [C/M/SP/W], Alternaria Diazinon 14 G 14 to 28 lb - Incorporate immediately. For melons and watermelons only. leaf blight [C/M/SP/W], and Cercospora Soil Treatments leaf spot [C/M/W]. Use disease-free seed, Aphids, Cucumber Beetles, Whiteflies promptly destroy crop residues, and prac- Admire Pro 7 to 10.5 fl oz 10.5 fl oz See label for application methods. tice rotation to crops other than cucurbits Belay 2.13 SC 9 to 12 fl oz 12 fl oz At planting only. See label for application meth- for two to four years. Varieties vary in ods. susceptibility, so consider using resistant Platinum 2 SC 5 to 11 fl oz 11 fl oz See label for application methods. Venom 70 SG 5 to 6 oz 12 oz Allow 7 days between applications. Not for cu- varieties. Plant anthracnose-resistant vari- cumber beetles or aphids. eties whenever possible. The sample spray Foliar Treatments program on page 110 will suppress most Aphids fungal diseases, starting no later than the Actara 25 WDG 1.5 to 3 oz 11 oz Allow 5 days between applications. Not during first appearance of disease or when vines bloom. Assail 30 SG 2.5 to 4 oz 26.5 oz Limit 5 applications. Allow 5 days between ap- touch within the rows (or earlier if condi- plications. tions favor disease). Belay 2.13 SC 3 to 4 oz 12 oz Allow 7 days between applications. Not during Angular leaf spot, bacterial leaf spots bloom. Beleaf 50 SG 2 to 2.8 oz 8.4 oz Limit 3 applications at the 2.8 oz/A rate. Allow 7 [C/M/SP]. Use disease-free seed (hot water, days between applications. acid, or bleach treatments; see Appendix Brigade 2 EC 2.6 to 6.4 fl oz 19.2 fl oz Limit 2 applications after bloom. Allow 7 days J) and crop rotations of two to three years between applications. Fulfill 50 DF 2.75 oz 5.5 oz Allow 7 days between applications. with non-cucurbits. Severity is enhanced Malathion 8 1.75 pt 2 applications Allow 7 days between applications. with high nitrogen and low potassium lev- Requiem 25 EC 2 to 3 qt - - els. Work crops only when they are dry to Rimon 0.83 EC 9 to 12 fl oz 36 fl oz Allow 14 days between applications. reduce plant-to-plant spread. Using drip ir- Venom 70 SG 1 to 4 oz 6 oz Allow 7 days between applications. Not during bloom. rigation rather than overhead applications Cucumber Beetles: Key insect pest attacking cucumbers, vector of bacterial wilt. Must begin control can aid control. Fixed coppers are helpful. when seedlings first emerge. Repeat applications as necessary to maintain control, particularly when Repeated use of copper may cause leaf plants are small. See Bacterial Wilt. Management can be relaxed when harvest begins. yellowing. Several angular leaf spot–toler- Asana XL 5.8 to 9.6 fl oz 48 fl oz - Assail 30 SG 2.5 to 5.3 oz 26.5 oz Limit 5 applications. Allow 5 days between ap- ant cucumber varieties are available, and plications. that level of control may be adequate for Battalion 1.5 EC 1.5 to 2.4 fl oz 14.4 fl oz - most seasons. Resistant cultivars are not Belay 2.13 SC 3 to 4 fl oz 12 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. Not during available for muskmelons, but they have bloom. Brigade 2 EC 2.6 to 6.4 fl oz 19.2 fl oz Limit 2 applications after bloom. Allow 7 days considerable tolerance to these diseases. between applications. Bacterial fruit blotch [W]. This disease Danitol 2.4 EC 10.67 to 16 fl oz 42.67 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. was found in Kentucky for the first time Mustang Max 1.28 to 4 fl oz 24 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. in 2011. Suspect plant samples should be Permethrin 3.2 EC 4 to 8 fl oz 64 fl oz - Sevin XLR 1 qt 6 applications Allow 7 days between applications. sent to the UK Plant Disease Diagnostic Venom 70 SG 1 to 4 oz 6 oz Allow 7 days between applications. Not during Lab for proper diagnosis. Since the disease bloom. is seed-borne, a key to control is to plant Warrior II 1.28 to 1.92 fl oz 11.5 fl oz Allow 5 days between applications. uncontaminated seed in clean sites. If Cutworms: Eliminate weeds from field margins and plow fields at least 2 weeks before planting to destroy cutworm food sources and egg laying sites. transplants are being used, be sure they Asana XL 5.8 to 9.6 fl oz 48 fl oz - have been started from seed lots that were Battalion 1.5 EC 1 to 2.4 fl oz 14.4 fl oz - negative in laboratory tests for this patho- Belt 2 SC 1.5 fl oz 4.5 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. gen and were produced in greenhouses Brigade 2 EC 2.6 to 6.4 fl oz 19.2 fl oz Limit 2 applications after bloom. Allow 7 days between applications. operated under very sanitary conditions. Mustang Max 1.28 to 4 fl oz 24 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. Avoid plants from any greenhouse that Permethrin 3.2 EC 4 to 8 fl oz 64 fl oz - has the disease. Plants produced from Warrior II 1.28 to 1.92 fl oz 11.5 fl oz Allow 5 days between applications. different seed lots should be segregated Spider Mites: Regular weed control around the outside perimeter of the field is very important. during transplant production and in the Acramite 50 WS 0.75 to 1 lb 1 application - field to reduce cross-contamination and AgriMek 0.15 EC 8 to 16 fl oz 48 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. Brigade 2 EC 5.12 to 6.4 fl oz 19.2 fl oz Limit 2 applications after bloom. Allow 7 days spread. Use sites rotated to crops other between applications. For end of season con- than cucurbits for at least two years. Be- trol. ginning at bloom (or earlier if the disease Danitol 2.4 EC 10.67 fl oz 42.67 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. For end of season control. is found), apply a fixed copper product Oberon 2 SC 7 to 8.5 fl oz 25.5 fl oz Allow 7 days between sprays. and keep copper in the spray program Portal 0.4 EC 2 pt 4 pt Limit 2 applications. Allow 14 days between ap- or alternate with fungicides (to control plications. fungal diseases). Zeal 2 to 3 oz 1 application - (continued on next page)

111 Bacterial wilt [C/M/SP]. The pathogen INSECT CONTROL: Vining Crops1,2 (continued) causing this wilt overwinters in and is Seasonal transmitted by cucumber beetles. Control- Insecticide Product Amt/A Limit/A Comments and Other Restrictions ling these insects is essential before they Squash Bug: Squash bug is a common pest of squash and pumpkins through feeding and transmission of the bacteria that causes Yellow Vine Decline. It also can transmit the disease to melons and feed on the plant, starting from the day of watermelons. Destroy crop residues to reduce overwintering sites for squash bugs. plant emergence or transplanting through Assail 30 SG 5.3 oz 26.5 oz Limit 5 applications. Allow 5 days between ap- fruit set. Use appropriate insecticides (see plications. Belay 2.13 SC 3 to 4 oz 12 oz Allow 7 days between applications. Not during “Insect Control” table), particularly after bloom. mild winters that may promote large over- Brigade 2 EC 2.6 to 6.4 fl oz 19.2 fl oz Limit 2 applications after bloom. Allow 7 days wintering populations of beetles. between applications. Mustang Max 1.28 to 4 fl oz 24 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. [C]. Belly rot (Rhizoctonia fruit rot) Belly Permethrin 3.2 EC 4 to 8 fl oz 64 fl oz - rot affects cucumbers, particularly those Rimon 0.83 EC 12 fl oz 36 fl oz Allow 14 days between applications. grown for pickling, but other types of Venom 70 SG 1 to 4 oz 6 oz Allow 7 days between applications. Not during cucurbits may be affected. Plant on raised bloom. beds to control soil moisture; plastic mulch Warrior II 1.28 to 1.92 fl oz 11.5 fl oz Allow 5 days between applications. Squash Vine Borer: Squash vine borer is primarily a pest of squashes and pumpkins. Treat for squash will also improve disease control. Incorpo- vine borer beginning 3rd week in June and repeat 3 to 5 times at weekly intervals. rate cover crops early to ensure thorough Asana XL 5.8 to 9.6 fl oz 48 fl oz - rotting before planting. Fungicides may Assail 30 SG 5.3 oz 26.5 oz Limit 5 applications. Allow 5 days between ap- also provide some control. plications. Belt 2 SC 1.5 fl oz 4.5 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. Cold injury [C/M/SP]. Chilling injury Brigade 2 EC 2.6 to 6.4 fl oz 19.2 fl oz Limit 2 applications after bloom. Allow 7 days causes pitting of the tender skin and can between applications. occur either in storage or in the field after Mustang Max 1.28 to 4 fl oz 24 fl oz Allow 7 days between applications. several days of exposure to temperatures Permethrin 3.2 EC 4 to 8 fl oz 64 fl oz - Warrior II 1.28 to 1.92 fl oz 11.5 fl oz Allow 5 days between applications. below 40°F, especially if humidity is high. This can occur following several days of Whiteflies Actara 25 W 3 to 5.5 oz 11 oz Allow 5 days between applications. Not during cold, rainy weather in the fall; however, bloom. symptoms may not show in the fruit until Assail 30 SG 2.5 to 5.3 oz 26.5 oz Limit 5 applications. Allow 5 days between ap- it is well beyond the farm. Winter squash plications. Courier 40 SC 9 to 13.6 fl oz 2 applications Allow 7 days between applications. and pumpkins are sensitive to frost and Knack 0.86 EC 8 to 10 fl oz 20 fl oz Limit 2 applications. Allow 14 days between ap- temperatures of 32°F or below; some va- plications. rieties may also be sensitive to cold injury Oberon 2 SC 7.0 to 8.5 fl oz 25.5 fl oz Allow 7 days between sprays. at slightly higher temperatures. Portal 0.4 EC 2 pt 4 pt Limit 2 applications. Requiem 25 EC 2 to 3 qt - - Cottony leak (Pythium fruit rot) [C/M/ Venom 70 SG 1 to 4 oz 6 oz Allow 7 days between applications. Do not use SP/W]. Use well-drained sites, raised beds, following a soil application of Venom, Platinum, and plastic mulch to reduce soil contact or Admire. 1 See An IPM Scouting Guide for Common Problems of Cucurbit Crops in Kentucky (ID-91) for photos of and wet conditions. On known problem pests. sites, use mefenoxam metalaxyl preplant 2 Generic products available (Appendix E). or after seeding/transplanting. Incorpo- rate cover crops and crop residues early enough to ensure that they completely updates on the status of downy mildew Fusarium wilt [M/W]. Resistant varieties decompose. in the Commonwealth and neighboring offer the best control. For muskmelons, Choanephora fruit rots (wet rot) [C/SP]. states. If downy mildew appears prior to use those with resistance to Race 2 of F. Fungicides are not available. The disease the start of the regular fungicide spray oxysporum sp. melonis on sites with a his- is promoted by high moisture conditions, program, include newer fungicides such tory of the disease; if these varieties also so the cultural practices to reduce cottony as Ranman, Zampro, or Tanos. Materials contract Fusarium wilt, consider varieties leak and belly rot may help reduce disease such as Ridomil, Forum, Revus, Presidio, with resistance to other races. Athena has severity (raised beds, wider row spacings, and strobilurins (Quadris and Cabrio) are resistance to Races 0, 1, and 2. weed control, proper N fertilization, etc). not recommended for control of downy Watermelon varieties with resistance to Downy mildew [C/M/SP/W]. Downy mil- mildew, as resistance to these chemistries Race 1 of F. oxysporum f.sp. niveum have dew is most problematic in the late sum- is widespread in the U.S. Resistant or tol- performed well in infested fields, although mer and fall and thus tends to be more erant varieties are becoming available in other races could be present. severe on winter squash and pumpkins summer squash and other cucurbits (see Rotation to crops other than cucurbits than on other cucurbits crops. Fungicide “Varieties” table). for three to five years will reduce patho- programs aimed at other diseases of vin- Fusarium fruit rot [C/M/SP/W]. Rotation gen populations in soil; however, rotation ing crops should suppress downy mildew, has not proven very effective in controlling alone is not an adequate control. Failure to although spray intervals may need to be this disease. No fungicides are labeled for control root-knot nematode is often tied shortened to achieve good control. Do not controlling Fusarium fruit rot; fumigation into Fusarium wilt outbreaks. Fumigation wait to see symptoms of downy mildew may reduce populations of Fusarium in of soil may also provide some benefit (see before applying fungicides, as it can be soil. (See “Soil Fumigants for Control of “Soil Fumigants for Control of Nematodes nearly impossible to control the disease Nematodes and Soilborne Diseases” on and Soilborne Diseases” on page 16 for once it starts if fungicides are not in place. page 16.) Control insects and diseases more information). Check the Cucurbit Downy Mildew Fore- (especially powdery mildew) from plant- Gummy stem blight [C/M/SP/W]. Use casting System (cdm.ipmpipe.org/) for ing through harvest, and avoid wounding disease-free seed or transplants. Rota- to aid in suppression of Fusarium fruit rot. tions of two to three years away from

112 cucurbits will reduce the incidence of United States. Chlorothalonil applied in a use Captan WP at 1 teaspoon per pound gummy stem blight. Start fungicide ap- weekly spray program for other diseases of seed. Planting into warm (when soil plications when vines begin to touch in will slow powdery mildew development, temperatures are 65°F or greater), well- rows or when symptoms appear. In wet and rotation or tank-mixes with Quintec or drained soils greatly reduces the risk of years, don’t wait to see the disease before Rally is an excellent strategy for managing seedling death. Fungicides applied to spraying! Spray programs that include this disease. control cottony leak will also help with chlorothalonil or mancozeb are effective Systemic products such as Rally and Pro- Pythium seedling diseases. Greenhouse- in managing gummy stem blight; strobi- cure give the added benefit of suppressing produced transplants should be seeded lurins and Pristine should be included in powdery mildew on lower leaf surfaces, into pathogen-free media with the trays the program for maximum disease control. areas where good spray coverage can be on well-drained benches rather than on Resistance to strobilurins (Quadris, Cabrio) hard to achieve. Quintec can redistribute the soil. Carefully manage watering to and benzimidazoles (Topsin M, T-Methyl) to untreated foliage by vapor action. minimize prolonged periods of wetness. is common in the southeastern United If one fungicide is not effective, switch Viruses [C/M/SP/W]. Viruses (Cucum- States, including Kentucky and therefore immediately to a new class of chemicals, ber Mosaic, Watermelon Mosaic, Papaya these fungicides are not recommended. and always follow resistance management Ringspot Virus, Squash Mosaic, and Zuc- Resistance to carboximide fungicides (Pre- guidelines where applicable. chini Yellow Mosaic) are common in some sidio, Endura, Fontelis) is commonplace in Sulfur is also labeled for powdery mil- years in Kentucky. Plant certified, disease- the southern U.S., but has not been found dew and works well; however, sulfur can free seed. Elimination of perennial weeds in Kentucky to date; use caution when ap- cause serious leaf burn during hot (90°F within 150 feet of the planting by using plying these products. Be sure to follow or higher), humid weather. (The amounts grasses or non-susceptible annual crops resistance management guidelines listed needed for full-season control can lower around the cucurbit planting is help- on product labels. soil pH.) Powdery mildew-resistant or ful. Control aphids to reduce secondary Microdochium blight (Plectosporium tolerant muskmelon, summer squash, and spread within the planting. Do not plant blight) [SP]. Microdochium blight can be pumpkin varieties are available. Excellent cucurbits adjacent to peppers, tomatoes, suppressed by fungicide programs used resistance is available in some canta- tobacco, or earlier cucurbit crops. The to control other diseases of squash and loupes, cucumber, squash, and pumpkin use of stylet oils and planting into reflec- pumpkins. Quadris, Quadris Top, Inspire varieties (see “Varieties” tables). tive mulches has been shown to delay or Super, Cabrio EG, and Flint are specifically Rind necrosis [W]. Bacterial rind necrosis reduce virus transmission; however, suc- labeled for this disease. appears sporadically but can cause serious cess with these methods in Kentucky has Ozone injury [C/M/SP/W]. Symptoms losses in certain years. External symptoms been marginal. Control aphids in nearby are associated mainly with older leaves are rare; however, cut melons exhibit a dry, tobacco to reduce virus movement into and appear as a flecking of the upper brown, corky necrosis in the rind that typi- cucurbits. Plant CMV-resistant cucumber leaf surface (almost never the bottom cally doesn’t extend into the fruit. Entire cultivars. Consider using resistant squash side). Mancozeb-containing materials fields have been rejected by brokers where varieties (see “Varieties” table), but check can reduce damage but are probably not even a few diseased melons were found. current requirements or restrictions re- needed in Kentucky on most muskmelon Little is known about the epidemiology garding labeling and marketing of trans- crops. of the disease, believed to be caused by genic-resistant varieties. Controlling insect Phytophthora blight [C/M/SP/W]. Cul- Erwinia spp., and no controls are available. vectors in fall plantings is not a practical tural practices are the most important Watermelon varieties vary in their suscep- control solution for this disease complex. disease control tools for Phytophthora tibility, and environment plays a role in the In pumpkins, earlier planting can reduce blight. Avoid fields that were planted appearance of the disease. losses by allowing fruit to set and color (within the last three years) to hosts of P. Scab [C/M/SP/W]. Use scab-resistant vari- before high virus loads are present. capsici, primarily pepper, eggplant, and eties, depending upon the cucurbit being Yellow vine decline [M/SP/W]. Cucurbit all cucurbits. Improving soil drainage grown, and rotate to unrelated crops for yellow vine decline (CYVD) is a relatively around plants and managing irrigation three years or more in problem fields. If re- new and serious disease in Kentucky. The very carefully to reduce the duration of sistance is not used, then fungicide sprays symptoms of yellowing and stunting are wet periods and contamination of water may be necessary in cool, wet weather. commonly observed. It is now known that will also reduce disease. Soil pH should be Spray programs used for anthracnose and the causal agent is a bacterium, Serratia maintained at the low end of the accept- gummy stem blight will suppress scab but marcescens, and it appears to survive in able range. Use disease-free transplants. must begin early (with first leaves). Under and be vectored into the cucurbit plants Keep cull piles away from fields or irri- severe disease pressure, such as on non- by the squash bug, Anasa tristis. Control gation sources; destroy infected fruit in rotated sites, chlorothalonil is the best measures must be focused on the squash fields by deep plowing. Avoid, if possible, option (use highest labeled rate). bug. See the “Insect Control” table for irrigation with surface water (ponds and Root-knot nematode [C/M/SP/W]. Rota- specifics. creeks). Fungicide options are available. tion to small grains for two or more years Good coverage and timely application are is a highly effective control measure. See important considerations for fungicides “Nematode Control” on page 15 for more used to control Phytophthora blight. information on nematodes. Preplant soil Powdery mildew [C/M/SP/W]. Unfor- fumigation is also highly effective but may tunately, powdery mildew fungi have not be economical for cucumbers. A few developed resistance to benzimidazoles contact nematicides are available. (Topsin M, Thiophanate 85WDG), DMI Seed and seedling blights [C/M/SP/W]. fungicides (Procure, Rally) and strobilurins Buy fungicide-treated seed whenever (Quadris, Cabrio, Flint) in many parts of the possible. If seed has not been treated,

113 WEED CONTROL: Vining Crops—Cucumber, Melon, Pumpkin, Squash, and Watermelon Product Amt/A Lb A.I./A Comments The stale seedbed technique for direct seeded vine crops can be very effective in eliminating initial flushes of weeds occurring when soil is disturbed. This technique involves preparing the soil, allowing a flush of weeds to emerge, and then cultivating or applying paraquat before seeding or transplanting the crop. Paraquat will have no residual activity. 0.5-1.6 fl oz 0.008-0.025 For contact post-emergence control of annual broadleaf weeds and suppression of annual grasses. Do not confuse Aim 1.9 EW carfentrazone and use the non-labeled Aim EC formulation. Can be applied as a preplant, pre-transplant burndown, or before crop emerges to actively growing weeds up to 4 inches tall. Can also be applied post-emergence as a directed hooded application between crop rows. Use min. 10 gal water/A and crop oil 1% v/v. Max. rate 6.1 fl oz/A. PHI = 0 days. 0.4-1 pt 0.15-0.37 Not labeled for gourd. For control of annual grasses and small-seeded broadleaves; poor control of pigweed. Apply Command 3ME clomazone immediately after seeding. Max. rate for muskmelon and watermelon is 0.67 pt/A. See label for additional instructions and restrictions. Label specifically states not to use on Jack-o-Lantern pumpkins due to unacceptable whitening. PHI = 45 days. 3-4.5 pt 1.13-1.5 Not labeled for gourd. For pre-emergence control of annual grasses and broadleaves. Do not use on wet or cloddy Curbit 3 E ethalfluralin soils or before a heavy rain to avoid crop injury. Do not apply over or under hot caps, row covers, or plastic mulch. Do not apply broadcast to transplants. Do not incorporate. Clean cultivate and apply as a banded spray to soil between rows of plastic mulch. 6-14 lb 4.5-10.5 Not labeled for pumpkin and some gourds. For pre-emergence control of annual grasses and small-seeded broad- Dacthal W-75 DCPA leaves. Apply only to crop with 4 to 5 true leaves that is well-established and when growing conditions are favorable. Do not incorporate. Not labeled for transplanted crop. 1.0-1.33 pt 0.95-1.27 Pumpkin only. For pre-emergence control of select weed species. Leave at least 6 inches of untreated area on either Dual Magnum s-metolachlor side of hill or row and/or any pumpkin foliage. Direct contact with foliage will result in injury. PHI = 30 days. 2.0-4.0 pt 0.69-1.38 For non-selective contact kill of annual grasses and broadleaf weeds and top-kill of perennial weeds. Apply preplant, Gramoxone paraquat salt pre-emergence, or before transplanting in min. 10 gal water/A. Apply banded or broadcast. Use higher rate for heavy Inteon weed infestations. Use non-ionic surfactant 0.25% v/v. 0.5-1.5 pt 0.09-0.27 Not labeled for gourd. For control of actively growing grasses only. Use high rate on johnsongrass. PHI = 14 days. Max. Poast 1.5 E sethoxydim rate of 1.5 pt/application and 4.5 pt/season. 5-6 qt 5-6 For control of grasses and broadleaf weeds. Apply preplant and incorporate to 1 to 2 inch depth. Apply pre-emer- Prefar 4 E bensulide gence only if it can be watered in within 36 hours. Max. rate of 6 qt/season. 16-22 fl oz 0.69-0.94 For non-selective post-emergence control of annual and perennial grasses and broadleaf weeds. Use only AMS 1 to Roundup glyphosate-salt 2% v/v. Adding a non-ionic surfactant can reduce weed control effectiveness. Min. 3 days between application and WeatherMax 5.5L planting and min. 30 days before planting any non-labeled crop. 0.5-1 oz 0.023-0.047 For control of broadleaf weeds and yellow nutsedge. Cucumber (30 days PHI), cantaloupe, and honeydew melon (57 Sandea 75 DF halosulfuron days PHI): Can be applied preplant under plastic mulch. Apply after final bed preparation and before laying plastic and transplant 7 days after application. Can also be applied post-transplanting on bare ground. Check label for instructions for direct-seeded and row middle applications. Watermelon and muskmelon (57 days PHI): Apply only in row middles in direct-seeded and transplanted watermelon. If plastic mulch is used, do not spray Sandea on plastic. Check label for crop specific applications. 9-16 fl oz 0.07-0.12 For selective post-emergence of actively growing annual grasses and suppression of perennial grasses. Add crop oil Select Max clethodim 1% v/v. Max. 16 fl oz/application. Min. 14 days between applications. PHI = 14 days. 2-4 oz 0.1-0.2 Watermelon only. For pre-emergence control of broadleaves and grasses. Apply after seeding but before watermelon Sinbar 80 WP terbacil emerges. For transplanted watermelons, apply pre-transplant. Sinbar may be used pre-emergence under plastic mulch or to row middles. Sinbar may also be applied broadcast over the plastic mulch prior to transplanting, or prior to punching holes in the plastic mulch for transplanting. Sinbar must be washed off the plastic mulch with a minimum of 0.5 inch rain prior to transplanting. PHI = 70 days. 3-6 pt 0.6-1.18 Not labeled for gourd. For pre-emergence control of annual grasses and broadleaf weeds. Apply to seeded crop Strategy 2.1E ethalfluralin + before its emergence or as a banded spray between rows after crop emergence or transplanting. Rainfall (0.5 inch) 0.18-0.39 within 2 days is needed for activation. Do not incorporate. Crop injury may occur under cool temperatures that delay clomazone seedling emergence. PHI = 45 days for cucumber. Max. 1 application/year. Use lowest labeled rate for summer squash. 1.25-2 pt 0.6-1 For control of annual grasses and broadleaf weeds. Apply after emergence to plants with 3 to 4 true leaves. Can be ap- Treflan HFP 4 E trifluralin plied directed to soil between the rows to older plants but avoid foliage contact. PHI = 30 days for most cucurbits but 60 days for watermelon. All products in this table are labeled for use on muskmelons, watermelons, pumpkins, and cucumbers unless otherwise indicated.

DISEASE CONTROL: Vining Crops—Cucumber, Melon, Squash and Pumpkin, Watermelon FRAC Seasonal Product Code1 Amt/A Limits/A Comments Angular Leaf Spot, Bacterial Leaf Spots [C/M/SP] Actigard P 0.5 to 1 oz 16 oz Begin applications before onset of disease; apply every 7 to 14 days. Apply in a minimum of 20 gal/A of water. May cause phytotoxicity and yield reduction. Do not apply to stressed or injured plants. Fixed coppers Tank-mix with mancozeb (EBDC fungicides) for maximum effectiveness. Apply every 5 to 10 days, depending upon product and conditions. See label for mixing instructions and tank-mix precautions. Badge SC M 1 to 2.5 pt - Badge X2 M 0.5 to 1.25 lb OMRI-listed. Basic Copper 53 M 2 lb OMRI-listed. C-O-C-S WDG M 2 to 4 lb - Champ DP M 1.33 lb - Champ Formula 2 FL M 1.33 pt - Champ WG M 1.5 to 3 lb OMRI-listed. COC DF M 3 to 4 lb - COC WP M 3 to 4 lb OMRI-listed. Copper-Count-N M 3 to 4 pt - Cueva M 0.5 to 2 gal OMRI-listed. Mix in 100 gallons of water, use 50 to 100 gal/A of solution. Cuprofix Ultra 40 Disperss M 1.25 to 2 lb - Kentan DF M 1 to 2.62 lb - Kocide 2000 M 1 to 2.25 lb - Kocide 3000 M 0.5 to 1.25 lb - Kocide DF M 1.5 to 3 lb - (continued on next page)

114 DISEASE CONTROL: Vining Crops—Cucumber, Melon, Squash and Pumpkin, Watermelon (continued) FRAC Seasonal Product Code1 Amt/A Limits/A Comments Mastercop M 0.5 to 1 pt - Nordox 75 WG M 1 to 1.25 lb OMRI-listed. Nu-Cop 50 WP M 1.5 to 3 lb OMRI-listed. Nu-Cop 3 L M 0.66 to 4 pt - Nu-Cop 50 DF M 1.5 to 2 lb OMRI-listed. ManKocide2 M 2 to 2.5 lb see footnote Apply when disease appears and continue every 3 to 7 days as needed. Tanos 11/27 8 to 10 oz 4 apps Suppression of bacterial fruit blotch only. Tanos must be tank-mixed with a fungicide from FRAC Group M appropriate for the target disease. Apply prior to disease onset, continue every 5 to 7 days. Anthracnose and Alternaria Leaf Blight [C/M/SP/W], Cercospora Leaf Spot [C/M/W] Cabrio 11 12 to 16 oz4 4 apps Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 to 14 days. Chlorothalonil3 Apply before disease onset; continue every 7 days as needed. Bravo Ultrex M 1.4 to 2.7 lb 19.1 lb Bravo WeatherStik M 1.5 to 3 pt 21 pt Endura 7 6.5 oz4 4 apps Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 to 14 days. Fixed coppers Apply every 5 to 10 days beginning before disease onset, depending upon product and conditions. See label for mixing instructions and tank-mix precautions. Badge SC M 1 to 2.5 pt - Badge X2 M 0.5 to 1.25 lb OMRI-listed. Basic Copper 53 M 2 lb OMRI-listed. C-O-C-S WDG M 2 to 4 lb - Champ DP M 1.33 lb - Champ Formula 2 FL M 1.33 pt - Champ WG M 1.5 to 3 lb OMRI-listed. COC DF M 3 to 4 lb - COC WP M 3 to 4 lb OMRI-listed. Copper-Count-N M 3 to 4 pt - Cueva M 0.5 to 2 gal OMRI-listed. Mix in 100 gallons of water, use 50 to 100 gal/A of solution. Cuprofix Ultra 40 Disperss M 1.25 to 2 lb - Kentan DF M 1 to 2.62 lb - Kocide 2000 M 1 to 2.25 lb - Kocide 3000 M 0.5 to 1.25 lb - Kocide DF M 1.5 to 3 lb - Mastercop M 0.5 to 1 pt - Nordox 75 WG M 1 to 1.25 lb OMRI-listed. Nu-Cop 50 WP M 1.5 to 3 lb OMRI-listed. Nu-Cop 3 L M 0.66 to 4 pt - Nu-Cop 50 DF M 1.5 to 2 lb OMRI-listed. Nu-Cop 50 HB M 0.75 to 1 lb - Gavel 75 DF2 22/M 1.5 to 2 lb 8 apps Apply when conditions favor disease and continue every 7 to 10 days. Fontelis 7 12 to 16 fl oz 67 fl oz Alternaria. Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 to 14 days. Inspire Super 3/9 16 to 20 fl oz 80 fl oz Begin prior to disease onset, continue every 7 to 10 days. Mancozeb3 Products include Dithane, Koverall, Manzate, Penncozeb. Dry formulations M 1.5 to 3 lb 24-25.6 lb Apply before disease appears and continue every 4 to 7 days as needed. Liquid formulations M 1.2 to 2.4 qt 19.2 qt ManKocide2 M 2 to 2.5 lb see footnote Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 to 14 days. Limit 4 apps/season. Use highest rates for anthracnose. Pristine 7/11 12.5 to 18.5 oz 4 apps Apply before disease onset, continue every 10 to 14 days. Rotate to another mode of action between applications of RG Bravo. Observe seasonal limits for chlorothalonil. Quadris 11 11 to 15.5 fl oz 4 apps Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 to 14 days. Quadris Opti 11/M 3.2 pt 4 apps Quadris Top 11/3 12 to 14 fl oz 56 fl oz Reason 500 SC 11 5.5 fl oz 4 apps Alternaria leaf blight. Apply before disease onset, continue every 5 to 10 days. Limit 22 fl oz of Reason/A per season. Ridomil Gold Bravo SC 4/M 2.5 to 3.25 pt 4 apps Switch 62.5 WG 9/12 11 to 14 oz 56 oz Alternaria leaf blight. Apply every 7 to 10 days. Tanos 11/27 8 oz 4 apps Tanos must be tank-mixed with a fungicide from FRAC Code M appropriate for the target disease. Apply before disease onset, continue every 5 to 7 days. Thiophanate-methyl3 Anthracnose. Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 to 14 days. Topsin 4.5 FL 1 10 fl oz 60 fl oz Topsin M 70 WP 1 0.5 lb 3 lb Topsin M WSB 1 Bacterial Wilt [C/M/SP]: No bactericides available. Control of insect vectors is the only recommended practice—refer to the “Insect Control” table. Belly Rot, Fruit Rot (Rhizoctonia) [C] Quadris 11 11 to 15.5 fl oz 4 apps Make first application at 1-3 leaf stage and second at vine tip-over or 14 days after the first application, whichever comes first. Quadris Opti 11/M 3.2 pt 4 apps Make first application at 1-3 leaf stage and second at vine tip-over or 14 days after Quadris Top 11/3 12 to 14 fl oz 56 fl oz the first application, whichever comes first. Observe seasonal limits for chlorothalonil. Thiophanate-methyl3 Apply in sufficient volume to permit runoff to soil. Begin at vine-run and make a Topsin 4.5 FL 1 10 fl oz 60 fl oz second application at fruit-set. Topsin M 70 WP 1 0.5 lb 3 lb Topsin M WSB 1 (continued on next page)

115 DISEASE CONTROL: Vining Crops—Cucumber, Melon, Squash and Pumpkin, Watermelon (continued) FRAC Seasonal Product Code1 Amt/A Limits/A Comments Downy Mildew [C/M/SP/W] Actigard P 0.5 to 1 oz 16 oz Begin applications before onset of disease; apply every 7 to 14 days. Apply in a minimum of 20 gal/A of water. May cause phytotoxicity and yield reduction. Do not apply to stressed or injured plants. Aliette WDG 33 2 to 5 lb 7 apps Apply when conditions favor disease and continue every 7 to 14 days. Do not tank- mix with copper compounds. Cabrio 11 8 to 12 oz4 4 apps Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 to 14 days. Chlorothalonil3 Begin before disease onset; continue every 7 days as needed. Bravo Ultrex M 1.4 to 1.8 lb 19.1 lb Bravo WeatherStik M 1.5 to 2 pt 21 pt Curzate 60 DF 27 3.2 oz 9 apps Must be tank-mixed with a fungicide from FRAC Code M. Apply before disease onset, continue every 5 to 7 days. Fixed coppers Apply every 5 to 10 days beginning before disease onset, depending upon product and conditions. See label for mixing instructions and tank-mix precautions. Badge SC M 1 to 2.5 pt - Badge X2 M 0.5 to 1.25 lb OMRI-listed. Basic Copper 53 M 2 lb OMRI-listed. C-O-C-S WDG M 2 to 4 lb - Champ DP M 1.33 lb - Champ Formula 2 FL M 1.33 pt - Champ WG M 1.5 to 3 lb OMRI-listed. COC DF M 3 to 4 lb - COC WP M 3 to 4 lb OMRI-listed. Copper-Count-N M 3 to 4 pt - Cueva M 0.5 to 2 gal OMRI-listed. Mix in 100 gallons of water, use 50 to 100 gal/A of solution. Cuprofix Ultra 40 Disperss M 1.25 to 2 lb - Kentan DF M 1 to 2.62 lb - Kocide 2000 M 1 to 2.25 lb - Kocide 3000 M 0.5 to 1.25 lb - Kocide DF M 1.5 to 3 lb - Mastercop M 0.5 to 1 pt - Nordox 75 WG M 1 to 1.25 lb OMRI-listed. Nu-Cop 50 WP M 1.5 to 3 lb OMRI-listed. Nu-Cop 3 L M 0.66 to 4 pt - Nu-Cop 50 DF M 1.5 to 2 lb OMRI-listed. Nu-Cop 50 HB M 0.75 to 1 lb - Flint 11 4 oz 4 apps Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 to 14 days. Gavel 75 DF2 22/M 1.5 to 2 8 apps Apply when conditions favor disease and continue every 7 to 10 days. Mancozeb3 Products include Dithane, Koverall, Manzate, Penncozeb. Dry formulations M 1.5 to 3 lb 24-25.6 lb Apply before disease appears and continue every 4 to 7 days as needed. Liquid formulations M 1.2 to 2.4 qt 19.2 qt ManKocide2 M 2 to 2.5 see footnote Apply before disease appears and continue every 3 to 7 days as needed. Presidio 43 3 to 4 fl oz 12 fl oz Apply every 7 to 14 days. Must be tank-mixed with a fungicide NOT in FRAC Group 43. Previcur Flex 28 0.6 to 1.2 pt 6 pt Apply prior to disease onset, continue every 7 to 14 days. Use low rate when tank- mixing with other downy mildew fungicides. Quadris Opti 11/M 3.2 pt 4 apps Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 to 14 days. Observe seasonal limits for chlorothalonil. Ranman 21 2.1 to 2.75 fl oz 6 apps Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 to 10 days. Tank-mix with an organosilicone surfactant when disease pressure is severe; use an organosilicone or non- ionic surfactant when disease pressure is light-to-moderate. Tanos 11/27 8 oz 4 apps Tanos must be tank-mixed with a fungicide from FRAC Code M appropriate for the target disease. Apply before disease onset, continue every 5 to 7 days. Zampro 40/45 14 fl oz 3 apps Apply before disease onset and repeat every 5 to 7 days. Gummy Stem Blight (Black Rot) [C/M/SP/W] Chlorothalonil3 Begin before disease onset; continue every 7 days as needed. Bravo Ultrex M 1.8 to 2.7 lb 19.1 lb Bravo WeatherStik M 2 to 3 pt 21 pt Endura 7 6.5 oz4 4 apps Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 to 14 days. Fixed coppers Apply every 5 to 10 days beginning before disease onset, depending upon product and conditions. See label for mixing instructions and tank-mix precautions. Badge SC M 1 to 2.5 pt - Badge X2 M 0.5 to 1.25 lb OMRI-listed. Basic Copper 53 M 2 lb OMRI-listed. C-O-C-S WDG M 2 to 4 lb - Champ DP M 1.33 lb - Champ Formula 2 FL M 1.33 pt - Champ WG M 1.5 to 3 lb OMRI-listed. COC DF M 3 to 4 lb - COC WP M 3 to 4 lb OMRI-listed. Copper-Count-N M 3 to 4 pt - Cueva M 0.5 to 2 gal OMRI-listed. Mix in 100 gallons of water, use 50 to 100 gal/A of solution. Cuprofix Ultra 40 Disperss M 1.25 to 2 lb - Kentan DF M 1 to 2.62 lb - (continued on next page)

116 DISEASE CONTROL: Vining Crops—Cucumber, Melon, Squash and Pumpkin, Watermelon (continued) FRAC Seasonal Product Code1 Amt/A Limits/A Comments Kocide 2000 M 1 to 2.25 lb - Kocide 3000 M 0.5 to 1.25 lb - Kocide DF M 1.5 to 3 lb - Mastercop M 0.5 to 1 pt - Nordox 75 WG M 1 to 1.25 lb OMRI-listed. Nu-Cop 50 WP M 1.5 to 3 lb OMRI-listed. Nu-Cop 3 L M 0.66 to 4 pt - Nu-Cop 50 DF M 1.5 to 2 lb OMRI-listed. Fontelis 7 12 to 16 fl oz 67 fl oz Alternaria. Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 to 14 days. Inspire Super 3/9 16 to 20 fl oz 80 fl oz Begin prior to disease onset, continue every 7 to 10 days. Luna Experience 3/7 17 fl oz 34 fl oz Watermelon only. Begin prior to disease onset, continue every 10 to 14 days. Mancozeb3 Products include Dithane, Koverall, Manzate, Penncozeb. Dry formulations M 1.5 to 3 lb 24-25.6 lb Apply before disease appears and continue every 7 to 10 days as needed. Liquid formulations M 1.2 to 2.4 qt 19.2 qt ManKocide2 M 2 to 2.5 lb see footnote Apply before disease appears and continue every 3 to 7 days as needed. Pristine 7/11 12.5 to 18.5 oz4 4 apps Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 to 14 days. Quadris Top 11/3 12 to 14 fl oz 56 fl oz Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 to 14 days. Ridomil Gold Bravo 4/M 2 to 3 lb 4 apps Apply before disease onset, continue every 10 to 14 days. Rotate to another mode of action between applications of RG Bravo. Avoid late-season applications. Ob- serve seasonal limits for chlorothalonil. Tebuconazole3 Folicur 3.6F 3 8 fl oz 24 fl oz Apply preventively and repeat every 10 to 14 days. Use lowest listed rate of surfactant to improve coverage. Thiophanate-methyl3 Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 to 14 days. Topsin 4.5 FL 1 10 fl oz 60 fl oz Topsin M 70 WP 1 0.5 lb 3 lb Topsin M WSB 1 Microdochium (Plectosporium) Blight [SP] Cabrio 11 12 to 16 oz4 4 apps Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 to 14 days. Dithane F-45 Rainshield 1.6 to 2.4 qt 19.2 qt - Dithane M-45 2 to 3 lb 24 lb - Flint 11 4 oz 8 oz Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 to 14 days. Inspire Super 3/9 16 to 20 fl oz 80 fl oz Begin prior to disease onset, continue every 7 to 10 days. Quadris 11 11 to 15.5 fl oz 4 apps Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 to 14 days. Quadris Top 11/3 12 to 14 fl oz 56 fl oz Phytophthora Blight [C/M/SP/W] Forum SC 40 6 fl oz 5 apps Must be tank-mixed with a protectant fungicide. Apply before disease onset, continue every 5 to 10 days. Presidio 43 3 to 4 fl oz 12 fl oz Apply every 7 to 14 days. Must be tank-mixed with a fungicide NOT in FRAC Group 43. Ranman 21 2.75 fl oz 6 apps Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 to 10 days. Tank-mix with an organosilicone surfactant when disease pressure is severe; use an organosilicone or non- ionic surfactant when disease pressure is light-to-moderate. Revus 40 8 fl oz 32 fl oz Apply every 7 to 14 days. Use a spreader/penetrant surfactant. Must be tank-mixed with a fungicide NOT in FRAC Group 40. Tanos 11/27 8 to 10 oz 4 apps Tanos must be tank-mixed with a fixed copper plus mancozeb fungicide. Apply before disease onset; continue every 5 to 7 days. Zampro 40/45 14 fl oz 3 apps Apply before disease onset and repeat every 5 to 7 days. Powdery Mildew [C/M/SP/W] Actigard P 0.5 to 1 oz 16 oz Begin applications before onset of disease; apply every 7 to 14 days. Apply in a minimum of 20 gal/A of water. May cause phytotoxicity and yield reduction. Do not apply to stressed or injured plants. Chlorothalonil3 Begin before disease onset; continue every 7 days as needed. Bravo Ultrex M 1.8 to 2.7 lb 19.1 lb Bravo WeatherStik M 2 to 3 pt 21 pt Fixed coppers Apply every 5 to 10 days beginning before disease onset, depending upon product and conditions. See label for mixing instructions and tank-mix precautions. Badge SC M 1 to 2.5 pt Badge X2 M 0.5 to 1.25 lb OMRI-listed. Basic Copper 53 M 2 lb OMRI-listed. C-O-C-S WDG M 2 to 4 lb - Champ DP M 1.33 lb - Champ Formula 2 FL M 1.33 pt - Champ WG M 1.5 to 3 lb OMRI-listed. COC DF M 3 to 4 lb - COC WP M 3 to 4 lb OMRI-listed. Copper-Count-N M 3 to 4 pt - Cueva M 0.5 to 2 gal OMRI-listed. Mix in 100 gallons of water, use 50 to 100 gal/A of solution. Cuprofix Ultra 40 Disperss M 1.25 to 2 lb - Kentan DF M 1 to 2.62 lb - Kocide 2000 M 1 to 2.25 lb - Kocide 3000 M 0.5 to 1.25 lb - Kocide DF M 1.5 to 3 lb - Mastercop M 0.5 to 1 pt - (continued on next page)

117 DISEASE CONTROL: Vining Crops—Cucumber, Melon, Squash and Pumpkin, Watermelon (continued) FRAC Seasonal Product Code1 Amt/A Limits/A Comments Nordox 75 WG M 1 to 1.25 lb OMRI-listed. Nu-Cop 50 WP M 1.5 to 3 lb OMRI-listed. Nu-Cop 3 L M 0.66 to 4 pt - Nu-Cop 50 DF M 1.5 to 2 lb OMRI-listed. Fontelis 7 12 to 16 fl oz 67 fl oz Alternaria. Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 to 14 days. Pristine 7/11 12.5 to 18.5 oz4 4 apps Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 to 14 days. Procure 50 WS 3 4 to 8 oz 40 oz Apply prior to vining or when symptoms are first observed and continue every 7 to 14 days. Quadris Opti 11/M 3.2 pt 4 apps Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 to 14 days. Observe seasonal limits for chlorothalonil. Quadris Top 11/3 12 to 14 fl oz 56 fl oz Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 to 14 days. Quintec 13 4 to 6 fl oz Muskmelon, gourd, pumpkin, watermelon, and winter squash only. Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 to 14 days. Rally 40 WSP 3 2.5 to 5 oz 1.5 lb Apply every 7 to 10 days, beginning when symptoms are first observed or when conditions favor disease. Sulfur3 M Apply every 7 to 10 days, beginning when symptoms are first observed or when conditions favor disease. Phytotoxicity may occur when sulfur is applied when temperatures exceed 90ºF. Tebuconazole3 Apply preventively and repeat at 10 to 14 days. Use lowest listed rate of surfactant Folicur 3.6F 3 4 to 6 fl oz 24 fl oz to improve coverage. Thiophanate-methyl3 Apply before disease onset, continue every 7 to 14 days. Limit 2.1 lb ai/A per sea- Topsin 4.5 FL 1 10 fl oz 60 fl oz son. Topsin M 70 WP 1 0.5 lb 3 lb Topsin M WSB 1 Torino U6 3.4 fl oz 2 apps Apply at disease onset, make a second application 7 days later. Pythium Damping-off and Cottony Leak [C/M/SP/W] Previcur Flex 28 1.2 pt 6 pt Pythium root rot, seedling diseases only. Field application. Can be directed at lower stems and soil, applied in transplant water, or delivered through drip irrigation. Greenhouse use. Can be applied as a drench or by chemigation—refer to label for rates. Ridomil Gold SL 4 1 to 2 pt 1 app Preplant. Apply to soil as a broadcast spray or in a 7-inch band; incorporate into MetaStar 2EC AG 4 4 to 8 pt the upper 2 inches of soil. At planting. Apply broadcast or banded, move into seed Ultra Flourish 4 2 to 4 pt zone with 0.5 to 1 inch of irrigation if rainfall is not expected within 24 hours. Can be applied through drip and sprinkler irrigation systems. Scab [C/M/SP/W] Actigard P 0.5 to 1 oz 16 oz Begin applications before onset of disease; apply every 7 to 14 days. Apply in a minimum of 20 gal/A of water. May cause phytotoxicity and yield reduction. Do not apply to stressed or injured plants. Chlorothalonil3 Begin before disease onset; continue every 7 days as needed. Bravo Ultrex M 1.8 to 2.7 lb 19.1 lb Bravo WeatherStik M 2 to 3 pt 21 pt Fixed coppers Apply every 5 to 10 days beginning before disease onset, depending upon product and conditions. See label for mixing instructions and tank-mix precautions. Basic Copper 53 M 2 lb Cueva M 0.5 to 2 gal OMRI-listed. Mix in 100 gallons of water, use 50 to 100 gal/A of solution. Mancozeb3 Products include Dithane, Koverall, Manzate, Penncozeb. Dry formulations M 1.5 to 3 lb 24-25.6 lb Apply before disease appears and continue every 7 to 10 days as needed. Liquid formulations M 1.2 to 2.4 qt 19.2 qt Ridomil Gold Bravo SC 4/M 2.5 to 3.25 pt 4 apps Apply before disease onset, continue every 10 to 14 days. Rotate to another mode of action between applications of RG Bravo. Avoid late-season applications. Ob- serve seasonal limits for chlorothalonil. 1 Products with numerical FRAC codes must be alternated or tank-mixed with products that have a different FRAC code to discourage resistance development. See product label for maximum number of consecutive applications allowed. Refer to the table on page 14 for more information on FRAC codes. 2 Observe seasonal limits for mancozeb. 3 Generic products available (Appendix F). Amounts and seasonal limits per acre are product dependent. 4 Use higher rate when pressure is severe.

118 Appendix A Production and Marketing Information Online

Internet Web sites contain an incred- University of Kentucky College of Agriculture University of Florida: Extensive vegetable ible wealth of useful information of inter- production information, petiole sap testing for nitrogen nutrition, alternative crops, newslet- est to commercial vegetable growers in College of Agriculture: Provides links to most ter, and Florida transplant producers. Kentucky and surrounding states. Below UK agriculture departments and their publica- • edis.ifas.ufl.edu/TOPIC_Commercial_Veg- is a list of topics from over 50 Web sites tions. etable_Production • ca.uky.edu considered to be of particular value to commercial growers. Links to these sites Mississippi State University Greenhouse Horticulture Department: Has most of UK’s Information: Links to Greenhouse Tomato can be found at: vegetable crop publications linked under Handbook, Starting Vegetable Transplants, “Commercial Horticulture” and “Vegetables”. and to other sources of information on green- uky.edu/Agriculture/Horticulture/veglinks. • uky.edu/hort/ house vegetable production and pest man- htm agement. Department of Entomology: Fact sheets on • www2.msstate.edu/~ricks/index.html?#35 Warning! Kentucky’s vegetable insect and mite pests. Use this information with caution and • www2.ca.uky.edu/entomology/dept/ent- at your own risk. You should be very care- facts.asp Weekly Vegetable IPM and ful about using any variety, fertilizer, or Center for Crop Diversification: Provides Other Newsletters pesticide recommendation from another research updates, profiles of promising new region or distant state. Some pesticides crops, and marketing information for Ken- Kentucky Pest News: Access to the current may be legal only for use in that particular tucky. and back issues of KPN. • uky.edu/Ag/CCD/ • uky.edu/Agriculture/kpn/kpnhome.htm state or production region. Varieties that perform well in another state may or may Ag. Weather Center: An excellent source of Illinois Fruit & Vegetable News: Produced at not perform well in Kentucky. current and historical weather information. the University of Illinois. Remember that Internet addresses • wwwagwx.ca.uky.edu/ • ipm.uiuc.edu/ifvn/index.html sometimes change. Those listed here Vegetable Production Guidelines for Com- worked as of October, 2013. mercial Growers: This publication (ID-36) and Organic Vegetable Production most other UK extension publications available online. Appropriate Technology Transfer for Rural • uky.edu/hort/commercial/horticulture Areas (ATTRA): A number of extensive online organic vegetable production guides. Integrated Pest Management (IPM) guide- • attra.org lines: Detailed production information and pest management strategies for Kentucky USDA Publications: Information on organic sweet corn, cabbage, peppers, and pumpkins. food production, sustainable agriculture and • uky.edu/Agriculture/IPM/manuals.htm community supported agriculture (CSA). • nal.usda.gov/afsic/pubs/csa/csafarmer.shtml Vegetable and Melon Enterprise Budgets for Kentucky: These interactive crop budgets USDA National Organic Program (NOP): provide average costs and returns for most Links to new NOP standards. vegetable crops and allows users to enter • ams.usda.gov/AMSv1.0/nop their own cost and price figures to instantly estimate returns per acre. Kentucky Organic Certification: Kentucky • uky.edu/Ag/NewCrops/budgets.html Department of Agriculture’s organic certification program (forms and information). • kyagr.com/marketing/organic-marketing. General Vegetable Production html Information from Other States University of Kentucky: Information of or- Southeastern U.S. Vegetable Crop Hand- ganic crop certification. book. A collaboration of several Southeast- • uky.edu/Ag/CCD/introsheets/organiccert. ern U.S. states contains useful production pdf information. • thegrower.com/south-east-vegetable-guide Sustainable Agriculture Research and Education (SARE). A grower focused orga- NCSU and UK Downy Mildew Forecasts: nization that is affiliated with land grant Provides forecasts for downy mildew on mel- universities around the country. Excellent ons, pumpkins, cucumbers, and squash. Some resource for growers. chemicals listed on this site may not be legal • sare.org in Kentucky. • ces.ncsu.edu/depts/pp/cucurbit

119 Marketing and Market Prices ProduceLinks.com: Claims to be the largest KDA Country Store: The Department of free list of produce and agricultural industry Agriculture helps Kentucky producers build Web sites in the world. This site helps find new their own Web site and hosts those sites at no UK’s Marketing Options for Commercial suppliers, customers, and services. charge. Vegetable Growers: Publication # ID-134; • producelinks.com/main.html • kyagr.com/buyky/webbuild/index.htm this is written with tobacco growers in mind. It • kyagr.com/buyky/cstore/cstore.htm compares and contrasts most of the available Today’s Market Prices: One of the most produce marketing options. comprehensive commercial sites. Includes its Kentucky Farm Bureau: Provides a link to its • ca.uky.edu/agc/pubs/id/id134/id134.pdf Market Price Service, Shipping Point Market map and directory of Kentucky Certified Road- Trends, and Green Web Links. Subscriptions side Farm Markets. Kentucky Horticulture and New Crops cost $25/month. • kyfb.com Marketing: A number of other marketing fact • todaymarket.com sheets for vegetable and fruit crops. • uky.edu/Ag/NewCrops/marketing.html USDA Direct Marketing Home Page: The Post-harvest and Food Safety (handling, USDA hosts this site. cooling, grading, packaging, etc.) USDA Wholesale Price Information: The • ams.usda.gov/directmarketing same wholesale prices plus specialty, auction, and farmers’ market reports. Kentucky Department of Agriculture: In- Kentucky Department of Agriculture Good • marketnews.usda.gov/portal/fv cludes links to Horticultural Division, Organic Agricultural Practices (GAP) Program. Good Certification, and KY Produce Shipper’s Direc- food safety information specific to Ken- Kentucky Farmers’ Markets: Kentucky De- tory. Information about Kentucky’s vegetable tucky growers. partment of Agriculture provides information marketing cooperatives, a Farmers’ Market • kyagr.com/marketing/gap.htm on farmers’ markets throughout the state. Directory, and guidelines for “Kentucky Proud” • kyagr.com/marketing/farmmarket/index. logo program. Cornell University Food Safety: Some of htm • kyagr.com the best information on food safety and good agricultural practices for growers is available USDA Grading Standards: Fruit and veg- in the publication: Food Safety Begins on the etable grading standards. Farm–A Grower’s Guide. Excellent resource. • ams.usda.gov/AMSv1.0 • gaps.cornell.edu/educationalmaterials.html

Appendix B Secondary Nutrients and Micronutrients

Calcium—Calcium levels in soils vary are readily identifiable in many plants. able sulfur levels in soils. It is suggested with soil pH and cation exchange capacity Typically deficiencies show up as inter- that sulfur-containing fertilizer be used (CEC). To avoid developing soil conditions veinal chlorosis on older leaves. where cole crops are to be grown as they that may lead to low levels of available Iron, Copper, Manganese—For hor- are high sulfur users. calcium and low calcium uptake by some ticultural crops, we have not measured Boron—Yield responses to boron have crops, have soil tested frequently. Apply consistent responses to soil-applied iron, been observed only for certain crops lime to obtain the recommended soil pH at copper, or manganese. To verify a sus- under some conditions. A boron soil test least six months before growing the crop. pected deficiency of iron, copper or man- is available in Kentucky upon request See the publication “Lime and Fertilizer ganese, have an analysis of plant tissue through your county Extension agent. Recommendations” (AGR-1) for lime rates appropriate for the crop carried out with Boron should only be applied when soil to achieve desired pH changes. a commercial lab through your county Ex- test boron is less than 1 pound per acre. Magnesium—Magnesium levels in tension agent. Responses to foliar applica- Boron is normally applied at the rate of 1 Kentucky soils range from very high (loess- tions of iron, copper, or manganese, after to 2 pounds of actual boron per acre. derived soils) to somewhat low (some diagnosis of a deficiency, have been supe- Zinc—Zinc deficiency in snap beans and sandstone-derived and recently cleared rior to soil applications. Many deficiencies sweet corn may be significant in Central soils). Magnesium is included as part of the of iron, copper and manganese show and South-central Kentucky. The test for routine soil test. For vegetable crops, a test similar signs as magnesium deficiencies zinc is now included in the routine soil test. level of 80 pounds per acre is considered (ie. interveinal chlorosis); however, typi- The results of this test, in conjunction with the minimum, and 200 pounds per acre is cally micronutrient deficiencies appear soil test results for pH and phosphorus, can recommended for staked tomatoes and first in new growth, whereas magnesium help farmers make needed applications of muskmelons. If both lime and magnesium deficiencies will tend to first appear in zinc fertilizer. When zinc is recommended are needed, dolomitic lime should be ap- older growth. and equipment is available, banding can plied. If dolomitic lime is not available or Sulfur—We have not measured a re- reduce costs by two-thirds over a broad- when lime is not needed and magnesium sponse to sulfur application on horticul- cast application. Zinc sulfate (36% Zn) is is recommended, other sources of magne- tural crops in Kentucky. However, cole usually applied at 30 to 90 pounds per acre sium such as magnesium oxide or Epsom crops established early in the spring on when broadcast. Chelated zinc (14%) can salts (magnesium sulfate) are available for soils that tend to be cool and moist may be applied at 15 to 40 pounds per acre. broadcast or row application. Refer to the be susceptible to low amounts of avail- For a foliar spray, use chelated zinc at 3⁄4 “Vining Crops” chapter for magnesium able sulfur. A meaningful and suitable soil to 1 pound in 100 gallons of water. See application rates. Magnesium deficiencies test for sulfur is not available in Kentucky also the “Fertilizing” section of the “Sweet because of several factors affecting avail- Corn” chapter.

120 Appendix C Conversion Table for Use of Pesticides on Small Areas

LIQUID MATERIALS DRY MATERIALS Recommended Approximate Approximate Recommended Approximate Approximate Rate/A Rate/1,000 Sq Ft Rate/100 Sq Ft Rate/A Rate/1,000 Sq Ft Rate/100 Sq Ft 1 pt 3/4 tbs ¼ tsp 1 lb 2¼ tsp ¼ tsp 1 qt 1½ tbs ½ tsp 2 lb 4½ tsp ½ tsp 2 qt 3 tbs 1 tsp 3 lb 2¼ tbs 3/4 tsp 1 gal 6 tbs 2 tsp 4 lb 3 tbs 1 tsp 25 gal 4½ pt 1 cup 5 lb 4 tbs 1¼ tsp 50 gal 4½ pt 1 pt 6 lb 4½ tbs 1½ tsp 75 gal 7 qt 1½ pt 8 lb 2⁄5 cup 13/4 tsp 100 gal 9 qt 1 qt 10 lb ½ cup 2 tsp 100 lb 2¼ lb ¼ lb 200 lb 4½ lb ½ lb 400 lb 9 lb 1 lb

Appendix D English Measurement Units

3 teaspoons (tsp) = 1 tablespoon 2 tablespoons (tbs) = 1 fluid ounce 16 tablespoons (tbs) = 1 cup 8 fluid ounces (fl oz) = 1 cup 2 cups (c) = 1 pint 2 pints (pt) = 1 quart 4 quarts (qt) = 1 gallon (gal)

121 Appendix E Generic Insecticides

Active Active Ingredient Generics Manufacturer Ingredient Generics Manufacturer Abamectin Esfenvalerate Original Product: Abba 0.15 EC Makhteshim Original Product: S-FenvaloStar 0.66 EC LG Life Sciences Agri-Mek 0.15 EC Abba Ultra 0.3 EC Asana XL 0.66 EC (Syngenta) AgriMek 0.7 SC Syngenta (Dupont) Epi-Mek 0.15 EC Gamma-cyhalothrin Nufarm Abamectin 0.15 EC Nufarm Reaper 0.15 EC Loveland Original Product: Declare Insecticide 0.5 EC Cheminova Proaxis 0.5 EC Reaper Advance 0.15 EC Proaxis Insecticide 0.5 EC Temprano 0.15 EC Chemtura (Loveland) Tide Timectin 0.15 EC Tide Intl. Imidacloprid Zoro 0.15 EC Cheminova Original Product: Advise 2 FL Winfield Acephate Admire Pro 4.6 F Mana Alias 2 F, 4 F Makhteshim Original Product: Acephate 90 Prill Makhteshim (Bayer) Amtide Imidacloprid 2 F AmTide Orthene 90 SP Acephate 90 WDG Loveland Couraze 2 F, 4 F Cheminova (Valent) Acephate 90 WSP Macho 2 FL, 4 F Albaugh Acephate 97 UP United Phosphorous Malice 75 WSP Loveland Bracket 90 WDG Winfield Midash 2 SC Sharda USA Orthene 97 Amvac Montana 2 F, 4 F Rotam NA NuPrid 2 F, 2 SC, 4 F Max, Nufarm Bifenthrin 4.6 F Original Product: Bifen 2 AG Gold Direct AG Source Pasada 1.6 F Makhteshim Brigade 2 EC, Bifenture 2 EC United Phosphorous Prey 1.6 F Loveland Capture 2 EC Discipline 2 EC Amvac Sherpa 1.6 F (FMC) Fanfare 2 EC, ES Makhteshim Widow 2 F Sniper 2 EC Loveland Wrangler 4 F Tailgunner 2 EC Makhteshim Lambda-cyhalothrin Tundra 2 EC Winfield Original Product: Grizzly Z 1 CS Winfield Carbaryl Karate 1 EC, Warrior Lambda-CY AG Direct AG Source with Zeon 1 ME, II Lambda T 1 CS Helena Original Product: Carbaryl 4 L Drexel, Loveland 2 ME Sevin 4L, 80 S, SL, XLR Lambda CY 1 EC United Phosphorous Prokoz Sevin SL Prokoz (Sygenta) (Bayer) Lambda-Cyhalothrin 1 EC Nufarm LambdaStar 1 EC, 1 CS, LG Life Sciences Chlorpyrifos PLUS 2 CS Original Product: Chloryrifos 4 E Makhteshim, Drexel Lamcap 1 CS Syngenta Lorsban 4 E, 15 G, Govern 4 E Tenkos Paradigm 1 EC Makhteshim 75 WDG, Advanced Hatchet 4 E Dow AgroSciences Province 1 SC TENKoz 3.76 E Nufos 4 E Cheminova Silencer 1 EC Makhteshim (Dow AgroSciences) Saurus 15 G Helena Willowood Lambda-Cy 1 EC Willowood Vulcan 3.76 E Makhteshim Permethrin Warhawk 4 E Loveland Original Product: Arctic 3.2 EC Winfield Yuma 4 E Winfield Pounce 3.2 EC Whirlwind 4 E Helena Perm-Up 3.2 EC United Phosphorous (not available) PermaStar 3.2 EC LG Life Sciences Cyfluthrin (FMC) Permethrin 3.2 EC Loveland, TENKoz, Original Product: Tombstone 2 E Loveland Helena Baythroid XL 1 EC, Tombstone Helios 2 E Zeta-cypermethrin Renounce 20 WP (Bayer) Original Product: Respect 0.8 EC BASF Mustang Max 1.5 EW (FMC)

122 Appendix F Generic Fungicides

Active Ingredient Generics Manufacturer Chlorothalonil Original Product: Chloronil 720 Syngenta Bravo WeatherStik Chlorothalonil 720 SC Arysta 720 SC Echo 720 SipcamAdvan (Syngenta) Equus 720 SST MANA Initiate 720 Loveland Original Product: Echo 90 DF SipcamAdvan Bravo Ultrex 82.5 WDG Equus DF MANA (Syngenta) Iprodione Original Product: Iprodione 4L AG Arysta Rovral 4F Meteor United Phosphorus (Bayer) Nevado 4F MANA Rovral 4F Fungicide FMC Propiconazole Original Product: Amtide Propiconazole 41.8% EC AmTide Tilt Bumper 41.8 EC MANA (Sygenta) Bumper ES Fitness Loveland Propi-Star EC Albaugh/Agri-Star Propimax EC Dow Shar-Shield PPZ Sharda USA Topaz Winfield Solutions Sulfur Original Product: Kumulus DF Arysta Various products and Microfine Sulfur Loveland manufacturers Microthiol Disperss United Phosphorus Suffa Drexel Sulfur 6L Arysta Yellow Jacket Dusting Sulfur Georgia Gulf Sulfur Yellow Jacket Wettable Sulfur Tebuconazole Original Product: Monsoon Loveland Folicur 3.6F Onset 3.6L Winfield Solutions (Bayer) Orius 3.6F MANA Tebu-Crop 3.6F Sharda USA Tebustar 3.6L Albaugh/Agri-Star Tebuzol 3.6F United Phosphorus Toledo Rotam North America Thiophanate-methyl Original Product: Nufarm T-Methyl 70WSB Nufarm Topsin M 70WDG, Thiophanate-Methyl 85WDG MANA 70WP, WSB (United Phosphorus) Original Product: Incognito 4.5F MANA Topsin 4.5FL Nufarm T-Methyl 4.5F Nufarm (United Phosphorus)

123 Appendix G Sprayer Calibration

To apply the right amount of material 3. Note the time in seconds spent to drive SPRAYER CALIBRATION per acre, it is necessary to know how much the measured distance at the desired (Distance) Distance liquid the sprayer is delivering per acre at throttle setting (constant speed). Nozzle to Catch a given speed and pressure. The following 4. Catch the nozzle discharge for the noted Spacing Discharge (inches) (feet) is a fast, simple method of calibrating a time (#3 above) in a measuring cup 40 102 sprayer for broadcast application. or other container graduated in fluid 38 107 ounces. 36 113 Ounce Calibration Method: 5. The total discharge per row or nozzle 34 120 1. Using the table to the right, select the spacing in fluid ounces is equal to the 32 127 distance to catch discharge based on the 30 136 gallons per acre applied (at the constant 28 146 row or nozzle spacing of your sprayer. speed used in #3). 26 157 2. Measure that distance in the field to be 6. Repeat for each nozzle or nozzle group 24 170 sprayed. to ensure equal distribution. 22 185 20 204 18 227 16 255 14 291

TIP NO. GALLONS PER ACRE GALLONS PER ACRE (Strainer Screen Size) Liquid Capacity Capacity 20" SPACING 30" SPACING 80º 110º Pressure 1 Nozzle 1 Nozzle 5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8 SPACING SERIES SERIES in PSI in GPM in oz./min. MPH MPH MPH MPH MPH MPH MPH MPH 30 .09 11 5.1 4.3 3.7 3.2 3.4 2.9 2.5 2.1 35 .09 12 5.6 4.6 4.0 3.5 3.7 3.1 2.6 2.3 8001VS 11001VS 40 .10 13 5.9 5.0 4.2 3.7 4.0 3.3 2.8 2.5 (100 Mesh) (100 Mesh) 45 .11 14 6.3 5.3 4.5 3.9 4.2 3.5 3.0 2.6 SPRAY 60 .12 15 7.3 6.1 5.2 4.6 4.9 4.0 3.5 3.0 HEIGHT* 30 .13 17 7.7 6.4 5.5 4.8 5.1 4.3 3.7 3.2 35 .14 18 8.3 6.9 6.0 5.2 5.6 4.6 4.0 3.5 80015VS 110015VS 40 .15 19 8.9 7.4 6.4 5.6 5.9 5.0 4.2 3.7 (100 Mesh) (100 Mesh) 45 .16 20 9.5 7.9 6.8 5.9 6.3 5.3 4.5 3.9 *Adjust spray height in the field to overlap 60 .18 23 10.9 9.1 7.8 6.8 7.3 6.1 5.2 4.6 approximately 30% of each edge of pattern. 30 .17 22 10.3 8.6 7.4 6.4 6.9 5.7 4.9 4.3 35 .19 24 11.1 9.3 7.9 6.9 7.4 6.2 5.3 4.6 8002VS 11002VS 40 .20 26 11.9 9.9 8.5 7.4 7.9 6.6 5.7 5.0 (50 Mesh) (50 Mesh) 45 .21 27 12.6 10.5 9.0 7.9 8.4 7.0 6.0 5.3 60 .25 32 14.6 12.1 10.4 9.1 9.7 8.1 6.9 6.1 SUGGESTED MINIMUM 30 .26 33 15.4 12.9 11.0 9.7 10.3 8.6 7.4 6.4 SPRAY HEIGHT 35 .28 36 16.7 13.9 11.9 10.4 11.1 9.3 7.9 6.9 8003VS 11003VS SPRAY SPRAY HEIGHT 40 .30 38 17.8 14.9 12.7 11.1 11.9 9.9 8.5 7.4 (50 Mesh) (50 Mesh) ANGLE 20" SPACING 45 .32 41 18.9 15.8 13.5 11.8 12.6 10.5 9.0 7.9 60 .37 47 22 18.2 15.6 13.6 14.6 12.1 10.4 9.1 80º 17-19" 110º 10-12" 30 .35 45 21 17.2 14.7 12.9 13.7 11.4 9.8 8.6 35 .37 47 22 18.5 15.9 13.9 14.8 12.3 10.6 9.3 8004VS 11004VS 40 .40 51 24 19.8 17.0 14.9 15.8 13.2 11.3 9.9 (50 Mesh) (50 Mesh) 45 .42 54 25 21 18.0 15.8 16.8 14.0 12.0 10.5 60 .49 63 29 24 21 18.2 19.4 16.2 13.9 12.1 Flat Fan Spray Tips 30 .43 55 26 21 18.4 16.1 17.2 14.3 12.3 10.7 35 .47 60 28 23 19.8 17.4 18.5 15.4 13.2 11.6 8002VS Stainless Steel with VisiFlo 8005VS 11005VS 40 .50 64 30 25 21 18.6 19.8 16.5 14.1 12.4 color coding (50 Mesh) (50 Mesh) 45 .53 68 32 26 23 19.7 21 17.5 15.0 13.1 60 .61 78 36 30 26 23 24 20 17.3 15.2 8002-HSS Hardened Stainless Steel 30 .52 67 31 26 22 19.3 21 17.2 14.7 12.9 35 .56 72 33 28 24 21 22 18.5 15.9 13.9 8002-SS Stainless Steel 8006VS 11006VS 40 .60 77 36 30 25 22 24 19.8 17.0 14.9 (50 Mesh) (50 Mesh) 45 .64 82 38 32 27 24 25 21 18.0 15.8 8002 Brass 60 .74 95 44 36 31 27 29 24 21 18.2 30 .69 88 41 34 29 26 27 23 19.6 17.2 35 .75 96 44 37 32 28 30 25 21 18.5 8008VS 11008VS 40 .80 102 48 40 34 30 32 26 23 19.8 (50 Mesh) (50 Mesh) 45 .85 109 50 42 36 32 34 28 24 21 60 .98 125 58 49 42 36 39 32 28 24

Tee JetTM is a registered trademark of Spraying Systems Co. of Wheaton, Illinois.

124 Appendix H Organic Manures and Fertilizers

Animal manure contributes more to the soil than just nitro- Application gen, phosphorus, and potassium. Continued use of manure Composted manure can be broadcast and worked into fields builds organic matter in soils and improves soil structure. This or worked into rows and beds for various vegetable crops. A modification of soil structure helps improve water holding ca- general recommendation for vegetable gardens is to broadcast pacity, aeration, friability, and drainage. In addition, many trace poultry, sheep, cow, or horse manure at 25 to 100 pounds per 100 nutrients needed for optimal plant growth are available from square feet (approximately 5 to 20 tons per acre). This amount manure. Plant nutrients are also released more slowly and over may need to be supplemented with 1 to 2 pounds of a complete a longer period of time than from most commercial fertilizers. inorganic fertilizer such as 10-10-10. Organic growers can supple- Disadvantages of using manure are the handling and trans- ment with ground rock phosphate or raw bone meal to obtain portation problems associated with large amounts of manure re- phosphorus required (see below). For crops such as melons, quired to obtain sufficient quantities of nutrients for vegetables. squash, and cucumbers, composted manure can be worked The use of fresh manure may also introduce new weeds into directly into planting hills and mixed thoroughly with the soil. fields since certain weed seeds remain alive even after passage through animals. Another concern is that the careless use of Nutrient Contents manure can expose fresh produce to human pathogens such It is important to remember that nutrient contents in manure as E. coli, which can cause serious illness. Food safety must be a vary widely according to age of the animals, feed used, moisture primary consideration in any vegetable operation but especially content, degree of decomposition, and the amount of litter or where manure are being used. bedding material mixed in with the manure. The only really accurate way of determining the nutrient content of the manure you General Considerations are using is through laboratory analysis. You may need to adjust Fresh Vegetables, Not Fresh Manure your application rates up or down according to what you know Manure cannot be used fresh (raw) if you intend to plant di- about the age, quality, and moisture content of the manure. rectly into it; composting results in a more readily usable form When buying or getting ready to spread manure, remember of manure. Composting will also destroy many weed seeds that moisture content greatly affects the total pounds of nutri- that could otherwise be introduced into new fields or gardens. ents in a ton of material. For example, broiler manure at 25% Composting requires that the temperature reach 131 to 170°F to 30% moisture when removed from the house will contain for at least 15 days, and the compost must be turned 5 times. For about 34 pounds of nitrogen, 37 pounds of phosphate, and more information on the composting process, see UK Extension 31 pounds of potash per ton. But a ton of fresh manure at 75% publication HO-75, Home Composting: A Guide to Managing Home moisture will contain only 27, 28, and 14 pounds of these nutri- Organic Waste. This guide along with other home and commer- ents, respectively. At 75% moisture you will be hauling around cial vegetable publications are available from the Horticulture 1,500 pounds of water and only 500 pounds of solid material. Department’s Web site at uky.edu/Agriculture/Horticulture/ Not all nutrients in manure are available to crops during the homeveggies.html. If fresh manure is used on soil, it should be season of application. In poultry manure, for example, 90% of worked in as soon as possible or covered with other organic ma- the N, most of the potassium, but only half of the phosphorus terials such as straw, hay, or grass clippings to prevent the loss of becomes available in the first year. nitrogen through leaching. No fresh manure may be used during Because phosphorus in manure must decompose before it the year of harvest for certified organic production so you may becomes available and because it is not very mobile in soil, want to plant a green manure or cover crop on this ground for broadcasting manure is not considered a very efficient way of the first year (see Web site above for information on Kentucky applying this element for establishment of vegetable crops. For cover crops). See also kyagr.com/marketing/plantmktg/organic/ poultry manure, phosphorus and potassium portions are con- index.htm for detailed information on organic certification in sidered to be about 50% to 75% as effective as they are in com- Kentucky. This allows soil microbes to start the decomposition mercial fertilizers during the year of application; the remainder process that regulates nutrient availability and prevents burning is released as the litter decomposes. Supplement manures with of young plant roots. It also substantially reduces the chance of a complete inorganic fertilizer or with an organically approved produce E. coli and Salmonella contamination. material such as bone meal or ground rock phosphate. Caution: Fresh manure is best applied and plowed down the fall before planting. There should be at least 120 days between How to Use and Convert Fertilizer manure application and planting for vegetable crops in which Recommendations in this Publication the edible portion touches the ground. Plant nutrient requirements are provided in the “Fertilizer” Remember that some types of animal manure have higher tables under each crop in this publication. These nutrients are nitrogen contents than others (see Tables 1 and 2). These include expressed in terms of the amounts of nitrogen (N), phosphorus horse, sheep, chicken, and rabbit manure. These are sometimes or phosphate (P2O5), and potassium (K2O) required by the crop. referred to as “hot” and are best used after composting. Cow Amounts of phosphorus and potassium recommended vary and hog manures are considered “cold” because of their lower according to what may already be present in the soil. For this nitrogen levels. reason, both conventional and organic growers should always have their soil tested, preferably in the fall or early spring. Soil test sample boxes and instructions are available from your county Extension office.

125 To calculate the amount of manure required for application Table 1. Nutrients in FRESH animal manure. on a sweet corn crop, for example, first find the suggested nutri- Average Nutrient Composition (percent of fresh weight) ent application rates in the “Fertilizer” table in the “Sweet Corn” Water chapter. Warning: Manure applications should never exceed the Source Content N P2O5 K2O total nitrogen requirements of a crop in an attempt to satisfy Beef cattle 80 0.70 0.45 0.55 Dairy cattle 84 0.60 0.25 0.60 phosphorus and potassium requirements—burning of the roots Horses 60 0.60 0.25 0.45 and leaves could occur. Hogs 75 0.50 0.35 0.65 Sheep 65 1.05 0.35 0.95 Nitrogen First Laying hens 75 1.00 1.25 0.50 We will choose nitrogen as our “priority” nutrient, which will be Broilers (litter)1 30 2.95 2.75 1.85 used to limit the total amount of manure to be used; i.e., we will 1 Some broiler producers use Roxarson and Nitarsone in their feed mixes as calculate the manure requirements based only on the nitrogen medications. Growers using litter containing these products cannot sell produce grown with this manure as certified organic in Kentucky. recommendation. Although most manure high in nitrogen is also high in potassium (Tables 1 and 2), additional phosphorus may need to be obtained from other sources. Because soil and Table 2. Nutrient contents of DRY manures and organically approved plant nitrogen tests are not widely used in Kentucky and because fertilizer materials. much of the nitrogen in soils is used or lost from one season Average Nutrient Composition (percent dry weight) to the next, we make a blanket recommendation of 80 to 100 Source N P O K O pounds of N per acre for sweet corn preplant. When commercial 2 5 2 Dairy cows 1.3 0.9 3.0 fertilizers are used, this amount is applied before planting and Feedlot cattle 1.7 1.2 3.0 is supplemented by a sidedressing of 40 to 50 pounds of N per Horse 2.3 0.9 1.7 acre when plants are about knee-high. Poultry 3.2 5.2 1.8 Sheep 3.5 1.4 3.5 Consider the Source Hogs 3.5 0.5 0.7 Now consider the source, moisture content, and quality of the Goat 1.5 1.5 3.0 manure or organic material to be used. If we are using a dry or Rabbit 2.4 1.4 0.6 Tobacco stems1 1.5 0.5 7.0 composted material containing little or no moisture, we should Bat guano 10.0 2.0-4.0 0-2.0 use Table 2 to make the necessary calculations. Blood meal 13.0-14.0 2.0 1.0 Bone meal, raw 3.0 22.0 - Making Conversions Bone meal, steamed 1.0-2.0 11.0-15.0 - We have decided to use the lower N level of 80 pounds per Cottonseed meal 6.0 0.4-3.0 1.5 acre because we feel our soil may still have some residual N from Fish meal 10.0 6.0 - Fish emulsion 5.0 2.0 2.0 last year’s bean crop that was grown on this plot. We have found Feather meal 12.0 0 0 a source of composted poultry manure and plan to use it as our Soybean meal 7.0 1.2 1.5 nutrient source. To calculate the manure required to provide the Tankage1 7.0 10.0 1.5 required 80 pounds of nitrogen, look at Table 2 under poultry; “Soft” rock phosphate 0 14.0-16.0 0 the N content is 3.2%. Divide the 80 pounds by 3.2 = 25 and Greensand 0 0 3.0 multiply the result by 100 = 2,500 pounds. This is the amount Phytamin 800 7.0 0 0 1 Not cleared for certified organic production. Sewage sludge should not be of poultry manure required to obtain the 80 pounds per acre of used for vegetable crops because of possible heavy metal and E. coli con- nitrogen recommended. To convert to tons, simply divide again tamination. by 2,000 (2,500 ÷ 2,000 = 1.25 tons). In this example we will have obtained 80 pounds of nitrogen Looking at Table 2 we decide to supply our phosphorus using together with 130 pounds of phosphorus (P O ) and 45 pounds 2 5 raw bone meal, which is 22% P O and 3% N. Dividing 50 pounds of potassium (K O). The amount of P O , and K O are calculated 2 5 2 2 5 2 of P O by 22 = 2.27 and multiplying by 100 = 227 pounds. Thus, for the 2,500 pounds of manure by multiplying 2,500 by the 2 5 227 pounds of raw bone meal/acre will supply 50 pounds of P O . appropriate percentages in Table 2 and then dividing by 100. 2 5 Performing a similar calculation for the N tells us that we will only The amount of P O , for example, is 2,500 pounds x 5.2 = 13,000 2 5 obtain about 7 (6.8) pounds of N/acre using raw bone meal. Use divided by 100 = 130 pounds. For the amount of K O, multiply 2 this same means of calculation if additional potassium is needed. 2,500 pounds x 1.8 and then divide by 100 = 45 pounds. Additional Phosphorus Note: Information in Tables 1 and 2 should be used only as guide- Now suppose that the soil is very low in phosphorus and the lines. Nutrient contents for manures vary greatly, and the figures soil test suggests applying 180 pounds of phosphorus. We have below are averages from a range of possible values. obtained 130 pounds of phosphorus from the poultry manure and need an additional 50 pounds, but we do not want to apply much more nitrogen.

126 Appendix I Table 2. Average frost dates in Kentucky. Latest Earliest Spring Fall Earliest and Latest Vegetable Crop Weather Station Frost Frost Eastern Planting Dates in Kentucky Ashland May 21 Sep 28 Barbourville May 8 Oct 9 As every vegetable grower knows, a Table 2 provides average dates for the lat- Baxter May 6 Oct 9 week earlier (or later) on the market can est frosts in spring and the earliest frosts in Grayson May 17 Sep 28 sometimes make the difference between a the fall. These dates are based on 30-year av- Heidelberg May 12 Oct 4 Hyden May 12 Oct 4 highly profitable crop and a net loss. Infor- erages from the Kentucky weather stations London Corbin Airport May 7 Oct 1 mation in the following tables is provided listed. Find the nearest station location in the Manchester May 17 Sep 25 as an aid to planning. Table 1 lists earliest list and use the dates found in the same row. Middlesboro* May 11 Oct 4 and latest safe planting dates for various These dates represent a 90% probability Monticello May 6 Oct 3 vegetable crops based on experiences of (nine years out of 10) that the last frost (at Mount Vernon May 10 Oct 3 Somerset May 7 Oct 2 growers in eastern, central, and western or below 32ºF) will occur on or before the Stearns May 12 Sep 29 Kentucky; however, these are not absolute date listed for “Latest Spring Frost” or a 90% West Liberty May 22 Sep 25 and it is always possible for killing frosts probability that the first frost will occur on or Williamsburg May 8 Oct 5 to occur later or earlier than the range of after the date listed for “Earliest Fall Frost.” Bluegrass dates provided. Frosts are greatly influ- Use this information with caution; small Bardstown May 6 Oct 3 enced by small variations in topography differences in landscape and elevation can Berea College Apr 29 Oct 6 Carrollton Lock May 4 Oct 8 and microclimate, and growers can best result in later frosts in spring and earlier Cincinnati/Covington May 6 Oct 5 judge for themselves how prone their frosts in the fall. Local experience will help Covington May 9 Oct 4 fields are to early or late frosts. determine the best planting dates for vari- Cynthiana May 8 Oct 6 ous crops at your location. Danville Apr 26 Oct 13 Dix Dam Apr 25 Oct 12 Falmouth* May 10 Sep 24 Table 1. Earliest and latest safe planting dates for Eastern, Central and Western Kentucky. Farmers 2 S May 10 Sep 30 Earliest Date1 Latest Date1,2 Frankfort (Lock 4) May 3 Oct 6 Lexington (Blue Grass Airport) Apr 28 Oct 10 Crops Eastern Central Western Eastern Central Western Maysville Sewage Plant May 7 Oct 7 Asparagus (crowns) Mar 20 Mar 15 Mar 10 Mount Sterling May 5 Oct 9 Beans (snap) May 1 Apr 25 Apr 10 Jul 15 Jul 25 Aug 1 Shelbyville May 14 Sep 22 Beans (lima) May 10 May 1 Apr 15 Jun 15 Jun 20 Jul 1 Warsaw Markland Dam May 9 Oct 3 Beets Mar 20 Mar 15 Mar 10 Jul 15 Jul 20 Aug 15 Williamstown Apr 26 Oct 6 Broccoli (plants) Apr 10 Apr 5 Mar 30 Jul 15 Aug 1 Aug 15 Central B. Sprouts (plants) Apr 10 Apr 5 Mar 30 Jul 1 Jul 15 Aug 1 Barren River Lake Apr 29 Oct 5 Cabbage Apr 1 Mar 25 Mar 15 Jul 1 Jul 15 Aug 1 Berheim Forest May 12 Oct 2 Carrots Apr 1 Mar 20 Mar 10 Jul 1 Jul 15 Aug 1 Bowling Green Apr 26 Oct 8 Cauliflower (plants) Apr 10 Apr 5 Mar 30 Jul 15 Jul 20 Aug 5 Bradfordsville May 10 Sep 30 Chard Apr 1 Mar 20 Mar 15 Jun 15 Jul 15 Aug 1 Cambellsville* Apr 30 Oct 5 Collards Mar 15 Mar 10 Mar 1 Jul 15 Aug 1 Aug 15 Glasgow Apr 28 Oct 6 Sweet Corn May 1 Apr 20 Apr 10 Jun 15 Jul 10 Jul 20 Greensburg May 2 Oct 6 Cucumbers May 10 May 5 Apr 25 Jun 15 Jul 1 Jul 15 Hodgenville-Lincoln May 2 Oct 6 Eggplant (plants) May 15 May 10 May 1 Jun 1 Jun 15 Jul 1 Jamestown Apr 28 Oct 9 Kale Apr 1 Mar 20 Mar 10 Jul 15 Aug 1 Aug 15 Leitchfield May 6 Oct 3 Kohlrabi Mar 25 Mar 20 Mar 15 Jul 15 Aug 1 Aug 15 Louisville Airport Apr 21 Oct 15 Lettuce (leaf) Apr 1 Mar 25 Mar 15 Aug 1 Aug 15 Sep 1 Mammoth Cave May 10 Oct 1 Lettuce (bibb plants) Apr 1 Mar 25 Mar 15 Jul 15 Aug 1 Aug 15 Nolin River Lake May 13 Sep 29 Muskmelons May 15 May 10 Apr 25 Jun 15 Jul 1 Jul 15 Rough River Lake May 11 Sep 26 Okra May 15 May 10 Apr 20 Jul 1 Jul 15 Aug 1 Scottsville Apr 19 Oct 11 Onions (sets) Mar 15 Mar 10 Mar 1 Summer Shade May 6 Oct 4 Onions (plants) Apr 1 Mar 25 Mar 15 Jun 15 Jul 1 Jul 15 Onions (seed) Apr 1 Mar 20 Mar 10 Jun 1 Jun 15 Jul 1 Western Parsley Apr 1 Mar 20 Mar 10 Jul 15 Aug 1 Aug 15 Bardwell Apr 21 Oct 3 Parsnips Apr 1 Mar 20 Mar 10 Jun 1 Jun 15 Jul 1 Beaver Dam Apr 28 Oct 3 Peas Mar 15 Mar 1 Feb 20 Gilbertsville Apr 17 Oct 16 Peppers (plants) May 20 May 10 May 1 Jun 15 Jul 1 Jul 15 Golden Pond Apr 18 Oct 11 Potatoes Mar 20 Mar 15 Mar 15 Jun 15 Jul 1 Jul 15 Henderson Apr 20 Oct 7 Sweetpotatoes May 20 May 10 May 1 Jun 1 Jun 10 Jun 15 Hopkinsville* Apr 22 Oct 4 Pumpkins May 10 May 5 Apr 25 Jun 1 Jun 15 Jul 1 Lovelaceville Apr 28 Oct 3 Radishes Mar 15 Mar 10 Mar 1 Sep 1 Sep 15 Oct. 1 Madisonville Apr 24 Oct 6 Rhubarb (crowns) Mar 15 Mar 10 Mar 1 Mayfield Apr 25 Oct 7 Southernpeas May 10 May 5 Apr 20 Jun 15 Jul 1 Jul 15 Murray Apr 17 Oct 10 Snow Peas Mar 15 Mar 1 Feb 20 Jul 20 Aug 1 Aug 8 Owensboro* Apr 23 Oct 5 Spinach Mar 10 Mar 1 Feb 15 Aug 15 Sep 1 Sep 15 Paducah (Barkley Regional Apr 21 Oct 9 Summer Squash May 15 May 10 Apr 20 Jul 15 Aug 1 Aug 15 Airport) Tomatoes (plants) May 15 May 5 Apr 20 Jun 1 Jun 15 Jul 1 Princeton Apr 25 Oct 6 Turnips Mar 15 Mar 10 Mar 1 Jul 15 Aug 1 Aug 15 Rochester Ferry Apr 24 Oct 5 Watermelons May 15 May 5 Apr 20 Jun 15 Jul 1 Jul 15 Russellville Apr 26 Oct 6 Winter Squash May 15 May 10 Apr 20 Jun 15 Jul 1 Jul 15 *Weather station had missing data. Dates were es- timated using data from surrounding stations. 1 Dates are for direct seeding unless otherwise indicated under “Crops” column. 2 Based on the average time to harvest for early maturing varieties; mid-season and late-maturing varieties need to be planted 15 to 30 days earlier than latest date. Most fall-planted crops require irrigation.

127 Appendix J Disinfection and Treatment of Vegetable Seeds

Hot Water Treatment (most bag and soaking in 100°F water for 10 min- Table 1. Recommended temperatures and soaking times for hot-water disinfection of vegetable seeds) utes. The bag may need to be squeezed to selected vegetable seeds. Seeds many vegetables can be soaked remove air bubbles—maximum contact of Water Soaking in hot water to reduce populations of water and seed is critical. Vegetable Crop Temp. (°F) Time (min.) For the next step, place the bag contain- Broccoli 122 20-25 seedborne bacteria and fungi. Germina- Brussels sprout 122 25 tion may be reduced to some degree, so ing the pre-warmed seed into a water bath Cabbage 122 25 some experimentation with small seed set to the temperature recommended for Carrot 122 15-20 lots should be carried out before treating the vegetable seed being treated (Table Cauliflower 122 20 1). Water volume should be 5 to 10 times Celery 122 25 large amounts of seed. Cucurbits other Chinese cabbage 122 20 than cucumber may be severely harmed greater than the volume of seed being Collard 122 20 by hot water treatment and should be treated. For example, if you were treating Cucumber 122 20 disinfected by other methods. In general, approximately one cup of tomato seed, Eggplant 122 25 use fresh seed for this process, as research the capacity of the water bath should be Garlic 120 20 5 to 10 cups. Agitation of the water during Kale, Kohlrabi 122 20 indicates that viability of older seed (more Lettuce 118 30 than 1 year old) is drastically reduced by the treatment cycle will help maintain a Mint 112 10 treatment with hot water. Bacterial and uniform temperature in the water bath. Mustard, Cress, Radish 122 15 fungal pathogens associated with the After the prescribed amount of time, Onion (sets) 115 60 remove seed and spread on paper towels Pepper 125 30 embryo will not be affected by hot water Rape, Rutabaga 122 20 soaking (bacterial canker of tomato, for to dry. A recommended seed treatment Shallot 115 60 example, can infect the embryo of the can then be applied to protect against Spinach 122 25 tomato seed along with being associ- soilborne pathogens. Sweetpotato (roots) 115 65 Treatment of crops other than those Sweetpotato 120 10 ated with the seed coat), nor will TMV be (cuttings, sprouts) eradicated. listed may cause serious injury to seed. Tomato 122 25 Water temperature and soaking time Chlorine Bleach Treatment Turnip 122 20 differ by species (Table 1), and relatively Soaking seed in a solution of chlorine tight control of temperature is critical to bleach has been shown to be effective in the success of this method. A water bath eradicating pathogens primarily borne on capable of holding temperature within a Trisodium Phosphate (TSP) the surface of the seed, such as the bac- reasonable range is a required piece of Tomato seed can be soaked in a 10% teria that cause bacterial spot, speck, and equipment, along with a quality canning solution of TSP for 15 minutes to eradicate canker of tomato. It is also reported that thermometer to monitor temperature. A seed-transmitted TMV. Remove seeds, this method can also provide some control 5-degree drop in ideal temperature may rinse, and spread evenly on paper towels of seed-transmitted TMV. The soaking allow some pathogens to survive on seed, to dry. Treat with approved fungicides solution should be prepared by adding 1 while a 5-degree increase in water tem- if needed. Most home supply and paint quart of commercial bleach (sodium hy- perature may kill some or all of the seed stores carry TSP, which is used to clean pochlorite) to 3 to 4 quarts of water. Add a being treated. The same rigor should be walls and surfaces prior to painting and drop or two of dish detergent to decrease observed for soaking time. staining. As with the other methods, it surface tension of the solution. Soak seed Guidelines published by the University is advisable to test this process on small in solution for 1 minute, remove and of Illinois suggest that seed should be batches of seed at first to make sure that rinse thoroughly with clean water. Spread pre-warmed before beginning the actual there are no negative effects on germina- seed on paper towels to dry. Seed can be hot water treatment. This can be done by tion. treated with a recommended fungicide placing seed in a weighted cheesecloth to protect against soilborne pathogens.

128 Relative Efficacy of Insecticides Against Common Arthropod Pests of Vegetable Crops in the Southeastern United States

Not all insecticides listed below are registered on all vegetable crops—check the label before applying to a specific crop.

Chemical class (IRAC) Common name Example Product use Greenhouse beetles Flea beetle* potato Colorado beetles Cucumber earworm* Corn borer corn European armyworm Fall looper Cabbage Imported cabbageworm Diamondback moth* Squash vine borer Beet armyworm* bugs Stink/Harlequin Squash bug Aphids* Thrips thrips flower Western Maggots Whiteflies* Cutworms Wireworms grubs White Spider mites* 1A carbaryl Sevin 3 1 2 1 2 1 1 2 1 1 x x x x 1 x x x 1 x x x methomyl Lannate 1 x x 2 2 2 2 2 2 x 1 2 2 1 3 2 x 1 x x x x 1B malathion Malathion 2 1 2 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 x 1 1 1 1 x 1 x 1 x x x chlorpyrifos Lorsban x x x 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 x x x x 1 x 3 x 2 3 2 x acephate Orthene No x x x 1 3 2 x 2 x x x x x 2 2 x x x 2 x x x diazinon Diazinon No 1 1 1 x x x x 2 x x x 1 1 1 2 x 2 x 1 2 1 x 2A endosulfan Thionex No 1 1 2 2 1 1 1 2 1 2 1 3 3 2 2 x x 1 x x x x 3 permethrin Pounce 2 2 2 2 2 1 2 3 1 3 x 2 2 1 1 x x x 2 x x x zeta cypermethrin Mustang Max 3 1 3 2 3 2 2 3 1 2 x 2 2 1 2 x x x 3 x x x cyfluthrin Baythroid/Renounce 2 2 2 2 2 1 2 3 1 2 x 2 2 1 1 x x x 3 x x x lambda cyhalothrin Warrior 3 1 3 2 3 2 2 3 1 2 x 2 2 1 2 x x x 3 x x x esfanvalerate Asana XL 3 2 2 2 2 1 2 3 1 1 x 1 1 1 1 x x x 2 x x x gamma cyhalothrin Proaxis 3 1 3 2 3 2 2 3 1 2 x 2 2 1 2 x x x 3 x x x fenpropathrin Danitol 2 x 2 2 2 1 1 3 1 1 x 2 2 1 1 x x 1 2 x x 1 bifenthrin Brigade/Capture 3 x 3 2 2 1 1 3 1 2 x 2 2 1 2 x 1 1 3 2 1 1 4A imidacloprid Admire 3 3 3 x x x x x x x x x 2 3 2 x 2 2 x 1 2 x acetamiprid Assail 2 3 2 x x x x x x 1 x 1 1 3 2 x x 2 x x x x clothianidin Belay/Clutch 3 3 3 x x x x x x x x x x 2 x x 2 x x 1 2 x thiamethoxam Platinum/Actara No 3 3 2 x x x x x x x x 2 2 3 1 x 2 2 x 1 1 x dinotefuran Venom 3 3 2 x x x x x x x x 2 2 1 2 x x 2 x x x x 4C sulfoxaflor Closer x x x x x x x x x x x x x 3 x x x 2 x x x x 5 spinetoram Radiant No x 3 x 3 3 2 2 3 2 2 2 x x x 3 2 x x 1 x x x 6 emamectin benzoate Proclaim No x x x 2 2 2 3 3 3 2 3 x x x x x x x 1 x x 2 abamectin AgriMek x 3 x x x x x x x x x x x x 2 1 x x x x x 3 7C pyriproxyfen Knack/Distance x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x 2 x x x x 9B pymetrozine Fulfill x x x x x x x x x x x x x 3 x x x 1 x x x x 9C flonicamid Beleaf No x x x x x x x x x x x x x 3 x x x x x x x x 11 Bt Dipel, various x x x 1 1 1 2 3 1 1 1 x x x x x x x x x x x XenTari x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x 15 novaluron Rimon x 3 x 3 3 3 2 3 1 2 3 1 1 x 2 x x 1 x x x 2 16 buprofezin Courier x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x 2 x x x x 18 methoxyfenozide Intrepid x x x 2 2 3 3 3 1 2 3 x x x x x x x x x x x 20B acequinocyl Kanemite x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x 2 21 fenpyroximate Portal No x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x 3 22 Indoxacarb Avaunt No 1 3 1 3 2 2 3 3 2 2 3 x x x x x x x 1 x x x 23 spiromesifen Oberon No x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x 1 x x x 3 spirotetramat Movento No x x x x x x x x x x x x x 2 x x x 2 x x x x 25 bifenazate Acramite x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x 3 28 rynaxypyr Coragen No x 3 x 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 x x x 1 x x 2 1 x x x flubendiamide Synapse/Belt No x 2 x 3 3 2 3 3 3 2 3 x x x x x x x 1 x x x * Resistance may exist in some areas x Ineffective or insufficient data 1 Somewhat effective 2 Effective 3 Very Effective Pesticide Emergency Telephone Numbers

Pesticide Spills If you have a pesticide spill and need information on how to handle this type of emergency, call: 911 and Kentucky Environmental Response Team (800) 928-2380 or (502) 564-2380 CHEMTREC Pesticide Emergency Hotline (24 hour) (800) 262-8200 Pesticide Exposures If someone has been exposed to a particular pesticide, provide the physician with the following emergency number, which is designed to provide pharma- cological information on pesticides to health professionals. Kentucky Regional Poison Center (800) 222-1222 In Metro Louisville, call: (502) 589-8222 National Pesticide Information Center (800) 858-7378

Provides general and scientific information on pesticides. This center oper- ates seven days a week from 6:30 am to 4:30 pm Pacific Time excluding some holidays.

Educational programs of Kentucky Cooperative Extension serve all people regardless of race, color, age, sex, religion, disability, or national origin. Issued in furtherance of Co- operative Extension work, Acts of May 8 and June 30, 1914, in cooperation with the U.S. Department of Agriculture, M. Scott Smith, Director, Land Grant Programs, University of Kentucky College of Agriculture, Food and Environment, Lexington, and Kentucky State University, Frankfort. Copyright © 2013 for materials developed by University of Kentucky Cooperative Extension. This publication may be reproduced in portions or its entirety for educational or nonprofit purposes only. Permitted users shall give credit to the author(s) and include this copyright notice. Publications are also available on the World Wide Web at www.ca.uky.edu.

Revised 10-2013